Feild Oe pete tb

eget: 44

dada m it she! ba peal fete

e'bads

vere nL

ante Isis te sheine at

aoe ts wet tae

“ :

stetyien

“noe

ior

slahaee uaiiarel ai

Me pe dere taetotety 33) ary

ane ees

splaaeeeen see wliekeie

we lailgtce te

gana te’ ee iam dey cict ie

taste ete y ois a tia te

bere dg ee Law lad rant a ee

Piste ls tht fans basil

faded ew itee

40:

pameqe ere itcsieus ittane ie joe

oer Pi Ey TONLE wetote wha tetsecaeycveuy ie)

cat a em we es me 5a 59) cot “y

in aharel as 49

‘

me jelaaegeye

A yeh theta Oa ett ut “

sini car shat sey iaivene de!

aaa copdeaa tats

a anhal Wau

Teg aber ise cede gh Ni

Trleait

ahids islets

athe tenn ti

Aa eeee aim) rap

Aaceseawas

fies

siqintngshoams eat

eee ee at

3 ipredad ae)

ast

4Mibe tate

tne

4 fatten foray

Mita’ bebe

FAINT shale a tlataller sees 4 M

ipa a ato ae Pelee ie ln dees Oe

patttt tty

> Beha

pein

Teaehiaet "

Sits a-t vf rae

tee lait

oh on etye od

catia ds ¢ eit 1a ae: 14} ‘

eediste i gteta | el

MT Dua 9 dete je5e

ae ledad ei ededt ely

ety rhc P rene nb bel hay

Telae aes 4

alle Ghat ah anne 108s bet

ed Cre Ad

9 he ee

veins

ata ih +

iededarta!

Ade eaiteahy

tay tae | aa “

qaunait'

eabegg siatviaged ed veetrwr te} y

als Let eat heded ptuenta deter (thie

et sists ereapee ron

date .

A * het

se heteqade bails pe fade a Yan vet 4s eleie

A apiaretatisien slated wits is

Seba uedtese tale be

- 7

vii? eee Aaa: baal 49s ladsiehelsse |

ah delat

Lr etae r4 Ae

perro

Yann Beart

baby lab bathe ge fcaNie

Tye sure ie aie ete, ty

Retna teas

She efea? Leas geatatsty be

Perit rye. Maer Les

an)

deltas i

be has

eidetate tet

dis aie te

hell

mr elttiriias it

4 sab) ditiety tine ota beet att

syle teat (a4 byodadaney eee

Heady ewe pe tke seats kt rt

Akt Maat OEE Aire} tre sa ee?

lei eas Ate gress ies aay aly Laferte at tre

Hea it Pala ete

hols aaa) pp

+ fart

sarueet |

9 Oy

bia syle

a iavtiuers

yo sds A 4 A

4 an ae e

ss iqu sels

seq ieye

4 ier eitede b

Wie ius)

Ve iene lddey

atte ante? Tes enh

(ehedet Seite

wei eerseten

Oram yt 4 *

At ieiecet

vir

ais) res leaded

aust!

Ames nT het

ab erbe bade 4

ree teen Ret. Be a

vy Reopens ele y)

eo) ai

viet

EUS ahu han!

esieta Me

Sate aqiye

Cg dldey

bbP]

v ‘ ete et

Sys 189 Ted ere tern)

isis is dys hese tba pe

prin es tuy

prehy

oa grees veda

His dvieia @

ama iat laos at Dallebi ive Vast

ate tee

aarti Pest

waeat

Sti ”

abeqe ede eur athe vaiel ek

Theor Seat

Ad (eed Vis

deeds

Lacimhenih esd oaul te ta ga vidy | at ve

at tebe Cae te

ere tene rinse ont

Ae ee ere

pemetye Lets

sige gieis

sLenaien Jags as

ia shan guyittud jo ie whined

pryreverenr pac sett t nt. os trad

ye ledeumis sue geasses atareey hay ol

x Teeteedgfatgnie sevetny Yeedatissy &

Glee i kerayejtar st irda te

varad

Atnler nm

pPbtiasbert iy pe 2b: ty

er trrrrerir ct ttl)

Pasaaasypaded sole

Abe Les ede bens ede

rikoereek tat oh vahs boASEENIA AT

”

sAeanece

wee y

Bacto viraes

”

pore

alba aliahe oe

pores d fa lade

mat

aye yeld

Pats

4 tee ut yistete

RE ATU EE oe dt eH

pia us ve raathed

oll

rertry

Attar ¥

DEsitiel

int

pi Wiel

berate!

{Otoede eae

tg ive tate

< Hee key

Wests ie

T5409 Lash

tied

Latsts Tong tase

vis leoad

aiauaiaia 14) '

»| “

; ey

cbt Lb PALS

Ue sea id la hsas loca totes ate Cadatee

ie ja n@neil ys hy UF eae jet ¥

ais bisa 8 ago dad 4 BOL

pisos ebes ceeds ott ths

te 4 ent ov

a (iigureraees

ybtears

ge y

sae )

Ry Rees tekelstiadjegeds

Ted ivistia ig saee hoa) Wilsaiasay

salt Ayre ant

ete ytied

cos

vai

ee ¥

NERF ina ae

wo haeg se

”

WH a6 can 9 uty

eraetat

Vattasee dy Montane t

Asi faseegeesada

yteas meats dimie

i Teaditas

Ete Narians stavseswadsoeaey

#41 Bite 24

Hats

{ha

benirey

1 ‘

oti ehias ada esq heasiis

PW aetialt

“4 +)

DULL baba

¥ Md a Lal yee obit RSPR

4 shel teiaie etree

slaie tis St Uy ee be cate.

Pitty Pon eo. tah!

Mikea: Meta Sars fete ae

way y

‘easy Abas eek 44

19as * ye orn We ar eterd 40

‘

noth e a9 vba Att

aig ud 4

Vine oldbet. i

we EES adaly

Taditeideiest: Osis

Siledoriyd pea tae

ashe tah Des bbe bye

out tN ntiaes

Vigra nds pet el eve peda geld

pier Seraerert sein aire}

raat eerinn

itn \heated

grt

sr bganye iss

Se Sesaed pate hs

A Adar

tf if 3a +b

“

ahalaie

eee pw oh ice ba bathe

Hale

saentont

etal egal

AEdGN LH Ad Tadd eet te de acer tt ely

he ed Ltda tage ta ede

bby peer horb}

pervrevnrrrinorry su hearer al

yoni! ayenol ale neiadematt

wnt ae enttoadene lite

479)

Resne aad \yee

be eoaty seniede

y vattvad

Dotan ehotghytatee t!

Hine he tthdite iueiaae tale!

feilg graeibenit? 91h eat

Tesla eee

Eta tit aan tere ha ceies MU tw

iejomreariateeet Neh serhabas

ease ltit

ice ta stadia

‘alain hapbet rine!

rineeaginsdeaieelye

Uigrarha aenedase seers

th nade iY

rae aha ti

shan by

siaita'-a' tes aindite ta yards it

faite te Latenstet

sewn’ oy befhbere ment

YTS aaa ieitae teenies 4

' seeme te ae!

Nyt em geht nee

(tattlaqalsieveer tt at eee

tdi neigd le beay ee eee ala ald la ta 2

chet

feo hare “it « +

Detter eevee vel

a iss Toney mney

0 pert

wate

dy 1a CR

‘ee ied

ae le

ache alas ae bene ba sa aane

MM itaiag la tanetet

inet

Snigsaest rite

neat iaientie

ster “ Yebated i iid

fret

Tralee aed ean eee ie

stat be

‘i iets

Madea e

asad hye:

4iele bere rtialsd

ihe tela

at raat Whi

Ve fepllg? ail

Hefh arisen iia leg

it of tote antes

beajeigive r seis hes Uardist teaie

eh Ob hi whe te Si! O

+ yi Vy tedeit doug iiatet At At) Tienes

qhiee Mariid jeb) tqnelete A fadanet

seca es Wiad eoala tere gens atta a4 ie

pitt Lele Ft red edan etary tig lay SE sbhy beat

Sela beak tpekade eye ates as Matis hoe tits

sete

ait sity

fet

wie

cat itigtetiat atte

Ved babed dag ae Oe

See lar eee

4 veley

Hein

iiakede

vie tele’.

Uta baked auite phate

pe u

[one ite te beeenedl bt 94e

anew ne

Lats jeder Mls)

hd hae cecattene!

Ana hait rt ca age tia’ ale

ig ade Meaiitte deep ity rh

ade seagate te hed intel aterel

Moe Sid His oe

lien erie leeds et

acd epee ls peelbe my ast C

ia a teen cag agi

+e tr *

tt}

iit

144 hy ib

ei eiay

Bt Tleletetes sete Penk

J solide telehe iat t

Ua ets aint Heidel siehtie ae ”

Pelee gde

tlatele

eat eta

Pere te 1

ett

atied i

tialelah

teiniee Ui set

atenghy teat let ieee be

fag j4 pit lag

annie

99> Lobes

beings te

Bee

ideiesedeces MY \

44h bs me epnnen tee

adh

anise dialitiedatene

instant

art ;

Wisi : Had antdh Vhels ls

Wiad: Beane? ah atts

Wit Pats

cisathsya my

VCR ALLER AR er

aU eH

rldiddlats “

iy Erie

oe st et ates

Vo eamaht uy

Wve Hote what

velldinatt

ype tet

itaaeet

or MWh bai Iai adi

ff ad eget

Vt tito tags catts Sat

aly labels

vat

Seiya

ticren

ail) tes

ATA Tied “uid

Att

vet id Hi

seit ih

teat si pam eit tg

gadis sie saeaeas aay

parte i ty aay

“

tact :

be by

nasty

tee

viit

Ry pena th tees

beep as

9 hes

Petre rire rec Orrin ty as

Wena jy tials easatadted

3 finttiad ters i

rn sary ses

Teiaisgeusad dare

44s gat it

ete ae At a Se ena

4 eOrentipne ope rete

ay) i “ igcraineauted

bth. Mik bead Lia

6 ye Fa aa

sade

Tah be et 4

Mey rere

OU ‘

perp perrdny

Pett hs Lay

Dal aa

Nie rey ae al geutat is

Bids ys hae ty i

and

tithe

felt eet

fete bean

“ iaaiades

ae ae ‘ t

ausgeees hiseettar Ty eae

phere harper ah)

; uc

ay ne

ae rae ay i

i ‘ Saal ‘iba ers ‘

i hs

GV lem

shi)

th vr

! ; rl

eo D oe ee eS les iy id

Wey y ’ i

ahs " oh

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

weer

VOL. XIV.—SEVENTH SERIES.

~=_<_——-—- rrr rrrrEOOOOElOlElel oO

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ;

BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN :

AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1904.

“Omnes res creatze sunt divine sapientie et potentiz testes, divitiz felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu onitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zstimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs. :

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruoxner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

oie ee se ee ew Lhe sylvan:powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

ALERE & FLAMMAM.

565.472

Pian a

CONTENTS OF VOL, XIV.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

NUMBER LXXIX.

Page

I. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander T. H. Heming, R.N.—Series

III., No. 1. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian

Sea. By Enoar A. Smiru, LS.0........ cece cece eee e eens 1

Il. Descriptions of Two new Elapine Snakes from the Congo.

By G. A. BoutmnceEr, FLRS. . 11sec ee eee eee eee Beer cree t 4

III. Descriptions of new West-African Freshwater Fishes. By

G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S. oe cece ee eee eee eee ener cen nees 16

IV. Descriptions and Records of Bees. By T.D. A. CockERELL. 21

V. On the Coleopterous Group “ Heptaphyllini” of De Borre.

By Grrpert J. ARROW, F.ES. ... cee eee ee eee eee nee eens 30

VIL. New Sciurus, Rhipidomys, Sylvilagus, and Caluromys from

Venezuela. By OLDFIBLD THOMAS ....... esse eres e reste eens 33

VIL. On the Fishes taken by the ‘Oceana’ By E. W. L. Horr

Sed Ps MES MRIG ES ae ool. y chat sree + leo) siatalales ove vi cltield salels Racine w eee 37

VIII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New Zealand

Coleoptera. By Capt. T. Broun, FES. 2.0... ++ cess e rere sees 41

IX. Description of a new Species of the Neuropterous Family

Nemopteride. By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., LAD ASA eee eee. ron e 59

X. Rhynchotal Notes—XXIV. By W. L. Distant.......... 61

XI. A new Family of Crustacea Isopoda. By GEoRGE M.

Tomson, F.L.S. (Plate 1.) ..... ee cece cece tence een ee eeaes 66

XII. Origin and Fate of the Body-cavities and the Nephridia of

the Actinotrocha. By R. P. Cowes, Ph.D., Adam T. Bruce Fellow

in Zoology, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Mens ctw eid eane: 69

New Books:—Monograph of the Coccide of the British Isles. By

Rosert Newstead, Curator of the Grosvenor Museum,

Sea 0 Ga ee ie ey Bien rene race er ore PAAR ies

Proceedings of the Geological Society... ...-+++eseeeee errr ee ees 79

Note on Hinulia pardalis of Macleay, by G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. .. 80

190 54S

iv CONTENTS.

NUMBER LXXxX.

Page

XIII. On some Echinothurids from Japan and the Indian Ocean.

By Dr. Ta. MortEnsEN, Copenhagen, (Plates II-V.) .......... 81

XIV. On a Collection of Mammals obtained in Somaliland by

Major H. N. Dunn, R.A.M.C., with Descriptions of Allied Species

from other Localities. By OLpFrELD Tuomas, F.R.S. .......... 94

XV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New Zealand

Coleoptera. “By'Capt. T. Broun, PMNS. .c.25 < oo w aeece ne gee 105

XVI. Descriptions of Three new Marine Fishes from South

Africa. ‘By €. Tare Rucan, BA... sead nce oe EL Gece eee 128

XVII. On the Affinities of the Genus Draconetta, with Descrip-

tion of a new Species. By C. Tare Ree@an, B.A. .............- 150

XVII. New Species of Indo-Australian and African Heterocera.

By Col. Cartes Swinnok, MLA., F.LS., &e... 0.6.0.0... ede 131

XIX. On the Sand-Viper of Roumania (Vipera ammodytes, var.

Montandoni). By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S..........00 02 eee 134

XX. On a new Cyprinodontid Fish from Egypt. By G. A.

MOULENGER, PRS ate bie lee tes se Gme ue Seip ese = 135

XXI. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By

G.hewis, F.L8)) (Plate Vil). > 2ok8 te i hcoesat, bs atone 137

XXII. A Revised Synopsis of the Tsetse-Flies (Genus Glossina,

Wied.), with Notes on Glossina tachinoides, Westwood. By ERNEst

ANUSEON |. ons sa pete cutis Sep anes Ce EAR eee eee 151

XXIII. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Alestes from

ately G.A, Bouman, PRS 3 oe eeas oct pk oe ees 155

XXIV. On some small Mammals collected by Mr. A. M. Mac-

killigin in the Eastern Desert of Egypt. By OLprrmrp THomas .. 155

XXV. On a new Species of Amastra from the Hawaiian Islands,

By EH. Th. Seas, BA. ics vhs Uuees coe ees kau cea eee 159

New Books :—Index Faunze Nove Zealandie, Edited by Capt. F.

W. Hotton, F.R.S.—A Manual of Palearctic Birds. By

H. E. Deessen, FUL:8;, F.Z.5,, doo, ‘ Part Phos fo.ciat 160, 161

On the Ossiferous Cave-deposits of Cyprus, by Dorothy M. A. Bate ;

Further Note on the Remains of Elephas cypriotes, Bate, from

a Oaye-deposit in Cyprus, by Dorothy M. A. Bate ...... 162, 163

NUMBER LXXXI.

XXVI. The Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. By Sir

GronGce Ff. Haweson, Bart. PZS. ie. ois othe ees oe 165

XXVIII. New Callithriz, Midas, Felis, Rhipidomys, and Proechimys

from Brazil and Ecuador. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ,............. 188

— ee err”

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

XXVIII. New Bats and Rodents from West Africa, the Malay

Peninsula, and Papuasia. By OLpFIELD THoMAs .............. 196

-XXIX. New and little-known Bees in the Collection of the British

Museum; - By E210 A COCK MRELE 10002 2000s elves cdseean) 208

XXX. The Halictine Bees of the Australian Region, By T. D.A.

QC ENETS, Fn da ta nome Rae ee eee ee Laat rd eae eet 208

XXXI. On Munidopsis polymorpha, Koelhel, a Cave-dwelling

Marine Crustacean from the Canary Islands. By W.T, Catan,

DSCREN ae ties Moe tite Baas eaters Beets arn ected neha 213

XXXII. Barbus eutenia and B. holotenia, new Names for Barbus

Kessler, Giinther nec Steindachner. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 218

XXXII. Rhynchotal Notes—XXV. By W. L. Distranr...... 219

XXXIV. On new Species of Rhopalocera from Sierra Leone. By

Gores T. Betoune-Baker, F.LS., F.Z.S.0 060i cece eee 222

XXXYV. On Three new Species of Arhopala. By Groree T.

Borer ae Bs Avert eB A225 usa s giao ste eguts'ay ev scents Serae eo 233

XXXVI, On Shrews from British East Africa. By OtpFirip

EOMAG arte aie fee, ca sta cistern vine ON go Satna tee eee phe WG ET 236

New Books :—A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. A

Textbook for Students and Collectors, By J. W. Turt, F.E.S.

Vol. IV.—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and

Burma. Published under the authority of the Secretary of

State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp.

Rhynchota, Vol. Il. (Heteroptera). By W.L. Disrant., 241, 242

Proceedings of the Geolopical: Society. co 62.3 )u.c55 0. Av aie oe cs. 242

NUMBER LXXXII,

XXXVII. Observations on Coleoptera of the Family Buprestide,

with Descriptions of new Species. By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE,

cid PORE ANG O.6 DEO DOE 6 COUR OD DE Paces Sule Ce 245

XXXVIII. Description of and Reflections upon a new Species of

Apodous Amphibian from India. By A. Axcocx, M.B., LL.D.,

F.R.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum and Professor of

Zoology in the Medical College of Bengal. (Plate VIL.)........., 267

XXXIX. Description of a new Coleopterous Insect from Bounty

Island. By Capt. THos. Broun, F.E.S. With Note by J. J.

Pe aba Fes BBE EGE a uae eo eusP rac cuathcereis Roerwite owe haere Ce ta we 273

XL. Miphargus Kochianus, Bate, in an Irish Lake and N. sub-

terraneus, Leach, in Kent. By W. F. pE Vismes Kang, M.R.I.A.

CPiite: Vi) it ods iis vas Ohh citalsGudy dpi sh patra ee eh. iitoks Saal oe 274

XLI. On some new Species of Silver-Pheasants from Burma. By

ENG GIEN RN OBITS UE YA tte cox att coeds Sis acs Ae NPN RRe corde 283

XLII. Footprints of small Fossil Reptiles from the Karroo Rocks

oruspe Colony. By Hi. G. Sretuy, FROG. i utes ces 287

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XLUI. On a new Type of Reptilian Tooth (Ptychocynodon) from

the Upper Karroo Beds near Burghersdorp, Cape Colony. By H.

SS ree ARS... os. «aie am pees oe ae aia we Dae A EE 290

XLIV. Rhynchotal Notes—XXVI. By W. L. Disrant ...... 293

New Books :—Fasciculi Malayensis: Zoology. Part II.—Catalogus

Mammalium, tam Viventium quam Fossilium. By EK. L. Trov-

ESSART. Quinquennale Supplementum, Fasciculus i.—Inter-

national Catalogue of Scientific Literature. R. Bacteriology.—

The Old Riddle and the Newest Answer. By JoHn GrRarp,

8.J., F.L.8S.—Forest Conditions of the San Francisco Mountains

Forest Reserve, Arizona. By J. E. Lererre, Tu. F. Rrxon,

and A. DopwELi. With Introduction by F. G. PLumMEr.

Series H, no. 7.—Forest Conditions in the Black Mesa Forest

Reserve, Arizona. Prepared by F. G. PLummer from Notes

by Tu. F. Rrxon and A. Dopwe tu. Series H, no. 8.—The

Geology and Ore-deposits of the Bisbee Quadrangle, Arizona.

By Freperick Lesire RANSOME..........000ee05 00 304—808

Proceedings of the Geological Society ..o; .4\.4+5. Lewenres eee epee 809

On the Mineralogical Structure of the Porcellanous Foraminifera,

by Frederick Chapman ; The Limacodid Lepidoptera and their

Dipterous Parasites, Bombylides of the Genus Systropus:

Parallel Adaptation of Host and Parasite to the same Conditions

of Existence, by J. Kiinckel d’Herculais................0+65 310

NUMBER LXXXIII.

XLV. The Cape Colony Quaggas. By R. I. Pocock, Superin-

tendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens, late Assistant in the

Zoological Department of the British Museum. (Plates IX. & X.) . 318

XLVI. Rhynchotal Notes—-XXVII. By W.L. Distant .... 829

XLVII. On a Pneumatic Type of Vertebra from the Lower

Karroo Rocks of Cape Colony (Yamboeria Maraisi). By H. G.

Senay: WS pic hs sees ae edt 5.5 bo bee peak oe chanson 336

XLVIII. Observations on Coleoptera of the Family Buprestide,

with Descriptions of new Species. By CHas. O. WATERHOUSE,

F.E.S. Sans Lacs sabe SERS ae eae ak eee oe 344

2.0 o<s ©» © Sie ble) ole (8 0

XLIX. Notes on the smaller Genera of the Tabanine of the

Family Tabanide in the British Museum Collection. By GerrruDE

RIGARDO |...” ono cde neh eee shee Ona eines agile Mees Cee 349

L. On some Coccide in the Collection of the British Museum. By

HSKENES? GREEN, BCHIS. cea. seats sh ome hn cece 373

Ll. Five new Rhinolophi from Africa. By Knup ANDERSEN ., 378

New Bovk :—Smithsonian Institution: United States National

Museum. Special Bulletin. American Hydroids. Part IL.

The Sertularide. By CuarLes CLEVELAND Nutrine, Pro-

fessor of Zoology, University of Towa 2... i... .sescee cee eee 388

CONTENTS. Vil

NUMBER LXXXIV.

Page

LII. Jurassic Brachiopoda. By 8. 8. Buckman, F.G.S......... 389

LIII. On some Mammals from British New Guinea presented to

the National Museum by Mr. C. A. W. Monckton, with Descriptions

of other Species from the same Region, By Oxprienp THomas .. 397

LIV. Notes and Observations on the Distribution of the Larvee of

Marine Animals. By J. Stantey GarpinER, M.A. ............ 403

LV. The Butterflies of the Group Callidryades and their Seasonal

Phases, By AntHur G. Buttzr, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &. .... 410

LVI. Description of anew Lizard from Western Australia. By

GA. Bovnmncae, 2H.S..- (Plate AL ole? sleek. abe ees 414

LVII. Descriptions of Two new Cyprinid Fishes from Yunnan Fu.

By ©. Este REGAN, BiB os onc wot enc ne Cnet ea meleeg wala coin els 416

LVIII. On some new Butterflies and Moths from the East, By

Cetonel €. Swanson, OF A., BLS: Geta geteeik a deen ee eee 417

LIX. Rhynchotal Notes—XXVIII. By W. L. Disrant ...... 425

LX. British Isopoda of the Families Agid@, Cirolanide, Idoteide,

and Arcturide. By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D.,

BAe geen (Plates SUG REE). epee ee os yew Week vere ue. 430

LXI. British Land Isopoda.—Second Supplement. By Canon

ACM, Nossean and Professor G@. 5; BRADY <0... ee cee ease 449

LXI. On von Heuglin’s, Riippell’s, and Sundevall’s Types of

African Rhinolophi. By Knup ANDERSEN

Fie © Oe 6 eee 6 eLe Cae 6m

LXIII. On a new Pycnogonid from the South Polar Regions,

By T. V. Hopeson, Biologist to the National Antarctic Expedition.

CE OEE ete e scans Meine CaS Ce TE a hak vou hie ¥, emperor 458

PLATES IN VOL. XIV.

PraTE I, Holognathus Stewarti.

MIE

11g; : ;

v. ¢ Echinothurids from Japan and the Indian Ocean.

v.,

VI. New species of Histeride.

VU. Herpele Fulleri.

VII. Niphargus Kochianus and N. fontanus.

a Cape Colony Quaggas.

XI. Amphibolurus Websteri.

soz British Isopoda.

XIII.

XIV. Pentanymphon antarcticum.

ERRATA.

Page 82, line 5, for Owsten read Owston,

Pages 82, 85, 86, 92, 93, and Plate V., for Owstent read Owstont.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

arrestee sles ciee Mester per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, divee, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettusi, Gel. 1.

No. 79. JULY 1904.

].—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander T, H. Heming, R.N.—

Series III., No. 1. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal

and the Arabian Sea. By Envear A. Suitu, 1.8.0.

[Concluded from vol. xiii. p. 473. ]

Capulus lissus, Smith.

Capulus lissus, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 166,

pl. iv. figs. 4-6.

Hab. Stations 233, 236, 237, and 240, off Andamans, 90-=

303 fath.; off Travancore coast, 360 fath.

Very frequently young specimens are found adhering to

older examples. The shape is variable and the outline of

the aperture often very irregular, the irregularity being

occasioned by the different surfaces to which the specimens

have been attached. 'The general cap-shaped form is, how-

ever, persistent.

Capulus fragilis, sp. n.

Testa tenuis, depresse pileiformis, pellucido-albida, periostraco tenui

flavescente induta, lineis incrementi tenuissimis sculpta, intus

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 1

2 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

alba, postice infra apicem septo arcuato latiusculo instructa ;

apex terminalis, parvus, acute unciformis, valde recurvus, extra

marginem productus ; apertura ovata.

Longit. 13 mm., diam. 103, alt. 4.

Hab. Laccadive Sea, 105 fath.; Bay of Bengal, 410 fath.

Remarkable for the depressed cap-like form, the slimness

of the shell, and the internal septum, as in the genus

Septaria. The protoconch has merely the appearance of a

curved hook.

Delphinula laciniata, Lamarck, var.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.

Three small specimens agreeing closely with the variety

named D. aculeata by Reeve.

Liotia crenata, Kiener.

Liotia crenata, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. x. p. 111, pl. xxxvi. figs.

12, 13.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath. (‘ Investigator ”) ;

Philippines (Cuming).

Thalotia maldivensis, Smith, var.

Thalotia maldivensis, Smith, Gardiner’s ‘ Fauna and Geography of the

Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. ii. pt. 2, p, 617, pl. xxxy.

figs. 25, 26.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.

Differing from the typical form in having rather coarser

granulation and the second row of granules below the suture

are conspicuously larger. In one example the two adjacent

series of granules at the periphery, which wind up the spire,

are conspicuously spotted with pink, and large blotches of a

dark olive-green upon the middle of the whorls at intervals

occur under one another, thus forming three interrupted

stripes which descend from the apex to the angle of the body-

whorl. The granules upon the base are small, closely packed,

and mostly white with pink dots between them. Another

variety is almost entirely yellow, but some obscure white

spots occur upon the periphery and the lower surface.

Bathybembix Wood-Muason, Smith.

Bathybembia Wood-Masoni, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895,

vol. xvi. p. 7, pl. i. fig. 11.

Hab. Station 233, off Andaman Islands, 185 fath.

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 8

Solariella infundibulum (Watson).

Solariella infundibulum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv.

p. 367,

Hab. Same as preceding species.

Agreeing in all respects with the Gulf of Manaar speci-

mens previously recorded.

Solariella oxycona, Smith.

Solariella oxycona, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 248;

Tllust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xii. figs. 6-6 6.

Hab. Off Andaman Islands, in 490 fath.

Ethalia striolata, A. Adams.

Umbonium (Ethalia) striolatum, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1853,

p. 189.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath. (‘ Investigator’) ;

Borneo (d. Ad.).

Flatter and more sharply angled at the periphery than

E. guamensis, with less convex whorls and a different um-

bilical callus, also much more distinctly spirally striated.

It is variable in colour. I have been unable to trace the

Rotella trilobata which is stated by Sowerby to be in the

British Museum, and which looks very like this species,

judging from the figure (Conch. Icon. vol. xx. pl. iv. fig. 20).

It is regarded as a variety by Pilsbry, who appears never to

have seen either form.

Astralium girgyllus (Reeve).

Trochus girgyllus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol, xiii. fig. 53.

Turbo (Bolma) gyrilius (sic), Reeve, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol, vy.

p: 208, pl. 499. fig. 73 (incorrectly coloured).

Astralium (Bolma) modestum, Reeve, var. girgyllus, Pilsbry, in Tryon’s

Man. Conch. vol. x. p. 280, pl. lv. fig. 65.

Calcar modestum, var. B, Fischer, in Kiener’s Icon. Coq. Viy. p. 6,

pl. Ixxvi. fig. 1.

Hab. China (Reeve), off Andaman Islands, in 41 fath.

(‘Investigator ’).

A single half-grown example, in perfect condition, with the

operculum. ‘The latter js almost white, thick, convexly

arched and granulated, showing that this species does not

belong to the section Bolma. It is much paler in tint than

the type figured by Reeve, and the series of granules which

adorn the whorls are rather finer, and the two rows of scale-

hike projections are much produced and beautifully striated

behind. The shell is such a gem in form and ornamentation

4 Mr. KE. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

that I regret having to return it to the Indian Museum at

Calcutta. On comparing this species with A. modestum of

Reeve, with which it has been united, there seem to be

sufficient differences to warrant their separation. The

sculpture on the base of the last whorl is much finer in

A. modestum, and the groove in the umbilical region of

A. girgyllus is absent in the Japanese form. There are also

differences of colour.

Astralium bathyrhaphe, Smith.

Astralium bathyrhaphe, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv.

p. 247; Llust. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ pl. xii, figs. 4-4 ¢.

Hab. Station 218, N. Maldive Atoll, in 210 fath.

Turbo (Cantrainea ?) incoloratus, Smith.

Turbo (Cantrainea?) incoloratus, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899,

vol. iv. p. 247; lust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xii. figs. 5, 5 a.

Hab. Station 232, lat. 7° 17' 30" N., long. 76° 54! E., off

South India, in 430 fath.

Leptothyra delecta, Smith.

Leptothyra delecta, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1899, vol. iv.

p. 248; Llust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xii. figs, 5, 3 a.

Hab. Station 237, lat. 13° 17! N., long. 93° 7 E., off

Andaman Islands, 90 fath.

Acmea minutissima, sp. 0.

Testa minuta, angusta, oblonga, alba, tenuis, lineis incrementi

striata, lateribus subparallelis vix excurvatis; apex mediocriter

elatus, submammillatus, vix centralis, subacutus.

Longit. 34 mm., diam, 14, alt. 1.

Hab. Andaman Islands, 130--250 fath., upon slender pieces

of water-logged wood.

Of the same character as A. depicta, Hinds, and A. paleacea,

Gould, from California, but differing in its minute size,

sculpture, and colour.

Fissurella delicata, Smith.

Fissurella delicata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 249 ;

Illust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xii. figs. 8, 8 a.

Hab. Station 232, off Travancore coast, 430 fath.

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 5

Puncturella (Cranopsis) indica, Smith.

Puncturella (Cranopsis) indica, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899,

vol. iv. p. 249; Illust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xii. figs. 7, 7 a.

Hab. Station 232, off Travancore coast, 430 fath.

Puncturella (Cranopsis) asturiana (Fischer).

Puncturella (Cranopsis) asturiana, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1896, vol. xviil. p. 571.

Hab. Station 232, off Travancore coast, in 430 fath. Other

localities are Bay of Biscay, West Indies, and off Ceylon, in

85 to 670 fath.

The single specimen obtained differs from that dredged in

390 fathoms off Culebra Island, West Indies, by the ‘ Chal-

lenger,’ only in having the radiating costellz slightly coarser.

The general outline of the shell and the character of the

fissure both within and externally are the same. The costelle,

being coarser, produce a slightly more strongly crenulated

margin within. Length 17 mm., diam. 12, alt. 8.

Scaphander ceylanica, sp. n.

Testa parva, oblonga, angusta, tenuis, pallide fuscescens, trans-

versim striata, striis pallidis, minute punctatis; spira involuta,

excavata, albida; columella arcuata, incrassata, reflexa; labrum

tenuissimum, supra spiram productum.

Longit. 9 mm., diam. 4.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.

A slender shell, of a pale brown colour, ornamented with

whitish punctate strie; the striz at both ends of the whorl

are closer and deeper than those upon the central part, and

form distinct lire between them.

Scaphander andamanicus, Smith.

Scaphander andamanicus, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1894, vol. xiv.

p. 167, pl. iv. fig. 15.

Hab. Station 233, Andaman Islands, in 185 fath.

A single specimen only. Much larger than the type,

being 25 mm. in length and 18 in diameter.

Atys cylindrica, Helbling.

Hab. Off Andaman Islands, 15 fath.

A few young shells only.

6 Mr. E. A. Smith on Jollusca from the

Atys hyalina, Watson.

Atys hyalina, Watson, Gasteropoda ‘Challenger’ Exped. p. 640,

pl. xlviii. fig. 1.

Hab. Off Andaman Islands, 15 fath.

A single specimen, agreeing in every respect with the

type from Fiji. It is, however, rather larger, being 154 mm.

in length.

Atys darnleyensis, Brazier.

Atys darnleyensis, Brazier, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xv. p. 272.

Hab. Off Andaman Islands, 15 fath.

Agreeing precisely with specimens from Darnley Island

received from Brazier. Perhaps belonging to the genus

Cylichna.

Atys submal'eata, sp. n.

Testa tenuis, pellucida, elongato-ovata, utrinque imperforata, incre-

menti lineis striata, lineis subdistantibus transversis leviter

malleata, utrinque tenuiter transversim striata; labrum tenuis-

simum, paulo supra spiram productum; apertura antice sub-

canaliculata; columella tortuosa, incrassata, reflexa, appressa,

apex concave impressus.

Longit. 17 mm., diam. 9.

Hab. Off Andaman Islands, 15 fath.

A very thin species, peculiarly malleated. The labrum

arises from the middle of the impressed spire, is there

slightly thickened, but has no twist as in the typical forms

of the genus.

Cylichna andamanica, sp. n.

Testa irregulariter ovata, utrinque umbilicata, solidiuscula, alba,

supra et infra trapsversim confertim striata, in medio levis; an-

fractus ultimus paulo infra apicem leviter constrictus; labrum

intus incrassatum, ad marginem acutum; columella leviter

tortuosa, antice reflexa, ad basim effusa.

Longit. 9 mm., diam. 5,

Hab. Off Andaman Islands, 15 fath.

Rather solid for so small a shell. The slight constriction

at the upper part of the body-whorl forms a solid crest above

it. The apical perforation is very small and deep—indeed,

narrower than the umbilicus. A very thin callus spreads

over the whorl, uniting the columella and the upper end of

the labrum,

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 7

Chiton ceylanicus, sp. ne

Testa C. canaliculato similis, sed areis centralibus inter liris punc-

tatis, valva antica costis granosis circiter 36 ornata, cingulo

squamis minutis amicto.

Longit. 14 mm., diam. 8.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.

This species is rather like C. canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaim.,

but differs in the central areas being more fiuely lirate,

punctate between the lirz, and the scales on the girdle are

much finer. The valves are dirty white, here and there

stained and dotted with light olive-brown, with a few darker

dots on the posterior edge of the anterior and central valves.

Angasia tetrica, Carpenter.

Angasia tetrica, Carp., Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xiv. p. 287, pl. Ixi.

figs.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.

The specimens from this locality agree exactly with the

variety calculosa from the Philippine Islands.

Dentalium Shoplandi, Jousseaume.

Dentalium Shoplandi, Jousseaume, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1894, vol. vi.

p. 102.

Hab. Station 229, off Travancore coast, in 360 fath. (‘ In-

vestigator’) ; Gulf of Aden, 670 fath. (Jouwsseaume and Brit.

Mus.).

The ridges in this species vary from sixteen to about

twenty-two. None of the specimens, although not much

broken away towards the apex, exhibit any trace of a slit.

The largest example is 100 mm. in length and 12 in width.

Dentalium magnificum, Smith.

Dentalium magnificum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, vol. xviii,

p. 371.

Hab. Station 232, off Travancore coast, in 430 fath.

The riblets are finer and more numerous in this species

than in D. Shoplandi, and the apex is deeply slit.

Xylophaga indica, sp. n.

Testa X. dorsali similis, sed valvis sulco mediano equaliter bi-

partitis, lira interna ceque centrali.

Diam. 12 mm., longit. umbone ad marginem ventralem 12.

Hab. Station 233, off Andamans, 185 fath.

8 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

Very like X. dorsalis, but the valves are more equally

divided down the middle by the central groove, so that the

anterior and posterior portions are about equal. In X. dor-

salis they are decidedly unequal, the posterior side being

conspicuously larger. This is clearly seen within the valves,

being indicated by the pesition of the strengthening rib.

The sculpture on the anterior areas and the protoplaxes

are similar in both forms. Iam inclined to think that the

latter will be found to be somewhat variable in form.

Anatina andamanica, sp. n.

Testa tenuissima, subpiriformis, antice late rotundata, postice obtuse

rostrata, ineequilateralis, equivalvis, mediocriter convexa, pellu-

cido-albida, lineis incrementi striata; umbones prominentes,

contigui, circiter in 3 longitudinis collocati ; pagina interna nitida,

vix margaritacea; sinus pallii profunde rotundatus ; fulera liga-

menti parva.

Longit. 18 mm., alt. 14, diam. 10.

Hab. Lat. 11° 82! N., long. 92° 46' E., off west of Anda-

mans, 194 fath.

Shorter and rounder than many of the known forms. The

rostrate end exhibits slight traces of a periostracum.

Eucirou eburnea (Wood-Mason & Alcock).

Verticordia (Euciroa) eburnea, Wood-Mason & Alcock, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1891, vol. viii. p. 447, fig. 14.

Verticordia optima, Sowerby, Proc. Malac. Soc. vol. i. p. 59, pl. v.

fig. 3; op. cit. p. 82, as V. eburnea, W.-M. & Al.

Hab. Andaman Sea, 188-220 fath., and Stations 229 and

232, off Travancore coast, in 860-430 fath.

Very similar to £. elegantissima, Dall, from the Antilles,

and V. pacifica, Dall, from the Hawaiian Islands. Are they

sufficiently distinct to be regarded as different species, or are

they not merely variations of one widely distributed form ?

It is curious to note that the localities of the three species

lie between 11° and 24° north of the equator, at depths

ranging from 188 to 756 fathoms, with a bottom-temperature

of 38°, 40°, and 55°.

The size and number of the granules referred to by

Dr. Dall* as distinguishing this species from E. eburnea are

variable, for in one specimen from the Andamans they are

quite as fine and as numerous as in one example of LE. pacifica

in the Museum collection.

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, 1894, vol. xvii. p. 689,

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 9

Myodora quadrata, Smith.

Myodora quadrata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv.

p- 250; Illust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xiii. figs. 5, 5a.

Hab, Station 229, off Travancore coast, in 360 fath.; also

Station 233, off Andaman Islands, in 185 fath.

Vesicomya indica, sp. n.

Testa transversim ovata, subglobosa, valde inaquilateralis, alba,

cretacea, lineis incrementi tenuibus striata, antice angustata,

postice late rotundata; lunula magna, elongato-cordiformis, in

medio prominens, carinata, linea impressa cireumscripta; um-

bones incurvati, fere contigui, circiter in } longitudinis collocati;

valve mediocriter crasse, intus albide, et obscure tenuiter radi-

atim striate ; cicatrix antica elongato-piriformis, postica latior ;

sinus pallii minime profundus.

Longit. 49 mm., alt. 37, diam. 27.

Hab. Off Travancore coast, 360 fath.; off Andamans,

405 fath.

The dentition is practically identical with that of V. lepta,

Dall (see Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. vol. iv. p. 82, fig. ii.).

Mactrinula Reevesit, Gray.

Mactra Reevesii, Gray, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. viii. fig. 92.

Hab, Off Chedubar, Aracan coast, 20-30 fath.

Cardita elegantula, Deshayes.

Cardita elegantula, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 101, pl. xvii.

figs. 6, 7.

Hab. Off Coromandel coast, 41 fath.; Chinese Seas

(Deshayes).

Crassatella radiata, vay.

Crassatella radiata, Sowerby, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. i. fig. 12.

Hab. Off Mangalore, Malabar coast, 26-30 fath.; Singa-

pore (Reeve).

Cardium (Ctenocardia) victor, Angas.

Cardium (Ctenocardia) victor, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 612,

pl. xlii. fig. 9.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.; Maldive Islands

(Smith) ; Mauritius (dagas and Brit. Mus.).

10 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

Curdium coronatum, Spengler.

Hab. Off Cheduba, Aracan coast, 20-30 fath.

Cardium (Fragum) hemicardium, Linn.

Hab. Off Andamans, 15 fath.

Lucina bengalensis, Smith.

Lucina bengalensis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv.

p- 171, pl. v. figs. 1, 2.

Hab. Stations 229 and 232, off Travancore coast, 360 and

430 fath.

The largest specimen is 47 mm. in length, 42 high, and

22 in diameter, these dimensions considerably exceeding

those of the type.

Lucina dentifera, Jonas.

Lucina dentifera, Jonas, Reeve, Conch. Icon, vol. vi. figs. 10 a, b.

Hab. Off Mangalore, Malabar coast, 26-30 fath; Red

Sea (Jonas).

Cryptodon investigatoris, Smith.

Cryptodon investigatoris, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat ist. 1895, vol. xvi.

p. 18, pl. i. figs. 6, 6a; op. cit. 1896, vol. xviii. p. 374.

Hab. Station 232, off Travancore coast, in 430 fath.

Three left valves. Hitherto only right valves have been

observed, so that it was somewhat doubtful whether the valves

were similar; such, however, proves to be the case.

Psammobia arakanensis, sp. un.

Testa oblonga, antice angustata, acute rotundata, postice latior,

oblique truncata, equilateralis, compressa, tenuis, alba, nitida,

lineis elatis, tenuibus, obliquis, postice sulca radiante oblique in-

terruptis, ornata, pone sulcum tenuiter lamellata; margo dorsi

anticus rectiusculus, leviter declivis, posticus paulo incurvatus ;

sinus pallii profundus, latus; valve tenues, intus pallide.

Longit. 31 mm., alt. 16°5, diam, 7:5.

Hab. Off Cheduba, Arakan coast, 20-30 fath.

About two thirds of the surface, which is marked off by an

oblique groove posteriorly, is covered with rather distant

raised oblique lines. This portion of the shell is glossy and

exhibits innumerable delicate, hair-like, anastomosing lines in

the texture. ‘The hinder portion is less shining and is marked

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea, 11

with regular lamelle of growth. P. bipartita, Philippi

(Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. x. fig. 60), has somewhat similar

sculpture, but the anterior oblique lines are much more

numerous and closer together and the form is different.

Tellina travancorica, Smith.

Tellina travancorica, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv.

p. 249 ; Illust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xiii. figs. 1, la.

Hab. Station 229, off Travancore coast, in 350 fath.

Abra affinis, Smith.

Abra affinis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 250;

Iilust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xiii. figs. 2, 2 a.

Hab. Off Travancore coast, in 498 fath,

Abra maxima, Sowerby.

Abra maxima, Sowerby, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv.

p- 169, pl. v. figs. 5, 6; op. cit. 1895, vol. xvi. p. 10.

Hab. Off Andamans, 405 fath.

Myrina indica, sp. n.

Testa M. Simpson: simillima, sed minus polita, lineis incrementi

tenuibus sculpta, postice setis paucis brevibus munita,

Longit. 11°5 mm., alt. 5, diam. 4.

Hab. Station 233, off Andamans, 185 fath.

Practically identical in form with M. Simpsoni, Marshall,

from the North Sea*, It, however, is less glossy and

exhibits rather more distinct lines of growth, and down the

hinder slope a few very short epidermal bristles are observ-

able. Under a strong lens microscopic radiating strie are

visible, especially at the anterior end. The above are

probably not the full dimensions attained by this species,

Septifer bilocularis, Linn.

Hab. Off Chedubar, Aracan coast, 20-30 fath., and

Diamond Island, Aracan coast.

Modiola Watsoni, Smith.

Modiola Watsoni, Smith, ‘Challenger ’ Lamellibranchiata, p. 275,

pl. xvi. figs. 5-5,

Hab. Off Andaman Islands, 194 fath.

* J. Malacol. vol. vii. p. 168, figs, 1-8,

12 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

Arca (Barbatia) pteroessa, Smith.

Arca (Barbatia) pteroessa, Smith, ‘Challenger’ Lamellibranchiata,

p. 262, pl. xvii. figs. 4-4 d.

Hab. Station 111, Bay of Bengal, 1644 fath.

The specimens from this locality are scarcely as narrowed

anteriorly as some of those obtained by the ‘ Challenger’

expedition, but they do not seem sufficiently different to

warrant their specific separation.

Arca (Barbatia) incerta, Smith.

Arca (Barbatia) incerta, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv.

p. 251; Ilust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xiii. figs. 3, 3 a.

Hab. Station 232, off Travancore coast, in 430 fath.

Arca domingensis, Lamarck.

Hab. Off Mangalore, Malabar coast, 26-30 fath.

Arca consociata, Smith.

Arca (Scapharca ?) consociata, Smith, ‘ Challenger ’ Lamellibranchiata,

p. 266, pl. xvii. figs. 7-7 a.

Hab. Off Chedubar, Aracan coast, 20-30 fath.; Arafura

Sea, 25 fath. (‘ Challenger’).

In this species the valves are similar.

Limopsis indica, Smith.

Hab. Off Travancore coast, 360 fath.; Maldive Islands,

770-960 fath.

Nucula mitralis, Hinds.

Nucula mitralis, Hinds, Hanley in Sowerby’s Thesaurus Conch. vol. iii.

p- 152, pl. ecxxx. fig. 144.

Hab. Mouth of the River Hughli.

Nucula (Acila) Fultoni, Smith.

Nucula (Acila) Fultoni, Smith, Ilust. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ Mollusea,

pl. i. figs. 3-3 e.

Hab. Off Travancore coast, 380 fath.

Nuculana fragilis, Chemn.

Leda fragilis, Chemn., Hanley in Sowerby’s Thesaurus Conch. vol. iii.

p- 122, pl. ecxxx. fig. 171.

Hab. Dredged off the sandheads at the mouth of the

River Hughli ; China (Hanley).

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea, 13

Spondylus imperialis, Chenu.

Hab, Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.

Pecten Alcocki, sp. n.

Testa eequivalvis, equilateralis, tenuissima, subpellucida, rotundata,

seriebus radiantibus et concentricis, numerosis squamarum minu-

tarum ornata, mediocriter convexa, radiatim tenuiter striata ;

auricule ineequales, antica valve dextree infra profunde sinuata,

liris quaternis granosis radiata,

Longit. 18 mm., alt. 19, diam. 7.

” Hab. Station 232, off South India, 430 fath.

The radiating striz have the appearance of short scratches

and are closer together down the sides of the valves. The

scales which roughen the surface are generally more or less

worn off, their position being indicated by the crenulated

concentric lines of growth.

Pecten mirificus, Reeve.

Pecten mirificus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. viii. fig. 104,

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.; Amboyna

(Reeve) ; Maldive Islands (Gardiner) ,

Pecten nux, Reeve.

Pecten nux, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. viii. fig. 145 (errata),

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, in 34 fath.; Maldive

Islands (Gardiner) ; Marquesas Island (Reeve).

Pecten speciosus, Reeve.

Pecten speciosus, Reeve, Con. Icon, vol. viii, fig. 112.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.; Philippine

Islands (Reeve).

One valve only.

Janira Gardineri, Smith.

Janira Gardinert, Smith, in Gardiner’s ‘Fauna and Geography of the

Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes,’ vol. ii, p. 622, pl. xxxvi.

figs. 21, 22.

Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath.

Amussium caducum, Smith.

Amussium caducum, Smith, ‘Challenger’ Lamellibranchiata, p. 309,

pl. xxiii. figs. 1-le; Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 173.

HTab, Andamans, 490 fath.; off Colombo, 531 fath.

14 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Two new

Amussium andamanicum, Smith.

Amussium andamamcum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv.

p. 172, pl. v. figs. 18, 14; op. cit. 1895, vol. xvi. p. 265.

Hab. Uaccadive Sea, 865-880 fath.

Lima indica, Smith.

Lima indica, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 251;

Illust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. xiii. figs. 4, 4a.

Hab. Station 232, off Travancore coast, in 430 fath.

II.— Descriptions of Two new Elapine Snakes from

the Congo. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

A SMALL series of reptiles brought home from the Congo

by Drs. Dutton, Christy, and Todd, of the Liverpool School

of Tropical Medicine Expedition, contains examples of two

poisonous snakes which are new to science and of which I

have great pleasure in giving descriptions. The specimens,

which have been presented to the British Museum, were

obtained near Leopoldville.

Boulengerina Christy?.

Rostral once and a half as broad as deep, just visible from

above ; internasals as long as the prefrontals, extensively in

contact with the preeocular ; frontal small, not longer than

broad, broadest behind, forming very open angles in front

and behind, not quite as long as its distance from the rostral,

half as long as the parietals; supraocular much narrower

than the frontal; posterior nasal in contact with the single

preocular; two or three postoculars; temporals 2+2 or

2+3,; seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the

eye, fourth and fifth in contact with the lower postocular ;

four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields ;

posterior chin-shields narrower and a little shorter than the

anterior and separated by one scale. Scales in 19 rows on

the neck, 17 on the body. Ventrals 221; anal entire; sub-

caudals 70. Blackish brown above, the nape and the anterior

third of the body with irregular pale brown and black cross-

bars, the black forming rings on the neck; upper lip pale

brown, with black lines on the sutures between the shields;

Elapine Snakes from the Congo. 15

Jower surface of head brownish white, belly and lower surface

of tail blackish.

Total length 465 mm.; tail 90.

A single young specimen.

We are now acquainted with four species of the genus

Boulengerina, Dollo, for the determination of which the

following key may be used :—

A. Rostral nearly as deep as broad; temporals 1+2; three upper

labials in contact with the lower subocular.

SCALES HIME ALOWS! greclee.s ths eisai ao vere B. annulata, Buchh. & Ptrs.

Cale Im ALLOWS 6 fein soc ae Yours ses B. Stormsi, Dollo.

B. Rostral much broader than deep; temporals 2+2 or 2+3; two

lower labials in contact with the lower subocular.

DAIS IN ZO TOWS Kh hein. cane oie wwe is B. Dybowskii, Mocq.

enles dines TOWS leyev.dvadide ceded B. Christyt, Blgr.

Elapechis Duttoni.

Snout very broadly rounded. Hye as long as its distance

from the nostril. Rostral broader than deep, the portion

visible from above measuring about one third its distance

from the frontal ; internasals a little shorter than the pre-

frontals ; frontal slightly longer than broad, as long as its

distance from the end of the snout, two thirds the length of

the parietals ; posterior nasal in contact with the single pre-

ocular; three postoculars ; temporals 1+8; seven upper

labials, third and fourth entering the eye, sixth largest; fonr

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which

are separated from the symphysial; posterior chin-shields a

little longer than the anterior. Scales very oblique, in 15

rows on the body, in 17 on the neck. Ventrals 150; anal

entire; subcaudals 31 pairs. Pale brownish above, each

scale with a black spot; a large black blotch on the head,

descending as a bar on the temple, and followed by a whitish

occipital transverse band; a black bar on the snout, con-

necting the nostrils, and a black spot below the eye; upper

lip whitish, with the sutures between some of the shields

black ; lower parts whitish, the subcaudal shields edged with

black.

Total length 520 mm. ; tail 70.

A single specimen, apparently a male.

‘This very distinct species is more nearly related to HZ. niger,

Gthr., from Zanzibar, than to any other.

16 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

III.—Descriptions of new West-African Freshwater

Fishes. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Barbus Ansorgii.

Depth of body 33 to 32 times in total length, length of

head 4 to 43 times. Snout rounded, slightly projecting

beyond the mouth, slightly shorter than the eye, the diameter

of which is 34 times in length of head ; interorbital width 3

times in length of head, width of mouth 32 times ; lips feebly

developed; anterior barbel a little shorter, posterior a little

longer than eye, the distance between them about half diameter

of eye. Dorsal III 7, last simple ray very strong, bony,

strongly serrated behind, a little longer than head; tree edge

of the fin feebly concave; its distance from the occiput a

little less than its distance from the caudal fin. Anal ILI 5,

longest ray about 2 length of head. Pectoral a little shorter

than head, nearly reaching ventral; latter entirely in front

of vertical of origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 12 times as

long as deep. Scales 28-29 2, 24-3 between lateral line

and ventral, 12 or 13 round caudal peduncle. Brownish

above, silvery white beneath, with an ill-defined dark lateral

band above the lateral line; fins uniform whitish.

Total length 70 mm.

Two specimens from the Luache River at Bange Ngola,

Angola, collected by Dr. W. J. Ansorge.

The position of the ventrals in advance of the dorsal

readily distinguishes this species from B. Kessleri, Stdr.,

originally described from Angola. The nearest ally of

B. Ansorgii is B. paludinosus, Ptrs., from Hast Africa,

which has shorter anterior barbels and more numerous scales,

Barbus Walkert.

Depth of body 3 to 3} times in total length, length of

head 34 to 4 times. Snout rounded, slightly projecting

beyond the mouth, not longer than the eye; diameter of eye

4 times in length of head, interorbital width 2} to 23 times;

width of mouth about } length of head; lips moderately

developed, interrupted on the chin; barbels two on each

side, anterior 14 to 12, posterior 2 diameters of eye, the

distance between them nearly equalling diameter of eye.

Dorsal I1I 8, last simple ray flexible, not enlarged, 3 to 2

length of head; free edge of the fin straight ; its distance

from thé occiput a little less than its distance from the caudal

West-African Freshwater Vishes. 17

fin. Anal IIL 5, longest ray 2 to 2 length of head. Pectoral

about 2 length of head, not reaching ventral; latter below

anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1$ to 12 times as

long as deep. Scales 21-22 3 24-3 between lateral line and

ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brown on the back,

yellowish on the sides and below, the lateral scales brown at

the base; two longitudinal dark brown streaks embracing

the 8 to 10 first scales of the lateral line; four round black

spots on each side, the second higher up than the others,

just in front of the vertical of the origin of the dorsal fin, the

third below the second half of the dorsal fin and above the

lateral line, the fourth at the base of the caudal fin and

traversed by the lateral line ; a more or less distinct dark spot

on each side of the vent; fins white, a few small black spots

on the dorsal.

Total length 100 mm.

Gold Coast. Several specimens from Ingogosu, collected by

the late Mr. R. B. N. Walker. These have been confounded

by Dr. Giinther with B. trispi/us, Blkr., which differs in

the smaller scales and in the markings.

Puntius (Barbodes) camptacanthus, Sauvage (Bull. Soe.

Zool. France, 1882, p. 322), nec Bleeker, is perhaps the

same fish.

Amphilius ates uensis.

Depth of body 5 to 6 times in total length, length of head

4 to 4} times. Head a little longer than broad; eyes small,

in the middle of the length of the head, 24 or 3 diameters

apart ; interocular width # length of snout, which is broadly

rounded and projects a little beyond lower jaw; posterior

nostril a little nearer eye than end of snout, preemaxillary

teeth forming a crescentic band ; maxillary barbel as long as

head or a little longer, outer mandibular a little shorter than

head, inner mandibular about 2 length of head. Dorsal 1 5-6,

equally distant from end of snout and from root of caudal,

first ray 2 to ? length of head. Adipose } to 4 longer than

dorsal. Anal I 5-6, midway between root of ventral and

root of caudal. Pectoral slightly longer than ventral, a little

shorter than head. Ventrals below posterior rays of dorsal.

Caudal forked, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle a little

longer than deep. Brown above, speckled with darker,

whitish below ; six yellowish cross-bars on the back, the first

on the nape, the third just behind the dorsal fin ; fins whitish,

the dorsal with a transverse series of small black spots, the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 2

18 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

caudal with a black basal bar and a transverse band of

crowded black spots.

Total length 60 mm.

Four specimens from the Atesu River, Gold Coast, from

Mr. R. B. N. Walker’s collection. These specimens have

been recorded by Giinther (P. Z. S.. 1902, ii. p. 336) under

the name of Amphilius platychir, Gthr., a species which

differs in the ventral fins being some way behind the vertical

of the dorsal, which is much nearer the end of the snout than

the root of the caudal, in the longer snout, and in the shorter

barbels.

Chiloglanis cameronensis..

Body somewhat depressed in front, compressed behind, its

depth 43 to 5 times in the total length. Head depressed,

once and 4 as long as broad, its length 3 times in the total

length. Hye directed upwards, in second half of head, its

diameter 7 or 8 times in length of head, once and 2 in inter-

orbital width, which equals or is a little less than the distance

between eye and posterior nostril; premaxillary teeth in

two large oval groups, well separated on the middle line,

forming 4 or 5 transverse series; a group of 12 to 14

slender mandibular teeth ; maxillary barbel 3 to 4 length of

head, longer than the lower labials. Dorsal 15; spine not

serrated, about # length of head. Adipose low, its base about

2 its distance from the rayed dorsal. Anal I[15-6. Pectoral

spine not serrated, # to % length of head. Ventral extending to

origin of anal ora little beyond. Caudal slightly emarginate.

Caudal peduncle once and a half as long as deep. Pale

brownish above; head marbled with dark olive and with a

chevron-shaped dark band passing through the eyes, the

point on the occiput ; three broad dark cross-bands on the

body, the first behind the dorsal, the second across the base

of the adipose fin, the third at the base of the caudal; fins

whitish, with a dark band across the caudal.

Total length 50 mm.

Seven specimens from Efulen, South Cameroon, collected

by Mr. G. L. Bates.

This species is closely related to C. modjensis, Bler.,

recently described from Southern Ethiopia, from which it is

readily distinguished by the shorter caudal peduncle and the

wider interspace between the twa groups of premaxillary

teeth.

West-African Irreshwater Fishes. 19

Chiloglanis Batestt.

Body somewhat depressed in front, compressed behind, its

depth 5 to 6 times in the total length. Head depressed, once

and 4 as long as. broad, its length 3 times in the total length.

Kye directed upwards, in second half of head, its diameter 5

times in length of head and equal to interorbital width, which

exceeds the distance between the eye and the posterior

nostril ; premaxillary teeth in two large oval groups, well

separated on the middle line, forming 3 or 4 transverse

series ; a group of 8 to 12 slender mandibular teeth ; maxillary

barbel as long as. eye, lower labial barbels shorter still.

Dorsal I 5; spine not serrated, 2 to } length of head.

Adipose low, its base barely 4 its distance from the rayed

dorsal. Anal ILI 5. Pectoral spine not serrated, about 4

length of head. Ventral extending beyond origin of anal.

Caudal deeply forked, upper lobe more or less produced.

Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Yellowish brown

above, with large dark brown marblings forming more or

less regular cross-bands; a black bar at the base of the

caudal; lower parts white; fins whitish, lobes of caudal

greyish.

Total length 38 mm.

South Cameroon; four specimens from Efulen and one

from streams tributary of the Lobi River, 15 or 20 miles

S.W. of Efulen. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates.

Very closely allied to C. brevibarbis, Blgr., discovered by

Mr. 8. L. Hinds in the Kenya district of East Africa ;

differing in the slightly larger eye, the more numerous

mandibular teeth, and the longer ventral fin.

Haplochilus macrurus.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 4 times in

total length. Upper surface of head flat; snout much shorter

than the eye, the diameter of which is about 3 times in leneth

of head ; lower jaw projecting beyond upper; interorbital

space 2 fo Z 4 length of head. Dorsal 7-8, rounded, originating

nearer to root of caudal than to occiput; longest rays 3 to ¢

length of head. Anal 12-14, originating at equal distance

from eye and from root of caudal ; longest rays as long as

head. Pectoral nearly ¢ length of head, reaching beyond

base of ventral. Cindal fier rounded, longer Te head.

Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. 24 to 26 scales in

a longitudinal series, 6 or 7 in a transverse series. Pale

brownish, finely speckled with darker; a fine dark lateral

20 On new West-African Freshwater Fishes.

line; fins uniform greyish; sometimes a dark spot in the

axil and another at the base of the ventral fin.

Total length 32 mm.

Several specimens from Marimba, Lake Sarmento, Angola,

collected by Dr. W. J. Ansorge.

This species is allied to H/. sptlauchen, A. Dum., but easily

distinguished by the shorter snout, the projecting lower jaw,

and the larger caudal fin. Secondary sexual characters do

not appear to exist.

PROCATOPUS, gen. nov. (Cyprinodontid).

Characters of L/aplochilus, McClell., but ventral fins far

forward, almost below the base of the pectorals, which are

inserted very high up the sides.

Procatopus nototenia.

Body very strongly compressed, its depth equal to length

of head and 3 times in total length; upper surface of head

and anterior part of back quite flat. Snout as long as eye,

the diameter of which is 3 to 33 times in length of head;

lower jaw projecting beyond upper; interorbital width not

quite half length of head; sensory canals on upper surface

of head very strongly developed. Dorsal 9-11, originating

at equal distance from occiput and from root of caudal

and above middle of base of anal; posterior ray longest,

2 to # length of head. Anal 14-17, longest rays, in

third fourth, as long as head or a little shorter. Pectoral

about 2 length of head. Ventral of 6 rays, outer produced

into a filament, and at least as long as head. Caudal

fin truncate, as long as head. Caudal peduncle as long as

deep. 25-28 scales in a longitudinal series, 7 or 8 in a

transverse series; no lateral line; exposed surface of scales

regularly hexagonal, more than twice as deep as long on the

middle lateral series. Pale yellowish olive above, yellowish

white beneath; a bright yellow streak on each side of the

back, from behind the supraciliary edge to the base of the

caudal fin, bordering the dorsal fin; an orange streak on the

middle of the back, from the occiput to the origin of the

dorsal fin; fins greyish, anal and caudal tinged with yellow

at the base.

Total length 48 mm.

Southern Cameroon. Numerous specimens were obtained by

Mr. G. L. Bates 15 or 20 miles S.W. of Efulen, in streams

tributary of the Lobi River, which reaches the sea at Batanga.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees. on

1V.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Exomalopsis verbesine, sp. n.

? .—Length hardly 7 mm.

Black, with yellowish-white pubescence, snow-white on

sides of tace; a few dusky hairs fringing the median bare

area on thorax; vertex shining, impunctate; clypeus with a

few large punctures, its anterior edge narrowly reddish;

mandibles with a red spot on middle ; flagellum bright ferru-

ginous beneath except at base, and also above at apex, the

last joint with a shining oblique truncation ; scutellum ante-

riorly bare, posteriorly with a very heavy fringe of hair,

which intrudes on the middle of the postscutellum ; tegulx

hairy, very dark brownish; wings clear, slightly milky,

nervures and stigma piceous, stigma short, venation as in

i. solani; legs black, the tarsi becoming ferruginous, the

small joints bright red, with black claws; scopa of hind legs

very long, yellowish white, fulvous on inner side of tarsi ;

abdomen shining, segments 2 and 3 with narrow but very

conspicuous pure white marginal hair-bands; a very short

line of the same character is on each side of the first segment ;

bases of third and fourth segments broadly seal-brown ;

apical segments with a good deal of white hair; venter rather

bright ferruginous.

Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, at flowers of Verbestna

exauriculata, June 19 (Clarence Lthodes).

The anterior declivity of the first abdominal segment is

bounded by a strong rim. The species probably belongs to

the group Anthophorula, and will have a yellow or white

clypeus in the male. It is allied to H. (Anthophorula)

Lrunert, Crawf., which visits Helianthus in Nebraska.

The date, June 19, seems early, but I suppose I rightly

interpret the figures “196” written by Mr. Rhodes on the

label.

Anthophora sp.

From the nests of a species of Anthophora (the bees not

seen) my wife took a living specimen of the remarkable

Meloid beetle Hornia minutipennis, Riley, at Colorado

Springs, Colorado, in May.

Melissodes macheranthere, sp. n.

6 .—Length almost 15 mm.

Black, with white to yellowish-white pubescence, nowhere

22 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees.

mixed with black or fuscous ; eyes (when dry) light greenish

yellow ; facial quadrangle much longer than broad; clypeus

(except the usual lateral spots), labrum (except an elongate

median black mark), and a spot at base of mandibles light

yellow; mandibles mainly ferruginous ; vertex seen from in

front moderately elevated ; hair of occiput very long, abun-

dant, and white; antenna reaching to base of abdomen, scape

pubescent, flagellum dull ferruginous beneath, except first

and basal half of second joint; flagellar joints above with

their apical margins very narrowly white-ringed; fourth

antennal joint much longer than fifth ; hair of thorax dull

white ; mesothorax dull, very densely malleate rather than

punctured; tegule dark orange-ferruginous; wings with a

yellowish tinge, slightly dusky on apical margin; nervures

dark ferruginous ; legs black, with white hair, small joints of

tarsi ferruginous, hair on inner side of basal joints of tarsi

orange ; abdomen very dark brown, with the bases of the

segments becoming black and their hind margins pallid, the

pubescence white (pale yellowish on last segment), forming

more or less distinct bands on the third to fifth segments ;

subapical latcral spines large, apical plate broad; venter

hairy.

flab. At flowers of a tall species of Macheranthera, near

the White Sands, New Mexico, Sept. 30, two males (Cock-

ercll) ; Buckeye, Arizona, at flowers of Cucurbita palmata,

one male (Cockerell).

Larger than the male of JL. obliqua, with the fourth an-

tennal joint longer and the notches at the sides of the apical

plate of the abdomen (so conspicuous in obliqua) barely

indicated. The size agrees with JZ. Townsendi, which has

the pubescence quite different ; the underside of the flagellum

a very lively (instead of dull) ferruginous, which extends to

the extreme base ; and the apical plate very hairy, with a

strong black rim which is not in the least notched. ‘he

wholly pale hair of the ventral surface of the abdomen sepa-

rates it at once from J, comanche, Cresson, and the longer

antenne from JM. texana, Cresson.

While on Jelissodes, it is desirable to mention that

Mr. Viereck has examined Cresson’s types of MZ. bituberculata,

AM. afflicta, and M. Sumichrastii, and finds that all three

belong to the genus Diadasia. AM. toluca and M. apacha

have been already referred to Diadasia by Mr. Fox.

A female Melssodes from Phoenix, Arizona, Oct. 15, at

flowers of J/elianthus annuus, is apparently the female of

M.macheranthere. It has the general buildof 3 JL. obliqua,

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees. 23

but has the femora, the ventral surface of the abdomen

basally, and the thorax below the wings bright ferruginous,

while the clypeus, scutellum, metathorax, basal part of first

abdominal segment, &c. are dull red. The hair on inner side

of hind tibiz and tarsi is light ferruginous. The antenne

are as in M. obliqua, but clearer red, and the wings are

hardly so dark.

Melecta interrupta, Cresson.

This insect occurs in New Mexico in two varieties, which

may possibly prove to be distinct species. Unfortunately

the species is rare, and only a few specimens have been

collected. As the New Mexico varieties do not precisely

agree with the typical form from Texas, they are herewith

described :—

Var. fall ugie.

Pubescent markings bright orange-fulvous (pale ochraceous

or tawny in the type) ; mesothorax extremely densely punc-

tured, so as to be dull; the most distal point of third sub-

marginal cell not much above its middle.

Pecos, N. M., June 27, at flowers of Fallugia, 1 2

(MM. Grabham); Continental Divide, La Tenaja, N. M.,

Aug. 2,1 9 (C. H. T. Townsend).

Var. roctadensis,

Pubescent markings pale ochraceous, those on abdomen

white shaded with ochraceous; disk of mesothorax with the

punctures well separated, showing the shining surface

between; the most distal point of third submarginal cell con-

spicuously above its middle. Looks like a large M. miranda,

but easily distinguished by the dark wings and tegule and

the shape of the abdominal markings.

Rociada, N. M., Aug. 10,1 g$ (Cockerell).

Melipona ligata, Say.

San Rafael, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico, middle of July,

at flowers of plant no. 31 (Cordia sp., probably C. ferruginea).

Collected by Prof. C. H. 'T. Townsend.

Hulema surinamensis (L.).

Vicinity of San Rafael, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico, March

23 and 26, at flowers of plants nos. 14 and 21 (C. //. 7’.

Lownsend).

24 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees.

Exomalopsis mellipes, Cresson.

San Rafael, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico, at flowers of plant

no. 31 (Cordia sp., probably C. SHUG NEA middle of July

(C. Hl. T. Townsend).

Epeolus Martini (Ckll.).

pe remiyatus, vay. Martini, Ckll, Canad. Entom. xxxii. p. 362

(1900).

In the collection of the Colorado Agricultural Experiment

Station are specimens taken in Colorado; and after studying

them, I feel satisfied that they represent a valid species.

AXenoglossodes imitatrix, Ckll. & Porter.

Glorieta, New Mexico, Aug. 16, 1903; 1.9 (Weck

Cockerell).

The specimen has a red stripe on the mandibles.

Diadasta rinconis, Ckll.

Pecos, New Mexico, Aug. 4, 1903, 1 2 at flowers of

Opuntia arborescens.

Lithurgopsis apicalis (Cresson).

Pecos, N. M., Aug. 4, 1903, 1 ¢ at flowers of Opuntia

arborescens.

The first recurrent nervure enters the second submarginal

cell at its extreme basal corner; in some specimens of this

species it enters some little distance from the base.

Euglossa cordata (L.), var. Townsend?, nov.

Hair of vertex and dorsum of thorax nearly all black ;

band of black hairs (conspicuous in lateral view) from eye to

eye in front of ocelli; hair of occiput and cheeks white, with

a slight yellowish tint ; wings strongly dusky. Disk of

clypeus in male br illiant purple.

Hab. Vicinity of San Rafael, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico,

eo, March 12° “an “nest females with the same data

(C. H. T. Townsend).

Perhaps a distinct species.

Anthophora euops, Ckll.

Prospect Lake, Colorado Springs, Colo., at flowers of

Aragallus Lamberti, May 22,1 ¢ (2. & W. Chkll.).

In fresh specimens the mesothorax is densely covered with

~greyish-white hair, strongly mixed with black.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Dees.

Synhalonia frater (Cress.), subsp. aragalli, nov.

9 —Mandibles entirely black; eyes in life black; light

parts of abdominal bands very pale ochraceous (not white or

ashy) ; shining hind margins of first two segments narrower,

and that on third reduced to an extremely narrow streak ;

dark apical hairs sooty or seal-brown (not at all ferruginous) ;

last ventral hair-band deep strong ferruginous, edged with

whitish.

Hab, Prospect Lake, Colorado Springs, Colo., at flowers of

Aragallus Lamberti, May 22 (1. & W. CklZ.).

Synhalonia crenulaticornis (Ckll), subsp. “ppie, nov.

3 .—Averaging perhaps slightly larger ; clypeus yellow,

except the broad hind border, the upper margin of the yellow

therefore with a pyramidal outline; fourth antennal joint

averaging longer.

Hab. La Cueva, Organ Mts., N. M., prox. 5300 feet, at

flowers of Lippia Wrightit’, Sept. 5 (C. H. T. Townsend) ;

also three collected by Prof. Townsend at Dripping Spring,

Organ Mts., N. M., Aug. 10.

Easily known by the large amount of yellow on the clypeus ;

the middle part of the labrum is also yellow, whereas in true

erenulaticornis the whole labrum is black.

Sphecodes pecosensis, Ckll.

Cheyenne Cafion, Colorado, at flowers of Prunus, May 18,

1904, 2 2 (W. P. Cockerell).

New to Colorado, ‘The specimens are a little larger than

the type. The hair at the end of the abdomen is sooty, and

there is a deep constriction between the first two dorsal

abdominal segments.

Agapostemon viridulus (Fabr.).

Colorado Springs, Colo., at flowers of Zaraxracum taraw-

acum, 1 9, May 10 (W. P. Cockerell).

Heriades gracilior, Ckll.

Heriades gracilior, Cll. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug, 1897, p. 138.

? Trypetes barbatus, Robertson, Trans. Amer, nt. Soc. xxix. (1903)

p. 171.

Females from Las Vegas, New Mexico, at flowers of

Convolvulus arvensis, June 17 (Cockerell), and Pecos, N. M.,

July 15 (W. P. Cockerell), agree with H. gracilior, but also

26 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees.

agree with Robertson’s very brief description of his barbatus.

I do not positively assert that the species are the same, not

having compared specimens.

PROSOPIS.

At Pecos, New Mexico, June 9, 1903, I collected at flowers

of Salix four males, which prove to be two P. mesille, CkIl.,

and one each of P. divergens, Ckll., and P. asinina, Ckll. &

Casad. PP. divergens is new to New Mexico; the specimen

has clearer wings than the type.

PsEUDOPANURGUS, CkIL., 1897.

Protandrenopsis, Crawford, 1903, is the same genus.

P. fraterculus (Ckll.) is apparently a valid species, and not a

synonym of rugosus as asserted by Robertson.

Pseudopanurgus pectidellus, sp. n.

? .—Length slightly over 7 mm.

Similar to P. fraterculus, but differing as follows :—Facial

fovez longer and less divergent from the eye-margin above ;

tips of antenne bright ferruginous; vertex very closely

punctured all over, without tubercles, but with the sides

iaintly elevated ; mesothorax narrower, much more closely

punctured ; wings much paler, strongly dusky only at apex;

stigma smaller; the very short basal enclosure of metathorax

strongly transversely ridged, with the area below it strongly

shining; abdomen not so broad. From PP. meaxicanus

(Cresson) it differs by having the abdomen hairy only at the

extreme apex ; from P. scuber (Fox) by having the clypeus

densely punctured all over, without a central line, the

dorsulum closely punctured, &c. The tegule have a dark

reddish spot, and the hind border of the prvthorax and

tubercles are margined with short but dense white pile. ‘The

labium is shining, with a delicate longitudinal keel.

fab. Soledad Cafion, Organ Mts., New Mexico, at flowers

of fLectts papposa, 3 9, Aug. 15 (C. LL. LT. Townsend).

‘They were taken in company with Perdita solitaria, Ckll.

Andrena Viereck?, sp. n.

? —Length about 10 mm.

Black, with ochraceous pubescence ; antenna wholly black,

joint 8 about as long as 445; base of antenna surrounded

with long ochreous hair; clypeus exposed, shining, strongly

but not very densely punctured, with a faint median ridge ;

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Pees. ye

mandibles black, the extreme tip faintly reddish ; process of

labrum with a concave truncation; facial fovese broad but

short, going little below level of antenne and not departing

from orbital] margin ; thorax with abundant erect hair, pale

fulvous dorsally, with no black intermixed ; mesothorax dull

and microscopically tessellate, with minute scattered punc-

tures ; enclosure of metathorax minutely roughened, scarcely

defined except by absence of pubescence; legs black, scopa

on hind femora and tibie abundant and dense, hind knees

with a fringe of sooty hairs ; hair on inner side of basal joint

ot hind tarsi pale ; tegulz shining very dark brown; wings

strongly yellowish, greyish at apex; stigma and nervures

yellowish ferruginous, second submarginal cell much broader

above than third ; abdomen broad, minutely roughened, not

punctate, with dense ochreous hair-bands on hind margins of

segments 2 to 4, that on 2 broadly interrupted in the middle ;

apical fringe rather pale sooty. In Robertson’s tables runs

to A. salicts, but is quite distinct from that by the short

facial foveee and dense abdominal bands.

Hab. Colorado Springs, Colorado, April 22, at female

flowers of Salix, collected by W. P. Cockerell.

Named after Mr. H, L. Viereck, who is doing such excel-

lent work on Andrena. Mr. Viereck tells me that A. Vierecki

is allied to A. pacta, Vier., but it has the dorsulum dull

(shining in pacta) and the fimbria dusky (ochreous in pacta).

Andrena leptanthi, Viereck & Cockerell, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 9 mm.

Black, with long ochraceous pubescence ; clypeus smooth

and shining, with sparse shallow punctures, not concealed by

hair, bright lemon-yellow, except the narrow anterior margin

and the usual two spots, which are broadly V-shaped ; facial

quadrangle broader than long; clypeus much produced ;

malar space very large, almost square; mandibles black,

faintly reddish at apex, very long and curved, with a short

inner tooth; process of labrum rather broadly truncate, the

corners rounded; antenne long, black, faintly brownish

beneath, joint 3 perhaps a trifle longer than 4+5; cheeks

broad, the sides of the head behind produced into prominent

angles about level with the middle of the upper half of the

eye; mesothorax rather shining, with distinct but sparse

punctures ; enclosure of metathorax small, without a rim,

minutely rugose, with a slight tendency to wrinkling; legs,

including tarsi, black, with reddish-ochreous hair; tegule

dark; wings slightly greyish, strongly so at apex; stigma

28 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees.

brownish ferruginous, nervures dark brown; second sub-

marginal cell very little broader above than third; basal

nervure passing a short distance basad of transverso-medial ; ~

abdomen shining, impunctate, thinly hairy, with longer hair

on first two segments. elated to A. bipunctata, Cress., and

A. trevoris, Ckll., but very distinct.

flab, Maniton, Colorado, 6630 feet, April 28, 1°04, at

flowers of Rbes leptanthum. Collected by T. D. A. and

W. P. Cockerell.

Mr. Viereck writes :—‘ Represented in coll. Am. Ent. Soc.

by 3 2 and 4 @ from Nevada: the ? is covered all over

with brown pubescence and has a variable yellow spot on the

clypeus; this yellow spot is only faintly indicated in one

specimen.” ‘lhe species belongs to a group consisting of

A, leptanthi, A. Porter, and a new species from New Jersey

and Connecticut which will be published by Mr. Viereck.

Andrena Portere, Ckll.

This black species is new to Colorado. Maniton, April 28,

at flowers of Ribes leptanthum,2 2; Cheyenne Caiion, Colo.,

at Libes leptanthum, May 11,1 ¢ collected by Miss Winifred

M. Shumway ; Roswell, Colo., at Ribes longiflorum, May 14,

1 ¢ collected by W. P. Cockerell.

Andrena erythrogastra (Ashmead).

Colorado Springs, Colo., at female flowers of Salix, May 10,

1 9 (W. P. Cockerell) ; Prospect Lake, Colorado Springs,

at. Salix, May 22 (7. & W. Ckil.).

Nomada suavis, Cresson.

Palo Alto, California, Aug, 16, 1895 (V. L. Kellogg).

Nomada ultima, Ckll.

Palo Alto, California, April 6, 1892 (V. L. Kellogg). New

to California.

Nomada fragilis, Cresson.

Halfway House, Pike’s Peak, Colorado, about 8900 feet,

at flowers of Saliz, May 30,1 ¢ (Cockerell).

Nomada Frieseana, sp. n.

2 .—Length about 9 mm.

Just like N. rubtcunda of the Atlantic seaboard, except for

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees. 29

the following characters :—Third antennal joint much shorter,

being hardly longer than its apical breadth; fourth also

shorter; flagellum amber-coloured on both sides, though

darker above; wings without the yellow shade; scutellum

and axillee of the same red colour as the mesothorax; hind

femora without a black stain in front, though there is one

behind ; second abdominal segment with a large pyriform

white mark on each side; the white on segments 2 to 5

interrupted sublaterally, 5 with a good deal of red; apical

ventral bristles largely pale.

ITab. Prospect Lake, Colorado Springs, Colorado, May 22,

1904 (7. & W. Ckil.).

Named after the greatest living authority on Apoidea,

Nomada semiscita, sp. n.

3 .—Length 72 mm.

Runs in my tables to N,. sevt/formis and has no supra-

clypeal mark, but differs thus :—lFace-marks lighter yellow ;

lateral marks larger, reaching to the level of the antenne ;

fourth antennal joint shorter, not much longer than fifth ;

pubescence of thorax &c. white, not at all yellow; basal

nervure meeting transverso-medial ; spine of anterior coxa

short and red; abdominal markings very pale yellow on first

segment, bluish white on the others ; apical plate dark red

(black in sedt¢formis).

Hab. Prospect Lake, Colorado Springs, Colorado, May 22,

1904 (7. & W. Ckll.). At flowers of a Senecio of the group

S. aureus.

Although this and the last were taken at the same time

and place, I do not feel at liberty to consider them sexes of

one species. Not only do the tegule differ in colour (bright

ferruginous in Frdeseana, pale yellow in semrscita), but the

third submarginal cell in semdsceta has a small appendicular

nervure, wholly wanting in /rieseana and scitiformis. In

life the eyes of Hrieseana 9 are pale red, of semiscita ¢ pale

yellowish green.

Xylocopa nautlana, sp. n.

2? .—Length about 30 mm.

Similar to X. morto (Fabr.), with the same shining black

body, black pubescence, and brown-black wings with a strong

purple iridescence. The labrum has the same three pro-

tuberances, the clypeus has the same structure, and the

punctuation is about the same. The second abdominal

segment has very numerous, small, feebly-impressed punc-

tures, whereas in morzo it is smooth, with scattered, mostly

30 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

rather strong, punctures. The ridge in front of the ocelli is

very strong, forming a double arch, without any prominent

lateral eminences. The deep space under this ridge is filled

with pollen, for what reason I do not know. In morio the

ridge is not so strong and in the middle it sends downwards

a process which encloses the middle ocellus, which is not at

all the case in nautlana. There is a tuft of dark reddish

hair at the apex of the abdomen, almost hidden amongst the

black. Hind tibize with two teeth (side by side) on the

middle of the outer side.

flab. Rio Nautla, in the neighbourhood of San Rafael,

State of Vera Cruz, Mexico, March 18. At flowers of plant

no. 18 (C. L/. T. Townsend).

Xylocopa brasilianorum (L.).

Vicinity of San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mexico, March 18, at

flowers of plant no. 18 (C. /Z. T. Townsend).

The hind tibiae have on the outer face an oblique keel

ending in two low but broad teeth; the prominence between

the antenne is quite large.

Xylocopa colona, Lep.

Vicinity of San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mexico, 2 March 23,

at flowers of plant no. 21; males March 23 and 30 (C. //. 7.

Townsend).

The female is easily known from brastlianorum by its

smaller size, more closely punctured abdomen, and shorter

third antennal joint. The male, which Smith described as

X. erratica, has an extremely strong superficial resemblance

to X. collaris, Lep., from the Khasia Hills, India. The form

of male collarts which thus resembles evratica is the variety

mentioned by Bingham (Hymenop. Brit. India, p. 543), in

which the whole thorax is covered with ochraceous pubes-

cence, and the third abdominal segment is provided with an

ochraceous down like the second. This variety, which may

be called var. Binghamt, I have received from Mr. Sladen.

V.—On the Colcopterous Group ‘ Heptaphyllini” of

De Borre. By GiLBert J. Arrow, F.E.S.

In the monographic Catalogue of the Trogidez, publishel

in 1886 by M. Preudhomme de Borre, that family is divided

into five sections, one of which, the Heptaphyllini, was created

Coleopterous Group ‘ Heptaphyllini.” dl

for a single species, unknown to the author, but characterized

by the possession of tarsi with only four joints, a phenomenon

unknown in any other Lamellicorn beetle. Referring to the

original description by Friedenreich of this anomalous beetle,

in the ‘Stettiner entomologische Zeitschrift? for 1883

(p. 375), I was glad to find not only the beetle but also its

Jarva described in detail. Many of the characteristics of

both, however, are such that I have no hesitation in rejecting

the insect, not only from the Trogide, but from the Lamelli-

corn suborder. JLleptaphylla fungicola, Fried., is a minute

beetle found in fungi in Brazil. It is 24 mm. long, and has

antennee of 11 joints, of which 7 are lamellate. The right

mandible is simple and acutely pointed, while the left is

strongly bifid. ‘These, as well as its other structural features,

unmistakably identify it with the genus Lhipidandrus,

Leconte (Eutomus, Lacordaire), belonging to the Malaco-

- dermatous family Cioide. ‘The species hitherto placed in this

genus range from the United States of America to the northern

part of South America, and Friedenreich’s insect may be

regarded as another species extending this range farther

southward. The genus was characterized by Lacordaire

under the name of Hutomus in 1866; but Leconte’s name,

although stated by Fleutiaux and Sallé to be of later date,

was really published by him in 1862 in part 1 of his ¢ Classifi-

cation of the Coleoptera of North America’ (p. 236). The

claim of the name Rhipidandrus over the other two is there-

fore indisputable. A second genus, Cherostus, has been

created by Mr. Waterhouse for two Old-World forms very

nearly related to the American insects. They have the

lamellz of the antennal club much shorter, and all the tibia

are armed with spines at their ends. Lacordaire’s species,

Rhipidandrus micrographus, which was described from

northern South America, has been recorded from Guadeloupe

and St. Vincent. I have seen no specimens from the former

island, but those from the latter, which are in the British

Museum, do not agree with Lacordaire’s description, all the

tibie having spinose prolongations, while the antennee have

the first joint quite short, instead of reaching to the middle of

the eye, and the lamellz quite short. It therefore agrees

better with Cherostus, and 1 propose to call it

Cherostus cornutus, sp. .

Breviter cylindricus, piceus, clypeo pedibusque rufis, antennis testa-

ceis, clypeo laevi, nitido, fronte grosse, haud profunde, sed creber-

rime punctata, medio late impresso, feemine depressione breyiter

52 On the Coleopterous Group “ Heptaphyllini.”,

ee yualiter fulvo-hirta, maris clypeo breviter bicornuto, tuberculis

duobus miuutis intra oculos ; prothorace ubique grosge et densis-

sime punctato, antice et postice excurvato, angulis anticis obso-

letis, posticis obtusis; elytris acute costatis, interstitiis opacis,

vix perspicue transverse plicatis. ;

Long. 4°55 mm.

_ Hab. St. Vincent (Leeward side); Grenada (Grand

Htang, 1900 feet).

This, the largest yet known of these species, was found by

Mr. H. H. Smith in Boleti. There is a single female

specimen in the Museum of a closely related species from

Jamaica which it is perhaps desirable to describe here.

Cherostus jamaicensis, sp. n.

Cylindricus, ferrugineus, antennis testaceis, capite grosse, haud

profunde sed creberrime punctato, leviter longitudinaliter im-

presso, depressione (2) brevissime fulvo-pilosa, clypeo medio

levi; prothorace grosse et densissime punctato, antice et postice

excurvato, angulis anticis obsoletis, posticis obtusis ; elytris acute

costatis, interstitiis transverse plicatis.

Long. 3 mm. :

Hab. Jamaica (Kingston).

his is a smaller and narrower insect than those before

described. The elytral interstices are more rugose and the

‘pubescence upon the head of our specimen is extremely fine.

Yet another species to be placed here is Xyloborus crent-

pennis of Motschulsky, of which the tarsi were erroneously

believed by him to be heteromerous. This was recorded from

Burma by the describer, but typical specimens in our collec-

tion received from him are (perhaps wrongly) supposed to

lave been brought from Ceylon. There are also examples

from the Andaman Islands. ‘This species is most nearly

related to the Australian form, C. Stmpsonz, Waterh., but is

smaller, narrower, and of a uniform brick-red colour. There

is a smooth space upon the front of the head placed longitu-

dinally, whereas a similar patch in C. Stmpsoni is transverse.

The typical species, C. Walkert, of which the. original

specimens were brought from Damma Island, also exists in

the island of Matabello.

The generic classification of these peculiar little beetles

can only be regarded as provisional until our knowledge of

them has become more complete. The hairy fringe upon the

head may, perhaps, be found to constitute an important

sectional distinction. ‘This, as I have indicated, is a pecu-

liarity of the female sex. It does not appear to occur in all

On new Sciurus, Rhipidomys, ce. from Venezuela. 33

the species ; but, as no attention has been paid to the sexual

characteristics in the species hitherto described and few

species have been recognized, it may be more general than

appears. I have found it only in Cherostus Walkeri, cor-

nutus, and jamaicensis. ‘The importance of the tibial prolon-

gations is also at present uncertain. Lacordaire’s second

species, Hutomus madagascariensis, is said to bear these on

the middle legs only, for which reason he regarded it as

forming a distinct section of his genus. This may necessitate

the formation of a third genus if the feature is found to have

the importance attached to it by him.

The description of the larva of Rhipidandrus fungicola by

Friedenreich is interesting, in view of the extremely divergent

views which have been held as to the proper location of the

group. The body is bent like that of most Lamellicornia,

but there are only nine abdominal segments, which are not

larger than the thoracic, and the terminal one ends in a pair

of pointed processes. There are five ocelli on each side of

the head, and the labial palpi are said to be three-jointed.

All these characteristics exclude the insect from the ranks of

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera and conclusively point to its

relationship to the lignivorous Malacodermata. ‘This addi-

tional light is of value in settling the question as to the

true systematic position of an enigmatical type of insect

which has been referred to no less than four of the suborders

of Coleoptera.

The ‘ Heptaphyllini” being eliminated, it remains true

for the Lamellicornia that a primitive five-jointed tarsus is

the most invariable of their characteristics, probably the

only exception being a very few obviously degenerate forms

such as Stenosternus and Phycochus, which are among the

most abnormal of all Coleoptera.

V1I.—New Sciurus, Rhipidomys, Sylvilagus, and Caluromys

from Venezuela. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Sciurus flammifer, sp. n.

A very large species allied to S. cgniventris. Belly white.

Tail ochraceous. General colour of body above of the same

speckled or grizzled yellowish as in S. igniventris. Head

and ears rufous. Chin pale rufous. Rest of underside and

inner sides of limbs pure sharply defined white, edged on each

side with a narrow line of orange-rufous. Outer side of

limbs rich rufous, becoming orange-rufous on the digits.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 3

ad Mr. O. Thomas on new

Tail long, not so bushy as in some members of the group, its

hairs for the proximal six inches ringed basally with black

and dull yellow, with broad flaming orange tips, which

gradually spread downwards till on the terminal half of the

tail the hairs are wholly orange to their bases. Mamme 8.

Skull stout and heavy, its muzzle not abnormally narrow.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 285 mm.; tail 813; hind foot, s. u. 65,

c.u. 70; ear 31.

Skull: greatest length 68 ; basilar length 53; zygomatic

breadth 40 ; nasals 21 x 10°5; interorbital breadth 23; palate

length 29°5; length of upper tooth-series 10:1.

Fab. La Union, Caura district, Lower Orinoco.

Type. Female. B.M. no, 4. 5. 7. 28. Original number

308. Collected 24th October, 1902, by Mr. S. M. Klages.

Presented by Oldfield Thomas. One specimen in normal

pelage, and a second, presumably the same, showing a

partially melanoid condition, with blackish tail and black belly.

This fine squirvel is most closely allied to S. igniventris

(type locality Marabitanas, Rio Negro), but differs by its

pure white instead of bright red under surface and by the

wholly orange-red colour of the terminal half of the tail.

The latter character will also distinguish it from the geogra-

phically more distant S. ¢recolor and S. castus, the only other

white-bellied members of the group. 8S, ¢gniventris tedifer

(Upper Rio Meta), with a somewhat similar tail, has, like

its typical subspecies, a wholly red belly.

Rhipidomys venezuele fervidus, subsp. n.

Stronger coloured and with smaller teeth than true R. vene-

suele.

General colour above uniform rich fulvous (near “ tawny

ochraceous”) ; under surface pure sharply defined white.

Outer side of limbs like body, inner sides white ; hands buffy

white, with a slight touch of brown on the metacarpus; feet

similar, but the centre of the metatarsus more decidedly

brown, ‘Tail uniformly brown, hairy and pencilled terminally

as usual.

Skull very similar to that of true venecuele, but the inter-

parietal shorter antero-posteriorly and the palatal foramina

rather longer, extending fully to the level of the front edge

of m’. ‘Teeth as usual, but decidedly smaller than in the

typical form,

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 130 mm.; tail 135; hind foot (wet)

(Sct) 24; ear 17.

Sciurus, Rhipidomys, &e. from Venezuela. 35

Skull: greatest length 32°5; basilar length 26; inter-

orbital breadth 5-5; interparietal 4:7 x 9°7 ; palate length 13;

diastema 8°5; palatal foramina 7; length of upper molar

series 4°5,

Hab. La Union, Lower Orinoco.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 4. 5. 7.34. Original number 305.

Collected 23rd October, 1902, by Mr. S. M. Klages. 'I'wo

specimens, adult and immature.

The large number of the common R. venezuele of Merida

with which [ have been able to compare this animal agree in

the uniformly larger size of their molars, and also average

much paler in colour.

Rhipidomys rosilla, sp. n.

A small rufous species allied to R. dryas, Thos.

Size about as in #. dryas, or slightly larger. Fur close,

straight, and crisp, hairs of back scarcely more than 5 mm. in

length. General colour above rich tawny, the crown and

anterior back more greyish and heavily lined with black, the

rump and hips deep uniform tawny. ‘Throat and chest

white. Belly buffy ochraceous, paler mesially, an area of

richer ochraceous tawny edging the darker colour of the

sides; but there is no sharp line of demarcation. Inguinal

region and inner side of hind limbs white. Kars of medium

size, brown. Upper surface of hands and feet dull buffy

white. ‘Tail rather short for this genus; uniformly brown,

well-haired, pencilled terminally.

Skull very much as in &. dryas, the palatal foramina

rather larger.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the dry skin) :—

Head and body 109 mm.; tail 101; hind foot (s. u.) 20°5;

ear 13°5.

Skull: greatest length 28; basilar length 21:3; zygo-

matic breadth 15:5; nasals 9; interorbital breadth 5;

breadth of brain-case 12°8; palate length 11°7; diastema 7-4;

palatal foramina 5:4; length of upper molar series 3°8,

Hab. La Union, Lower Orinoco.

_ Type. Old male. B.M. no. 4. 5. 7. 87. Original number

310. Collected 26th October by Mr. 8. M. Klages. Two

specimens.

This pretty species is readily distinguishable by its small

size and rich colour. Its only near ally, &. dryas, from

HKeuador, has the belly pure white, without any trace of the

unusual ochraceous sutfusion characteristic of the present

animal,

36 On new Sciurus, Rhipidomys, &e. from Venezuela.

Sylvilagus meridensis, sp. n.

‘A small dark-coloured species allied to S. andinus.

General appearance very much asin S. andinus, the dorsal

colour rather darker (approaching “ olive ”) ; a warmer brown

tone along the middle of the back. Fur longer throughout.

Frontal region like back ; cheeks similar, but greyer, without

prominent markings; hinder part of orbit inconspicuously

lighter. Ears very short, their basal third furry like the

head; front part of outer surface brown; inner surface dull

buffy. Nape dull greyish rufous, but little contrasted with

the general colour. Under surface dull soiled buffy, not

sharply defined laterally, the ends of the belly-hairs, espe-

cially in the inguinal region, dull buffy, with the grey bases

showing through. Arms dull tawny outside, the hands

richer tawny, but changing occasionally into white on the

digits ; inner aspect of arms dull buffy. Hind limbs similar,

the rump and legs scarcely more rufous than the back, the

feet dull tawny. ‘Tail quite minute, coloured like the body,

rather blacker above.

Approximate dimensions of the type (from skin) :—

Head and body 350 mm.; tail 10 (?); hind foot (s. u.)

(wet) 72; ear (wet) 50.

FTab, Sierra de Merida, Venezuela.

Type. B.M. no. 4.5.14.1. Collected by §. Bricefio and

presented by Oldfield Thomas. Two specimens.

This little hare, or “rabbit” as it would be called in

America, is closely allied to the S$. andinus of the Ecuadorean

Andes, but differs by its rather darker general colour, its

soiled buffy instead of nearly white belly and hind feet, and

the absence of any tawny suffusion on the rump and hind

legs.

Young specimens of S. mertdensis were received some

years ago, and I was enabled to mention the occurrence of a

species of this group in the Sierra de Merida; but the present

are the first adults that have been obtained, and even now,

unfortunately, no skulls have been sent with them. The

cranial characters are, however, no doubt very much as in

S. andinus.

Caluromys trinitatis leucurus, subsp. n.

Size as in C. trinitatis and C. t. venezuela, therefore far

smaller than in C. philander. Fur close and velvety, the

hairs of the back only about 9 mm. in length. General

colour of the same dull tone as in venezuela, near “ clay-

colour,” the crown more rufous. Face grey, the dark median

line unusually prominent. Under surface and inner side of

limbs pale buffy, the dark of the sides encroaching on the

On the Fishes taken by the ‘ Oceana.’ 3¢

belly-colour, as in ¢rindtatis. Tail, apart from the furry

basal portion (which is like the back), wholly white, or with

a few inconspicuous dark marblings near its base.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body 210 mm.; tail 300; hind foot (s. u.) 32;

ear 32.

Skull: greatest length 48; basal length 44; zygomatic

breadth 27:5; combined length of three anterior molariform

teeth 7:1.

Hab. Maripa, Caura Valley, Lower Orinoco.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 4. 5. 7.42. Original num-

ber 376. Collected 26th October, 1903, by Mr. 8. M. Klages.

This opossum agrees in size with the Trinidadian C. trint-

tat’s and its Venezuelan relative C. ¢. venezuele, and is there-

fore far smaller than the Guianan C. philander, L., to which,

however, it shows some aflinity by its white tail, trindtatis

and venezuele both having this organ brown, with at most a

few lighter marblings. Its short close fur will also distin-

guish it from its Venezuelan neighbour.

VII.—On the Fishes taken by the ‘ Oceana,’ *

By E. W. L. Horr and L. W. Byrne.

OnLy six specimens of fish, all very young, were received

from the ‘ Oceana,’ viz. :—

Length. | Station.

STERNOPTYCHIDZ.

Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco, .| 7°25 mm. By 1510-0 fath.

Genostoma microdon, Gthr. ...... 33 mm. 4f | 1275-0 fath.

SYNGNATHID.

Nerophis equoreus, lL. ....6+5 es 70 mm. 4f | 1275-0 fath.

’ MACRURID&.

ME ACIUIME Ss alate oc eave toe 8 ate ea 55 mm. 5d 950-0 fath.

i Sr Sridelaetaeeas sdiacte 55 mm. be 1070-0 fath.

PLEURONECTIDZ.

? Hippoglossus vulgaris, Flem. ....| 10°5 mm. 51 1710-0 fath.

* For details of the voyage and of the method of capture see ‘The

Geographical Journal,’ vol. xiii. (1899) p. 147.

38 Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne on the

All the hauls above inentioned were made on the 2Ist

November, 1898. Station 4 was in 52° 27:6! N., 15° 40! W.,

and Station 5 in 52°18°1! N., 15° 53:9! W., and both stations j

were thus within the British Area as defined by Canon .

;

Norman.

Argyropelecus hemigymnus. X 16.

Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco.

Probably the most interesting specimen captured by the

‘ Oceana’ is a larva of this species 675 mm. in length without

the middle caudal rays (which are about ‘5 mm. long) and

2°75 mm. from the snout to the anus. A marginal larval

fin still persists, but the rays of the unpaired fins of the adult

are already well developed ; the marked separation between

the abdominal] and caudal regions, which is characteristic of

older specimens, is, even at this age, very noticeable, but the

caudal region is proportionately much longer than in the

adult.

There are signs of developing photophores on the abdomen

in positions which correspond roughly to those occupied by

the photophores of the adult, a single large photophore near

the middle of the base of the-anal fin, and another near the

ventral margin of the caudal peduncle. The pectoral fins

are well developed and nearly as long as the abdominal portion

of the body. There is no sign of any ventral fin.

The net in which this specimen was captured fished from

1510 fathoms to the surface, and it is impossible to draw any

conclusions as to the vertical range of the species. The

locality in which the ‘Oceana’ larva was taken is well

within the known horizontal range of the species, which has

been taken in the Mediterranean and on both sides of the j

North Atlantic, as far north in the Eastern Atlantic as the

Fishes taken by the ‘ Oceana.’

Faroe Channel. It has already been taken in British waters

by the ‘Flying Fox’ (Giinther, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, iv. p. 415, 1889).

It seems to us by no means improbable that A. hemi-

gymnus, Cocco, may only be the young of A. Olfersi, Cuv. ;

such specimens of the former as we have seen are all smaller

than the smallest specimen of the latter of which we can find

any record, and the differences relied on to separate the two

species—namely, (a) the greater length of the caudal region

and (6) the proportionately longer pectoral fins of A. hemi-

gymnus—appear to be characters which may well be only the

signs of a transition from such a larva as is now under con-

sideration to the adult A. Olfersi. We have not at present

access to sufficient material to do more than suggest the

possible identity of the two species.

Gonostoma microdon, Gunther.

A small Gonostoma, 33 mm. in length, although somewhat

damaged, may be identified with reasonable certainty as

helonging to this species. G. microdon has an almost cosmo-

politan distribution, and, although it appears to be by no

means uncommon inthe deeper parts of the North Atlantic,

the present record is the first from the British Area, It is

impossible to say at what depth the present specimen was

taken, as the net containing it fished from 1275 fath. to the

surface; its condition suggests that it may have been taken

at a considerable depth.

Nerophis equoreus, L.

A single specimen 70 mm. in length was taken at Station 4f

in a net which fished from 1275 fathoms to the surface; there

is nothing to show at what depth the specimen was taken. .

Further specimens of this species have been captured in deep

water on the Porcupine Bank by the Department of Agricul-

ture for Ireland’s S.S. ‘ Helga,’ and in the Bay of Biscay by

H.M.S. ‘ Research,’ and we refrain from dealing fully with

the question of the occurrence of N. equoreus in deep water

until the further material thus obtained has been worked out.

At a length of 70 mm. the young N. equoreus still retains

a vestige of pectoral fins ; it differs markedly from the adult

and resembles a Syngnathus in that the longitudinal ridges of

the body are well marked and are prolonged into backwardly

directed spines at the posterior edge of each body-ring, so

that the postanal portion of the body has a serrated appear-

ance. The smooth and rounded appearance of the adult

40 On the Fishes taken by the ‘ Oceana.’

does not seem to be attained until a length of more than

100 mm. is reached.

The circumstances under which the “ Porcupine Bank”

adults were captured and the fact that a specimen was found

in the stomach of a bottom-haunting fish (Scyllium canicula)

at the same place indicate that this species may be a normal

inhabitant of the bottom at considerable distances from land

if not at great depths.

An adult female from that locality is about 20 em. in

length and an ovigerous male measures about 15 cm. It

seems to us that they really represent a distinct variety of

the species ; but beyond the smaller size we can seize on no

character susceptible of intelligible diagnosis.

? Macrurus sp.

Two considerably damaged larvee, with the yolk nearly

absorbed and the mouth apparently functional, may possibly

be Macrurids. Each is about 5°5 mm. in total length and

about 1:75 mm. in preanal length; the postanal part of the

body is very elongate and slender. Neither is in a condition

to admit of a detailed description being given.

? Hippoglossus vulgaris, Flem.

A vitelligerous larva, with a total length of 10°5 mm. and a

preanal length of 4 mm., appears to be a Pleuronectid ; the

body-segments cannot be counted with great accuracy, but

probably number about forty-eight ; the yolk-sac is still very

large and the mouth not yet functional. The specimen is

somewhat damaged and darkly stained by the preserving

medium. The marginal larval fin—whether naturally or

otherwise — appears to be much vacuolated, especially

dorsally, while the only visible pigment consists of a few

stellate chromatophores in the roof of the body-cavity.

If this larva is correctly identified as a Pleuronectid, it

can only be attributed to the halibut, both on account of its

size and by a process of elimination. We are unaware of

any description of a larval halibut * which can be used for

purposes of comparison, and our identification must for the

present remain tentative only. The specimen is not in a

condition to render a detailed description useful.

* We have already (Department of Agriculture for Ireland, Report on

Fisheries for 1901, pt. i. p. 67 [1903]) given our reasons for regarding

the larva tentatively attributed to the halibut by Petersen (Rep. Danish

Biological Station, iv. p. 130 [1893]) as a young Pleuronectes cynoglossus,

and we think that the larval forms since described by Kyle (M. B. A.

Journal, vi. p. 618 [1903]) as A. vulgaris or P. cynoglossus are also refer-

able to the latter species.

On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera. 4}

VITI.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New

Zealand Coleoptera.

Group CNEMACANTHID®,

Mecodema leeviceps.

striatum.

— Walkeri.

Group FERONIID.

Trichosternus Hudsoni.

Genus of doubtful position,

Eupsorus costatus.

Group PsELAPHID&,

Patreus Lewisi.

Euplectus caviceps.

sulciceps.

Group ByRRHID.

Curimus vestitus.

Group Lucanip&.

Mitophyllus curvidens.

Group MELOLONTHID.

Mycernus elegans.

Prodontria Lewisii.

Group DynasTID®,

Pericoptus frontalis.

Group OPATRID#,

Syrphetodes nodosalis,

Paraphylax sternalis.

Group RuiPrPHoRID&.

Rhypistena cryptarthra.

sulciceps.

Group OTIORHYNCHID&,

| Cecyropa alternata,

) — discors.

By Capt. T. Broun, F.E.S.

Platyomida brevicornis,

Tigones dispar.

Catoptes vexator.

evens.

duplex.

Tnophleeus sternalis.

discrepans.

longicornis.

Group CYLINDRORHINID®.

Pparchus Lewisi.

Tocris latirostris,

Group RHyYPAROSOMID™®.

Pachyprypnus modicus.

Clypeorhynchus inophleeoides.

Beeosomus tacitus.

Group Ertruinip2.

Philacta maculifera.

Oreocharis ferruginea,

pullata.

Group ScoLoprerIpz,

Gonoropterus spinicollis.

Group CRYPTORHYNCHID&,

Crisius dorsalis.

Group Cossonip™,

Pentarthrum crassellum.

Hectzeus rubidus.

Group ScoLyTip™,

Mesoscolytus inurbanus.

Group Lamup»,

Somatidia testudo.

Group Cnemacanthide.

Mecodema leviceps, sp. n.

Robust, nigrescent, slightly shining; labrum, palpi, an-

tenne, and femora pitchy red, tibie and tarsi rufo-piceous,

42 Capt. T. Broun on new

Head broad, incurved behind the moderately prominent

eyes, almost smooth, having only a few feeble rugz near the

eyes ; on the epistome there are two long and three short

strie ; labrum rounded, slightly emarginate in the middle,

with six setigerous punctures, Antenne with the basal four

joints glabrous, the remainder are finely punctate, and

gradually become more pubescent towards the extremity, the

fifth, however, is nearly nude. Thorax 3} lines in length by

3? in breadth, apex slightly incurved, base medially emar-

ginate; its sides are only indistinctly crenate and are.

nearly straight for two-thirds of their length, they are

sinuously narrowed backwards towards the obtuse posterior

angles; the lateral margins are distinctly explanate near the

. anterior angles, and less so near the basal fossz ; these last

are of moderate size, but appear flattened close to the

cariniform margins; the discoidal furrow does not attain the

front or base, and is marked with seven or eight punctures,

the largest of these is in front; near each side there are

some faint striole, and along the base there are some short

shallow ones. Elytra oblong-oval, each with eight well-

marked punctate dorsal striz, which become irregular behind,

the punctures, especially towards the sides, are distinct and

close; the three interstices nearest the suture are broad and

plane, the others become narrower, so that the eigbth is

almost cariniform, the marginal punctuation is irregular.

Legs moderately slender, anterior tibicee with produced outer

angles and stout inner spurs.

Underside shining, rufo-piceous, nearly smooth ; on each

segment, near the middle, there are two setigerous punctures

and a large impression at each side, the terminal, in addition

thereto, has four punctures at its extremity.

This species is, no doubt, nearly allied to M. lucidum,

Castelnau, but the postocular punctuation is absent; it is,

moreover, a broader insect. The elytra near the base are

much broader: in my specimen of M. lucidum they are so

narrowed that the shoulders become quite obsolete. The

external angle of the front tibia is almost obtuse.

Length 13, breadth 4 lines.

Ida Valley.

One individual from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Mecodema striatum, sp. n.

Elongate, rather narrow, glossy black, legs nigro-piceous,

Head moderately elongate; between the frontal im-

pressions and each eye there are three coarse rugz, on the

ee ee

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 48

forehead there are five, some fine punctures occur behind

and six larger ones on the labrum; close to each eye there

is a large puncture with duplicate sete ; the vertex is smooth.

Mandibles stout, elongate, striate. Hyes moderately pro-

minent, Antenne short, their basal four joints glabrous.

Thorax hardly any broader than long, its sides gently

rounded, sinuously narrowed behind, posterior angles not at

all projecting, lateral margins crenulate ; dorsal groove very

distinct and almost touching the basal and apical margins,

its surface is almost quite smooth, though a few fine

abbreviated strize may be seen near the front and _ base,

basal foveze deep and close to the angles. LElytra oviform,

gradually but considerably narrowed posteriorly, the shoul-

ders, though somewhat narrowed, are evidently broader

than the base of the thorax; their sculpture consists of

rather deep, quite impunctate strize, which become confluent

towards the extremity; the three interstices, on each,

nearest the suture are nearly plane, the others are convex,

on the seventh there is one puncture just behind the middle

thigh and two or three along the stria outside, the raised

space parallel with the side is very smooth, and the common

punctiform sculpture of the marginal channel is nearly

altogether absent. Anterior femora moderately inflated, the

outer angle of the tibia prolonged, basal four joints of the

tarsus with prominent external angles; intermediate tibice

scabrous, with slightly produced outer extremity, the

posterior simple.

Underside shining black ; the head with close undulating

sculpture, flanks of prosternum closely punctate ; abdomen

with fine irregular linear impressions, the apex of the

terminal segment has three setigerous punctures on each

side of the middle, but the usual pair of punctures on the

central portion is wanting.

There is no need for comparison with other species in this

instance, as the deep regular impunctate elytral striz will

at once lead to its recognition.

3. Length 10, breadth 22 lines.

Puysegur Point.

One example, from Mr. Sandager’s collection, was kindly

sent to me by Mr. Lewis.

Mecodema Walkeri, sp. n.

_ Elongate, shining, coppery black ; tarsi and palpi piceous,

tips of these latter paler.

Head narrower than thorax, with cight longitudinal sulci

44 Capt. T. Broun on new

on the forchead, near the eyes it is similarly irregularly

rugose, with a single setigerous puncture near each eye ;

on the vertex there are only faint transverse irregular

impressions. Labrum slightly notched in front and bearing

six sete. Hyes prominent. Antenne short, their basal four

joints glabrous, the others pubescent. Thorax 33 broad by

3 lines long, widest near the front, rather gradually narrowed

backwards, more abruptly near the base, apex subtruncate,

base slightly incurved, lateral margins only feebly crenulate,

posterior angles obtuse; the basal fossz are situated close

to the sides, but do not reach the hind margin, the discoidal

groove is well marked; in front there are some fine longi-

tudinal striz, and across the disk faint linear impressions.

Elytra elongate-oval, with rounded shoulders; on each,

between the middle and the side, three indistinctly elevated

lines occur, the intervening spaces are moderately coarsely

and closely punctured and become rugose behind, nearer

the smooth flat suture the punctures are finer and irregular,

but do not form series or striz ; the lateral sculpture is not

coarser than that near the outside of the dorsum. Legs

moderately slender; anterior ¢2bze@ with produced outer

angles, intermediate slightly acuminate, the posterior simple.

Terminal joint of maxillary palpi rather broader than in

M. sculpturatum.

Underside glossy black, head with undulating sculpture,

the rest of the body nearly smooth. At the extremity of

the last segment there are two setigerous punctures on each

side of the middle, and, on one side, there is an additional

pair, which, however, in my specimen, is wauting on the

other side.

?. Length 13, breadth 44 lines.

Akaroa.

This may be be placed near J/. aliernans and M. Suteri ;

it is, however, much larger than either of these and

differently sculptured. The name of its discoverer, Mr. J. J.

Walker, F.L.S., has been attached to the species.

Obs.— At the same time Mr. Walker supplied me with the

male of Trichosternus akaroensis, which appears to be usually

smaller than the other sex, measuring only 10 x 3? lines.

Group Feroniidz.

Trichosternus Hudsoni, sp. n.

Oblong, moderately convex, glossy; head and thorax

viridescent, elytra sometimes with a coppery hue; legs

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 45

nigro-piceous, tarsi and antenne rufo-piceous, palpi often

more rufescent.

Head, including the prominent eyes, as wide as the front

of thorax, and, excluding the mandibles, about equalling it

in length ; it is quite smooth and bears the usual frontal

impressions. Labrum subtruncate, with six setigerous

punctures across its front margin. Mandibles long and

robust, the left one strongly curvate at the extremity.

Thorax 21to 24 lines long by 2¢ to3in breadth, its apex in-

curved, base medially emarginate ; the sides are moderately

rounded, and are slightly narrowed, yet scarcely sinuate,

behind, posterior angles rectangular; the dorsal groove

generally attains the base and apex ; near the latter there is

a slight curved transverse impression; the basal fosse are

large, occasionally there is a slight intervening depression.

Scutelium striate at base. Hlytra ovate-oblong, with denti-

form shoulders, rather broad but moderately sinuated

towards the apices; their striz are deep and finely punctured,

the sutural interstices are plane, the others convex, on the

third there are three punctures, and on the seventh four

or five.

Underside shining, black ; the abdomen with fine irregular

linear sculpture, the basal segment has two distinct punc-

tures near the middle of the hind margin, and there are

four at the extremity of the terminal one.

This is a much smaller and less robust insect than

T. antarcticus, with simple femora, and the outer angle of

the middle tibiz is not produced. It is distinguished from

7. bucolicus by its deeper striz and more convex elytral

interstices.

do. Length 9-104, breadth 33-33 lines.

Wellington.

Five specimens, under the number 192, have been received

at various times from Mr. J. H. Lewis and Mr. S. V.

Hudson. They were all collected in the same locality, and

are undoubtedly a distinct local form. The species is

named in honour of the gentleman who discovered it.

Genus of doubtful position.

Eupsorus, gen. nov,

Body moderately elongate, rough. Mazillary palpi

elongate, basal joint short, the next long and gradually

incrassate, third almost transverse, fourth slender and

acuminate, as long as the preceding two combined. Antenne

inserted below the lateral margins of the forehead,

46 Capt. T. Broun on new

slender and elongate; basal joint stout, slightly arched ;

2nd longer than broad, about half as long as the basal

one; 3rd rather longer than the contiguous ones ; joints

5-8 elongate, the last, however, distinctly shorter and

stouter than the 5th; terminal three a little expanded,

10th slightly broader than 9th. Legs simple, unarmed; the

anterior tibiz on the inside, below the middle, with a wide

excision. Tarsi stout, each of the basal four joints trans-

verse, the first largest, the fifth about half the length of

the others conjointly ; claws small and slender.

Head subquadrate, moderately rounded and narrowed in

front. Clypeus prolonged anteriorly. yes coarsely facetted,

subrotundate, only slightly convex. Thorax notched later-

ally. lytra subquadrate, costate. Hind body gradually

attenuated, not longer than the elytra, the basal three

segments strongly marginated.

The characters given above show that this genus cannot

be associated with Omalium, in which the terminal joint of

the tarsi equals the basal four taken together, and the

clypeus is not produced so as to cover the mandibles. In

Micropeplus the body is similarly costate, but the tarsi are

only tri-articulate, and the antenne are nine-jointed and

abruply clavate. It may be located between these two

genera, but, even there, on account of the notch along the

inner face of the front tibiz similar to that seen in the

Carabidee, it will occupy an isolated position.

Eupsorus costatus, sp. n.

Body slightly nitid, almost uniformly pale brown, spar-

ingly clothed with decumbent pallid sete.

Head smaller than thorax, with two deep longitudinal

cavities, the margins and central portion asperate. Thorax

about as Jong as it is broad, its sides explanate and of some-

what rounded outline, interrupted, however, by three or

four unequal indentations, so that the basal portion appears

as if abruptly constricted ; there are two strong, but not

quite straight, discoidal coste, which seem rough, but the

dilated sides are nearly smooth and shining and very sparsely

setose. Elytra just as broad as they are long, almost

parallel-sided, shoulders rounded; apices bistnuate, so that

the true basal segment of the abdomen may be detected

from above; they bear three costz, the suture forming the

central one, and there is a curvate humeral elevation on

each; their whole surface is coarsely punctured. Hind

body transversely convex; the four fully-exposed segments

. SS oe = 7-2

Gencra and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 47

have rather more conspicuous setze than the elytra, they are,

however, rather short and depressed, and the punctuation

seems less coarse; the third segment is rather larger than

either of the basal two, the apical is narrow and conical.

Legs and tarsi finely setose, the two hind pairs of tibize

straight.

Length 14, breadth 2 line.

Ida Valley.

A single mounted individual of this remarkable little

insect was kindly sent to me by Mr. J. H. Lewis,

Group Pselaphide.

PaTREUS, gen. nov.

Body elongate. Antennal tubercles small. Hind body

elongate, basal three segments large, nearly equal, with deep

sutures. Metasternum elongate. Prosternum without visible

carina. Intermediate /idie remarkably short, curvate; basal

joints of imtermediate farsi enormously developed, second

smaller than first, the third elongate and slender ; with one

claw.

This genus should be placed near Hveirarthra, the an-

tennze, however, instead of being like those of Sagola, more

nearly resemble those of Zelandius. From the latter it is

distinguished by the more slender form, impunctate surface,

much smaller and more anteriorly narrowed head, oviform

thorax, shorter autenne, and slender legs. From all the

other Euplectini known to me it may be easily recognized

by the strongly developed basal joints of the middle tarsi,

which indeed somewhat resemble the male feet of an Aphilon,

one of the Phytophaga, but with the basal joints homo-

geneous in place of being distinctly separated. The tarsal

structure of Hwveirarthra, another curious form of this group,

is materially different, the penultimate joint of the anterior

tarsi being distinctly lobate, whilst the terminal is provided

with two claws,

Patreus Lewisi, sp. n.

Elongate, nitid, castaneo-rufous ; legs, antenne, and palpi

yellow ; sparingly clothed with long, slender, greyish

pubescence.

Head small, the vertex deeply and unevenly excavate.

Antenne pubescent, basal joint large, 2nd shorter and not

quite as stout, joints 3-8 small and bead-like, 9th larger

than the preceding one, but not so broad as the 10th, 11th

48 Capt. T. Broun on new

very large. Eyes prominent. Thorax oviform, rather

longer than broad; there is a distinct ante-basal linear

impression, a fovea at each side, and a smaller median fovea,

but there is no well-developed discoidal groove, the surface

is smooth. lytra rather longer than broad, moderately

rounded laterally ; on each there is a fine sutural stria and

short intra-humeral impression, the shoulders appear as if

longitudinally elevated. Legs moderately long, the front

and hind tibie straight, their tarsi elongate. Hind body

with four exposed segments, the basal three strongly mar-

gined and of nearly equal length, the first slightly flattened

medially.

3. Length , breadth } line.

Ida Valley.

1 have much pleasure in naming this inconspicuous but

interesting little beetle in honour of Mr. J. H. Lewis, who

sent me a mounted specimen which he found in an ant’s

nest. The female apparently has not been seen.

Euplectus caviceps, sp. un.

Elongate, shining, fulvescent, impunctate, clothed with

decumbent greyish pubescence; antennz, palpi, and legs

yellow.

Head nearly as broad as the thorax, narrowed anteriorly,

its whole central portion deeply hollowed, and with a fine

dark longitudinal stria within the cavity, the frontal margin

is on nearly the same plane as the flattened tubercles.

Eyes quite lateral, rather small, convex, coarsely facetted.

Antenne moderately short and stout, basal joint stout, 2nd

oviform, nearly as large as the Ist, joints 3-6 smail and

moniliform, 6th slightly smaller than 5th, 7th and 8th

transverse and distinctly broader than the preceding one,

9th and 10th transverse, about twice the size of the 8th,

11th large, conical, acuminate, and pubescent. Thorax quite

oviform, with a transverse impression near the base, termi-

nating in a fovea at each side; between the former and the

basal margin there is a small median fovea, and there is

also an elongate discoidal impression. /ytra subquadrate,

their sides moderately rounded, shoulders narrowed; the

sutural striz are well marked, and there is an elongate intra-

humeral impression on each. Hind body oblong, basal three

segments strongly margined and about equal, fourth nearly

as long as third, the terminal depressed. Legs elongate and

slender. Yars: slender, apparently with one claw only.

¢d. Length 3, breadth nearly line.

Thompson’s Gorge.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 49

Described from one mounted male, which was found

under a stone by Mr. J. H. Lewis and forwarded aa

No. 5877.

Euplectus sulciceps, sp. n.

Elongate, shining, pale castaneo-rufous, sparingly clothed

with slender depressed grey hairs; legs and antenne

fulvescent.

Head nearly as broad as the thorax, subtrigonal; at each

side, behind the eye, there is a fovea which is prolonged

forwards as a broad groove. Antenne short and stout,

2nd joint nearly as large as the exposed portion of the

Ist, joints 3-7 small and differing but little from one

another, 7th and 8tb transverse, 9th evidently larger than

the 7th, 10th twice the size of the 7th and distinetly broader

than the 8th, 11th large, conical, and acuminate. Thorax

oviform, with a fovea at each side united to its fellow by a

transverse linear impression near the base, close to which

there is a smaller central fovea; there is also a slight

longitudinal impression on the disk. E/ytra subquacrate,

shoulders narrowed, with a distinct sutural stria and humeral

impression, which is sometimes divided, on each. Hind

body longer than the elytra, its first exposed segment

covered with exceedingly minute scales, the following three

larger, nearly equal and margined, 4th and 5th deflexed,

Legs simple.

Congeneric with the preceding species, but differing there-

from in the form of the head and other details.

Length 3, breadth nearly + line.

Thompson’s Gorge, Otago.

A single specimen, No. 5910, mounted on cardboard.

Also found by Mr. Lewis.

Group Byrrhide.

Curimus vestitus, sp. 0.

Convex, oviform, slightly nitid, fusco-piceous, legs reddish,

antennee and palpi piceous; densely covered with flat, small,

yellowish-grey and white scales; these last predominate near

the hind angles of the thorax, and form irregular spots near

the sides of the elytra behind the middle; there are also

many erect grey set on the sides of the body, on the legs,

and on the forehead.

Head suboblong, rather flat, not squamose in front, ob-

tusely rounded there. Labrum prominent. yes quite

lateral and longitudinal, not at all conspicuous, much

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 4

50 Capt. T. Broun on new

narrowed backwards. Mandibles bifid at extremity. Thorax

strongly transverse, gradually narrowed towards the acute

anterior angles, with a sinuation near each eye, so that the

middle of the apex seems rounded, the punctuation concealed

and shallow. Scutellum triangular. Elytra as wide as

thorax at the base, their sides nearly parallel, but much

curvedly narrowed posteriorly ; their striz are sharply im-

pressed and impunctate, the interstices are plane and finely

coriaceous.

Femora grooved underneath; fidbie straight inwardly,

rather slender towards the knees, with about six setigerous

denticles along the outside, the anterier with a broad shallow

impression along the front for the accommodation of the tarsi,

the other pairs deeply grooved along the posterior face so

that the tarsi, in repose, are almost hidden. Tarsi stout

and nearly nude, the terminal joint nearly as long as the

preceding four taken together.

Antenne sparingly hispid, 2nd joint nearly as long and

stout as the exposed part of the Ist; Srd and 4th equal,

about twice as long as broad; 5th aud 6th longer than

broad, but shorter than the preceding; 7th short, 8th and

9th transverse, 10th distinctly broader than 9th; 11th large,

oblong, closely adapted to the 10th, so these two apparently

form the oblong club.

Underside opaque, sparsely studded with suberect, short,

coarse grey sete. Abdomen, like the breast, with coarse

shallow punctures; the three intermediate segments short,

with strongly curved sutures ; the terminal moderately long

and narrow, the visible central portion of the basai one large

and subtriangular.

Rather smaller and more convex than Nos. 432 and 2512,

and recognizable by the dense squamosity. The last species

(2512) may be separated at once by the quite acuminate

terminal joints of the maxillary palpi.

Length 12, breadth 1] line.

Ophir, Otago. Two specimens found by Mr. Lewis. _ The

measurements are from a “set out” example, the other

retracted one is smaller.

Group Lucanide.

Mitophyllus curvidens, sp. n.

Oblong, moderately convex, slightly nitid, variegate,

mostly nigrescent, occasionally tinged with violaceous, the

sides of thorax and an elongate space on the elytra ferru-

ginous; irregularly clothed with elongate, depressed, pallid

ee ee —"

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 51

scales; on the elytra more erect, coarser, whitish ones form

irregular spots; legs and antenne pitcby red.

Head, exclusive of mandibles, quite transverse, the middle

curvedly depressed in front, distinctly punctate, nearly nude

behind. Thorax transversely quadrate, bisinuate at base

and in front, its sides somewhat explanate, particularly near

the front, only slightly rounded; its sculpture is like that

of the head, but not so close on the disk, where, in some

lights, bluish spots may be seen. Elytra_ parallel-sided,

obtusely rounded posteriorly, slightly wider than thorax at

base; there are no obvious elevations; their punctuation

resembles that of the thorax. Anterior ¢idie slightly curved,

finely and closely denticulate or serrate externally ; the outer

extremity is somewhat produced, and there is a dentiform

projection before the middle.

Underside shining, punctate, variegated castaneous, spar-

ingly clothed with pale decumbent elongate squame or sete.

Prosternum obtusely angulated medially in front. Meta-

sternum large, grooved along the middle. Ventral segments

2-4 decrease a little in length.

Male——IJn a specimen of M. irroratus (No. 445), which

Dr. Sharp kindly identified for me in London over thirty

years ago, I find that the mandibles, in repose, form a circle

leaving a central gap large enough to admit a pin’s head ;

their apices are tridentate, aud the uppermost tooth is

somewhat prominent.

In M. curvidens the mandibles are shorter, their apices are

simple and pointed, the central gap is just large enough to

allow the point of a pin to penetrate; on the outside of each,

near the middle, there is an acute horizontal protuberance,

and, near the extremity, a pair of comparatively large lobes

arise; these are directed slightly backwards and outwards ;

underneath they are broad and plane. The mandibles, in

fact, somewhat resemble in miniature those of the grand

African dung-beetle, Heliocopris isidis.

Female.—The mandibles are rather longer and much further

apart than in the same sex of M. irroratus; they bear no

distinct tooth above, but appear as if cut halfway down

near the extremity, so that the apices seem slender and

simple; the acute horizontal angulation near the base is

well developed. The thorax of M. trroratus is much

narrowed towards the front, so that the middle is distinctly

wider; in M. curvidens this is not the case.

The antenne, in this sex, are similar, the basal joint

being smooth, curvate, and about as long as the following

six conjointly ; the 2nd is transverse, the 3rd and 4th are

4*®

52 Capt. T. Broun on new

longer than broad, the 5th and 6th subquadrate; the 7th is

rather larger than the preceding one, and acutely produced

in front; the three leaflets of the club are of nearly equal

length, but they are barely half as long as those of the male.

The eyes are large and prominent.

6. Length 5, breadth 12 lines.

9. Length 44, breadth 12 lines.

Karori, Wellington.

Two mounted males and one female, marked No. 68, were

forwarded to me for examination by Mr. G. V. Hudson.

Group Melolonthide.

MycERNUS, gen. nov.

Body ovate-oblong, slightly convex, not pubescent. C/y-

peus deeply emarginate medially. Pa/pi short; terminal

joint of the maxillary truncate at apex, subsecuriform ; the

labial very short. Antenne 8-articulate, rather short; the

club composed of three leaflets, which are not longer than

the preceding five joints combined. Anterior tiie tri-

dentate externally in both sexes, the upper tooth, in the

male, sometimes small. Posterior core with stout short

prolongations, these only moderately curved. Sternal process

slender and very narrow, horizontal, its front edge vertical

and hardly extending forwards beyond the intermediate

coxe. Pygidium exposed, broad, widely rounded.

The type bears a remarkable superficial resemblance to

Fyronota festiva, which, however, is well differentiated by its

large, conspicuous, intercoxal process.

Psilodontia is, undoubtedly, the most nearly related genus,

but its intercoxal lamina is curved forwards and downwards

to the breast. Its antenne are dissimilar, and their club

consists of more elongate and somewhat curvate leaflets.

The clypeus is truncate or slightly rounded apically. The

eyes are smaller and less convex. All the palpi are longer.

Tarsi longer, their 3rd and 4th joints slender at base,

whereas in Mycernus the corresponding joints of the anterior

are oblong. ‘The appendages of the hind coxe are slender,

much curvate, and acute at the extremity, quite hook-lke

in fact. The pygidium is only half as broad and almost

quite truncate behind.

Mycernus elegans, sp. 0.

Glossy, brilliant green; a longitudinal discoidal stripe

and an irregular space near each side of the thorax; the

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 53

suture and a lateral streak on each elytron, and the scutellum,

are rufous; legs and antenne testaceous.

Head convex between the eyes, nearly smooth there;

clypeus with raised margins, its sculpture rugose-punctate,

but rather shallow. Thorax transverse, widely emarginate

at apex; base bisinuate, with rectangular angles; anterior

angles subacute; the sides are indistinctly angulate before

the middle, gradually narrowed anteriorly, nearly straight

behind; the base, therefore, is rather wider than the front;

the surface is almost smooth and polished ; the sides bear a

few grey setz similar to those on the legs. H/ytra oblong,

apices rounded, their sides gently curved, shoulders obtuse ;

they are punctate-striate, the outer strie, however, are

shallow or obsolete; interstices nearly plane, with a few

minute distant punctures. Underside infuscate, rather

sparingly clothed with white sete.

Legs elongate, the hinder pairs of tibiz bicalcarate at

apex. Antenne sparsely hispid: basal joint clavate at.

extremity; 2nd also stout, subglobular, 3rd slightly longer

than 4th, each of these nearly twice as long as broad; 5th

broad but very short, thicker at one part than the other;

club feebly pubescent.

6. Length 3, breadth 1} lines.

Ophir. Amongst the sands of the Manuherikia River.

Six specimens, both sexes, discovered recently by Mr. J. H.

Lewis.

PRODONTRIA, gen. nov.

Body convex, subovate, nearly nude. Clypeus with re-

flexed margins, obtusely rounded, its basal suture nearly

straight, the front face perpendicular. Labrum horizontal,

deeply notched, so that the outer lobes appear prominent.

Palpi rather short, their terminal joints elongate ; the labial

apparently invisible. Antenne inserted just below and in

front of the eyes, 8-articulate ; basal joint clavate, as long

as the following three conjointly, these three hardly twice as

long as broad; the four terminal leaflets are elongate and

minutely pubescent. Thorax strongly transverse, deeply

incurved in front, bisinuate at base, distinctly marginated,

Scutellum large, rounded. lytra convex, broadly oval,

marginated, truncate at extremity. Pygidium exposed,

vertical, rounded. Yibie nude, the anterior tridentate ex-

ternally ; the other pairs with spiniform sete, the apical

rims semicircular, truncate and subserrate, and with short

coarse ciliz, Tarst elongate, 5-jointed, claws simple.

54 Capt. T. Broun on new

Abdomen with five segments, the basal four nearly equal,

fifth very short, scarcely visible towards the sides.

This genus is closely allied to Odontria, and should pre-

cede it in the New Zealand Jist. The typical species of

hoth genera, however, differ in shape and general appear-

ance, and may be distinguished almost at a glance. In

Odontria the metasternum is moderately elongate, and the

middle femora are, in repose, received in « broad groove or

impression, which is limited by fine frontal aud posterior

margins. In Prodontria the metasternum is more reduced,

so that the space between the middle and hind pairs of legs

is less than that between the front and intermediate ones,

just the reverse of what obtains in the older genus, and,

moreover, the middle thighs have no depressions for their

accommodation, there being a fine elevated carina on that

part of the sternum, and ‘behind it the face seems nearly

vertical.

Prodontria Lewisii, sp. n.

Robust, subovate, a little nitid, almost nude above, there

being only a grey fringe under the base of thorax and a few

erect scattered setze on the clypeus that can be easily seen ;

colour fusco-testaceous, the legs and antennz testaceous.

Head quite half the width of thorax, its central portion

distinctly and irregularly punctured, the clypeus coarsely

aud rugosely punctured, the intervals minutely. Thorax

twice as broad as it is long, deeply and widely ineurved in

front, anterior angles acute ad attaining the middle of the

eyes ; its sides strongly and irregularly rounded, but in one

specimen there is an obsolete angulation at each side, and

in it the sides appear to be gradually narrowed towards the

base and apex; base strongly bisinuate, its angles distinct

but not at all projecting ; the surface with distinct but finer

punctures than the head. Scutellum punctate. Llytra

rounded laterally, not wider than thorax at the base, apices

truncate ; each elytron has eight more or less evident striz,

these are moderately finely and regularly punctured, but the

apical sculpture becomes confused and punctiform, and the

outer striz are somewhat abbreviated ; interstices finely and

irregularly punctured, in some of these punctures minute

setae may be detected.

Underside testaceous, more or Jess fincly puncturcd, spar-

ingly and finely pubescent, but bearing elongate silky greyish

hairs on the prosternum. Club of antenne composed of tour

eee

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 59

leaflets in both sexes, and about as long as the preceding four

joimts combined.

Length 74, breadth 4-44 lines.

Cromwell.

Described from three mutilated individuals found by

Mr. J. H. Lewis on the saud-hills of Molyneux River.

Group Dynastide.

Pericoptus frontalis, sp. n.

Fusco-piceous, a little shining; legs and antenne ferru-

ginous.

Thorax strongly transverse, anterior angles oblique and

very obtusely rounded for quite a third of the entire length,

its sides nearly straight behind, base bisinuate; the frontal

protuberance is very small or obsolete, and the impression

just behind it is shallow; the fovea-like depression near each

side is more distinct. /ytra oblong, apices subtruncate ;

each bears a sutural stria, the punctuation is distinct but

irregular.

Underside rather closely and finely sculptured, the punc-

tures on the abdomen are most distinct. Pygidium closely

and finely punctured. Sternal villosity very slender and

elongate, testaceous.

Head with rather shallow scanty punctuation behind; the

anterior margin of this part is rather abruptly deflexed, but

not at all ridged, and forms a sort of step to the lower plane

of the frontal portion; this latter anterior part is somewhat

horizontal and has a transverse depression at its base, its

sides are nearly straight for half its length, but are then

obliquely narrowed, the reflexed and truncate apical margin,

however, occupies about one-half of the whole width; the

frontal sculpture cousists of moderate longitudinal rugie near

the sides, but the middle is nearly smooth ; there are no

distinct punctures there.

The head is, | think, sufficiently differentiated from that of

the other species to render its recognition easy when carefully

compared with typical specimens, but as many other students

may not possess these types, I now add brief notes for

rererence.

P. truncatus.—Head short, its frontal portion flattened,

but forming a rather abrupt declivity ; in shape it is, roughly,

trausversely oval.

P. punctatus.—Head, in front, on nearly the same plane

as in P, truncatus, but, instead of being transversely oviform,

56 Capt. T. Broun on new

it is greatly narrowed anteriorly, so as to be of somewhat

triangular outline.

P. stupidus.— Head indefinitely transversely elevated on

the middle, the clypeus much narrowed to the front, and

the front edge in the middle a little reflexed and obscurely

emarginate. Head rongh all over the upper surface.

P. nitidulus.—Head, in front, short, deflexed, narrowed

anteriorly, but quite truncate at the middle of the apex ;

there is no obvious transverse elevation limiting this clypeal

portion from the vertex. Head almost smooth above, the

frontal and lateral punctuation less coarse than is usually

seen,

Length 9, breadth 5 lines.

Cromwell sand- hills, Molynenx River.

Described from a mutilated individual forwarded by Mr. J.

H. Lewis.

Group Opatride.

Syrphetodes nodosalis, sp. n.

Opaque, fuscous, speckled with ochraceous and pale ferru-

ginous squamee ; antenne, palpi, and tarsi ferruginous.

Thorax 2 lines broad by 13 long, exclusive of the anterior

angles, which project as far as the front of the eyes; it is

widest behind the middle; the sides are gradually widened

anteriorly, sometimes there isa slight sinuosity there, towards

the base they are distinctly sinuate; the posterior angles are

acute; there is an obtuse elevation behind the middle; the

front is emarginate and slightly raised, but the discoidal

sculpture is quite hidden by the decumbent, variegate,

setiform squame. Scutellum strongly transverse, dark fus-

cous. Elytra oblong, gradually narrowed and rounded

posteriorly ; at the base they are evidently wider than the

thorax ; at each shoulder, but not forming a lateral pro-

jection, there is an obtuse nodiform elevation; there is

another at each side of the scutellum, two before the

middle, and two more in line with these but placed further

back ; an elongate elevation near the suture, on top of

the hind slope, usually consists of two contiguous nodosities ;

there are also some smaller inequalities; their sides are

somewhat explanate, aud are marked with large fovee;

the apex is triangularly excised; the discoidal punctures are

very irregular, but there is a distinct sutural series on the

posterior declivity.

Antenne stout, setose, reaching backwards to the shoulders ;

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 57

8rd joint twice the length of the 2nd; 4-8 of nearly equal

length, but becoming more slender, terminal three joints

minutely pubescent.

Legs elongate and maculate.

Underside nigro-fuscous, with depressed ochry set.

Epipleure broad and plane.

Undoubtedly nearly allied to S. simplex, but differing

therefrom in its broader thorax, which, moreover, is quite

distinctly nodose above; the humeral angles are wider and

less rounded, and the elytral nodosities are more numerous,

though very much smaller than those seen on S. crenatus,

S. dorsalis, and S. bullatus.

Length 43-53, breadth 12-2 lines.

Pelorus Sound. Found by Mr. J. J. Walker.

Var.—Joints 4 and 5 of the antenne slightly longer, more

slender, and Icss setose. Thorax narrower, 13 line. The

antemedian elytral nodosities obsolete. This probably is a

sexual variety.

Paraphylax sternalis, sp. n.

Subquadrate, covered with a hard coating of fuscous sappy

matter, through this some dark sete protrude; when de-

nuded the surface is found to be slightly shining infuscate

red.

Head smooth, much wider in line with the eyes than it is

elsewhere, so that these organs appear very prominent; the

clypeus is a little longer and narrower than is the case in

P. binodosus, aud there is a fine central longitudinal groove

between the eyes which is lacking in that species. Antenne

with the basal joint transversely quadrate and having a very

slender basal attachment ; 2nd hardly longer than Ist; 3rd

stout, oviform, about twice the length of the preceding one ;

joints 4-8 oviform, each becoming slightly shorter and

narrower, all these more or less dark and somewhat scabrous ;

Yth triangular, longer than broad, slender at base, distinctly

longer than 8th, 10th of similar form, but rather shorter

and broader, 11th rotundate—these last three red, with less

and finer pubescence, their outstanding sete aiso are much

finer. Thorax cordiform, transverse; the sides, when

cleaned, appear flat, with an obtuse lateral lobe partially

covering the front thigh; behind this they are curvedly

narrowed, so that there is no trace of posterior angles; the

disk isabruptly elevated, and bears two conspicuous nodosities

in front, which are separated by a deep channel. Scutellum

obsolete. Elytra quadrate, abruptly deflexed and contracted

apically, their basal portion depressed and deeply incurved ;

58 On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera.

near the suture, on each, there is one regular series of:

distinct and moderately close punctures extending from base

to apex ; the second series reaches from the apex to beyond

the middle, but between it and the shoulder there are some

irregular, oblique, and more distant rows; the series near the

side are irregular and almost curvate ; the surface is uneven,

but there are no well-defined nodosities. Legs variegated

with brown, testaceous, or red, yet seldom constant, the

sete similarly mottled.

Underside covered with infuscate matter and numerous

flavescent sete. When carefully scraped the prosternum

appears truncate instead of being somewhat emarginate;

interposed between the front edge and the coxe there is a

transverse groove, and behind this a distinet ridge; the cox

are rather further apart than in P. binodosus, and the inter-

vening space is plane instead of being concave, as it is in

that species.

Length 24-3; breadth 14-14 lines.

Wellington.

Mr. G. V. Hudson kindly sent me some specimens of

this interesting species.

Group Rhipiphoride.

Rhypistena cryptarthra.

Narrow, elongate, dull black, clothed with short decumbent

cinereous pubescence; antenne and tarsi fuscous, palpi

paler.

Head densely and minutely punctate. Thorax very much,

yet gradually, narrowed anteriorly, so that there it is not

half the width of the lead; its base is deeply bisinuate, and

the posterior angles clasp the shoulders; it is very obtusely

elevated along the middle, and its sculpture is like that of

the head. Scutel/lum large, iriangular. Elytra elongate,

scarcely any wider than the thorax at the base; apices

acutely rounded; they are closely and minutely sculptured,

and have, on each, two or three indistinct coste. Tursi

long and slender.

Anienneé elougate, basal jomt stout and evidently longer

than third, second rather longer than broad, third haraly

any longer than it is broad and slender at the base, fourth

excessively short and almost indistinguishable ; joints 5-10

very short, each with a Jong slender lobe equalling the

fcur basal joints taken together; eleventh equally elongate ;

these seven lobes, in repose, are closely adapted to one

another.

On a new Species of Nemopteride. 59

The anterior didie are unarmed, the others are provided

with small spurs; the hind claws are finely appendiculate, so

that the extremity appears very slender.

The great length of the lobes and the abbreviation, or

concealme ent, of the fourth joint of the antenne differentiate

this species.

Length 34, breadth @ line.

Tarukenga. Two males taken off shrubs in the bush

adjoining the Rotorua Railway.

Rhypistena sulciceps.

Opaque, black, clothed with depressed ash-coloured pubes-

cence; the hairs on the head are, however, more distinct

and almost quite grey ; legs fuscous, the front tibiz and the

two anterior pairs of tarsi are of a pale chestnut colour.

Similar to R. dugubris, but differing therefrom in being

more distinctly, yet finely, and more densely punctured, in

having a well-marked furrow on the back of the head, and in

the antennal structure. The basal joint of the antenne is

almost as long as the following two conjointly, the third is

not twice the length of the second, the fourth is very short,

and the lobes of the others are stouter than those of that

insect. The tibiz, excepting the front pair, have short

slender spurs.

Length 32, breadth 3? line,

Mount Ar thnr. One example found by Messrs. Cheeseman

and Adams many years ago.

[To be continued. ]

IX.—Description of a new Species of the Neuropterous

Fumily Nemopteride. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S.

Since the publication of my notes on this family in the

€ Annals’ for 1600, the most important addition to it received

in the Natural History Museum has been a long series of a

new and rather variable species from. Asia Minor: which I

describe below. I was at first inclined to think that more

than one species might be represented among these specimens,

but cannot find any tangible characters to subdivide them.

The insects of this family, though of-considerable size and

probably gregarious in their habits, are very frail, and are

rarely received in any number or in good condition.

The present insect is most nearly allied to my genus

Chasmatoptera, the type of which is an Australian insect ; but

it is not unlikely that it may ultimately be referred to a new

60 On a new Species of Nemopteride.

genus, when the already described but imperfectly known

allied forms,and others which no doubt remain to be discovered,

can be fully studied.

Genus CHASMATOPTERA.

Chasmatoptera, Kirb. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 462 (1900).

The rather short, stout, and strongly pubescent antenne

are quite sufficient to separate the type of this genus (Nemo-

ptera Hutti’, Westw., from Australia) and the new species

described below from Halter, Ramb., in the typical species

of which the antenne are slender, naked, and longer than the

body.

Chasmatoptera Sheppardi, sp. n.

Dimensions.

d. o..

mm. mm.

AsO COED. 6S es. oon is 5s 12-14 3-14

Tip. Me Alin pate we 8s 36-40 38-46

Long ak pont. < ness 28-53 80-34

Antenne entirely black; head black above, often marked

with yellow behind; face yellow, with a broad black median

stripe extending to the end of the rostrum. Thorax black

above, often spotted with yellow, especially in the male ;

abdomen black above, with yellow incisions, and in the

male with yellow dots between. Under surface of the body

mostly yellow, of abdomen often reddish. Wings clear

hyaline, with brown nervures; costal nervure slenderly

blackish ; subcostal nervures and sometimes intermedian

space yellowish. Hind wings with the shaft yellow, with two

black dots on the outer side and one on the inner; at the

extreme base short transverse lateral lines are sometimes

visible. Beyond the middle the wing expands into a very

bread spatulate lobe, with reticulated neuration, followed

by a smaller and narrower one, and then by a short terminal

lobe, rounded at the end. ‘lhe lobes are purplish brown, and

in the male are preceded by a white space; and the contracted

part of the wing between the lobes is white on each side, the

shaft always remaining dark; in the female both lobes are

often entirely dark, but the terminal lobe is always white.

Hab. Amanus Mountains, Asia Minor (Dr. Sheppard).

Much resembles the South African Nemoptera di/atata,

Klug, which is probably congeneric if the antenne are

pubescent, which the figure and description do not show. In

that species, however, the head is yellow above.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. 61

X.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXIV. By W. L. Distant.

THESE notes and descriptions refer to species which are all

contained or represented in the British Museum.

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Coreide.

Mictis loricata, sp. n.

Above metallic green; antenne, membrane, two large

oblong discal spots to pronotum, and the corium (excluding

lateral margins) dull black; head above, body beneath, and

legs ochraceous ; uppersides of femora and tibize (the last ex-

cluding apical thirds) castaneous ; odoriferous apertures, three

spots on second, third, fourth, and fifth, and a curved fascia

on sixth abdominal segments black ; first and fourth joints of

antennz longest and subequal in length, second longer than

third ; pronotum rugulose and coarsely punctate, its lateral

margins coarsely serrate ; scutellum transversely rugulose ;

corium sparingly deeply punctate; a short obtuse tubercle on

each side of second and third abdominal segments.

3. Posterior femora incrassate, curved, with a series of

short tubercles on apical third of under surface ; posterior

tibie slender, inwardly dilated into an acute spine beyond

middle.

Long., ¢ ?, 26-28 mm.

Hab. Congo Region: Augola (Brit. Mus.).

This appears to be the species figured in T'lomson’s Archiv,

Entomol. as J. metallicus, Sign., to which the species is

allied, but may always (apart from structural characters)

be differentiated by the two large discal spots, sometimes

fused, to the pronotum, and by the three spots to the second,

third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments. ‘he type of

Signoret’s species being in the Vienna Museum, I wrote

to Dr. Handlirsch on the subject, who kindly examined

the M. metallicus, and wrote me as follows:—‘‘ There are

two type specimens in our museum, in both of which the

pronotum is unicolorous, and there are two rows of black

spots on segments 2-5.” I have seen a very long series of

both species.

Fam. Pyrrhocoride.

Physopelta melanoptera, sp. n.

Black ; lateral and posterior margins of pronotum, corium,

62 Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera

and connexivum sanguineous; clavus, a very large medial

spot, and apical angle to corium black ; antenne pilose, basal

half of fourth joint stramineous, first joint slightly shorter

than second, longer than third; pronotum with the posterior

area coarsely punctate, lateral margins somewhat strongly

reflexed ; clavus coarsely and somewhat thickly punctate ;

rostrum passing the posterior cox and about reaching centre

of second abdominal segment.

Long. 103-123 mm.

flab. West Atrica: Cameroons (Brit. Mus.),

Alhed to P. analis, Sign., but differing by the longer

rostrum, different colour, &e.

Fam. Capside.

Peeciloscytus cuneatus.

Lygus cuneatus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. i. p. 435, t. xxxvii.

fio. 24 (April 1893).

Peciloscytus (Lygus) cuneatus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 192.

Peeciloscytus obscurus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893 (November), p. 715.

Paracarnus grenadensis, sp. n.

Paracarnus mevicanus, Uhler (nec Dist.), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 194.

Pronotum more elongate than in P. mexicanus, basal margin

of scutellum concolorous, not fuscous; spots at apex of clavus

and narrow transverse fascia at apex of corium bright san-

guineous, not fuscous ; body narrower and more elongate.

Long. 3 mm.

fab. \sland of Grenada: Balthazar (ZZ. Smith, Brit. Mus.).

_ Annona Smitht, sp. n.

Annona labeculata, Uhler (nec Dist.), Proc. Zool. Soc, 1894, p. 194.

A much narrower species than A. labeculata; pronoteum

(with the exception of the anterior collar) shining black, not

ochraceous ; basal half of clavus not castaneous, but its inner

margins fuscous; corium with a subapical transverse fuscous

fascia not reaching lateral margins.

Long. 24 mm.

Hab. \sland of Grenada: near Balthazar (H, Smith, Brit,

Mus.).

Annona antilleana, sp. 0.

Mala decoloris, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 705.

Head, anterior frontal collar, and scutellum pale shining

stramineous, glabrous ; pronotum (excluding anterior collar

in cite cat i a a i i i

in the British Museum. 63

and lateral and posterior margins) ochraceously punctate ;

clavus ochraceous; corium and membrane pale hyaline ;

antenne dark ochraceous ; apices of second and third joints

fuscous ; eyes fuscous; body beneath and legs stramineous ;

lateral margins of head beneath and sternum ochraceous.

Long. 3 mm.

Hab. Island of St. Vincent (H. Smzth, Brit. Mus.).

This species has little in common with Annona decoloris,

Dist.

Fam. Gelastocoridz.

Subfam. Mowonrcury 2.

Mononyx luteovartus, sp. n.

Fuscous; lateral margins of head and pronotum, clavus,

basal lateral margins of corium and connexivum pale Inteous,

spotted with tuscous ; body beneath black ; head beneath pale

luteous with corresponding marginal markings to those above;

femora dark brownish castaneous ; apices of femora and the

tibiae and tarsi ochraceous; anterior tarsi and bases and apices

of intermediate and posterior tarsi piceous. Head with two

prominent tubercles between eyes, apex concavely sinuate,

with two obtuse spines and another similar spine on each side

nearer eyes ; pronotum with the disk profoundly excavated,

a transverse 1npression a little behind anterior margin and

another beyond middle, the last crossed by three prominent

strie, lateral margins ampliately rotundately produced ; head,

pronotum, and scutellum thickly punctate ; apex of scutellum,

mottlings to corium, and apical margin to membrane pale

luteous.

Long. 84; exp. pronot. ang]. 63 millim.

Lab. Queensland: Townsville (f. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Fam. Nepidz.

Genus LACCOTREPHES.

Laccotrephes flavovenosa.

Nepa flavo-venosa, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xvi. p. 409 (1860),

Laccvtrephes japonensis, Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. p. 450

(1874).

The British Museum contains specimens from India,

Ceylon, Siam, Formosa, China, and Japan, including Scott’s

type.

G4. Mr. W. L. Distant on Leteroptera

Laccotrephes calear, sp. n.

Fuscous brown ; abdomen above purplish brown, the apical

segment brownish ochraceous ; wings pale lacteous hyaline,

the veins ochraceous ; anterior femora with a long curved

subbasal spine on their under surface, its apex ochraceous ;

pronotum long, about as long as the intermediate femora, its

surface finely granulate or tubercnlate, its central carina

prominent, its basal margin strongly concavely sinuate

before scutellum, which is about as long as pronotum from

before the basal transverse constriction; abdominal ap-

pendages more or less mutilated.

Long. body, excl. append., 49 mm.

Hab, Nigeria: Abutshi River (Brit. Mus.).

A species peculiar by the long (3 mm.) curved basal spine

to the anterior femora.

Laccotrephes nyase, sp. n.

Very dark fuscous or piceous ; abdomen above black, with

a large pale ochraceous space occupying about half the area

of the second segment, nearly the whole of the third and

fourth segments, and the central area of the fifth segment;

wings pale hyaline, with the veins dark fuscous; femora

with a more or less distinct greyish annulation a little

beyond middle, and tibiz similarly marked a little beyond

base. Appendages much longer than body, not quite twice the

length; pronotum sparingly finely granulate or tuberculate,

the central carinew strongly pronounced, before scutellum

strongly concavely excavated ; sternum finely granulate or

tuberculate.

Long. body, excl. append., 40-42; length append. 68 mm.

Hab. Nyasaland: Nyika Mountains, 6000-7000 feet (A.

Whyte, Brit. Mus.).

This species may be primarily recognized by the peculiar

coloration of the upper surface of the abdomen and by the

very long abdominal appendages.

Genus RANATRA.

Ranatra fuscoannulata, sp. n.

Tawny brown; legs ochraceous, intermediate and posterior

legs annulated with fuscous ; corium with marginal series of

linear black spots; abdomen above reddish ochraceous, its

apex piceous ; metasternum bilobed ; apex of membrane not

passing the fifth abdominal segment ; anterior femora with a

At ea 6

in the British Museum. 65

strong spine just beyond middle; intermediate and posterior

femora shorter than either the hemelytra or tibie; eyes

moderately large and prominent; pronotum considerably less

than half the length of abdomen ; abdominal appendages more

or less mutilated.

Long., excl. abdom. append., 35 mm.

eee EK. Centr. Africa: Ruwenzori (Scott Hiliot, Brit.

us.).

Ranatra cinnamomea, sp. n.

Cinnamon-brown ; abdomen above dull red, the connexivum

ochraceous ; anterior margin of head beneath black; pro-

notum beneath longitudinally fuscous ; metasternum ovate,

with its lateral margins incised; apex of membrane not

reaching the sixth abdominal segment; anterior femora with

a strong spine beyond middle; intermediate and posterior

femora about as long as the hemelytra and a little shorter

than the tibiee ; eyes large and prominent; pronotum about

half the length of abdomen; abdominal appendages much

longer than the body.

Long., excl. abdom. append., 38-39; length abdom.

append. 50 mm.

Hab. 8. Atrica: Pirie Bush (A. N. Stenning); Durban

(Brit. Mus.).

Ranatra varicolor, sp. n.

Fuscous brown; head ochraceous; about apical half of

pronotum, anterior cox, abdomen beneath, intermediate and

posterior legs piceous or black ; abdomen above dull red, its

apex piceous, the connexivum ochraceous ; hemelytra more or

less mottled with ochraceous ; metasternum oblong, centrally

depressed ; apex of membrane reaching the fifth abdominal

segment ; anterior femora mutilated ; intermediate and poste-

rior femora a little shorter than the hemelytra and also

shorter than the tibize ; eyes large and prominent ; pronotum

about half the length of abdomen; abdominal appendages

much longer than the body.

Se eEEss excl. abdom. append., 44; length abdom. append.

mm.

Hab, “South Africa” (Brit. Mus.).

Ranatra natalensis, sp. n.

Allied to R. varicolor, but differing by the unicolorous

hemelytra, head and legs concolorous; metasternum broadly

and promineutly centrally sulcate ; apex of abdomen brownish

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 5)

66 Mr. G. M. Thomson on a

ochraceous, not piceous; membrane reaching the base of the

fifth abdominal segment; intermediate and posterior femora

longer than the hemelytra, but shorter than the tibiz ;

pronotum about half the length of abdomen; abdominal

appendages mutilated.

Long., excl. abdom. append., 35 mm.

Hab. Natal: Durban (Brit. Mus.).

Ranatra sordidula.

Ranatra sordidula, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxi. p. 409 (1860).

Ranatra unicolor, Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. p. 452 (1874).

Synonymic Nore.

Philia jactator.

Philia jactator, St&l, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1854, p. 231.

Philia fenestrata, Bredd. Abh. Ges. Halle, xxiv. p. 35 (1901).

Mr. Kirkaldy showed me a cotype of Breddin’s species.

XI.—A new Family of Crustacea Isopoda.

By Grorce M. Tuomson, F.L.S.

[Plate I.]

In the ‘ Mission de l’Ie Campbell,’ published in 1885, the late

Dr. Filhol briefly described (p. 492) an Isopod obtained at

Stewart Island as Zdotea Stewarti, and figured it at pl. li.

figs. 8 and 9. The following is a translation of the very

brief description :—

“Inner antenne very short, 4-jointed; terminal joint

elongated, slightly enlarged in the middle. Its apex reaches

the end of the second joint of the outer antenne. ‘The latter

are 5-jointed ; their lower margin is furnished with numerous

harsh hairs. The three first pairs of feet increase in size

posteriorly ; their third, fourth, and fifth joints are furnished

with numerous hairs on their lower margins; the claws are

long, slender, recurved, and acute. The last segment is

elongated and rounded at its apex.”

Among some Crustacea received from my friend Dr. Chilton,

from Mr. H. Drew of Wanganui, were two dried specimens of

this species.

In 1900, during trawling-operations on the east coast of

new Family of Crustacea Isopoda. 67

this island (the south island of New Zealand), two more

specimens of this species were taken in about 40 fathoms.

A superficial examination satisfied me that the species was

not an /dotea at all, while a closer inspection showed that,

while belonging to the tribe Valvifera, it did not come under

any of the existing families—Idotheide, Arcturide, or Cheeti-

liidee—differing from them in the possession of a 3-jointed

palp on the mandibles. I have therefore to institute not only

a new genus, but a new family. At the suggestion of my

friend the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing I have named it Holo-

gnathus (6Xos and yva8os).

Tribe VALVIFERA.

Family Holognathide.

Resembles Idotheide in general appearance, but the

mandibles bear a 3-jointed palp.

Genus HOLOGNATHUS, nov.

Body elongated, depressed ; coxal plates well defined,

except in first segment of mesosome. Cephalon distinctly

divided into two parts by a transverse fissure; posterior

portion short. Abdomen 5-jointed, four small joints pre-

ceding the large terminal one. yes distinct, lateral.

Superior antenne 4-jointed; inferior antenne pediform,

flagellum 1-jointed. Mandibles strong, with the cutting-edge

produced into an acute lobe, molar tubercle well developed ;

palp 3-jointed. Maxille normal. Maxillipeds with a

5-jointed palp. Legs stout, somewhat uniform in structure ;

claw strong, hook-like, and unequally bidentate at the apex.

Anterior pairs of pleopoda with smooth broad lamelle; two

posterior pairs with setose branches. Uropoda lamellar,

valve-like ; outer part cut off by a transverse suture and

bearing a second setose plate on the inner face. Incubatory

pouch normal.

Holognathus Stewarti, Filhol. (Pl. I.)

1885. Idotea Stewarti, Filhol, Mission de 1 Tle Cainpbell, p. 492, pl. li.

figs. 8 & 9.

The body is elongated, that of the male being 40 mm. long

and 11 mm. broad, "of nearly even width throughout, con-

vexly rounded above.

‘The cephalon has the front margin nearly transverse, very

slightly hollowed in the middle, and slightly ee at the

68 On a new Family of Crustacea Isopoda.

infero-anterior angle; from below its front margin on the

median line there projects a small process which is separated

by a fissure from the acute ridge of the upper lip. On its

posterior margin the median line of the cephalon is received

into a deep indentation of the first segment of mesosome, and

it is distinctly divided into two articulations by a transverse

fissure.

The mesosome is nearly two thirds the length of the whole

body ; the first segment has no separate coxal plate; the

lates of the second to the fourth segments are short; on the

fifth to the seventh they are well developed and acutely

produced backwards.

The first segment of the mesosome is broad and is slightly

produced forwards at the sides; on the median line it is

hollowed to receive the cephalon, and on its dorsal surface it

bears a transverse suture like an imperfect articulation ; its

posterior margin is nearly transverse. The second, third, and

fourth segments are narrow, subequal in width, and trans-

verse; the fifth, sixth, and seventh are slightly broader.

The metasome shows five distinct joints, the first four

being very narrow, while the last is produced into a large

terminal piece, which is evenly rounded behind.

The eyes are placed obliquely near the antero-lateral margin

of the cephalon ; they are nearly linear in form and contain

several hundred facets.

The inner antennez are small and have a peduncle of three

joints, of which the basal is much the stoutest ; the flagellum

is 1-jointed and is nearly as long as the peduncle, and is

directed upwards. .

The outer antenne are 23 mm. in length and pediform.

They are 5-jointed, and bear a short 1-jointed flagellum,

which ends in a tuft of hairs.

The mandibles have a strong bidentate cutting-edge,

bearing a second much shorter lobe on the inner side; the

spine-row is short and carries 5 or 6 short curved spines ; the

molar tubercle is thick and strong; in front of the palp the

basal portion is produced into a rounded tooth.

The palp of the maxillipeds is 5-jointed, the terminal joint

being lamellate and rounded at the end.

The legs are strong and are furnished along the lower sides

of the merus, ischium, and carpus with thick tufts of hairs.

The first three pairs are directed forwards and are thickly

fringed on the lower margins of their joints with these harsh

hairs ; the dactyla are long, slender, and curved, and end in

the usual brown spines, which are furnished with a short

spine at their base. The fourth pair of legs are quite short,

On the Body-cavities &c. of the Actinotrocha. 69

the last five joints being much contracted and furnished on

their inferior outer margins with rows of short pectinate

spines. The fifth to seventh pairs are directed backwards

and increase in length posteriorly ; they have strongly curved

dactyla.

The uropoda are large, lamellar, and valve-like, folding

over and almost completely covering the abdominal cavity ;

the posterior third is cut off by a transverse suture, forming a

separate plate, which on its inner side bears a smaller fringed

plate; these two branches thus complete the valvular flaps.

On opening out the uropods five pairs of pleopoda, each

with two well-developed oblong plates all closely folded over

one another, are displayed. The plates of the first two pairs

are thickly fringed with fine sete on the margins; those of

the last three pairs are simply branchial.

Hab. As already noted, this species has been obtained at

Stewart Island (no special locality or depth given), at

Timaru in 40 fathoms, and (presumably) at or near Wanganui

in the North Island.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Holognathus Stewarti, Filhol.

Fig. 1. Animal, dorsal view, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Ditto, lateral view, nat. size.

Fig, 3. Inner antenna.

vg. 4. Outer antenna.

Fig. 5. Upper lip.

Fig. 6. Lower lip.

Fig. 7. Left mandible.

Fig. 8. Right mandible, from inside.

Fig. 9. Ditto, from outside.

Fig. 10, First maxilla.

Fig. 11. Second maxilla,

Fig. 12. Maxillipeds,

Fig. 13. Uropod.

XII.— Origin and Fate of the Body-cavities and the Nephridia

of the Actinotrocha. By R. P. Cowes, Ph.D., Adam T.

Bruce Fellow in Zoology, Johns Hopkins University,

Baltimore, Md.*

Since 1846, when J. Miiller discovered Acténotrocha bran-

chiata, many investigators have turned their attention to the

anatomy and development of Phoronis ; but it is only within

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circular, April 1904,

pp. 28-37.

70 Dr. R. P. Cowles on the Body-cavities and

the last twenty-five years that a more or less careful exam-

ination of the internal anatomy of the larvee and adults of this

most interesting animal has been made.

During this time quite a number of papers have been

written on the embryology of several species of Phoronis, and

these are remarkable for the great disagreements concerning

certain fundamental facts in the development. However, the

conflicting nature of these descriptions, it seems to me, is

probably very largely due to specific differences.

The above accounts, together with attempts to trace a

relationship between Phoronis and the Chordates, or even the

Vertebrates, through the Actinotrocha, have stimulated in-

vestigation, with the result that within the last two years

several papers have appeared which practically agree on

ceitain important points of special theoretical interest.

Body-cavities.—Reference to the literature published on

the larval body-cavities of the Actinotrocha shows that our

knowledge is in a very perplexing state. One investigator

finds a single body-cavity, others tell us there are two, another

describes three body-cavities, and one worker claims that

there are five.

Roule is the only investigator who considers the Actino-

trecha to have but one body-cavity. He denies the presence

of any mesenteries in the larva of Phoronis Sabatiert, and

says that the lining of the body-cavity has its origin from

mesenchymatous cells which arise partly from the endoderm

and partly from the ‘ bandelettes mesoblastiques ” (nephridial

it).

, I have been able to examine the Actinotroche of P. Sabatiert

through the kindness of M. Mare de Sélys-Longchamps, and

have tound that there is a mesentery present along the line of

the tentacles as in other species, but that it is not very highly

developed. With the material at hand I am unable to give

any opinion as to the presence of a mesentery anterior to

this one.

Caldwell, from a study of the development of Phoronis

Kowalevskii, finds that the Acténotrocha has but two body-

cavities, separated from one another by a mesentery which is

inserted along the line of the bases of the tentacles. This

investigator claims that the mesoderm arises partly from

archenteric diverticula bilaterally placed immediately back of

the blastopore, partly from the walls of the archenteron

posterior to this, and partly from the posterior pits (nephridial

pit), which he considers to be of endodermal origin.

Longchamps, who has recently studied the same form,

denies that archenteric diverticula exist. He recognizes a

—

the Nephridia of the Actinotrocha. 71

transverse mesentery inserted along the line of the bases of

the tentacles, a ventral mesentery in the posterior body-cavity,

and an incomplete transverse mesentery separating the hood

from the rest of the body. ‘This latter, however, be believes

is a secondary structure, and so considers the Actinotrocha to

have two body-cavities—one in front of the mesentery along

the line of the tentacles, and one back of this.

The lining of the former he finds has its origin from meso-

derm-cells arising in a diffuse manner from the walls of the

archenteron ; the lining of the latter, he seems to think, may

arise from cells of the nephridial pits.

Menon’s paper deals only with the full-grown Actinotrocha,

and his study leads him to believe that this creature has three

body-cavities, separated from one another by two complete

transverse mesenteries corresponding to the incomplete

mesentery and the mesentery along the line of the tentacles

of which Longchamps speaks. He also recognizes the exist-

ence of a ventral mesentery and indications of a dorsal

mesentery in the posterior body-cavity.

Masterman, from a study of the early stages in the deve-

lopment of P. Buskii, considers that five body-cavities are

represented in the Actinotrocha—one median anterior and

two pairs of body-cavities back of this one. According to

his account of the anatomy of the Actinotrocha, however,

there are but three body-cavities, which he calls the preoral,

collar-, and trunk-cavities. He describes the same mesen-

teries that Menon speaks of, and beside these a dorsal mesentery

in the collar-cavity.

Ikeda’s description of the body-cavities of the Japanese

Actinotroche is of special interest because he is the first to

describe a mesodermal sac arising immediately in front of the

mesentery along the line of the tentacles. This sac makes its

appearance rather late in the life of the larva and, after meta-

morphosis, gives rise to the lining of the supraseptal cavity of

the adult. Ikeda finds the same mesenteries in the Actino-

irocha that Longchamps does, and also describes the mesentery

back of the preoral lobe as incomplete. He has scarcely

anything to say concerning the origin of the mesenteries, but

he finds that the mesoderm arises, in part at least, from two

bilaterally placed archenteric diverticula.

Goodrich has recently published a paper on the body-

cavities of the Actinotrocha, and his observations confirm

those of Ikeda.

From the above review of the recent literature on the

body-cavities and mesenteries of the Actinotrocha it is seen

that all but Roule, and possibly Caldwell, recognize the

72 Dr. R. P. Cowles on the Body-cavities and

presence of a mesentery between the cavity of the preoral

lobe and that of the collar. Longchamps, Ikeda, and Good-

rich agree that this structure is incomplete, and the former

considers it to be asecondary structure. Menon, and probably

Masterman, on the other hand, consider it to be a complete

mesentery.

I have studied the two Actcnotroche found in the harbour

of Beaufort, North Carolina, and I am inclined to think that

one of these is the Actinotrocha of Phoronis architecta. In

both species there is an incomplete mesentery between the

preoral lobe and the collar-cavities and a complete one

between the collar- and trunk-cavities. The trank-cavity

contains a ventral mesentery, and in one species indications

of a dorsal mesentery, but there is no sign of a dorsal mesen-

tery such as Masterman describes for the collar-cavity.

There seems to be more or less inclination on the part of

those who have investigated the Actinotrocha since the appear-

ance of Masterman’s paper to doubt the correctness of the

latter’s observation as to the five-fold origin of the body-

cavities from the enteron.

Sagittal section through gastrula of Phoronis architecta, x 704.

g-, ganglion ; 0./., blastopore ; m.p.s., mesodermal preoral sac.

I do not find that the origin of the mesoderm in Phoronis

architecta agrees with Masterman’s account for Phoronis

Buskit, nor do I find that the mesoderm arises from archenteric

diverticula. My observations agree more closely with those

—

the Nephridia of the Actinotrocha. 73

of Longchamps, but we differ concerning the origin of the

lining of the preoral lobe and the lobe-collar mesentery.

As in the form studied by Longchamps, the anterior and.

lateral borders of the blastopore are most active in giving

rise to mesoderm-cells, and in the gastrula-stage, where the

blastopore-lips have closed up somewhat, the mesoderm-cells

which have arisen from the anterior border of the blastopore

become arranged into a definite sac (fig. 1). Later this sac

bends around the anterior end of the archenteron, so as to

become horseshoe-shaped, and its anterior wall becomes the

lining of the preoral lobe, while its posterior wall becomes

the lobe-collar mesentery. At this stage the latter is complete,

and it remains so until the preoral lobe begins to take on the

shape of the hood. The larva of Phoronis architecta is an

exceptionally favourable one for studying the origin of this

mesentery, because of the spacious blastoccel, and there is not

the least doubt but that it is a definite structure and that it

has not a secondary origin.

In the larva of Phoronis architecta the lining of the collar-

segment does not arise as it does in the preoral lobe. It has

its origin largely, or possibly entirely, from isolated mesoderm-

cells, which come trom the lateral lips of the blastopore.

These cells, however, do not form a complete lining to the

collar-cavity, but arrange themselves on the somatic wall,

leaving at least the lateral and ventral walls of the stomach

free from any lining. This condition continues throughout

the life of the Actinotrocha (fig. 2). The early stages that

we have been considering show no sign of the mesentery

which is found between the collar- and trunk-cavities of the

fully-formed Actinotrocha. In fact, the trunk-segment does

not exist at this time.

Iam still in doubt as to the origin of the lining of the

trunk-cavity and also as to the manner in which the mesen-

tery arises between the latter and the collar-cavity. In larvee

with two pairs of tentacles the trunk-cavity is not present,

but in larve with the beginnings of four pairs of tentacles it

makes its appearance. ‘lhis stage in the development of the

Actinotrocha of Phoronis architecta is very difficult to obtain,

however, and I have never taken but one specimen (fig. 3).

Longchamps has called attention to a figure of a young

Actinotrocha in Hatschek’s ‘ Lehrbuch’ which shows the

lining of the trunk-segment arising from two ccelomic sacs.

Hatschek does not describe the origin of these sacs, but

Longchamps asks whether or not the lining of the trunk-

cavity may not arise from part of the “ diverticule ecto-

blastique ” (nephridial pit).

74 Dr. R. P. Cowles on the Body-cavities and

I believe that the cavity of the trunk is formed in the

following manner:—As the tentacles grow out and increase

in number the posterior region of the larva about the rectum

increases greatly in length. In doing the latter the meso-

dermal lining of the collar is drawn away from the somatic

Vig. 2.—Longitudinal section through young larva, not quite sagittal,

x 704. ¢.c., collar-cavity; g., ganglion; m.', mesentery be-

tween lobe- and collar-cavities ; ”.p., nephridial pit ; p.0.c., cavity

of preoral lobe.

Fig. 5.—Young larva of Phoronis architecta ; three pairs of tentacles and

beginnings of the fourth pair, x 225. .¢., collar-cavity ; e2-c.,

excretory cells; g., ganglion; 2.', mesentery between lobe- and

collar-cavities; m.*, mesentery between collar- and trunk-

cavities; ¢., tentacle; ¢.c., cavity of trunk.

wall in the region back of the tentacular band, and a cavity

is left containing the rectum, part of the stomach, and the

proximal part of the nephridial diverticula. At the same

time this is taking place certain cells, which may have their

origin from the base of the nephridial diverticula, give rise to

the lining of the cavity of the trunk. As to the manner of

the origin of these cells, I am still in doubt. I have not been

able to find two ccelomic sacs which Hatschek has figured,

and I have hunted for them in larve where the diverticula

the Nephridia of the Actinotrocha. 75

are just beginning to form and also in larve with two, four,

and six tentacles. In one specimen with two tentacles,

however, I have found an arrangement of mesodermal cells

on the dorsal side of the intestine which seems to be the

beginning of a sac; this, however, is not paired. Whether

or not this sac and its cavity give rise to the lining and

cavity of the trunk I cannot say, for I have found but a single

specimen in which this condition exists (fig. 4).

One thing is certain—the fully developed trunk-cavity of

the Actinotrocha has a distinct mesodermal lining, consisting

of a somatic and a splanchnic layer (fig. 5). As far as I

know, all Actinotroche have a ventral mesentery ; this tends

to support the view that the lining of the cavity of the trunk

has its origin in a sac which grows around the rectum and

posterior part of the stomach. Whether or not the fact that

there is an indication of a dorsal mesentery in the posterior

region of some of the fully developed Acténotroche (tig. 5)

has any bearing on the double origin of the cavity of the

trunk I cannot say, for I have never seen the very young

larve of these forms.

Besides the larval body-cavities there is a mesodermal sac

discovered by Ikeda, which arises between the mesodermal

lining of the collar-cavity and the ventral ectoderm at a rather

late stage in the development of the Actinotrocha (fig. 5). I

have nothing to add to Ikeda’s description of this structure, the

cavity of which becomes the supraseptal cavity of the adult.

My observations on the fate of the body-cavities and

mesenteries of the Actinotrocha agree with those of Ikeda.

The preoral lobe and the lobe-collar mesentery are lost during

metamorphosis, the collar-cavity and its lining become the

ring-vessel of the adult, the cavity of the mesodermal sac

between the mesodermal lining of the collar-cavity and the

ventral ectoderm becomes the supraseptal cavity of the adult,

the trunk-cavity, including the cavity of the ventral pouch,

is transformed into the infraseptal body-cavity, and the

mesentery between the collar- and trunk-cavities becomes

the transverse septum of the adult.

Nephridia.—Caldwell was the first to describe the nephridia

of the Acténotrocha, although earlier investigators saw the

bunches of excretory cells at the ends of the nephridial canals.

The account which Caldwell gives us is very brief, but he

makes the observation that the nephridial canals end blindly

within the collar-cavity.

Longchamps’s view agrees with that of Caldwell, while

Masterman and Menon find that the nephridial canals of the

Actinotrocha open into the collar-cavity through one or more

76 Dr. R. P. Cowles on the Body-cavities and

Fig. 4.—Longitudinal section through larva with two tentacles, x 704.

c.c., collar-cavity ; c.t.r., ciliated tentacular ring; g., ganglion ;

m.', mesentery between lobe- and collar-cavities: «., indication

of a mesodermal sac,

Fig. 5.—Longitudinal section through an Actinotrocha from Beaufort

Harbour, x 112. a.c.c., adult collar-cavity ; b.c., blood-cor-

puscles; ¢.c., larval collar-cavity ; d.m., indication of dorsal

mesentery; d.v., dorsal blood-vessel ; g., ganglion ; m.', mesen-

tery between lobe- and collar-cavities ; m.*, mesentery between

collar- and trunk-cavities ; p.0.c., preoral body-cavity ; p.1. peri-

anal ring ; p.s., perianal sinus ; sen.p., sensory papilla; t.c., trunk-

cavity ; v.m., ventral mesentery ; v.p., ventral pouch,

the Nephridia of the Actinotrocha. 77

funnels. Ikeda and Roule, on the other hand, tell us that

they end blindly.

Goodrich has recently published a paper on the nephridia

of the Actinotrocha, and has given a very complete and accu-

rate description of their anatomy. My observations on these

organs for two different species of Actcnotroche confirm his

work in nearly every detail. I find that the nephridial canal

does not open by funnels into the collar-cavity, but that it

ends in a thin-walled bulb, from the surface of which many

thin-walled tubular processes or excretory cells radiate (fig. 6).

Longitudinal section through nephridinm of an Actinotrocha from Beaufort

Harbour, xX 1200. ea.c., excretory canal; ea.p., excretory

process ; 7i., flagellum ; neph.c., nephridial canal.

These are really continuations of the blind end of the

nephridial canal, and the lumen of each process is continuous

proximally with that of the latter, but distally it is closed by

a cell-like structure possessing one or more nuclei (fig. 6, ew.c.).

Each tubular process contains a flagellum which arises from

the cell at the tip of the former. Goodrich claims that there

78 Bibliographical Notice.

is but one nucleus at the end of each process, but I find in

the Actinotrocha of Phoronts architecta that there may be

two. (This conclusion is not drawn from bent nuclei, although

I admit that such exist.) .

It is, 1 think, a fairly well-established fact that the posterior

pit (fig. 2, n.p.) and its wall become transformed into the

nephridial canals of the Actcnotrocha, and if we assume that

the pit is of ectodermal origin, which seems to be the case in

Phoronis architecta, we may say that the canals are of ecto-

dermal origin. There is still some doubt as to whether the

tubular processes or excretory cells arise from the blind ends

of the nephridial canals, or whether they represent mesoderm-

cells which have become applied to the wall in that region.

Ikeda describes such mesoderm-cells, but I have never seen

them in the larvee of Phoronis architecta. In fact, all the

observations that I have made lead me to believe that the

excretory cells arise from the blind ends of the nephridial

canals.

The nephridia which Masterman says exist in the preoral

lobe are not present in either of the Acténotroche from

Beaufort Harbour, nor are there any nephridia (Masterman

now denies the existence of these) in the region of the perianal

ring.

During metamorphosis, as Ikeda has described, the excre-

tory cells and a large part of the nephridial canals are lost,

and the great changes which take place in the relation of the

different parts causes their openings to be brought closer to

the anal region. [I am not prepared to say, however, that

they become the nephridial pores of the adult.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Monograph of the Coccidee of the British Isles. By Rosert New-

strap, Curator of the Grosvenor Museum, Chester. Vol. I.

pp. xii, 220; pls. A-E, 1-34... Vol. Il. pp. vii, 270; pls. F,

35-75. London: printed for the Ray Society, 1901 & 1903.

Sryce the first publications of the Ray Society appeared in 1844,

the Society has published a long series of valuable monographs,

chiefly, but not exclusively, dealing with the Fauna of the British

Islands ; and the concluding volume of Mr. Newstead’s great work

on the Coccide has just appeared, under the management of Mr. John

Hopkinson, F.L.8., who succeeded to the post of Secretary on the

death of Rey. Prof. Wiltshire last year.

The Coccide, or Scale-Insects, are extremely destructive in gardens,

Geological Society. 79

orchards, and greenhouses, but within the last few years have been

comparatively neglected by entomologists ; and before the appearance

of the present work almost the only recent information relating to

the British species was to be found in papers by Mr. J. W. Douglas

and Mr, R. Newstead in successive volumes of the ‘ Entomologist’s

Monthly Magazine.’ In the exhaustive and beautifully illustrated

volumes before us Mr. Newstead deals with eighty-eight British

species and four varieties. Many of these are doubtless introduced,

for Coccide are very liable to be carried from one country to

another with plants, to which the gravid apterous females firmly

attach themselves, covering their eggs with their own dead bodies,

whereas the males are very delicately formed and fragile winged

insects.

Outside Europe the Coccide have been more especially studied in

North America, Ceylon, and New Zealand; and very recently

Mrs. Maria E. Fernald, A.M., has published a Catalogue of the

Coccide of the World, as Bulletin no. 8 of the Hatch Experiment

Station of the Massachusetts Agricultural College, in which she

enumerates 1514 species. ‘There can be no question but that the

existing number of species is very much larger—how much larger it

would be futile even to hazard a guess at present.

Mr. Newstead’s first volume includes a good deal of introductory

matter, under such headings as life-history and metamorphoses ;

natural products; migration, distribution, acclimatization, &c.; natural

enemies ; collecting and preserving, methods of prevention and

remedies; insecticides, &c.; and the monograph of the subfamily

Diaspinee. The second yolume contains the monographs of the

subfamilies Conchaspinz, Lecaniinz, Hemicoccine, Dactylopiine,

Coccinz, Ortheziine, and Monophlebine, four other subfamilies

(the Tachardiine, Idiococcine, Brachysceline, and Margarodine)

being at present unrepresented in the British Isles.

Many Coccidee exude a large amount of waxy matter, often taking

the form of regular lamin, as may be seen very conspicuously on

the last two plates of Mr. Newstead’s book.

All Coccide are not injurious, and several foreign specics yield

valuable products, such as cochineal, wax, and lac; while others

yield honey-dew, and some species are domesticated by ants.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

April 27th, 1904.—J. E. Marr, Sc.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On a New Species of Hoscorpius from the Upper Carboniferous

Rocks of Lancashire.’ By Walter Baldwin, Esq., F'.G.8., and William

Henry Sutcliffe, Esq., F.G.5.

‘The specimen described was found in an ironstone-nodule occurring

80 Miscellaneous.

on a fairly well-marked horizon, about 135 feet above the Royley

Mine (or Arley Mine) coal-seam, at Sparth Bottoms, about half a mile

south-west of Rochdale Town-Hall. The nodules occur in a band

of blue shale, in which are well-preserved remains of Carbonicola

acuta, ferns, Calamaria, Prestwichia rotundata, and Bellinurus

bellulus. The animal is well represented by both the intaglio and

relievo impressions: these, however, only show its dorsal aspect.

A description of the specimen is given, and it is referred to a new

species. Dr. Peach is of opinion that, like the recent scorpions,

the ancient species visited the sea-shore in search of the eggs of

invertebrates left bare by the tides, and the association of this

new scorpion with king-crabs at Sparth Bottoms is in favour of

this view. The specimen has been presented to the Manchester

Museum.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on Hinulia pardalis of Macleay.

By G. A. Bourznesr, F.R.S.

Tue lizard which bears this name was so imperfectly described by

Macleay in 1877 (Journ. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ii. p. 62), from a

collection made at Katow, New Guinea, that, when revising the

Scincide in 1887, I could refer to it only in a footnote (Cat. Liz.

li. p. 209) appended to the general synonymy of the genus

Lygosoma.

' I have now received, through the kindness of Mr. S. J. Johnston,

of the Technological Museum, Sydney, a specimen collected by

Mr, A. E. Finckh on Lizard Island, Queensland, which, he informs

me, he has compared with the type of Hinulia pardalis in the

Macleay Museum, University of Sydney, and found identical with

it. From this specimen I conclude that 4. pardalis is the same as

Lygosoma elegantulum, Peters & Doria (Ann. Mus. Genova, xiii.

1878, p. 344), and, as the former name has priority, I propose in

future to designate this rather common species as Lygosoma

pardalis, Macleay.

nn Tes.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES]

No. 80. AUGUST 1904.

XIIT.—On some Echinothurids from Japan and the Indian

Ocean. By Dr. Tut. Morrensen, Copenhagen.

[Plates II.-V.]

In the autumn of 1902 Professor I’. Jeffrey Bell sent me six

specimens of Japanese Kchinothurids, asking me to examine

them. I found them to belong to three different genera

and species, two specimens of each. One of them proved

to he an interesting new species of Arcosoma, the two others

to be identical with the two species described by Yoshiwara,

Asthenosoma iimat and A. longispinum, two species as yet

insufficiently known, so that I had to leave it undecided in my

revision of the Echinothuride in the ‘ Ingolf’ Echinoidea *

to which genus they should be referred. ‘lhe collection thus

proved to be of considerable interest. Knowing, however,

that Dr. de Meijere was about to treat some closely related

forms in the ‘Siboga’ KEchinoidea, I thought it better to

postpone examining the little collection till de Meijere’s

work had appeared, and Professor Bell willingly agreed to

my proposition, As that eminent work has now appeared,

no further delay is needed.

Meantime I have likewise received for examination four

specimens of Japanese Echinothurids from the Museum of

* The Danish ‘Ingolf’ Expedition, iv. 1, Echinoidea, i. (1903),

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv, 6

82 Dr. Th. Mortensen on some Echinothurids

Hamburg belonging to the new Ar@osoma-species and to

Asthenosoma vjimai, two specimens of each. All these

specimens, those from Hamburg as well as those from

the British Museum, were taken by the same collector,

Mr. Owsten, in the Sagami Sea at_a depth of 50 fathoms.

Further, I foundamong a collection of Bchinids sent me for

examination by Professor S. F. Harmer, of Cambridge, some

specimens of a hitherto unknown species of Phormosoma.

Having learnt from Professor Déderlein that this species is

not represented among the collections of the ‘ Valdivia’

Expedition, I thonght it desirable to describe it also on

this occasion. The specimens were taken (1892) by the

‘Investigator’ in the Bay of Bengal at a depth of 678

fathoms. With the permission of Prof. A. Alcock, Prof. R.

Koehler (who will work ont the Echinids of the ‘ Investi-

gator’), and Prof. 8. F. Harmer, the species is described

here under the name of Phormosoma verticillatum, sp. n., the

name indicating the most prominent feature of the species,

viz. the curious verticillated primary abactinal spines.

The new species of Araosoma, which, according to the

wish of Professor Bell, J name A. Owsten/, in honour of the

collector, is especially. interesting on account of its primitive

“‘tetradactyle” pedicellarie. As regards Mr. Yoshiwara’s

two species, one (Asthenosoma ijimaz) proves really to belong

to the genus Asthenosoma as limited by me in the ‘ Ingolt?

Echinoidea, the other (Asthenosoma longispinum) to the

genus Calveria, and it can even scarcely be doubted that it is

identical with Calveria gracilis (Agass.).

1. Arwosoma Owsten?, sp. n.

(PI. II. figs. 1,2; Pl. V. figs. 4-9, 11, 18-20.)

The test is rather flexible, of the usual low form; the edge

is rounded, the actinal side flat. (By filling it with spirit

through the anal opening under a moderate pressure the

test assumes its natural form ; a specimen of 140 mm. diameter

was thus found to be 65 mm. high.)

The apical area is rather small (24 mm. in the specimen

of 140 mm. diameter), of the usual Echinothurid type, the

genital and ocular plates being widely separated. The

genital plates are rather elongate; the genital openings are

large, covered by a distinct papilla; they are situated in

the middle of the plate. The madreporic plate is distinctly

larger than the other genital plates; the pores do not spread

over the neighbouring plates. ‘The genital and ocular plates,

as well as the numerous small anal “plates, are covered with

spines. The inner anal plates not distinctly elongate,

entannnsiecutlll

from Japan and the Indian Ocean. 83

The interambulacral areas are twice as broad as the ambu-

lacral. On the actinal side there is a rather regular series

of large tubercles along the outer edge of the area and

another more irregular series along the median part of the

plates. A large intermediate tubercle is found on the plates

near the ambitus, and on all the plates except a few of the

adoral ones there are some medium-sized tubercles, forming

an indistinct horizontal row on each plate. Several small

tubercles are placed between the larger ones; they may be

arranged along the inner and outer edge of the plates, but

mostly they are irregularly distributed. The scrobicular areas

are rather deep, provided along the edge with a circle of smalf

depressions, a feature not known to me in any other Echino-

thurid. The membranous interstices (the sutures) between

the plates are rather large; they can be seen only when the

epidermis has been removed; they are directed a little

adorally at the inner and outer end (Pl. II. fig. 1). The

extension of the lapping of the plates is visible only from

the inside of the test, so that, not having opened any of the

specimens, I.cannot give any particulars. On the abactinal

side the tubercles are few, smaller, and quite irregularly

placed. The sutures between the plates rise obliquely from

the median line of the area.

In the ambulacra] areas there is, on the actinal side, a large

tubercle on the inner half of the large component, but only on

every second plate, or even more distant; these tubercles do

not form a very regular longitudinal series. Some smaller

tubercles are placed irregularly on the ambulacral plates, at

the inner edge or in the outer part, between the pores. The

edges of the plates irregular, the plates widening where the

large tubercles are placed. On the abactinal side the

tubercles are very few and small, irregularly placed. The

pores are very conspicuous, forming three rather distinct

longitudinal series. ‘Towards the apical area they are more

irregularly placed, forming sometimes ares of four, and it can

scarcely be doubted that some of these plates have really four

pairs of pores—a fact of no small interest, indicating that also

in the family Echinothuride multigeminate pores may occur

(comp. Lelanechinus).

The plates of the actinostome do not present peculiar

features.

The primary spines of the abactinal side are evidently

rather variable in length; in one of the specimens from

Hamburg they are more than 25 mm. long (I have seen none

unbroken), in the specimen figured they are more slender

and have evidently been shorter; they are smooth and

84 Dr. Th. Mortensen on some Echinothurids

straight. The secondary spines are provided with a poison-

gland at the point. The primary actinal spines are rather

short and robust, curved and thorny, ending in a rather large

white hoof; those on the actinostome are flattened at the

point, without hoof, otherwise thorny as the primary actinal

spines. The secondary spines of the actinal side are likewise

thorny, but quite small; smooth ones are also found, those

near the ambitus provided with a poison-gland at the point.

Transverse sections show the primary actinal spines to be

almost compact; the abactinal ones are hollow as usual.

The pedicellariz are of three kinds, viz. “ tetradactyle,”

tridentate, and triphyllous. The tetradactyle pedicellariz

(Pl. V. figs. 4-6), which occur only on the actinal side,

are very interesting, being evidently of a rather primitive

form. They are three-valved, asisalso the case in A. tessed-

latum (de Meijere, ‘Siboga’ Echinoidea, p. 35) ; but whereas

in the latter species the valves are of the same beautiful

highly finished structure as in those of A. fenestratum and

cortaceum, they are here quite irregular, mostly unsymmetri-

cally developed ; even the stalk-shaped lower part of the blade

is irregularly constructed, At the base of the valves are three

rather large glands placed between the valves; they open

through a pore at their-uj perend. The head of these pedicel-

Jari is a little more than 1 mm, long, the whole length of

the pedicellaria being c.3 mm. ‘They do not seem to occur

in one of the specimens from the Hamburg Museum; on the

other hand, the tridentate pedicellariz are very numerous in

that specimen.

The tridentate pedicellaria (PI. V. figs. 8, 9, 18-20) are

of one kind only, all intermediate forms uniting the rather

different-looking extreme forms; the large form of triden-

tate pedicellarize found in other species of Ara@osoma is not

represented in this species. ‘They are rather variable in size,

the largest reaching c. 25 mm. (head), In the smaller

ones the valves join in their whole length; the edge is

strongly sinuate and extremely finely serrate. There is a

distinct longitudinal toothed keel in the blade, in continuation

of the apophysis, and a meshwork fills out the bottom at

the sides of it (PI. V. figs. 18,19). In quite small ones

the edge is almost straight or with a few indistinct sinuations

in the lower part, and the keel is short or wanting. In the

larger ones (PI. V. figs. 8, 20) the valves do not join in their

whole length, but are separate for about the lower third part ;

the keel is indistinct. The neck is short, the stalk of the

usual irregular structure.

The triphyllous pedicellaria (Pl. V. fig. 7) are elongate,

from Japan and the Indian Ocean. 85

narrow, generally with a series of holes in the median line of

the cover-plate.

Spheeridiz are found on both sides, wanting only on the

two or three plates nearest to the apical area. They do not

present peculiar features.

The spicules (Pl. V. fig. 11) of the actinal tube-feet are

rather large, irregular, thorny, fenestrated plates, arranged in

four longitudinal series. ‘The sucking-disk is well developed.

The abactinal tube-feet are large and prominent, with neither

sucking-disk nor spicules.

The test is of a faint flesh-colour (“‘incarnatus”) *, in two-

of the specimens rather pale. ‘The spines of the abactinal

side are greenish, those of the actinal side whitish ; they are

not ringed.

In my work on the ‘Ingolf’? Echinoidea I stated + that

the tetradactylous pedicellariz must probably be derived from

the tridentate ones; de Meijere (‘ Siboga’ Hchinoidea, p. 35)

thinks it more probable that they are derived from the

ophicephalous form. It does not seem to me very probable

that they be developed from either of these forms. There is,

indeed, nothing in the structure of the tetradactylous pedi-

cellarize which points in either direction, and I do not see

why they cannot represent a special form of pedicellaria,

developed independently of the other forms. By their

glands (such are evidently also found in the most developed

forms, those of A. fenestratum and coriaceum) they remind us

of the globiferous pedicellariz in other regular Mchinids, and

they must certainly be regarded as analogous, if not homolo-

gous, with the globiferous pedicellaria. The form of pedi-

cellaria in Hapalosoma described by me in the ‘ Ingolf’

Kchinoidea (p. 55) as a primitive globiferous pedicellaria,

not seeing its relation to the tetradacty!lous pedicellaria,

cannot, of course, any longer be regarded as a primitive form,

now that the three-valved ‘ tetradactylous” pedicellarie of

A. tessellatum and A, Owstent have been made known. As

rightly pointed out by de Meijere, it must be regarded as a

case of extreme development, in which the valves have become

rudimentary and the glands excessively developed.

The form of these curious tetradactylous pedicellariz shows

such gradual changes that it seems reasonable to regard

A. Owsteni as the most primitive of the species of Ar@osoma ;

the fact that the largest form of tridentate pedicellaria is

* Saccardo, ‘Chromotaxia,’ ii. ed. (1894).

+ According to de Meijere. I am unable to find the place where the

statement occurs, but I dare not deny that I really made it.

86 Dr. Th. Mortensen on some Echinothurids

wanting in this species is in accordance therewith. A more

advanced stage is shown by A. tessellatum, whereas the

exquisite form of tetradactylous pedicellarize found in A. fenes-

tratum and cortaceum assigns to these species the highest

place in this series of species. The “ tetradactylous”’ pedi-

cellariz of Hapalosoma show this genus to be derived from a

form with three-valved “ tetradactylous” pedicellarie, like

A. Owsteni, The relations of these forms may be graphi-

cally shown thus :—

Al. fenestratum. A, coriaceum,

x ‘

\ / Hapalosoma pellucidum.

te ;

A, tessellatum. 4 |

| Y Ze

oat

Hes

uae

A, Owstent.

De Meijere (‘Siboga’ Echinoidea, p. 36) finds in two of

his specimens of A. tessellatum the small form of tridentate

pedicellariz identical with those found by me (‘ Ingolf’

Echinoidea, p. 52, pl. xiv. fig. 20) in the specimen from

‘Challenger’? St. 219 referred by Agassiz to Calveria

(“ Asthenosoma”) gracilis; in the other specimens they are

hike those of the type specimen (‘Ingolf? Ech. pl. xiv.

fig. 15): “Es fragt sich da ob dasselbe nicht mit dem

ervadhnten Exemplar der St. 219 identisch wire”; he

suggests that this specimen is only a badly preserved specimen

of A. tessellatum. ‘Through the kindness of Professor F,

Jeffrey Bell the specimen in question was sent to Copen-

hagen, so that I have been able to examine it closely, and

can give figures of it (Pl. 1V. figs. 3, 4). It is a young

specimen (30 mm. diameter), without genital openings, not

very badly preserved, the structure of the test being even

excellently seen ; but of pedicellarize no more can be found

than what I have already made known in my ‘ Ingolf’ work;

the spines are all broken. The actinal side is like the inner

part of the actinal side of the type specimen of A, tessellatum,

as figured in ‘Challenger’? Ech. (pl. xix.a. fig. 1), with a

primary tubercle at the outer end of each interambulacral

from Japan and the Indian Ocean. 87

plate and only small tubercles on the rest of the plate. The

ambulacral plates carry no large tubereles. The abactinal

side differs rather strikingly from that of the type (Chall.

Keh. pl. xix. b. fig. 2), there ‘being a distinct primary tubercle

on every second interambulacral pk ate, forming a conspicuous

regular vertical series. The membranous interstices between

the plates are distinct; the plates are not obliquely

directed, as in the type, but quite regularly horizontal. The

same holds good for the ambulacral plates, which have only

a few larger tubercles. The pores are arranged as in the

type specimen of ¢esse/latum. ‘The differences in the test,

together with that in the pedicellaria, wonld not seem to

justify de Meijere*s view that it is a young A, tessellatum.

owever, as [ have no material of this species, I do not

venture to pronounce a definite opinion, but shall be content

with giving the above particulars of the specimen in question.

2. eee qimat, Yoshiwara.

(PI. III. figs. 1,2; Pl. V. tigs. 1-3, 10, 12-14.)

Asthenosoma wimat, Yoshiwara, 1897, “On Two new Species of

Asthenosoma from the Sea of Sagami,” Annotationes Zool. Japon. 1,

p. 8, ph. ii, figs. 8-12.

Lhe four specimens before me agree very well with the

description given by Yoshiwara. [Figures are here given of

the species from photographs, the figures given by Yoshiwara

being rather unsatisfactory. Otlierwise I need not add

any thing to the description of the structure of the test, except

of the “madreporic plate. According to ghee it is

“‘ divided into four separate pieces of unequal size, the largest

occupying the normal position,” a feature which he thinks

is merely an individual abnormality. It cannot properly be

said that the madreporic plate is divided; it is the madreporic

pores which have spread over the neighbouring plates, a

feature known also in A. varium (Doderlein and de Loriol),

and upon the whole not very seldom occurring among Nehinids,

It is seen in all the four specimens, and must thus certainly be

regarded as a normal feature.

Of the pedicellariz, Yoshiwara only says he has found two

kinds, one large and long-headed, the other small, long-

stemmed, and trifid”; no figures are given. As in the other

species of Asthenosoma, only tridentate and triphyllous pedi-

cellariazs occur, Of the trideutate ones I find only two forms,

corresponding to the larger and smaller form of the other

species of this genus (comp. ‘Ingolt’? Kchinoidea, p. 49). In

the larger form Ce Vs figs: 2, 12) (head up-to 2°2 mm.)

88 Dr, Th. Mortensen on some Echinodeais

the valves are apart, though not so widely as in A. vartum

and Grubed (in A. urens and heteractis* this form of pedicel-

Jaria is not known), joining only at the point. The edge of

the outer part is a little sinuate, thus faintly indicating the large

sinuations found here in the other species (comp. ‘ Ingolf’?

Ech, pl. xiv. fig. 7) ; in the pedicellariz from the actinal side,

however, tle sinuations are more developed, but only the

outer one on each side, two deep sinuations being never found

as in the other species. ‘These pedicellariz thus afford a very

distinct character for this species. The blade is filled with a

coarse meshwork ; tlie edge is irregularly serrate, also along

the unusually thick basal part; the neck is short. Those

found on the abactinal side are green-coloured.

The second form of tridentate pedicellariz (PI. V. figs. 1,

13, 14) is more richly developed than in the other species,

perhaps on account of the absence of one form; they occur

in very different sizes, the larger ones reaching the same size

as the first form. ‘The valves are long and narrow, joining

in their whole length. The blade is provided with a toothed

median keel, and otherwise, especially in the larger pedicel-

Jarie, filled with a coarse meshwork. In quite small ones

there is only little meshwork. The edge is finely serrate,

straight in the small specimens, with some sinuations in the

outer part in the larger ones. ‘These pedicellaria occur

on both sides of the test, those on the abactinal side generally

larger and green, like the other form of tridentate pedicellaria.

The neck is well developed.

The triphyllous pedicellarie (Pl. V. fig. 8) have a long

open slit in the cover-plate, as in the other species of the

genus, but tle form is somewhat different, the outer part

being broader than in those species (comp. ‘Ingolt? Mech.

pl. xii. fig. 18).

The spicules (PI. V. fig. 10) are somewhat more nume-

yous and a little larger than in the other specics, especially

1cwards the sucking-disk. ‘The spheridiz contiuue on the

abactinal side almost to the apical system.

‘Lhe primary actinal spines are almost white, not banded

as in the other species of this genus. The abactinal spines

are coloured alike in both areas, and in none of them is the

enclosing skin annularly-constricted. ‘The secondary spines of

the actinal side are thorny: in their outer half, not “ mostly

smooth,” as stated by Yoshiwara.

“ The most prominent feature by which this species can be

* In a specimen of A. heteractis just received from Singapore (dredged

by Mr. Gad) I find the laige form of tridentate pedicellaiia to occur. It

is quite hke that of A. vartum.,

from Japan and the Indian Ocean. 89

distinguished from all known members of the genus lies in

the peculiar arrangement of the primary tubercles,” says

Yoshiwara. In A. varium, however, the arrangement of the

primary tubercles is very similar (comp. fig. 2a, pl. 50, of

Déderlein, “ Echinoidea von Amboina und Thursday Island” *),

The essential distinguishing characters of this very distinct

species are found in the pedicellaria and spicules, and the

non-ringed primary actinal spines. ‘I'he little developed, not

annularly constricted bag of skin on the abactinal spines is an

additional, though probably less reliable, character.

A. vimai in its general appearance resembles the other

species of the genus, with the conspicuous covering of the

abactinal side by close-set, ringed, almost equally sized, skin-

clad spines.

8. Calveria gracilis (Ag.).

Asthenosoma gracile, Agassiz, 1881, ‘Challenger’ Kchinoidea, p. 89,

pl. xvii. a. figs. 1-4,

Asthenosoma longispinum, Y oshiwara, 1897, op. cit. p. 5, pl. ii. figs. 1-7.

Ca’veria gracilis, Th. Mortensen, 1908, ‘Involf’ Mchinoidea, p. 51,

pl. xiii. fig. 3; de Meijere, 1904, ‘Siboga’ Echinoidea, p. 34, Taf. xiii.

fig, 152.

The “ Asthenosoma longispinum” of Yoshiwara so closely

agrees with Calverza gracilis (Ag.) that I cannot find a single

character by which to distinguish it from that species, with

which, accordingly, it must be regarded as synonymous. It

is only to be remarked that in the type specimen of Agassiz

some violet patches are found on the actinal side, which is

not the case in the specimens before me. ‘The colour is dark

red, almost claret-coloured (“ vinosus”’) in the one specimen,

rather pale, but of the same tint in the other.

This species is very closely related to C. hystriv; the only

distinct difference 1 can find is the colour, which is always

beautifully red (“ruber”) in C, hystrix, ‘The tubercles of

the outer interambulacral plates of the actinal side are rather

more numerous than in /ystrixz, as pointed out by Agassiz, a

not very prominent feature. In the pedicellarize no distinct

differences are found. The chief peculiarity, indeed, lies in

the geographical distribution of the two species. If both

were found together they would certainly be regarded, at most,

only as varieties of one species.

To the description given by Yoshiwara a few corrections

must be made. The larger of the primary ambulacral plates

are stated to “consist of three pieces apposed together in a

* Semon’s ‘ Forschungsreizen,’ y. 1902; Jen. Denkechr. viii.

90 Dr. Th. Mortensen on some Echinothurids

transverse row.” This is not the case in the specimens before

me, and, to judge from the figures given by Yoshiwara,

it is doubtless simply due to the breaking of the plates in

handling the specimens. A very startling statement is that

the teeth are keeled. This would be very curious and

unexpected, as all other Echinothurids have unkeeled teeth.

The specimens before me, in fact, have unkeeled teeth, and

the statement of Yoshiwara is evidently wrong.

I must corroborate the statement that genital papilla occur

in this species, and it may be added that such structures

may also be found in C, hystrix, though generally little deve-

loped. The abactinal tube-feet are unequally developed,

those in the inner row being larger than the outer ones.

4, Phormosoma verticillatum, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. figs. 1,2; Pl. V. figs. 15-17.)

This species, as regards general appearance, is very similar

to Ph. placenta. On the actinal side the large tubercles (and

areoles) do not reach quite so close to the peristome as in

that species; they are arranged in a broad band along the

outer edge of the actinal side, the inner part around the

peristome looking more naked, whereas in Ph. placenta the

large tubercles cover the whole actinal side from the outer

edge to the peristome. ‘I'he marginal fringe of small spines

is well developed. ‘he abactinal side of the test is almost

exactly as in placenta; in the interambulacra the tubercles

are generally, but not always, arranged in an arc of three

on each of the outer plates; on the uppermost plates the

number of tubercles is reduced to two or one, the are thus

disappearing. ‘This arrangement of the tubercles in a more

or less distinct are may also occur in placenta, though seldom.

The peristome is rather small, 19 mm. in a specimen of

63 mm. diameter; in a specimen of placenta of 66 mm.

diameter the peristome is 23mm. Although there is some

variation in the size of the peristome in placenta, it is upon

the whole undoubtedly somewhat larger in that species than

in vertcallatum. The same fact holds good for the apical

system, and to a greater extent; in the specimen 63 mm. in

diameter of verticillatum the apical system is only 13 mm. in

diameter, whereas in the specimen of placenta 66 mm. in

diameter it is 22mm. ‘There is a distinct genital papilla,

which may, however, also be the case in placenta.

The pedicellaria are quite like those of PA, placenta ; the

tridentate pedicellariz are of the short and broad form found

in specimens from Davis Strait and the Gulf of Mexico

trom Japan and the Indian Ocean. 91

(‘Ingolf? Ech. pl. xii. figs. 2,3). The spicules are rather

small, irregular, fenestrate plates, arranged in the lower part

of the tube-foot in two distinct series; there is no sucking-

disk and no prolongations from the spicules into the partition-

wall of the foot (Ph. bursartum). ‘The abactinal tube-feet

are almost quite destitute of spicules.

The primary abactinal spines, both ambulacral and inter-

ambulacral, are very characteristic (PI. V. figs. 15, 16). In

the lower part they are quite smooth ; some way out several

spread thorns appear, and these soon become arranged in very

distinct and rather distant whorls, the part between the

whorls being quite smooth. All these spines unfortunately

are broken, so that it is impossible to give any idea of their

length or of the structure of the point. The spines are

straight. These spines afford the most prominent character

of thespecies. In Ph. bursar‘um the primary abactinal spines

are curved and smooth, in placenta straight and smooth.

The secondary spines (Pl. V. fig. 17) are thorny in their

whole length, but the thorns are not arranged in whorls.

The spines of the actinal side are like those of the other

species,

The shape of the test is the same as in placenta, but it is

more delicate and fragile than in that species. The specimens

before me are bleached, only the skin-bag of the primary

actinal spines is faintly violet.

‘This species is evidently nearly related to PA. placenta and

bursarium, whereas Ph. alternans, de Meijere, on account of

the different arrangement of the tubercles and its pedicellariz

being provided with a keel, stands more apart. De Meijere

(‘Siboga’? Ech. p. 32) says respecting this species :— Ks

scheint mir eine kleine Mrweiterung der beziiglichen Diagnose

[of the genus Phormosoma] mehr erwiinscht, als dass ich fiir

diese Art gleich wieder eine neue Gattung errichten wiirde.”

I quite agree with de Meijere that the species described by

him ought to be referred to the genus Phurmosoma, for the

present at least. If, on the other hand, there should prove to

be other species more nearly related to it than to the other

group of species, it would probably be justifiable to create a

new genus fortbem. ‘The genus Phormosoma, indeed, seems

to me so different from the other Echinotiurids that I should

not be surprised if it eventually proved to form a separate

subfamily of the Kchinothurids.

De Meijere (‘ Siboga’ Ech. p. 250) finds it a drawback to

the new classification given by me in the ‘ Ingolf? Kchinoidea

that new species do not always suit the diagnoses of the

genera given there, as, e, g., Phormosoma alternans. May not

92 Dr. Th. Mortensen on some Echinothurids

that be a somewhat unjust reproach? The diagnoses of genera

must, of course, be made from a comparative study of the

species known, and then it has to be left to the authors

describing new species to emend the diagnoses if the new

species prove the old diagnoses to be too narrow or too wide.

Such has always been and will remain the case, as it

cannot be demanded that one should guess beforehand the

characters of species as yet unknown. It may well be said

to be a drawback to our classifications, but it is common to

all of them, and not peculiar to my classification of Echinids,

When, further, de Meijere says (loc. cit.), “ Das System

fiihrt a6 zu grosser Zersplittering, was wohl den Vorzug hat,

dass nur das sehr ihnliche zusammen bleibt, aber auch den

Naclitheil, dass die doch nahe Verwandtschaft mit der abge-

trennten orm aus dem Genus-Namen nicht mehr zu erkennen

ist,’ I might remark that it is allowed and desirable to

make the new generic names such that they indicate to which

old genus the new one is allied—for instance, let the names of

Cidarids end in -c?daris, those of Diadematids in -diadema, &e.

The principal object, however, is to get the genera, and above

all the species, distinct and clear. ‘Ihe species are the units

with which we must work, and when these units are com-

posed of different things—as was tle case with several of

the Echinid species—much Jabour will be lost (e. g., on the

geographical distribution). ‘The arrangement of the species in

genera and the genera in families &c. is of secondary import-

ance, and differences of opinion on this subject are of far less

wide-reaching consequences. I may cite, in conclusion, the

words of L. Agassiz* :—‘ Loin d’étre nuisible aux vrais progrés

de la science, cette multiplication des genres, lorsqu’ils sont

établis sur des caractdres précis, ne saurait avoir d’autre effét

que de rapprocher de plus au plus les es; éces que leurs

caractéres naturels lient le plus étroitement. C’est-la le

grand avantage des petits genres, et cet avantage est surtout

sensible dans les familles, dont toutes les es} éces se ressemblent

par leur aspect extérieur et par ensemble de leurs caractéres.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

[The microscope used was a Zeiss instrument. ]

PLATE:

Fig. 1. Ar@osoma Owstent, from the actinal side,

Fig. 2. Same, from the abactinal side.

* Introduction to Valentin’s ‘ Anatomie du genre Echinus,’ p. &

_ ~ whore

oC bd

CO sy Co cry ee

from Japan and the Indian Ocean. 93

PrAars. TET.

. Asthenosoma vimai, from the actinal side.

. Same, from the abactinal side.

Puate IV.

. Phormosome verticillatum, actinal side. Nat. size.

Same, abactinal side. Nat. size.

. Young Areosoma tesseliatum (2). (The Asthenosoma gracile of

Agassiz from ‘ Challenger’ St. 219.)

. Same from the abactinal side. Actinal side, Nat. size.

PLATE VY.

. Tridentate pedicellaria, small form, of Asthenosomadjimat, (Obj.

a*, Oc. 3.)

. Valve of tridentate pedicellaria, large form, of Asth. dimat.

(Apochr. Obj. 16:0, Comp. Oc. 2.)

. Valve of triphyllous pedicellaria of Asth. gimar (Obj. AA,

Oc. 3.)

. Valve of “tetradactylous”’ pedicellaria of Ar@osoma Owstent

y P ,

front view. (Obj. AA, Oc. 2.)

. “Tetradactylous ” pedicellaria of Ar@osoma Owstent. (Obj. a*,

Oc. 3.)

. Valve of “ tetradactylous” pedicellaria of Arcos. Owsteni, side

view. (Obj. AA, Oc. 2.)

. Valve of triphyllous pedicellaria of Ar@vs. Owstenr. (Apochr.

Obj. 8-0, Comp. Oc. 4.)

. Valve of tridentate pedicellaria of Aros. Owstent. (Apochr.

Obj. 16:0, Comp. Oc. 2.)

. Tridentate pedicellaria of Ar@os. Owstent. (Apochr. Obj. 8:0,

Comp. Oc. 2.)

. Spicules of Asthenosoma ijimat. (Obj. D, Oc. 1.)

. Spicules of Areosoma Owsten’. (Obj. D, O:. 1.)

. Tridentate pedicellaria, large form, of Asth. yimat. (Obj. a*,

Oc. 3.)

. Valve of tridentate pedicellaria, small form, of Asth. ijimai.

(Obj. AA, Oc. 1.)

. Ditto. (Ditto.)

. Part of primary abactinal spine of Phormosoma verticillatum.

(Obj. AA, Oc. 1.)

. Primary actinal spine, lower part, of Phormosoma verticillatum,

(Obj. a*, Oc. 2.)

. The point of a secondary abactinal spine of Phormosoma verti-

cillatum. (Obj, AA, Oc. 38.)

. Valve of tridentate pedicellaria of Ar@os. Owstent. (Obj. AA,

Oe, 1.)

. Ditto. (Ditto.)

. Tridentate pedicellaria of Ar@os, Owstent, (Obj. a*, Oc. 3.)

94 Mr. O. Thomas on

X1IV.—On a Collection of Mammals obtained in Somaliland

by Major H, N. Dunn, R.A.M.C., with Descripiions of

Allied Species from other Localities. By OLDFIELD

Tuomas, F.R.S8.

Masor H. N. Dunn, R.A.M.C., to whom the National

Museum was indebted for the interesting collection of

Soudanese mammals described last year *, spent the winter

and spring in Somaliland, attached to the Abyssinian con-

tingent taking part in the expedition against the Mullah. As

usual, he made as good a collection of mammals as was possible

under the circumstances, and has been rewarded by finding a

considerable number of new forms, which are here described.

Most of the collection was made in Central Somaliland on

the red sandy and stoneless Haud, the fauna of which appears

to be peculiar in many respects. The vivid reds of such

animals as J/erpestes ochraceus perfulvidus, Xerus rutilus

antensus, and Ammodillus imbellis ave a notable feature of the

mammalian fauna, as is the reduction in size found in other

types, such as the pigmy leopard (felis pardus nanopardus)

and Somali wild dog (Lycaon pictus somalicus).

Major Dunn has again presented the whole of his interesting

and valuable collection to the National Museum.

1. Galago sp.

g. 128; 9.127. Fafan, 35 miles east of Harar.

Allied to G. teng, Sund.

It is probable that all the members of the G. moholi group,

including G. teng, G. gallarum, &c., should be looked upon

as local subspecies of one widely distributed species.

2. Megaderma cor, Peters.

3. 134, 135. Gerlogobi.

3. Felis pardus nanopardus, subsp. n.

& 2. 40 miles west of Gorahai.

A leopard of the ordinary African desert type, but con-

spicuously smaller than any other member of the group.

Fur short, hairs of back only about 10 mm. in length.

Coloration as usual in East-African leopards, the general

tone pale, the ground-colour along the dorsal area pale buffy

* P, Z, 8. 1903, vol. i. p. 294,

Mammals from Somaliland. 95

or cream-buffy, gradually passing into white on the belly and

limbs. Spots small, more or less elongated on the anterior

back ; rosettes not well-defined or conspicuous. Spotting on

limbs extending to the toes.

_ Skull conspicuously smaller than in any other known

leopard, as shown by the measurements given below. Pro-

portions generally similar to the larger forms, but the cranial

crests less developed, there being practically no sagittal crest

at all, while the upper part of the lambdoid crest is almost

sessile on the brain-case, instead of being supported on a long

projecting helmet. Zygomata more uniformly expanded, and

consequently more nearly parallel, than in pardus.

‘Teeth as usual, except for their smaller size.

Length of flat skin of § 1150 mm., of 2 (type) 1070;

tail, ¢ 650, @ 580.

Skulls :—

3 (young F. pardus 3

adult). 9 (old). (yy. ad.) *.

mim. mm. mm,

earentestdeneth | ay ees es 166 172 207

acalalenetive . 55s dee oeke feed 142 1425 173

Zygomatic breadth .......... 105 101 123

PE SIS, POMOC HY on Foe 6nd wine rad 41 38 52

Pee IRCRAIEEL nape eth, 5.0,% a. 6 24 24. 31

Breadth of brain-case ..... Pings. Oe 62°5 73

alume lenethiacty oi iis Vee we 75 75 92

Basal diameter of upper canine. 11 10 15

Horizontal length of p?........ S35) 2°8 aes)

‘ a | Sh Saar 14:5 12°5 18

in + | ee at pate 20 26

‘ - DO aaa ee 7 6 8°5

9 ” Pave as ohn 10:8 9-2 126

s e Bie os Braid 145 135 185

as 3 Wits tak 15:8 15:2 20

Hub. as above.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 4. 5. 9. 35.

That a pigmy leopard occurred in Central Somaliland was

first noticed by Capt. Johnston Stewart, of the 2nd Kine’s

African Rifles, who shot a specimen in the Dolbahanta

country during the spring of 1903, and despatched it home to

the National Museum. By some accident it never arrived,

and almost immediately afterwards Capt. Stewart was killed

by the Mullah’s troops, and his invaluable services lost to his

country.

Later on Major Dunn obtained the two specimens above

referred to, but, looking on them as mere sportsman’s trophies,

did not take the measurements in the flesh. Fortunately,

* From Kenya District, East Africa, presented by Dy, 8. L, Hinde.

96 Mr. O. Thomas on

however, he preserved both the skulls, and, with his usual

generosity, has given these and the typical skin of the female

to the National Museum.

No described form of leopard at all approaches F. p. nano-

pardus in its diminutive size, unless the animal referred to by

Matschie as “F. pardus minor” *, from the Soudan, is

similar. But as he does not give any description, his name

in any case remains a nomen nudum.

4, Felis ocreata, Gmel.

a. 142. “Gorabas.

?. 132. Gerlogobi.

5. Herpestes ochraceus perfulvidus, subsp. n.

go. 140. Wardair, north-east of Gerlozobi, Central

Somali.

« Sangom.”

General colour uniform bright ochraceous on head, body,

and outer side of limbs. Fur unannulated, bright ochraceous

throughout, except that the extreme bases of the hairs are

slaty and the tips are inconspicuously darker. Underfur

slightly more rufous than the longer hairs. Under surface

dull whitish, not sharply defined laterally, and washed down

the middle line with pale tawny. Centre of face tawny

ochraceous, a line above eye and another below grizzled

whitish, the hairs being here alone finely annulated. Lips,

chin, and interramia white. Back of ears dark brown, edged

with buffy. Inner side of limbs dull whitish, lke belly;

upper surface of hands and feet bright ochraceous buff.

Middie line of ramp tawny ochraceous, passing into intense

tawny on the tail, which is wholly of this colour except for the

usual terminal black tuft.

Skull as in true ochraceus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 275 mm.; tail 220; hind foot 51; ear 25.

Skull: greatest length 58; basal length 54; zygomatic

breadth 84; greatest horizontal diameter of p* 6°5, of m?3°5.

Type. B.M. no. 4. 5.9.9. No. 140 as above. Collected

31st January, 1904. .

This remarkably handsome mungoose is evidently the

representative in the red sandy region of the Abyssinian

FH. ochraceus, and presents the extreme phase of the colour

matching the region.

* SB. Ges. nat. Fr. 1805, p. 199.

Mammals from Somaliland. 97

Intermediate between this extreme and the grizzled buffy

of the Abyssinian ochraceus are two specimens from Northern

Somaliland obtained by Messrs. Atkinson and Peel. Al-

though intermediate, however, they seem to represent so

definite a stage in the process of reddening as themselves to

deserve a special subspecific name.

Herpestes ochraceus fulvidior, subsp. n.

Fur grizzled as in true ochraceus, except along a median

area on the back about an inch in breadth, where it is nearly

or quite unannulated. Colour of the head, fore back, and

sides grizzled ochraceous, darker than in the typical form, of

the median dorsal area strong tawny ochraceous, in con-

tinuity with the tawny of the tail. Under surface buffy

whitish. Arms and legs externally like sides, internally like

belly ; upper surface of hands and feet pale ochraceous buff.

Tail rich tawny, darkening terminally, the tip, as usual,

black.

Skull as in ochraceus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 254 mm.; tail 242; hind foot 52; ear 26.

Skull: basal length 54,

Hlab. (of type). Mandeira, south of Berbera. Alt. 3500 feet.

Another specimen from Abori, near Hik, 5000 feet (C. V. A.

Peel).

Type. Male. B.M. no. 97. 8.9.7. Collected 15th No-

vember, 1896, and presented by Dr. A. E. Atkinson.

An additional specimen of this group, from Jifa Medir, not

far from Hargeisa (2. Jf. Hawker), is intermediate between

ochraceus and fulvidior, and indicates that these different

forms should not be separated specifically, as their striking

differences in colour might tempt one to do.

Mr. de Winton * had already referred to the Abori and

Jifa Medir specimens under the name of H. ochraceus, Gray,

which he rightly resuscitated as a distinct species from

H, gracilis, Riipp.

6. Helogale Atkinsoni, Thos.

3. 146. Warandah.

7. Helogale hirtula, sp. n.

@?. 145. Gabridehari, 60 miles west of Gerlogobi, 7th

March, 1904. Type.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 247 (1898), and P. Z. S. 1898,

p. 763.

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 7

98 Mr. O. Thomas on

Closely similar to H. Atkinsonz in size and appearance,

the general colour of exactly the same grey, although more

coarsely grizzled. But the fur is longer, coarser, and

shaggier, the hairs on the back attaining 18-20 mm, in

leneth, as against 13-15, and the rings on “them are broader,

especially terminally. Thus in H. Atkinsont each dorsal hair

has a black tip of about 1°5 mm. long, succeeded by a white

ring of about the same breadth, while in H. hirtula the

terminal and subterminal bands are each 4-5 mm. in length.

The effect of this difference is to make the general grizzling

very markedly more coarse than in the finely ticked H. At-

kinsont. Head as in //, Atkinsoni, but a ring round each

eye practically naked. Under surface as in H. Atkinson?,

except that the belly has a more strongly marked tendency

to rufous. Limbs coloured as in the allied forms, but the

ends of the digits, both fore and hind, are abruptly and

prominently black to the base of the claws. ‘Tail as in

fH. Atkinsont, but, as on the body, the hairs are more coarsely

ringed.

Skull rather larger than in H. Atkinsonz, but similar in

details. ‘Teeth decidedly larger throughout, the posterior

teeth below conspicuously larger and heavier; the first lower

molar in H, Atkinsoni is about 2°4 mm. in breadth, while in

H. hirtula it is about 2°9, a very considerable difference.

Dimensions of the type (ee Su in the flesh) :—

Head and body 230 mm.; tail 166; hind foot (s. u.) 48;

ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 51; basal length 46°5 ; zygomatic

breadth 31:5; breadth of brain-case 22; palate length 25:3 ;

greatest diameter of p* 5:9, of m? 3°8, of py 3°9, of m, 3°7, of

My 3.

per and type as above.

This mungoose presents a curious problem, for it is so

similar to Helogale Atkinsoni as to be readily mistaken for it ;

but the larger teeth, shaggier fur, coarser speckling, and the

black digits compel me to consider it distinct. Its occurrence

in the same country as H. Atkinsoni prevents its having

merely subspecific rank.

8. Lycaon* pictus somalicus, subsp. n.

9. 143, 144. Gorahai.

* I may take this opportunity to describe

Lycaon pictus zuluensis, subsp. n.

A small form profusely marbled with white on the back, as well as

with yellow and black, which are present in about equal proportions.

Mammals from Somaliland. 99

Most nearly allied to L. p. lupinus of British East Africa,

but rather smaller, as shown by the skull-measurements.

Fur excessively sparse and short, the hairs of the back only

about 10 mm. in length ; how far this is seasonal remains to

be seen, but no specimens from other localities have such

short fur. General colour dark, the black and yellow of

about equal extent, more closely and finely marbled than in

lupinus, where the colours are in larger masses. No white

patches on the upper surface of the body. Muzzle and centre

of crown black as usual. Occipital dark line not continued

through the nuchal yellow patch. Under surface almost

naked, except on the throat; black, with indistinct white

markings on the throat. Back of ears blackish, some

yellowish hairs intermixed on the basal half. Fore limbs

marbled black and white. Hind limbs buffy yellow above,

the feet black and white, as in /upinus. Tail not forming a

very thick brush, its short-haired yellow base shorter than

the black mesial and white terminal portions.

Fur long and coarse. Back of ears blackish. Coronal black streak pro-

minent, but not passing down the nape. Under surface well-haired

black, yellow, and white, the throat black without white hairs inter-

mixed. Limbs marbled with black and pale buffy yellow. Tail with a

large white brush, which occupies the greater portion of its length, the

yellow basal portion being short and the median black segment almost

obsolete.

Skull and teeth conspicuously smaller than in the allied southern

forms, scarcely larger than in L. p. somalicus.

Skull dimensions: greatest length 192 mm.; basal length 171; zygo-

matic breadth 119; length of nasals diagonally 66; interorbital breadth

59; breadth of brain-case 65; palate length 93; length of upper car-

nassial on outer edge 21, of lower carnassial 24.

Hab. Zululand. Type from the Pongola River.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2. 2.8.2. Collected 23rd March, 1896,

and presented by Col. David Bruce, R.A.M.C. Two other specimens

recently presented by C. D. Rudd, Esq.

This south-eastern form of hunting-dog is readily recognizable by its

small size and the profuse white marblings of its upper surface. Such

white markings as are present in L. p. venaticus of Central Cape Colony

are quite few and inconspicuous, the general colour above being yellow

with some black markings. The Nyasa form, which I assign to the true

L. pictus, has, like zuluensis, the black and yellow in more equal propor-

tions, but there are comparatively few white markings and the size is

considerably greater.

In the type specimen the white markings are only present on the poste-

rior half of the back, but in the two presented by Mr. Rudd they extend

over the whole upper surface of the body.

Jt is noticeable that in the type specimen there is no trace of either of

the upper anterior premolars (p'), a tooth present in every other skull in

the Museum. The two examples from Mr. Rudd’s collection are without

skulls.

100 Mr. O. Thomas on

Skull comparatively small, the teeth also noticeably smaller

than in L. p. lupinus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 890 mm.; tail 280; hind foot 193;

ear 115.

Skull: greatest length 189; basal length 168; zygomatic

breadth 115; length of nasals diagonally 60; interorbital

breadth 40; breadth of brain-case 65; palate length 92;

length of upper carnassial on outer edge 182 (in dupinus 21),

of lower carnassial 20°7.

Hab. as above.

Type. Old female. B.M.no.4.5.9.10. Original number

143. Killed 22nd February, 1904,

This local race of the hunting-dog is readily distinguish-

able from the only named form allied to it, L. p. lupinus, by

its short fur, smaller size, and smaller teeth. It is also more

yellowish in its general colour than average specimens of

lupinus, although some approach it in this respect. Both

specimens are equally short-haired.

The yellow of Z. p. somalicus is of the buffy tone also

found in the Cape venaticus, while in dupinus it is of a richer

and more orange hue.

9. Mellivora ratel, Sparrm.

?. 136. Gerlogobi.

9.149. Gorahai.

10. Xerus rutilus tntensus, subsp. n.

9. 138. Gerlogobi Wells.

General colour above, of head, body, and outer sides of

limbs deep vinaceous rufous, more or less similar to the

rufous of the limbs and flanks of the ordinary N. Somali

rutilus (dabagalla), but there is no distinct yellowish dorsal

area as in that animal. Hairs of crown and back finely

tipped with white. Under surface and inner side of limbs

dull whitish, not sharply defined laterally. Face like body,

the usual white markings above and below the eye and

behind and at base of the ear well defined. Upper surface of

hands and feet wholly rufous, little paler than the flanks.

Tail rufous at base above and white below, the brush of the

usual annulated brown and white.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 226 mm.; tail 155; hind foot 50.

Skull: greatest length 51; basilar length 39; zygomatic

breadth 29°7 ; length of upper tooth serics 8-7.

Mammals from Somaliland. 101

Hab. Red sandy country of Central Somali. Type from

Gerlogobi Wells.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 4. 5.9.14. Original num-

ber 138. Collected 25th January, 1904.

This ground-squirrel differs strikingly from the ordinary

Somali form by its wholly rufous colour and rufous feet, that

animal having a grizzled yellowish area on the back and

white feet. But there are some specimens showing a certain

- amount of rufous on the feet, and on the analogy of the red

mungoose it would seem probable that intermediate links will

be found to occur, so that for the present I regard it only as

a subspecies.

On the same analogy I think it probable that the N. Somali

dabagalla, Heugl., will be found to be subspecifically distin-

guishable from the original Abyssinian rutzlus.

11. Gerbillus (s. s.) Dunnt, sp. n.

?. 139. Gerlogobi, 26th January, 1904. Type.

A typical hairy-footed Gerbillus, of a darker colour than

the bright sandy forms hitherto known.

General colour dark sandy fawn, not unlike some of the

Dipodilli, such as D. Harwood’, Thos. Dorsal area darker,

more slaty, but this may be due to the specimen not having

attained its full pelage. Supraorbital and_postauricular

patches well marked. Under surface less thickly haired than

usual, pure white, not very sharply defined laterally. Arms

wholly within the white area which passes across the shoulder,

but some of the hairs on the outer side of the forearms in-

distinctly buffy ; hands pure white; claws longer than in the

allied species. Hind limbs externally sandy fawn like the

body, the inner aspect and whole of the feet white; soles with

the usual hairy cushions of restricted Gerbillus, but their

proximal halves are naked, the hairy part beginning along

the middle line halfway along the metatarsus. ‘ail of

average length, sandy coloured for its proximal half above

and below, then blackened and crested above to the delicate

terminal pencil, white below.

Skull as usual in this group.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 90 mm.; tail 120; hind foot 28; ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 30°3; basilar length 22; nasals

10°7 ; interorbital breadth 6; palatal foramina 4°7; length

of bulla 11:3; length of upper molar series 4'1.

Mab. and type as above.

This pretty little gerbille, which I have named after the

102 Mr, O. Thomas on

donor of the present most acceptable addition to our National

Collection, differs from any of its group that I have seen by

its darker and less bright sandy general colour. No true

Gerbillus as now restricted has been described from Somali-

Jand, the nearest being Rhoads’s G. pulvinatus from Lake

Rudolf, which may be distinguished from it by having the

whole of the underside of its tail white. The general resem-

blance of G. Dunni to certain species of Dipodillus is very

noticeable.

12. Ammodillus (g. n.) imbellis, de Wint.

Gerbillus imbellis, de Wint. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 249 (1898).

3. 1387. Gerlogobi Wells.

*¢ In sandy soil close to wells.”

Measurements in the flesh :—Head and body 106 mm. ;

tail 144; hind foot 27; ear 15.

Rather richer and deeper rufous than the type, which was

collected by Mr. C. V. A. Peel at Gondar. The tail of that

specimen having been imperfect, Mr. de Winton could only

say of it “tail darker above than below, rather sparingly

haired”; but I am now able to record that while it is very

sparingly haired proximally, it changes terminally, and has

a well-marked brown brush, the hairs of which may attain

8-10 mm. at the tip.

But, in addition, a further study of this gerbille convinces

me that it cannot properly be included in any of the genera

now recognized among the group, the characters of the skull,

as detailed by the describer, especially the unique absence of

the coronoid processes to the mandible, and the details of the

dentition preventing its inclusion in Dipodillus, to which

alone its naked soles ally it.

Right upper (A) and right lower (B) molars of Ammodillus imbellis.

Mammals from Somaliland. 103

Its upper molars have respectively three, two, and one

separate laminz, placed very obliquely, without any evidence

of the more cuspidate character of the teeth of D¢podillus,

though younger specimens are needed before they can be

accurately described. Below the anterior molar is quite

peculiar in shape (see figure B), its narrow anterior lobe and

the minute secondary cusps present on its outer side and at

its postero-internal angle being without any resemblance to

what is found in Dipodillus or other members of the Ger-

billine. The second lower molar has also a minute secondary

antero-external cusp.

13. Mus albipes, Riipp.

d. 124. Harar.

14. Mus sp. (multimammate).

3g. 131. Jig-jiga.

15. Acomys sp.

9. 150. Hargeisa.

A pale rufous form perhaps referable to 4. Huntert, de Wint.

16. Acomys mullah, sp. n.

ayo. 125. - Harar.

Size fairly large. Spinous system less developed than

usual, the covering of the head, nape, and fore back rather

hispid than spinous, markedly less harsh than in the allied

species; spines of back about 11 mm. in length. General

colour of head, nape, and fore back pale slaty greyish, the

spines of the hinder back becoming tipped with fawn-colour

or vinaceous buffy ; posterior flanks and outer side of hips

more uniformly of the latter colour, Under surface and

inner side of limbs wholly sharply-defined pure white; outer

side of forearms to wrists and legs to ankles grey with a

tinge of fawn; hands and feet white. Kars of medium size,

much smaller than in A. dimidiatus. Tail thinly haired,

grey above, white below.

Skull with a very large broad and flat brain-case, the

ridges not unusually heavy. Palatal foramina very long,

reaching nearly to the level of the posterior fourth of m’.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 111 mm.; tail 109; hind foot 18; ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 31:5; basilar length 24°6 ; zygo-

matic breadth 15; nasals 13; interorbital breadth 5:1;

104 On Mammals from Somaliland.

breadth across parietal crests 13; palate length 15:5;

diastema 8°7; palatal foramina 8°5; length of upper molar

series 4'8.

Hab. Harar.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 4. 5. 9.19. . Original number

123. Collected 6th November, 1903.

This spiny mouse seems to differ from any of the described

species by its colour and its comparatively non-spinous nape,

in which respect it approaches A. Loudse of N. Somali.

From the latter, besides its greater spininess, it differs by its

much heavier tecth, the breadth of m’ being in A. mullah

1°6 mm. and in A. Louise 1°3.

17. Heterocephalus glaber, Rupp.

9. Hargeisa.

18. Fornarina Phillipsi, Thos.

2. 133. Gerlogobi Wells.—Topotype.

(?) 9. 141. Wardair.

‘he Wardair specimen is peculiar in several respects, but

as itis an abnormally old individual nothing can be done

with it until we have further evidence as to the cranial deve-

lopment that takes place with age.

The presence or absence and the time of eruption of the

posterior molars in the Heterocephalus group are also rendered

somewhat dubious by these most valuable specimens, but

until further material is available I do not propose to commit

myself to an opinion on the subject.

19. Hystrix galeata, Thos, (?).

Skull. 9. 147. Gorahai.

20. Lepus sp.

@. 222.0 larar.

21. Procavia Erlangert, Neum.

3d. 141. Harar.—Topotype.

22. Procavia Brucet somalica, Thos.

gd. 152, and skull 158, 50 miles south-east of Buroa.

On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera. 105

23. Cephalophus sp.

9.129. Fafan.

Immature. C. Grimmii group.

24. Madoqua Phillips, Thos.

4 126, 1350.“ Harar.

25. Madoqua Guenther’, Thos.

?. 135. Gerlogobi.

XV.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New

Zealand Coleoptera. By Capt. T. Broun, F.E.S.

(Concluded from p. 59.}

Group Otiorhynchide.

Cecyropa alternata, sp. n.

Convex, broadly ovate, opaque, densely covered with small

depressed grey and pale slate-coloured squamz and minute

grey setz; on the thorax these darker scales form an elon-

gated central cross and near each side an irregular curvate

mark; most of the elytral disk is also dark; the alternate

interstices are, however, marked by numerous oblong grey

spots. The general ground-colour is pale castaneous, but

the legs and antenne are usually ferruginous.

Rostrum stout, with a central linear impression and a dark

basal spot. Scrobes short and well limited. Scape covered

with white squame and slender elongate sete; funiculus

shining, with fine grey sete, second joint obviously shorter

than the first, but of similar form, 3-6 moniliform, seventh

distinctly larger than the preceding one; club short, ovate,

articulate. Thorax transverse, its sides regularly rounded,

but at the base, near each side, there is a constriction which

causes an evident gap between that point and the elytra;

the base and apex are truncate. /ytra distinctly wider

than the basal margin of thorax, a little dilated behind the

shoulders, gradually narrowed posteriorly, scutellar region

slightly elevated ; they have series of moderately fine punc-

tures, which towards the apices assume the form of striz.

Legs stout, of moderate length, covered with grey scales and

06 Capt. T. Broun on new

elongate sete; the inner angulation of the anterior is quite

.cute, the outer lobe covers the basal joint of the tarsus ;

the second tarsal joint is barely half the width of the broadly

lobate third joint.

Underside clothed with flat grey scales and fine sete.

Prosternum not deeply emarginate, fringed with sete.

Front core not quite contiguous, the middle pair widely

separated by the transverse mesosternal lamina, posterior

more widely distant.

Male.—Abdomen nearly fuscous along the middle, basal

segment nearly double the length of the second, slightly

incurved behind and broadly depressed medially, third and

fourth combined but little longer than second, with straight

well-defined sutures.

Female.—Basal segment unimpressed, the fifth with a large

fovea-like depression near each side.

In this sex the dark marks on the thorax are not so well

defined, the rostrum is rather longer, and the elytra are less

attenuate behind.

This species may be distinguished from C. lineifera by the

absence of discoidal strize, by the more bead-like intermediate

joints of the antennz, and by the form of the eyes; these in

C. lineifera are more rotundate, whereas in this species they

are almost truncate in front. No. 1736, C. macularia, may

be recognized by its short posterior tibiz.

Length (rostr. incl.) 34, breadth 12 lines.

Port Lyttleton.

One of each sex from Mr. J. J. Walker.

Cecyropa discors, sp. 0.

Opaque, pale castaneous, densely clothed with yellowish-

grey and pale fuscous squamee ; these latter form some very

irregular discoidal spots on the elytra, a cross-like mark on

the middle of the thorax, and two or three spots near each

side.

This species differs from C. alternata in being narrower, in

having two shallow longitudinal impressions on the rostrum,

but none on the head, in having broadly punctate striz on the

elytra, more pronounced posthumeral dilatations, and more

rounded and convex eyes. ‘The grey sete, though short, are

rather longer, and the posterior tarsi are more slender.

The front cove are coutiguous ; the second ventral segment

is larger, it is not depressed, but only somewhat flattened ;

the suture is mucn curved in front; and on the fifth there is

only a very slight impression at each side.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 107

There is no other species resembling it.

Length (rostr. incl.) 34, breadth 14 lines.

Port Lyttleton.

One example. Another of Mr. J. J. Walker’s discoveries.

Platyomida brevicornis, sp. n.

Piceous, densely clothed with small, depressed, greyish

scales; antenne and tarsi pitchy red.

Rostrum one fourth shorter than the thorax, with a well-

defined central carina. Thorax one fourth broader than

long, slightly wider near the front than it is elsewhere,

longitudinally depressed along the middle, rugose-granulate.

Scutellum transverse. Hlytra subovate, broader than thorax

at the base, shoulders rather narrow and oblique, sides but

little curved ; striate-punctate, third and fifth interstices end

behind in nearly equal nodosities ; there are three smaller

ones on each side of the posterior declivity, besides some

granular elevations.

This species differs from P. binodesas follows :—The antennz

are shorter and thicker, the scape only reaches the middle of

the eye, the second joint of the funiculus is just appreciably

longer than the first, joints 3 to 7, though longer than broad,

are nearly oviform and not at all slender. The thorax is not

so rough. ‘The elytra are less uneven above, more narrowed

towards the base, and the apices, though not divaricate, are

evidently narrower. The eyes are more rotundate, instead

of being decidedly longitudinally oval. The insect, as a

whole, is less brightly coloured.

Length (rostr. incl.) 6, breadth 2+ lines.

Puysegur Point.

One from Mr. Sandager’s collection, forwarded by

Mr. Lewis.

Obs.—Another, numbered 5194, has the rostrum slightly

broader and feebly bisulcate. Elytra broader, with more

nodiform shoulders, their series of punctures more regular

and distinct, squamosity more infuscate. The scape reaches

the back of the eye. This insect is probably a varietal form.

Tigones dispar, sp. n.

Opaque, subovate, infuscate red, densely squamose, the

squamosity variegate, chiefly fusco-testaceous, with three

longitudinal dark streaks on the thorax, and irregular, mostly

transverse, dark spaces on the elytra, the sete rather fine,

erect, and pale,

108 Capt. T. Broun on new

Rostrum short, pterygiate, nude at apex, indistinctly

carinate. Thorax subquadrate, base and apex truncate, its

sides very slightly, curved; its surface not uneven, the

punctuation concealed. Scutellum distinct, quite pallid.

Elytra broader than thorax, shoulders oblique, sides very

gently rounded but much narrowed behind, apices simple ;

they are finely striate, but not obviously punctate.

Legs stout, nearly concolorous, thickly clothed with scales

and fine sete; the posterior tibia with two approximated

cilie at the extremity outside the tarsi, but without any

truncate space there. Antenne sparingly hispid; scape

gradually incrassate ; funiculus as long as the scape, basal

joint rather longer and stouter than the second, joints 3 to

6 differ but little from one another, seventh slightly broader

than sixth; club large, oviform, and acuminate.

This is much like T. cuspidata, but has a rather shorter

rostrum, evidently shorter antenne, so that the scape does

not extend beyond the back of the eye; the thorax is more

cylindrical, and, moreover, is without the bare basal tubercle

and superficial inequalities seen in no. 1220 (7. cuspidata).

6. Length (rostr. incl.) 24, breadth 7 line.

Invercargill.

My specimen is from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Catoptes vexator, sp. n.

Subovate, opaque, piceous ; densely clothed with variegated

squamz, greyish yellow predominate, whitish ones usually

form a slender elongate central patch and broad lateral

spaces on the thorax; on the elytra there are many small

irregular spots, dark fuscous ones also occur, whilst short,

erect, greyish and dark sete are distributed over the surface ;

antenne and tarsi infuscate red.

Rostrum half length of thorax, indistinctly carinate,

sparingly hispid at apex. Thoraz slightly transverse, its

sides moderately rounded, without asperities of any kind.

Elytra wider than thorax at the base, shoulders slightly

narrowed, their sides but little curved and very gradually

narrowed towards the hind thighs, but behind these the

contraction is strongly marked; their rather narrow punc-

tures almost form strize, the third interstices are slightly

elevated throughout, but are scarcely nodose at the summit

of the hind declivity.

Antenne with fine pale sete ; scape gradually thickened,

it reaches the back of the eye; funiculus longer than the

scape, second joint rather shorter than first, joints 3 to 7

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 109

submoniliform, the Jast transverse and rather thicker than

the sixth; club oblong-oval.

Eyes moderately large, subrotundate, and slightly convex.

Ocular lobes feebly developed. Corbels without any apparent

truncate surface outside the posterior tarsi, but ciliate there.

Scrobes almost visible from above, obsolete near the eyes.

Terminal ventral segment with an elongate central fovea.

We have no other species exactly like this.

é. Length (rostr. incl.) 3, breadth 1} lines,

Ida Valley.

Another of Mr. Lewis’s captures.

Obs.— A second example exhibits numerous irregular

pitchy-brown spots on the wing-cases and an ill-defined dark

space near each side of the throat, and the fifth abdominal

segment is unimpressed. The hind body is slightly broader.

This probably is the female.

Catoptes eyens, sp. n.

Convex, subovate, rufo-fuscous, antenne and tarsi paler ;

covered with small, rounded, yellowish-grey scales, and with

series of erect grey sete on the elytra,

Rostrum short, parallel-sided, not ridged, apex setose.

Antenne setigerous; scape gradually and considerably in-

crassate, but not clavate, it attains the back of the eye;

funiculus elongate, second joint more slender than the first

and nearly as long as that is. Eyes oblique, subrotundate.

Thorax almost as long as broad, moderately rounded late-

rally, feebly constricted in front, not uneven above, rather

finely punctate. Scutellum small. Elytra oviform, wider

than thorax at base, shoulders rounded ; their punctuation

quite serial, third interstices only indistinctly elevated,

without nodosities. Legs stout, setose, tibiz flexuous.

Underside fusco-rufous, head and prosternum with grey

scales, the abdomen with grey hairs. The prosternum in-

curved in front. Ocular lobes feebly developed. Apical

ventral segment with a broad fovea-like impression occupying

quite half of the width.

Undoubtedly allied to Sharp’s C. brevicornis, but smaller,

without variegation, and with a longer thorax. The eyes

differ from those of C. obliquisignatus in being more rotun-

date. C. vastator has the rostrum medially carinate and

more expanded in front. Its thorax is widest near the front.

The third and fifth elytral interstices are nodiform behind.

Length (rostr. incl.) 12, breadth ? line.

Ida Valley.

My specimen was found by Mr. Lewis.

110 Capt. T. Broun on new

Catoptes duplex, sp. n.

Subelongate, dull fuscous, sometimes reddish, densely

covered with small depressed rounded squamz which are

either pale or dark brown ; occasionally, however, paler ones

are interspersed ; there are also a few short erect grey sete ;

antenne and tarsi ferruginous, legs often rufescent.

Rostrum and head conjointly about as long as the thorax ;

the rostrum with two shallow grooves separated by a central

carina, lateral ridges indistinct, its apex red, punctate, and

nearly nude, there being only a few erect yellow hairs. Eyes

free, obliquely oval, acuminate towards the front, nearly

flat, distinctly facetted. Antenne thinly pubescent; scape

slightly incrassate, reaching backwards to behind the eyes;

funiculus longer than the scape, basal two joints almost

equal, third elongate yet distinctly shorter than the pre-

ceding ones; club elongate-oval, articulate. Thorax almost

as long as it is broad, its sides rounded, widest at the

middle; it is moderately convex, without apparent imequali-

ties, and its punctuation is concealed by the squamosity.

Scutellum small. Elytra evidently broader than the thorax

at the base, oblong, much narrowed posteriorly ; the apices,

however, are not acuminate, they are striate-punctate ; the

third interstices are slightly raised near the base, more so

behind, where they terminate in a nodiform elevation on top

of the declivity, near which the suture also is a little elevated.

Legs clothed with a few scales, grey sete, and slender hairs ;

tibiz flexuous, the extremity of the posterior with a very

thin space between the ciliz.

Underside thickly clothed with minute greyish scales and

slender decumbent setz. Prosternum dceply incurved, cox

contiguous. Basal ventral segment medially emarginate, so

that in the middle it is but little longer than the second :

both are broadly but only slightly depressed, third and fourth

short, the terminal with a median impression.

The male is rather narrower and the broadest part of the

thorax is before the middle.

The ocular lobes are feebly developed. The scrobes are

deep in front, but become vague towards the lower part of

the eye. The mandibular scar is distinct. The soles of the

tarsi are pilose ; the second and third joints of the anterior

are, however, more scantily clothed, the third is bilobed.

Length (rostr. incl.) 34, breadth 1} lines.

Ida Valley, Otago.

Five examples from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Obs.—This is one of several species that do not accord

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera, 111

exactly with Catoptes, Brachyolus, or Inophieus, but partake

more or less the structure and appearance of all three. In

order to avoid confusion it will be necessary before long to

redescribe these genera and define their limits more accu-

rately; when that is accomplished the aberrant species

alluded to above may be referred to new but certainly very

intermediate genera. As I have not seen some of these

species as yet, and as very few examples of some others are

possessed by me, the difficult task must be allowed to stand

over at present.

Inophleus sternalis, sp. n.

Subplanate, elongate, opaque, fusco-piceous ; densely

covered with minute, depressed, rotundate squame of a pale

- obscure reddish hue, and with series of decumbent pallid

sete ; legs, antennze, and tip of rostrum rufescent.

Rostrum rather shorter than thorax, with a distinct median

carina. Thorax one fifth broader than it is long, a little

rounded and prominent laterally before the middle, base and

apex truncate ; along the middle of the disk there is a broad

impression, which is deepest behind; between this and each

side there are two flattened spaces, one near the front, the

other at the base; these cause the surface to appear uneven,

there is no discernible punctuation ; the sides are blackish.

Scutellum distinct, with ochraceous scales. Elytra broader

than thorax at the base, about twice as long as they are

broad, nearly parallel-sided for two-thirds of their length,

humeral angles oblique, apices a little divergent and pro-

longed, but not acute ; the dorsum is flat, with four series

of elongate punctures on each elytron; the fifth interstices

are gradually raised backwards and terminate abruptly in

horizontal nodosities at the summit of the apical declivity ;

two other nodosities are placed further back and nearer to

the suture ; the narrow hinder part bears pallid scales; their

sides are vertical and have three series of punctures along

each.

Legs long and moderately slender. TJarsi pilose, third

joint deeply lobate. Antenne finely setose ; scape gradually

incrassate and attaining the back of the eye; basal two

joints of the funiculus equally elongate, the following four

decrease in length and are uearly oviform, the seventh is

almost obconical; club elongate-oval, apparently four-jointed.

The ocular lobes are well developed, so that the prosternum

seems abruptly emarginate. Corbels of hind tibiz flattened,

but with a narrow external space bordered with cilie.

13 Capt. T. Broun on new

When compared with the typical species (J. inuus), it will

be noticed that the bald triangular apical portion of the

rostrum is more distinctly marked off, the eyes are less

acuminate in front, the prosternum is more suddenly and

deeply incurved, and the basal two segments of the abdomen

are relatively longer.

Length (rostr. incl.) 5, breadth 2 lines.

Riverton.

One received from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Inophleus discrepans, sp. n.

Subopaque, piceous, covered with small greyish-yellow

scales and numerous erect grey sete; antenne pitchy red,

tarsi infuscate red.

Rostrum one fourth shorter than thorax, feebly tricarinate.

Thorax only slightly broader than long, moderately rounded

laterally ; tuberculate-rugose, rufescent, and finely punctured

in front. Scutellum small. Elytra ample, nearly double the

width of the thorax, shoulders curvedly narrowed, sides

nearly straight but much contracted posteriorly, declivity

almost vertical, with somewhat acutely prolonged apices ;

dorsum slightly convex; the punctures are disposed in series,

but at the base the inner two on each elytron form grooves,

and there the suture and third interstices are a little raised,

the third and fifth interstices at the top of the declivity are

nodiform, and below these nodosities the suture is slightly

elevated. :

Underside fusco-piceous, clothed with inconspicuous scales

and grey sete. Prosternum incurved. Metasternum with

a distinct fovea on the middle at the base. Second ventral

segment in the middle nearly as long as the first, the suture

strongly sinuate, the fifth with an elongate central depression.

Antenne elongate, finely hispid ; scape gradually but only

moderately thickened, it reaches the hind: margin of the eye ;

funiculus (exclusive of the four-jointed club) of the same

length as the scape, basal two articulations of equal length,

third distinctly shorter than second, joints 4 to 7 decrease in

length.

Scrobes open above in front, but become vague towards

the lower part of the eyes, these latter rounded above, but

acuminate below. Ocular lobes but little developed and

minutely ciliate. Posterior fibt@ at the extremity with a

narrow truncate space, bordered with two series of ciliz,

Basal joint of the ¢arsi scantily clothed.

Length (rostr. incl.) 44, breadth 1? lines.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 113

One from Mr. Sandager’s collection, under the number

5392, sent by Mr. Lewis.

Another specimen (no. 5391), sent by Mr. Lewis as the

male, is a much narrower Catoptes-like insect, having well-

developed ocular lobes. Its rostrum is rather longer and

even more feebly carinate. The thorax appears narrower

and is not obviously rugose. The elytra are almost twice

as long as broad, with simple apices, the first and third

interstices are only indistinctly raised at the base, the third

and fifth are less evidently elevated and nodose bebind, and

the hind declivity is more gradual. The basal two ventral

segments are flattened and the fifth is simple. The basal

joint of the posterior tarsi is almost nude underneath and

the truncate external surface of the tibie is extremely

narrow.

Length (rostr. incl.) 33, breadth 13 lines,

Inophleus longicornis, sp. 0.

Oblong, moderately narrow, opaque; fusco-piceous, densely

clothed with small, round, flat, fusco-testaceous and pitchy

squame, which, however, do not form definite spots ; there

are also some coarse sete, these on the hind body are serial ;

antenne and tarsi rufo-piceous.

Rostrum subparallel, shghtly expanded at apex, tricarinate,

one fourth shorter than thorax. Antenne elongate, extending

backwards to the humeral angles, with fine grey set ; scape

rather slender, attaining the back of the eye; funiculus with

the basal two joints equally elongate, third and fourth nearly

equal, distinctly shorter than the preceding ones, fifth rather

smaller than seventh ; club elongate-oval, finely pubescent.

Thorax moderately rounded laterally, widest before the

middle, rather more narrowed in front than behind ; it is

about as long as broad, its surface is irregularly rugose and

has a shallow median furrow. Scvtellum distinct, greyish.

Elytra oblong, shoulders gently rounded, so as scarcely to

exceed the base of the thorax in width, their sides nearly

straight, but much narrowed apically; disk nearly plane,

with series of punctures, third and fifth interstices mode-

rately elevated and terminating in nodosities on top of the

declivity, sutural region horizontally prolonged so as to form

a duplicated protuberance, which, however, hardly extends

beyond the top of the posterior declivity.

Legs elongate, femora medially incrassate; tibize flexuous,

anterior mucronate.

Scrobes deep in front, but, owing to the squamosity,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 8

114 Capt. T. Broun on new

appearing shallow before reaching the lower angle of the

eyes. Ocular lobes well developed. Corbels of posterior

tibize cavernous, the external truncate surface of moderate

breadth and with inner and outer cilia. Basal ventral sey-

ment deeply impressed between the coxee.

Male.—The basal four antennal joints, though decreasing

slightly, are not far from being equal in length; the terminal

three are nearly twice as long as they are broad.

Evidently allied to J. rhesus, of narrower outline, diffe-

rently coloured, with longer antennze and club, smaller

elytral punctures, &e. From JI. suturalis it may be readily

distinguished by the more obviously carinate rostrum,

narrower hind body, and longer thorax.

Length (rostr. incl.) 44, breadth 13 lines.

Dyers Pass, Canterbury.

I am indebted to Mr. H. Suter for my specimens.

Group Cylindrorhinide.

PPARCHUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Sargon, the rostrum more expanded in front, yet

less so than in Anagotus. The scrobes become vague behind

and are directed to the lower surface. The eyes are trans-

verse, almost truncate in front, and rather near the thoracic

margin. Ocular lobes only feebly developed, but the pro-

sternum is distinctly emarginated. ‘The seape is shorter and

just touches the front of the eye. The funiculus is longer

than the scape, the basal two joints are equal and mode-

_ rately long, joints 8 and 4 are longer than broad, and 5 to 7

are bead-like. Club oviform, pointed, and pubescent. The

tarsi have dense brush-like soles, but with a bare linear space

along the middle; their third joint is deeply bilobed. Ante-

rior cove slightly separated.

In Phozxoteles the eyes touch the front of the thorax and

the tarsi are narrow, with scantily clad soles. In Pha@o-

phanus the eyes and scrobes are very similar, but the ocular

lobes are well developed and the tarsal vestiture is very scanty.

Pyharchus Lewisi, sp. n.

y} )

Elongate, piceous, covered with depressed, greyish, rather

elongate scales.

Rostrum slightly shorter than the thorax, feebly tricarimate

above, its apex with a few yellowish sete, but otherwise

nude, and irregularly punctate. Thorax of equal length and

breadth, subcylindrical, widest near the front, evidently

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 115

narrower behind, and there nearly parallel-sided, apex

medially emarginate, base truncate ; its surface is uneven,

there is a broad longitudinal depression behind the middle,

some punctures are visible near the front, but the rest of

the sculpture consists of short, irregular, shining ruge, those

near the base are transverse, the others longitudinal; the

deflexed sides are coarsely punctate-rugose. Scutellum small.

Elytra oblong, oviform, wider than thorax at base, shoulders

rather narrow; the third interstices are distinctly elevated

from the base to the top of the posterior declivity, but do not

become nodiform there, they being slightly raised nearly as

far as the apices; the fifth are also cariniform, but do not

extend so far back; the seventh unite with the third at the

extremity; between each of these there are two series of

ill-defined coarse punctures ; the apices are dehiscent, but

not projecting.

Underside irregularly punctate, clothed with grey setiform

scales. Abdomen elongate, basal segment broadly depressed

medially, longer than second, third and fourth moderately

short, fifth nearly as long as the preceding two taken

together, sixth very short and curvate. Legs normal,

Length (rostr. incl.) 84, breadth 3 lines.

Ida Valley.

The name of its discoverer, Mr. J. H. Lewis, is applied to

this fine weevil. The specimen is unique.

Tocris, gen. nov.

Body oblong. Head and rostrum broad and flat, conjointly

as long as the thorax and almost as broad as that is; the

rostrum pterygiate at apex. Scrodes open above, deep,

rather abruptly bent towards the lower surface, but not

reaching the eyes. Scape straight and gradually incrassate,

it attains the back of the eye. Municulus evidently longer

than the scape; basal three joints only moderately elongate,

the first slightly longer than either of the following two ;

fourth longer than ‘broad ; joints 5 to 7 almost bead- like ;

club large, oval. Hyes distant from thorax and from each

other, distinctly facetted, quite transverse, narrow in the

longitudinal direction, acuminate below. Thorar sub-

quadrate, narrowed behind, base and apex truncate, ocular

lobes obsolete. Seutellum small. Elytra ovyate-oblong, a

little wider than the thorax at the base. Legs elongate,

femora moderately clavate. Jibie@ mucronate, the posterior

without any external truncature at the extremity. Tursi

rather narrow, basal three joints distinctly longer than

116 Capt. T. Broun on new

broad, the third with rather short lobes ; their soles almost

bare, being only fringed with fine setze.

Prosternum incurved. Front cove almost contiguous, the

intermediate moderately, the posterior widely separated.

Metasternum short. Abdomen with six segments; the basal,

in the middle, nearly twice the length of the second, third

and fourth short, fifth nearly as long as the preceding two

combined, sixth very short and curvate, sublunate.

In appearance, owing to the thick short rostrum, the

typical species approaches some Australian genera ( Psalidura,

Talaurhinus, and Sclerorhinus, for example), but in structure

these are really quite dissimilar, ‘There is no resemblance

between it and any other New Zealand form.

Tocris latirostris, sp. n.

Subopaque, black, sparsely clothed with decumbent, slender,

grey squame ; antenne and tarsi rufo-piceous.

Rostrum rather flat, with a slight cariniform elevation at

each side extending from the antennal insertion towards the

inner or upper part of the eye, and with a feeble central

carina; its surface and sides irregularly punctate and more

squamositate than the rest of the body; its apex and the

mandibles form a nearly perpendicular face. Head short,

with an interocular fovea. Antenne sparingly setose, club —

finely pubescent. Thorax broadly rounded laterally at its

widest portion, the frontal half, the hinder part is almost

suddenly narrowed, has straight sides and rectangular angles ;

its surface somewhat uneven, there being a longitudinal

depression behind the middle and a broad oblique one near

each side in front; its punctuation is not very coarse or close,

hut behind the middle becomes irregular and quite rugose.

Elytra very little rounded laterally, each with six series of

punctures, those near the sides very coarse; the third,

fourth, and fifth interstices are a little elevated from the

base to the hind declivity, which, however, is not abrupt,

but the sides are vertical.

Underside punctate, similar in colour and vestiture to the

upper surface. Fifth ventral segment with a broad apical

impression.

Length (rostr. incl.) 6, breadth 23 lines.

Ben Lomond, Lake Wakatipu.

One example found by Mr. G. Howie and forwarded by

Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 117

Group Rhyparosomide.

Pachyprypnus modicus, sp. 0.

Pyriform, opaque, fuscous black, covered with greyish-

yellow sappy matter and patches of squamiform sete ;

autenne obscure red, tarsi red.

Rostrum strongly arched, feebly grooved or carinate in

front, somewhat ridged and thickly squamositate behind,

but without well-marked crests; it is gradually but con-

siderably thickened towards the eyes. Antenne clothed with

fine brassy sete ; scape clavate, attaining just beyond the

middle of the eye; funiculus gradually incrassate, stout,

second joint as long as but more slender than first, seventh

subquadrate ; club red, compact, nearly round. yes distant

from thorax and from each other, most prominent behind.

Thorax subcylindrical, as long as broad, basal region de-

pressed ; with three moderate, longitudinal, setose elevations

extending from the apex to beyond the middle. E/ytra

emarginated and closely adapted to the thorax at the base,

where they are of the same width; the scutellar area is

depressed ; they are broadest near the almost vertical poste-

rior declivity ; their sculpture indefinite, consisting seemingly

of series of coarse distant punctures ; they bear several small

setose elevations, these, however, are not conspicuous.

Legs stout, coarsely setose ; the two hinder pairs of tibize

gradually expanded, not flexuous, all mucronate.

Considerably smaller than either nos. 762 or 1413, and of

peculiarly rounded outline posteriorly. The hollowed por-

tion of the penultimate joint of the hind tarsi is very small,

just sutticient for the insertion of the claw-joint ; this latter

is large, curved, and thickened towards the extremity.

Length (rostr. excl.) 13, breadth 7 line.

Rangiahua, Hokianga.

I am indebted to Mr. J. W. Graham, a farmer of that

district, for the only specimen I have seen.

Clypeorhynchus tnophleoides, sp. n.

Elongate, uneven; opaque, fusco-piceous, irregularly clothed

with dull tawny hair-like scales ; antenne and tarsi rufescent.

Rostrum and head equal to the thorax in length, the former

indefinitely tricarinate and coarsely punctured, its apical

portion nude and distantly punctate. Hyes oblique, ovifurm.

Head with an elongate central fovea. Thorax slightly longer

than broad, subcylindrical, widest before the middle, with

tubercular sculpture aud a deep median furrow. Elytra a

118 Capt. T. Broun on new

little broader than thorax at the base, their length twice that

of the breadth; disk somewhat flattened, with a broad

impression a'ong each side of the suture; scutellar region

also depressed, the surface therefore uneven but without

distinct punctures or strie; the sides are vertical and

slightly uneven and gently narrowed posteriorly, on each

there are five or six series of distinct punctures; the apical

portion is much narrowed and nearly perpendicular, on the

top there is a pair of conspicuous nodosities, there is also a

smaller one below each of these.

Antenne slender and elongate, sparingly setose; scape

clavate and attaining front of thorax ; basal joint of funiculus

flexuous and double the length of the elongate following one,

third and fourth longer than broad, joints 5 to 7 moniliform ;

club elongate-oval, terminal joint evidently longer than

either of the preceding two. Femora slender at base, inflated

medially ; tibize flexuose; tarsi with yellow setz, their third

joint deeply lobed.

The ocular lobes are moderately developed, not so much so

as in C. gracilipes. The prosternum is deeply emarginate

and very coarsely punctured. The abdomen bears a few pale

depressed setze, the basal segment is longer than the second,

with the suture curved, the following two are short, with

straight sutures.

This species, owing to its Inophleus-like hind body, is the

most remarkable member of the genus.

Length (rostr. incl.) 43, breadth 2 lines.

Invercargill.

A single specimen received from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Bxosomus, gen. nov.

Body subovate. Rostrum stout, subparallel, nearly as long

as thorax. Scrodes deep, oblique, extending from near apex

to lower part of eyes. Scape short, basal half slender, the

other strongly incrassate, it attains the eye. Funiculus

6-articulate, first joint slender at base, but much dilated

apically, about two thirds the length of the other five com-

bined, joints 2-6 short, gradually expanded. Clud ovate,

apparently compact, almost equalling the funicle in length.

Eyes widely distant above, free from thorax, small and

rather flat, transverse. Thorax nearly as long as broad,

bisinuate at base, more contracted in front than behind.

Scutellum invisible. Hlytra subovate, broader than thorax.

Legs stout. emora clavate, briefly grooved near extremity.

Tibie flexuous, with well-developed apical spurs. Tuarsi

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 119

short, their soles sparsely setose; penultimate joint entire

underneath, excavate above. Claws simple.

Prosternum deeply incurved, the obtuse outer angles of

the emargination representing ocular lobes. Anterior core

prominent, globose, contiguous, and situated near the hind

margin; the intermediate moderately, the posterior widely

separated. Metasternum short, plane or concave. Abdomen

narrowed behind, second segment as long as the metasternum,

the first much longer; there is a curvate impression between

these; third and fourth very short, with deep straight

sutures.

In some respects Bantiades approaches this genus; it is,

however, well differentiated by the strongly dentiform thighs

and seven-jointed funicle.

Beosomus tacitus, sp. n.

Convex, piceous, densely covered above and below with

greyish sappy or easily-detached scale-like matter which

usually conceals the sculpture.

Rostrum closely and coarsely sculptured. Thorax rather

broader than long, rounded laterally, somewhat uneven,

coarsely and closely punctate. Hlytra broader than thorax

at base, truncate in the male, bisinuate in the female; there

are two slight basal elevations on the third interstices and

two small ones on the top of the posterior declivity: the

other nodiform elevations are still smaller and inconspicuous,

the hinder part is nearly vertical; they are regularly striate,

and the interstices are strongly transversely rugose; in the

female there are series of minute nodules.

Male.—Rostrum thick, slightly arched, almost parallel-

sided. Antenne inserted before the middle.

Female.—Rostrum slightly narrowed and nearly bare in

front of the antennal insertion, nearly one third of the whole

length.

Metasternum and basal ventral segment flat or broadly

impressed,

Length (rostr. incl.) 1-1}, breadth nearly } line.

Ida Valley.

About a dozen examples from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Group Erirhinidz.

Philacta maculifera, sp. n.

Subovate, convex, moderately nitid, pale testaceous,

covered with decumbent greyish hairs, which on the thoracic

120 Capt. T. Broun on new

disk are disposed transversely; on the alternate elytral

interstices there are some darker oblong spots.

Rostrum elongate and slender, arched, slightly expanded

and infuscate in front. Mandibles prominent. Thorar

transverse, rounded laterally, constricted at the base and

apex, its punctuation moderately fine and close. Seutellum

large, albescent. lytra large, broader than the thorax at

the base, with rounded shoulders, widest near the middle ;

there are three finely punctured discoidal striz on each,

beyond these the sculpture consists of series of punctures.

Femora moderately inflated near the middle, but not

dentate. Jidbie incurved and quite unarmed, but deeply

excavate at the extremity. Tursi pilose underneath; the

middle of the third joint, however, is apparently nude.

Prosternum truncate and densely ciliate in front. Front

cove prominent and contiguous, situated at the extreme

base of the prosternum ; the intermediate moderately sepa-

rated by the mesosternal process; the posterior widely

distant, their cavities extending to the epipleure. Abdomen

slightly convex, basal segment one third longer than the

second and medially emarginate behind, third and fourth

conjointly longer than the second.

The antenne are more elongate and slender than in the

typical species, no, 789; the scape is clavate at the extre-

mity; the basal joint of the funiculus is nearly twice the

length of the second, joints 4-6 are transverse ; club oval,

triarticulate. The elytral striz are narrower and the punc-

tures are finer and more distant from one another, and the

shoulders are less narrowed. The eyes are rotundate, rather

large, moderately convex, and quite free from the thoracic

margin. ‘The insect is larger, brighter, and more glossy than

P. testacea, which, moreover, is unspotted.

Length (rostr. excl.) 2}, breadth 12 lines.

Port Lyttleton.

Three examples from Mr. J. J. Walker.

Oreocharis ferruginea, sp. n.

Elongate, subopaque, brick-red, dorsum covered with

fulvescent squame ; on the elytral disk numerous erect pallid

setee occur, but on the sides and on the legs the sete are

greyish and more slender ; the side of each elytron is nearly

nude and red, so as to form a marked contrast to the upper

surface.

Rostrum stout, subparallel, punctate, nearly nude, with an

indistinct central carina, Mandibles somewhat prominent,

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 121

Head broader than the rostrum, punctate. Eyes rotundate,

convex, widely separated above, and distant from the thorax.

Scape flexuous, slender at base. Funiculus not longer than

the scape, basal joint evidently largest, the following two

longer than broad, joints 4-6 small and moniliform; clud

nearly as long as the funicle, elongate-oval, its basal articu-

lation two or three times longer than the preceding sixth

joint, the second still larger, third apparently entire and

about twice the length of the preceding two taken together.

Thoraa slightly narrowed and constricted anteriorly, base

and apex truncate, the length and breadth about equal,

punctate; on some places individual scales are wanting, thus

causing an almost maculate appearance. Scutellum elon-

gate. Hlytra elongate, nearly twice the width of the thorax

at the base, moderately narrowed behind; the red sides are

punctate-striate, but the discoidal portion, though punctured,

does not exhibit well-marked striz. Femora moderately

inflated, the front pair emarginate near the extremity, the

others strongly angulated.

An easily recognized species, owing to its bright coloration

and rather large size.

Length (rostr. excl.) 22, breadth 1 line.

Nelson Mountains.

One mounted specimen kindly sent to me by Mr. G. V.

Hudson.

Oreocharis pullata, sp. n,

Nitid, pitchy black, knees and tarsi castancous, thinly

clothed with inconspicuous cinereous pubescence.

Rostrum longitudinally finely punctate-rugose. Thorax

about as long as it is broad, its sides a little rounded, dis-

tinctly constricted near the apex, moderately coarsely and

closely punctured. /ytra evidently wider than the thorax

at the base, rather gradually narrowed posteriorly, striate-

punctate, the striz distinct towards the apices; interstices

finely punctured, on some parts appearing slightly rugose.

Legs elongate, middle and hind femora strongly angulated

underneath ; posterior tibize incurved.

Somewhat similar to O. cyanea (no. 1267), but with a

longer rostrum, without any interocular impression, and with

more distinct elytral sculpture and more prominent shoulders.

Length (rostr. excl.) 2, breadth 7 line.

Nelson Mountains.

A single mounted example, received from Mr. G. V.

Hudson.

122 Capt. T. Broun on new

Group Scolopteride.

GoNOROPTERUS, gen. nov.

Body squamose. Rostrum, in repose, extending to middle

coxre. Scrobes beginning near apex and extending towards

lower part of eyes. Head twice width of rostrum. Eyes

large, rather flat, rounded above, somewhat angulate below

in front. Thorax longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly,

bisinuate at base, armed in front with two stout, horizontal,

spiniform processes. Scutéellum distinct. lytra broader

than thorax, humeral angles with large, obtuse, horizontal

angulations, apices acuminate, the disk with two large

prominences. Legs normal; anterior femora simple, the

intermediate and posterior with spiniform angulations under-

neath; hind ¢zdie flexuous.

The genus must be placed near Ancistropterus ; it most

nearly resembles A. pilosus, but differs therefrom in having

a broader rostrum, large, depressed, and quite lateral eyes,

acuminate or spiniform elytral apices, and more especially in

having prominent thoracic spines; this last character, indeed,

differentiates it from all the genera of the Scolopteride.

Gonoropterus spinicollis, sp. n.

Piceous, a little nitid, legs and antennz rufo-castaneous ;

clothed with variegated scales, on some parts these resemble

the derm in colour, on others they are dull grey and incon-

spicuous, but for the most part, particularly on the sternum

and femora, they are sordid yellow ; in shape, too, the squamz

differ, some being minute and rounded, whilst others are

slender and elongate; they are depressed, and do not appa-

rently form spots or bands, though perfect specimens may be

better marked.

Rostrum finely quadricarinate, but with the apex smooth

and somewhat expanded. TZhoraw rather finely and irregu-

larly punctured. lytra coarsely striate-punctate ; near the

base, however, the sculpture is nearly obsolete ; the discoidal

tubercles are large and directed outwards as well as upwards ;

in line with these, but a little further back, there are two

slight, elongate, nodiform elevations, and on each of the

fifth interstices, towards the extremity, there is a similar

small elevation; the sides from the humeral angulations

backwards are vertical or somewhat inflexed. Tarsi pilose,

their penultimate joint short and lobate. Claws not dentate.

Length (rostr. excl.) 3, breadth 1} lines.

Wanganui,

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 123

Described from an old imperfect specimen, marked A,

which was given to me by Mr. Marshall many years ago.

As no other ‘example has been found since then, I thought

it advisable to describe it.

Group Cryptorhynchide.

Crisius dorsalis, sp. n.

Variegate, piceous, rostrum and legs reddish.

Rostrum stout, nearly as long as the head and thorax, its

base with rufescent squamez, the sculpture linear, but finely

punctate at the extremity. Thoraz slightly transverse, its

apical third constricted and bearing a pair of small obtuse

crests, the basal portion closely and coarsely punctured and

nearly covered with red scales, there being only a few ochra-

ceous ones near each side; there are two median squamose

elevations in front and two smaller ones near the base, which

therefore appears as if it were longitudinally depressed ; its

sides are a little uneven. Scutel/wm invisible or very minute.

Elytra broader than the thorax at the base, much narrowed

posteriorly ; each shoulder has an oblique oblong elevation ;

there are seven unequal nodosities along each side, the fifth

and sixth are small, the seventh is placed near the apex; on

the dorsum there are several nodosities of variable size, the

squamosity is chiefly ferruginous, but the flattened basal

median area is covered with minute pallid scales; on this

pale portion and along the hind slope there are four series of

punctures which almost form striz behind; the external

punctuation is interrupted. Legs squamose, the tibice with

pale outstanding setiform scales.

This is smaller than C. obesulus, Sharp, and may be dis-

tinguished therefrom by the coarse thoracic punctuation,

obsolete scutellum, less dentiform femora, coarsely uneven

elytral margins, contracted posterior portion, and by the

pale flattened space.

Length (rostr. excl.) 2, breadth 1} lines.

Forty Mile Bush.

Described from a specimen which was found by Mr. H.

Suter.

Group Cossonide.

Pentarthrum crassellum, sp. n.

Subcylindrical, moderately shining, rufo-piceous, bearing

/ . + . Cs . ord . a . . 5

many minute grey hairs, which on the posterior declivity

124 ~ Capt. T. Broun on new

become yellow and more obvious; antenne and tarsi pitchy

red.

Rostrum quite cylindric, stout, moderately finely but

distinctly punctate, more coarsely and rugosely between the

prominent eyes; these latter are sharply limited by the large

smooth neck. Thorax quite one third longer than broad,

rounded towards the base, a good deal narrowed anteriorly,

abruptly constricted there; its surface is coarsely and mode-

rately closely punctured, but more finely and closely near

the apex. Scutellum distinct, rounded. lytra_parallel-

sided; the hind slope, however, is somewhat contracted, so

that the lateral margins there seem expanded; there is a

distinct sutural notch at the apex; they are punctate-striate,

the punctures are close and coarse, so that the strie appear

crenate, the interstices bear fine serial punctures. Antenne

normal, basal joint of the funiculus evidently larger than the

second, club rather narrow and pubescent.

P. porcatum, Sharp (no. 2198), may be readily separated

by the absence of hairs and interstitial punctures. From

the female of P. punctatissimum (no. 2194) it is distinguished

by the darker colour, larger size, more distinctly punctured

rostrum, more coarsely but less rugosely sculptured thorax,

larger scutellum, deeper and more coarsely punctured elytral

strize, and narrower antennal club. ‘The other allies of the

P. sculpturatum group, with each of which it has been com-

pared, present more or less obvious differences.

Length (rostr. incl.) nearly 2, breadth $ line.

Picton.

A single female, found by Mr. J. J. Walker.

Hecr#us, gen. nov.

Body elongate. Thorax ovate-cylindric. Elytra elon-

gate-oblong. Scutellum absent. Legs long. Anterior tibie

without hooks, but acute at the apices. Tarsi rather short,

third joint bilobed but not expanded, the terminal about

equal in length to the preceding three combined, with two

claws. Antenne finely setose, long and stout, inserted above

at the apex of the rostrum. Scape slightly flexuous, gradu-

ally incrassate, attaining the thoracic margin. Funiculus

as long as the scape, 7-articulate, basal joint longest, second

slightly longer than broad, third and fourth subquadrate,

seventh transverse, slightly broader than its predecessor ;

club ovate, compact. Hyes absent or abortive, not visible.

Prosternum elongate, emarginate ; front core prominent,

slightly separated, placed near the basal margin ; the inter-

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 125

mediate pair distinctly, the posterior widely distant. Meta-

sternum short. Abdomen elongate, basal two segments

broadly impressed, the first longest, third and fourth mode-

rately short, with deep straight sutures.

The rostrum is about half the length of the thorax, and is

almost pterygiate at the apex, so that the scrobes are quite

open above and somewhat similar to those of an Ofio-

rhynchus. As the insect is blind and without the scutellum

and the tibial hooks, its position in the section having a

seven-jointed funiculus is apparently unique.

Hecteus rubidus, sp. n.

Body moderately convex, a little nitid, ferruginous; an-

tennee and tarsi testaceous; its clothing consists of a few

erect slender grey hairs.

Rostrum with some slender pallid squame near the base.

Thorax almost nude, not twice as long as it is broad, slightly

wider before the middle than elsewhere, its sides gently

rounded, its surface moderately coarsely but not closely

punctured. Elytra rather wider than thorax at the base,

twice its length, their sides nearly parallel, apices simple,

rounded ; distinctly and moderately coarsely striate-punctate,

interstices rather narrow, plane, each with a series of minute

punctures; they bear numerous erect, short, grey setz.

Legs finely setose; femora long and somewhat clavate;

tibize stout, a little flexuous, the intermediate and posterior

unarmed at the extremity. Metasternum and basal ventral

segments distinctly but not closely punctate.

Length (rostr. incl.) 1, breadth + lne.

Ida Valley, Otago.

One example found by Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Group Scolytide.

MEsoscoLyTUs, gen. nov.

Body narrow, cylindrical. Head deeply immersed in the

excavate pronotum. Antenne implanted close to the eyes,

basal joint curvate, elongate, twice the length of all the

others combined ; second stout, triangular; remaining joints

gradually expanded, extremely short, and so closely articu-

lated as to be almost indistinguishable. Club large, flat-

tened, and compact, broadly oval, not visibly articulated

above. Hyes depressed, distinctly facetted, strongly trans-

verse, widely distant. Thorax large, without lateral margins,

Scutellum small. Legs slender, femora laterally compressed ;

126 Capt. T. Broun on new

tihie slender at base, expanded beyond, minutely denticulate

externally, the two front pairs obliquely truncate at the

extremity, the posterior obliquely rounded. Tarsi filiform

and slender, not as long as the tibiz, the basal three joints

elongate and nearly equal, third not lobate, and interposed

between it and the elongate terminal joint there is a minute

but distinct fourth joint.

Front coxe large, prominent, almost contiguous, the inter-

mediate and posterior just perceptibly separated. Abdomen

rather longer than the metasternum, its segments with

straight sutures, that between the basal two very fine, the

others deep; the segments are horizontal and on the same

plane, the first is distinctly longer than the second, the

third and fourth are nearly equal to one another, but shorter

than the preceding one.

In Scolytus the general form may be termed stumpy, the

anterior tibiz terminate in prominent curvate hooks exter-

nally, the elytra are quite truncate at the apex, and the

abdomen is retracted and suddenly bent upwards, so that

the metasternum is abruptly prominent. In the genus here

described the tibize are unarmed at the outer extremity, the

ventral segments are horizontal and are contiguous with the

epipleure throughout. Tomicus more nearly resembles this

genus In contour, but the eyes are emarginate and the poste-

rior portions of the elytra are either truncate or excavate

and spinose.

Mesoscolytus inurbanus, Broun.

Cylindrical, slightly nitid, rufo-piceous or nigrescent,

sparingly clothed with erect, slender, yellowish hairs; legs

and antennee testaceous or pale castaneous.

Thorax longer than broad, base truncate, its rounded

anterior portion transversely punctate-rugose or granulate,

its appearance depending upon the direction from which it is

examined ; the basal part is finely and distantly sculptured

and the middle of the disk is somewhat elevated. Elytra~

with three or four ill-defined stiiz near the apices, but

on the dorsum with series of moderately fine punctures,

interstices simple. Scutel/wm smooth. The antennal club,

though palette-like above, is feebly articulated underneath,

the bald basal joint being as kung as the three pubescent

terminal ones.

Underside shining, brownish black, sparingly clothed with

elongate but extremely sleuder greyish hairs. Flanks of

prosternum finely punctured. Metasternum convex, almost

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 127

smooth, but with a short furrow behind along the middle.

Ventral segments finely punctate, but without other marks.

Length 14, breadth 3 line.

Clevedon.

The unique damaged specimen found about thirty years

ago at Tairua (no. 629) was referred to Apate, but the capture

of two more recently on the Hunua Range enables me to

define the position of the species more accurately, so I

thought it advisable to redescribe it.

Group Lamiidz.

Sumatidia testudo, sp. n.

Convex, moderately elongate, slightly nitid, rather sparsely

pubescent, rufo-fuscous ; the base, sides, apex, and a post-

median fascia of the elytra fuscous.

Thorax transverse, its greater portion rounded laterally,

widest at the middle, much rarrowed, almost constricted,

near the base ; its surface is moderately coarsely and irregu-

larly punctured except on a large triangular discoidal space,

which is quite smooth; its clothing is yellowish, decumbent,

and scanty, but more concentrated before the scutellum.

Elyira rather elongate, broadest before the middle; their

pubescence is very fine, depressed, and ash-coloured, there

are also numerous short, erect, reddish setee; the punctuation

is coarse and irregular, there is a slight Jongitudinal elevation

on each near the base, but no other inequalities.

Antenne stout, shorter than the body, reddish, pubescent,

joints 4-11 more or less infuscate, third joint longest, about

one third longer than fourth. Femora stout, infuscate ;

tibize and tarsi testaceous, the former with a brown spot near

the extremity, their basal portion also infuscate.

Abdomen fuscous, very gradually narrowed backwards ;

segments 1—4 slightly diminish in length, fifth longer than

the preceding one; its covering consists of depressed cinereous

hairs,

The smooth shield-hke space on the thorax and the rather

scanty inconspicuous pubescence render its recognition a

comparatively easy matter.

Length 22, breadth 1} lines.

Otago.

One from Mr. Sandager,

Auckland, New Zealand,

15th March, 1904.

128 Mr. C. T. Regan on Three new

XVI.—Deseriptions of Three new Marine Fishes from

South Africa. By C. Tate Recan, B.A.

Scyllium natalense.

Allied to S. guagga, Alc. Head broad, depressed; snout

elliptical, with obtusely pointed tip, its length, measured

from the middle of the upper jaw, slightly more than 4 its

greatest breadth and equal to 23 times the width of the inter-

space between the nasal valves. Diameter of eye % the length

of snout. A fold at each angle of the mouth, extending

along the lower jaw for ? of the distance from angle to sym-

physis and less than } as far along the upper jaw. ‘Teeth

tricuspid, the middle cusp the longest. First dorsal origin-

ating above posterior 4 of base of ventral, second dorsal a

little in advance of posterior end of base of anal; dorsal fins

subequal, the length of the base of each about # of the

distance between them. Length of base of anal 14 times

that of second dorsal and 13 times in its distance from the

caudal. Pectoral extending a little more than 4 the distance

from its base to origin of ventral ; ventral with its outer edge

evenly rounded anteriorly and becoming very oblique poste-

riorly. Greyish ; back with broad transverse brown bands

with darker edges and with less distinct intermediate bands

composed of brown marbling or reticulations. Upper surface

of head covered with reticulations, except for the first cross-

band, which lies between the posterior halves of the eyes and

has a convex posterior edge. The second band is represented

by 2 oval patches at the level of the gill-openings, nearly

meeting in the middle line; the third is at the level of the

posterior part of the pectoral; the fourth, in front of the

dorsal fin, is broken up into a median circular or oval and a

pair of lateral semioval patches; the fifth and seventh are

through the bases of the dorsal fins, and there are 2 or 3 on

the tail. Pectoral and ventral each with a large dark blotch ;

each dorsal fin with a dark blotch on its upper portion.

Total length 325 mm.

Two specimens from the coast of Natal, presented to the

British Museum by Mr. J. F. Quekett.

Trigla Quekett?.

Depth of body 53 times in the length, length of head 32

times. Snout 1} times as long as eye, the diameter of which

Marine Fishes from South Africa. 129

is 33 times in the length of head. Preorbital ending in 2

spines anteriorly ; depth of suborbital equal to diameter of

eye; maxillary extending to below anterior edge of eye;

interorbital space slightly concave, its width # the diameter

of eye. Dorsal IX, 19; the second spine the longest, } the

length of head. Anal 18. Pectoral and ventral extending

to origin of anal. Caudal very slightly emarginate. About

95 scales in a longitudinal series and 27 plates along the

bases of the dorsal fins ; scales of the lateral line not enlarged

and not spiny. Greyish; pectoral blackish, except at its

upper and lower margins ; other fins immaculate.

Length to base of caudal 260 mm.

A single specimen from the coast of Natal, presented to

the British Museum by Mr. J. F. Quekett.

PETALICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Closely allied to Scombresox. Body elongate, strongly

compressed. Both jaws produced into a long slender beak ;

a series of small pointed teeth in each jaw; palate toothless ;

gill-openings very wide; gill-rakers moderate. Scales

small, deciduous ; lateral lines approximated ventrally,

ending above the last rays of anal. Dorsal with 18 rays,

elevated anteriorly, the posterior rays short, subequal, strongly

branched, but not disconnected. Anal with 22 rays, com-

mencing in advance of the dorsal and similar to it. Pectoral

short, of 1l rays. Ventrals close together, 6-rayed, inserted

far back. Caudal forked.

Petalichthys capensis.

Depth of body about 153 times in the length, length of

head about 3} times. Snout, measured from anterior edge of

eye to tip of upper jaw, 2} times as long as rest of head.

Lower jaw projecting beyond theupper; maxillary completely

hidden beneath the preeorbital. Diameter of eye greater than

interorbital width and } the length of postorbital part of head.

About 22 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the

longest } the diameter of eye. Length of pectoral nearly

equal to depth of body. Origin of ventrals equidistant from

posterior part of pectoral and base of caudal. Silvery ;

darker above.

Length to base of caudal 320 mm.

A single specimen from Port Elizabeth, presented to the

British Museum by Mr. Drege.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 9

130 On the Affinities of the Genus Draconetta.

Such an examination of the pharyngeals as is possible

without injury to the specimen shows that they are appa-

rently similar to those of Scombresoz, whilst the middle and

posterior dorsal and anal rays are of the same type as the ray

immediately preceding the first finlet in the dorsal and anal

fins of S. saurus.

XVII.—On the Affinities of the Genus Draconetta, with

Description of a new Species. By C. Tate Reaay, B.A.

In 1903 Jordan and Fowler (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxv.

p- 939) instituted a new genus, Draconetta, for a single

species, D. xenica, known only from one example of 23 inches,

taken at a depth of 100 fathoms in Suruga Bay, Japan.

This genus was made the type of a distinct family, regarded

as allied to the Callionymide.

In the British Museum collection there is a Draconetta,

received from the Smithsonian Institution as Callionymus

himantophorus, Goode and Bean, and stated to have been

dredged in the North Atlantic, and which is described below

under the name LD. acanthopoma.

An examination of this example seems to leave no room

for doubt that Draconetta is closely allied to Harpagifir,

which genus it resembles in the naked body, the position of

the fins, the restricted gill-openings, &c., and in having the

operculum and suboperculum reduced and each represented

by a strong spine. In /raconetta, as in Harpagifer, there is

a single nostril on each side situated at the apex of a tubular

papilla; other apertures which have the appearance of

nostrils are the pores of the sensory canal system, which is

well developed on the head.

Draconetia differs from Harpagifer in the more slender

body, the complete absence of a lateral line, the large con-

tiguous eyes, and the more pungent dorsal spines.

Harpagifer has been placed by Boulenger in the Noto-

theniidee, and after re-examination of the skeletons it appears

to me beyond doubt that it is closely related to Notothenia;

consequently the family Draconettide should be given up.

Draconetta acanthopoma, sp. n.

Depth of body 5} times in the length, length of head 3}

times. Eyes large, contiguous, their diameter ? the length

On new Indo-Australian and African Heterocera. 131

of head. Maxillary extending to below anterior 3 of eye;

length of snout 4 the diameter of eye. Dorsal ILI, 14, the

first and second spines close together, the third more remote ;

the first and third subequal, half the length of the second,

which is ? the diameter of eye. Anal 18. Pectoral and

ventral extending to second or third ray of anal. Caudal

rounded. Uniformly olivaceous, fins pale.

Length to base of caudal 70 mm.

Easily distinguished from the Japanese species by the

form of the spinous dorsal and the more numerous rays.

XVIII.— New Species of Indo-Australian and African

Hleterocera, By Col. Cuartes SwinuHoe, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Lymantriide.

Euproctis lyoma, nov.

3. Antenne, palpi, frons, head, body, and fore wings

bright ochreous yellow. Fore wings with two broad trans-

verse upright black bands, ante- and postmedial, from the

hinder margin towards the costa, which they do not quite

reach ; these bands are formed of clusters of black atoms,

and in some examples are connected together on the hinder

margin: hind wings and underside pale yellow, with no

markings.

Expanse of wings 5%; inch.

4 8, Bipindi, Cameroons.

Allied to #. fasciata, Walker, but much smaller and quite

distinct.

Genus SAPELIA, Swinhoe.

Sapelia, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 19035, p. 389.

Sapelia flavipectus,

Sapelia flavipectus, Swinhoe, /. e.

1 g, Ashanti.

1 ¢, Sapele, River Niger.

The male is better clothed than the female; the frons and

pectus are yellow, as in the female, the antennz are blacker,

the head and thorax above are darker, and the legs have the

black knee-spots larger.

Expanse of wings 15% inch.

Types in B. M.

132 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Speetes of

Family Limacodida.

Scopelodes tantula, nov.

¢. Palpi orange-ochreous beneath, blackish above, with a

subapical band of ochreous-grey hairs; antenne ochreous

grey ; frons, head, thorax, and wings brown, with a faint

purplish tint ; abdomen orange-ochreous, with a black dorsal

stripe on the anal half. Fore wings with a faint orange

streak along the median vein: hind wings broadly orange-

ochreous at the base and on the abdominal margin; veins of

the hind wings whitish; cilia of both wings orange-ochreous.

Underside with the veins of both wings whitish; base of

hind wings, the abdominal margin, and cilia of both wings as

above; body and legs ochreous, the latter slightly suffused

with brown.

Expanse of wings 1,5) inch.

Khasia Hills.

Superficially like a very small Scopulodes venosa, Walker,

but the fore wings are very much narrower in proportion,

and the apex consequently acute; the ochreous abdominal

margin of hind wings is much more limited, and the legs are

ochreous, not black, and the underside altogether very

different.

Family Notodontida.

Hypereschra collaris, nov.

3. Palpi and tufts of hair at the base of antenne dark

chocolate-brown, antennz much paler; frons, head, and

collar broadly pure white ; body and fore wings dark choco-

late-brown in parts, but somewhat variegated with paler shades

of colour ; a pale space on the costa of fore wings before the

apex ; a broad pale space from the base nearly to the outer

margin just above the hinder margin; some indistinct

blackish-brown longitudinal streaks before the outer margin:

hind wings dark chocolate brownish grey, without markings:

anal tuft of abdomen blackish brown. Underside paler than

above, much more uniform in colour.

Expanse of wings 1,9, inch.

Khasia Hills. Four examples.

Allied to H. tenebrosa, Moore, from Sikkim; the fore

wings of a somewhat similar pattern, but easily distinguish-

able by its prominent white head and collar.

Indo- Australian and African Heterocera. 133

Family Boarmiide.

Subfamily Bosrurryx.

Genus GASTRINA,.

Gastrina, Guen. Phal. i. p. 224 (1857).

Passa, Walker, xxxv. 1563 (1866).

Gastrina serrata.

Xylina serrata, Walker, xi. 761 (1857),

Gastrina denticulata, Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii, p- 278, pl. iv,

fig. 25 (1900).

Type, Tasmania, in B. M.

Type (denticulata), Van Diemen’s Land, in Mus. Oxon.

Walker’s type being in the Notodontide drawer 37 made

me overlook it.

Subfamily Prosoropurz.

Genus DICERATUCHA, nov.

Fore wing elongate, narrow ; costa straight, slightly arched

from base and before apex, outer margin obliquely curved,

faintly bidentate beyond cell: hind wing broader, outer

margin projecting bluntly at middle; apical angle rounded,

anal angle truncated. Antenna of male ciliated, of female

subserrate, pubescent ; palpi porrect upwards in front of face,

rough-haired, the joints obscured ; forehead hairy, with two

bluntly conical chitinous projections above ; tongue straight,

frenulum present ; hind tibiz rough-haired, with four spurs.

Fore wing with the cell three fifths of wing; discocellular

vertical, short, both subcostal and median veins being inbent

at extremity, first median nervule at quite four fifths, second

close before third, lower radial from slightly below middle of

discocellulars, upper from upper end of cell, 7 and 8 stalked

from the bend close before end; 9 and 10 stalked from two

thirds, 9 anastomosing with 7 and 8 ; the areole broad; 11

free : hind wing with the costal and subcostal approximated

for nearly the length of the cell, 6 and 7 on a long stalk;

discocellular oblique and shortly angled in the middle; vein 5

present from the outward angulation.

Type, Diceratucha (Cinone) xenopis, Lower, Trans. Roy.

Soe. South Australia, 1902, p. 227.

Dr. Turner tells me he is of opinion that this species should

134 On the Sand-Viper of Roumania.

be placed in the (nochromide, on account of the presence of

vein 5 in the hind wings, but in every other respect it corre-

sponds to the Boarmiide.

Family Larentiide.

Eulype albifusa, nov.

3 %. Wings black, with a broad curved white band

occupying the postmedian fourth of wing, its outer edge

bulging in the centre on both wings; fringe black; a deep

black cell-spot in the black basal half, across which near the

base a faintly paler band is seen; the white band narrower

on the hind wings. Underside like the upperside ; head and

body black, tips of antenne pale.

Expanse of wings 175 inch.

Palau Island, Philippines (Semper).

The species agrees with Hulype in having a single areole in

the fore wings, the palpi are longer than usual, the antenne

lamellate, in the male thickened and flattened, subserrate

beneath, the teeth short, close and clavate.

XIX.—On the Sand-Viper of Roumania (Vipera ammodytes,

var. Montandoni). By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

WHEN recently discussing the geographical variations of

Vipera ammodytes*, I pointed out that the Roumanian

specimens, two in number, which I had been able to examine

agreed neither with the typical form from Austria-Hungary,

Dalmatia, Bosnia, and Montenegro, nor with the var. mertdio-

nalis from Greece and Syria. Having now received five

further specimens from Roumania, through my valued

correspondent M. A. Montandon, and finding them to agree

in essential characters with the two previously noticed, I

have no hesitation in regarding them as representing a third

form, for which I propose the name var. Montandont.

The following table shows the principal variations in the

lepidosis of the seven specimens available :—

* Proc. Zool. Soc, 1908, i. p. 185.

On a new Cyprinodontid Fish from Egypt. 135

a-c, e-g. Greci, on granitic hills in the Macin district, 15 miles from

Braila on the Danube.

d, Cocosu Monastery, 8.E. of Macin.

oe te he 6. Boe 10' 11. 99) 18° 14° 46:

ee coo 7 9h Ise 888s. 4 eG 9 9 4 4 IE 1

fie. 655 65”, 1160 86. 8 82 42 50° 45.4512 10

at. AUO) OB Oh 5a e7 BBs 42.7 16-0 Ble 45 12 12

Me? sav: 820,560), 4, ) 168 89, 8.84 619 9 2419.11

Be 30. cs “AGO! 250%7 5, 165 BIB Sk ae Q210le-S 4u58 101.17

fe yaa. 2 420-40?) tes Yada! B8 a) 8: 1G (9: 4b alse OOTY

wees, 10m 25,’ 149/83 '4t '9° 08 7. "oh EB BT 16

1. Total length. 2. Length of tail. 3. Number of scales across body.

4, Number of ventral shields. 5. Number of subcaudal shields.

6. Number of whorls of scales on rostral “horn.” 7. Width of

rostral shield. 8. Depth of rostral shield. 9. Number of scales

across vertex between supraoculars. 10, 11. Number of upper labial

shields (right and left), 12,13. Upper labial shields (4th, 5th, or

6th) entering the eye (right and left). 14, 15. Number of scales

round the eye, supraocular excluded (right and left).

The var. Montandoni may be thus defined :—

Naso-rostral shield not reaching the canthus rostralis nor

the summit of the rostral shield, which is deeper than broad;

rostral ‘ horn”’ with 2 to 4, usually 3, transverse series of

scales between the rostral shield and the apex. Ventral

shields 149 to 158. A more or less distinct dark blotch on

the lower lip, involving 5 to 7 labial shields without complete

interruption. Lower surface of end of tail yellow.

This race is easily distinguished from the typical form by

the shape of the rostral and naso-rostral shields, the extent

of the dark blotch on the lower lip, and the yellow colour on

the tail (nearly always red in the typical form). From the

var. meridionalis, to which it is more closely related, the

higher number of ventral shields (149-158, instead of 133-

147) and the usually lesser development of the rostral

«¢ horn” are sufficient characters to justify a > arietal separation.

XX.—On a new Cyprinodontid Fish from Egypt.

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

AtonG with examples of Paratilapia multicolor, recently

discovered by him, Mr. C. H. Schoeller has kindly sent me

several specimens of a little Cyprinodont which occurs near

136 On a new Cyprinodontid Fish from Egypt.

Alexandria, and of which specimens had previously been

obtained by Mr. W. L. S. Loat at Gheit-el-Nasara, Lake

Menzaleh. ‘This Cyprinodont belongs to an undeseribed

species of Haplochilus, which I have great pleasure in naming

Haplochilus Schoelleri, sp. n.

D. 7-8. (AS19918. hq. 25-28 2.

Depth of body 33 to 43 times in total length, length of

head 33 to 4 times. Eye longer than snout, as long as or a

little shorter than postorbital part of head. Origin of dorsal

above middle of anal, 13 to 12 as far from eye as from root

of caudal. Caudal rounded, as long as head. Pale yellowish

olive in spirit, the scales finely edged with blackish; fins

white, without markings.

Total length 33 millim.

Mr. Schoeller, in the notes with which he has kindly

furnished me, states that the whole fish, when alive, shows a

splendid dark sky-blue iridescence except on the belly. The

dorsal and caudal fins are colourless, but males have the latter

edged with red above and beneath ; the pectoral, ventral, and

anal fins are lemon-yellow, at least during the breeding-

season. ‘Lhe iris is colourless.

This Haplochilus occurs in great numbers in freshwater

wells and watering canals close to Lake Mareotis; it keeps

mostly to the surface of the water, always swimming in

great excitement, the fins in quivering motion.

Five species are now known from the eastern parts of

Africa north of the equator. They may be distinguished by

means of the following synopsis :—

I, Dorsal with 6 to 8 rays; scales 24-28 in a longitudinal series,

A. Anal with 12 or ‘18 rays; dorsal origi-

nating above middle of anal............ Hi. Schoellert, Blgr.

B, Anal with 14 or 15 rays; dorsal origi-

nating above posterior third of anal.

Eye longer than snout, as long as postorbital part

OF Head “Pry. . ce 5 eee eee Oe ee Re eee H, Loati, Blgr.

Eye nearly as long as snout, about 3 postorbital

part of head § 3.5. ccs dss ee yech spe en epee H. Marni, Stdr.

Eye not longer than snout, about 3 postorbital part

of head’ 41. sk dsb «beep bp em rein ge ree H, bifasciatus, Stdr.

II. Dorsal with 1] rays, anal with 14; scales 30

in a longitudinal series.............s000. H, Antinori, Vincig.

On new Species of Histeride. 137

XXI.—On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

[Plate VI.]

THis is the twenty-third paper on the Histeridze published in

this Magazine. In the last (vol. xii. p. 417, 1903), I men-

tioned the preparation of a new catalogue of the family ; but

the issue of it is for a short time unavoidably postponed. In

the present arrangement of the species I have placed Niponius

first, because it is the most obvious exponent of those genera

whose species have non-retractile heads. In Niponius it is

a more pronounced character than in Hololepta.

List of Species, arranged generically.

Niponius striaticeps, sp. n. Pachylister, gen. nov.

Eutidium lepidum, sp. n. Hister Belli, sp. n.

Hololepta dux, sp. n. pachysoma, Ancey,

Lioderma intersectum, sp. n. Walkeri, sp. n.

Plesius Mouhoti, Lew., 1879. Pachylomalus Andrewesi, sp. n,

planulus, Lew., 1879. Pachycrerus cylindricus, Lew.,

levis, Lew., 1879. 1879.

Placodes Brauni, sp. n. Probolosternus termitophilus, sp. n.

Platylister soronius, sp. n. Enicosoma, gen. noy.

Platysoma ruptistriatum, sp. n. vespertinum, sp. n.

capense, Wiedm. Saprinus dichrous, sp. n.

Omalodes mestino, sp. n. flavopictus, sp. n.

Teinotarsus latipes, sp. n. Pachylopus lepidulus, Br.

Macrolister, gen. nov,

Niponius striaticeps, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 4.)

Cylindricus, parum robustus; fronte transversim striata ; elytris

pedibusque rufo-brunneis ; propygidio 4-foveolato; pygidio 2-

foveolato.

L. 4% mill.

Cylindrical, somewhat robust ; head pitchy brown, thorax

darker, except at the anterior angles, elytra and abdominal

segments reddish brown; the head, armature transversely

and distinctly bicarinate, between the eyes there is a fine but

clear bowed stria, the surface before the stria is distinctly

punctulate, behind the stria the surface is apparently smooth,

but a few points can be seen under the microscope ; the

thorax is distinctly but not densely punctured, and some very

fine points are seen between the larger ones; the elytra are

striate, the sutural stria is complete or traceable as punctures

to the apex and it is joined to the fifth at the base, the other

138 Mr. G. Lewis on

strize are evanescent posteriorly and scarcely reach the

middle, the interstices are punctulate and there is a shallow

impression, somewhat transverse, on either side before the

middle ; the propygidium has four fovez similar to those of

N. impressicollis, Lew. (fig. 1, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 335,

1885), and the pygidium has two foves resembling those of

N. furcatus, Lew. (1. c. fig. 15) ; the prosternum is parallel

laterally, with marginal strie which join at the base but are

a little shortened in front; the meso- and metasterna have a

median canaliculation common to both segments, the latter

is marginate laterally ; the legs are reddish brown.

In its rather robust form this species most resembles

NV. Andrewesit, Lew.; it is the only species at present

known that has a frontal stria.

Hab. Borneo. One example in the British Museum from

the Pascoe Collection.

Eutidium lepidum, sp. n.

Ovato-latum, depressum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte plana, obsolete

bistriata, striis brevissimis ; pronoto impunctato; elytris stria 1*

brevi, ceteris nullis; propygidio fere impunctato ; pygidio sparse

et minute punctato.

L. 53 mill. (absque mandibulis).

The wider and more depressed form of this species distin-

guishes it from the other three known of the genus. Also

the absence of any long elytral stria, almost impunctate pro-

pygidium, and the sparse and equally scattered fine punctures

of the pygidium are characteristic of L. lepidum, and there

are faint indications of frontal striz such as are observable in

Hololepta aradiformis, Er.

Hab, Minas, Brazil (Campos de Diamantina, Z. Gounelle,

1902).

Hololepta dux, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovata, subparallela, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte levis-

sime striata; thorace ¢ foveolato, angulo antice haud producto ;

elytris stria 1* appendice recta ; propygidio parce circum, pygidio

dense, punctato.

L. 15 mill. (absque mandibulis).

Oblong, oval, somewhat parallel laterally, depressed, black

and shining; the head is feebly impressed anteriorly with

two extremely fine curved frontal striz, which apparently

meet behind the middle of the mentum; the thorax is

sparsely punctured at the sides, somewhat acute at the anterior

new Species of Histeride. 139

angles, but not produced, the fovea of g is nearly circular ;

the elytra, strie, subhumeral well-marked and_ shortened

before and behind, first dorsal shortened well before the

middle with a very short and straight apical appendage ;

the propygidium is clearly but sparsely punctured at the

sides; the pygidium is somewhat narrowed at the angles on

either side, punctures generally are close but not coarse, but

those at the apex are much finer.

H. dux is similar in size to H. dilatata, Sch., but it differs

in being more depressed and in outline more oblong ; the

thorax is not produced at the anterior angles, the apical

appendage to the first elytral stria is straight, not crescent-

shaped, and the pygidium is narrowed on either side at the

base and is less coarsely punctured, with finer points on the

apex. I have not seen a female.

Hab, Adamaua, Kamerun.

Lioderma tntersectum, sp. n.

Oblongum, subdepressum, nigrum, subnitidum ; fronte haud striata;

pronoto stria marginali nulla; elytris margine inflexo levi, striis

1 brevi, 2 valida integra; propygidio circum grosse punctato;

pygidio dense et fortiter punctato.

L. 9-11 mill. (absque mandibulis),

This species and ZL. cerdo, Mars., are very similar, but

L. intersectum differs in the ¢ having the fossettes in the

thoracic angles intersected in the middle. In the angles there

is adeep bent fossa and behind it a large nearly circular fovea.

In L. cerdo the fossette is unbroken (see fig. 4, Mon. 1853).

Both species are remarkable for the large size of the punctures

in the propygidium.

Hab. Marcopata, Peru.

I give here for reference Mr. Blaisdell’s notes on two

American Histerids in the ‘ Zoe,’ ill. pp. 837, 338 (1892), a

publication now discontinued. Both species, although noticed

in the ‘ Zoological Record,’ must be considered unpublished

until something further is recorded about them.

“ Hololepta pervalida, sp. n.

* Form strongly [ste] oblong, narrower and much less

depressed than yucateca [Lioderma] ; sides parallel. Men-

tum nearly flat, strongly punctate laterally, rather sparsely

so at middle; prosternum intermediate [?in width] between

the preceding species [Z. grande, Mars.] and /ossularis

140 Mr. G. Lewis on

[Hololepta fossularis, Say]; mandibles rather strongly curved

and shorter [? than in L. yucateca].”

L. 174 mill.

Lioderma yucateca, Mars., and L. grande, Mars., are the

sexes of one species; Hololepta fossularis, Say, has a wide

prosternal keel, Lioderma grande, Mars., a narrow one.

“ Flololepta neglecta, sp. n.

“¢ Narrower and more elongate than vicina [ Hololepta, Lec.,

but a Lioderma|. Mentum feebly concave, lines [? dorsal

strie] rudimentary; prosternum slightly narrowed, sub-

truncate, sides of prothorax quite evenly arcuate. Side of

the body moderately arcuate.

“TT. 7 mill.

“This species was identified for me as H, lucida, but is

entirely different in habitat from specimens subsequently

obtained of that species.”

Hab. N. America.

Plesius Mouhoti, Lew. Ent. M. M. xvi. p. 76 (1879).

Ovatus, subconvexus, niger, nitidus; fronte transversim punctata,

stria bisinuata; pronoto lateribus punctato; elytris striis 1

integra, 2 basi abbreviata; propygidio utrinque grosse in medio

minor punctato ; prosterno bistriato, lobo grosse punctato.

L, 13-14 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex; the head, frontal stria bisinuous,

with irregular punctures along its posterior edge, in the

middle the punctures are formed to represent the acumination

seen in P. pudicus, Mars. ; the thorax, the marginal stria is

complete, the lateral strong and feebly sinuous near the

middle and along its border are irregular punctures; the

elytra, strie, outer humeral nearly complete but broken

before the apex, inner apical reaching just beyond the middle,

1 dorsal complete, 2 a little shortened at the base, 3 evan-

escent; the propygidium is not very closely punctured and

the points are relatively small as compared with the other

known species, especially in the median area; the punctures

on the pygidium are larger and more close; the prosternum,

the anterior lobe is coarsely punctured, the keel has two

sinuous striz which are punctured along the inner edges; the

mesosternum is not margined anteriorly ; the hind tibiz are

widely emarginate on the outer edge before the tarsal end.

Separated from the other species by the punctuation of the

thorax.

Hab. Laos, Siam (Mouhot).

new Species of Histeride. 141

Plesius planulus, Lew. Ent. M. M. xvi. p. 76 (1879).

Oblongus, subconvexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria fere obsoleta ;

pronoto stria marginali antice interrupta; elytris striis dorsalibus

evanescentibus ; prosterno levi, inter coxas bistriato.

L. 11-13 mill.

Oblong, rather convex, black and shining; the head,

frontal stria indicated by a few punctures; the thorax, the

marginal stria is interrupted anteriorly after passing the eyes,

the lateral stria is not very deep and is parallel to the mar-

ginal stria, it terminates behind the anterior angle in a small

rugose triangular impression ; the elytra, striz, outer humeral

complete, inner apical and short, dorsal are apical and evan-

escent anteriorly, the first is longest and most distinct; the

pygidia are evenly and coarsely punctured ; the prosternum,

anterior lobe smooth, keel bistriate, strie parallel to each

before the coxe and sometimes joining in front.

In one example in eight the first dorsal stria is fine and

complete.

Hab. Nicobar and Andaman Islands (Repstorf’).

Plesius levis, Lew. Ent. M. M. xvi. p. 76 (1879).

Oblongo-ovalis, subconvexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria inter-

rupta; pronoto stria marginali integra, laterali valide impressa,

medio sinuata interstitio paulo lato; elytris striis 1 integra,

2-3 brevibus, punctatis ; propygidioin medio subtiliter punctato ;

prosterno impunctato, bistriato; mesosterno profunde marginato.

L. 11-13 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head,

the labrum is transverse and very narrow, frontal stria_ bi-

arcuate and well divided in the middle; the thorax, marginal

stria complete, lateral deep and sinuous in the middle, and it

does not widen out after passing the anterior angle; the

elytra, stria, outer subhumeral complete, inner apical and

dimidiate, 1 dorsal fine and complete, 2-3 very short, apical,

and more or less distinct ; the propygidium is biimpressed,

not closely punctured, points smallest and most feeble in the

median area; the pygidium is evenly and wholly punctured ;

the prosternum, anterior lobe with irregular punctures, which

occupy only the central area, bistriate between the coxe ;

the mesosternum is anteriorly margined with a conspicuously

strong and deep stria.

This species and P. levigatus, Mars., are the only species

of the genus with a marginate mesosternum, P. el/ipticus,

142 Mr. G. Lewis on

pudicus, and cossyphus, Mars., and bisinuatus, Sch., have no

prosternal striz ; in the other known species the prosternum

is bistriate.

Hab. Assam and Burma (Fea).

Placodes Braun, sp. n.

Oblongus, opacus, niger, rugoso-punctissimus; fronte concava, stria

ae ie tis -

biarcuata ; pronoto stria marginali integra; elytris striis dorsali

bus punctatis, leviter impressis, quisque integris; propygidio

’ ’ ? Pp

pygidioque grosse et dense punctatis ; prosterno haud striato, inter

coxas profunde rugoso-punctato, punctis confluentibus.

L. 144 mill.

Oblong, opaque, black, and densely punctured above; the

head is concave behind the frontal stria, with large irregular

punctures, chiefly on the sides of the concavity, the stria is

complete and biarcuate ; the thorax, the marginal stria is

rather fine and continued behind the head, within the marginal

stria there isa narrow border free of punctures, but there is

no lateral stria visible except behind the anterior angle; the

elytra are densely and rather rugosely punctured, the six

dorsal stria are punctate, complete, but not deeply impressed,

the outer humeral is impunctate and slightly deeper but

much shortened at both ends, the inner humeral is vague,

the sutural and fifth striz apparently join at the base; the

propygidium is also densely punctured, but the punctures are

large, shallow, and ovate and the surface reticulate between

the points; the pygidium is somewhat similarly sculptured,

but the punctures are circular; the prosternum, the anterior

lobe has a fine but clear marginal stria and a few large

irregular punctures; the keel is deeply and very roughly

sculptured with deep and confluent punctures, the anterior

lobe has but few irregular punctures.

This curious species is somewhat similar to P. opacus,

Lew.; the latter, however, has no marginal stria in the

anterior lobe of the prosternum, which I did not mention in

my original description, and in P. Brauni the propygidium

is more transverse.

Hab. Bothaville, Orange River Colony; taken from the

galleries of Termes tubicola, Westw., by Dr. H. Braun, after

whom I have much pleasure in naming it.

Platylister sororius, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, depressus, niger, nitidus; fronte impressa, stria

integra; elytris striis 1-3 validis integris, 4 apicali, 5 et suturali

new Species of Histeride. 143

brevissimis ; propygidio transversim punctato ; pygidio utrinque

impresso, grosse et dense punctato, margine distincte elevato.

L. 53-63 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black and shining; the

head is microscopically punctured, forehead impressed, with

the stria complete ; the thorax, lateral stria well marked and

continued behind the head; the elytra, striae, outer humeral

fine and complete, inner wanting, oblique stria extremely

fine, 1-3 dorsal strong and complete, 4 apical, in length one

fourth of the elytron, 5 and sutural shorter, the last sometimes

rudimentary ; propygidium transversely punctured ; pygidium

densely and evenly punctured, with the outside margin

elevated, especially on each side, where there is a lateral

impression; the mesosternum is clearly marginate; the

anterior tibiz are 4-dentate.

Similar to P. suturalis, Lew., from Burma, but a little more

parallel laterally. 2. atratus, Kr. (common in India), is

similar in form, but the pygidium is not marginate, and it is

without the short sutural stria.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills (£1. Leslie Andrewes) and Mahé,

Malabar (Donckier).

Platysoma ruptistriatum, sp. n.

Oblongum, subcylindricum, nigrum, nitidum ; pronoto stria laterali

in angulo brevi, post oculos interrupta; elytris striis 1-3 integris,

4-5 abbreviatis, suturali integra ad basi continuata ; mesosterno

antice haud marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 5 mill.

Oblong, parallel at the sides, somewhat cylindrical, black

and shining; the head, forehead, and epistoma impressed,

surface punctulate, punctures finest anteriorly, stria complete

but feeble across the impression ; the thorax is nearly quad-

rate, the lateral marginal stria is hamate anteriorly and

terminates at the anterior angle, and at the basal angle it

curves inwards; behind the anterior angle is a second short

stria (the lateral), hamate outwardly and continued a short

space along the anterior margin, behind the head is a straight

stria, which is turned backwards at either end behind the

eyes (these striz are almost identical with those of P. Dufali,

Mars.), the surface is clearly, not closely punctured, with a

smooth area behind the disk ; the elytra, striz, outer humeral

fine and complete, with an epipleural stria parallel to it,

dorsal 1-3 complete, the first and second turning inwards at

their bases, 4 dimidiate, 5 shorter, sutural is a little shortened

144 Ar. 8. Gewinwn

at the apex, but it continues along the base to a puncture

which appears to be an appendage to the fourth stria; the

propygidium is biimpressed and, like the pygidium, is clearly

not closely punctured ; the prosternum, the keel is narrow

and smooth, anterior lobe wide and punctulate; the meso-

sternum is immarginate in front ; the tibie, anterior 4-dentate,

intermediate 3-spinose, tarsal spine bifid, posterior with one

conspicuous spine in the middle and a bifid tarsal spine.

Hab. Java. One example in the National Museum from

the Bowring Collection.

Platysoma capense, Wiedem., 1821; Henningi, Sturm,

1826; sculptum, Fahr., 1851; punctulatum, Lew., 1885.

This singularly variable species has also a singular habitat

for a Platysoma. It is found in the calyx of a species of

Protea and is very abundant in Cape Colony.

Omalodes mestino, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte distincte

punctulata, in medio impressa, stria antice retrorsum acuminata ;

pronoto subtilissime punctato, stria subvalida; elytris striis 1-2

dorsalibus leviter impressis basi abbreviatis, 3 dimidiata; pro-

pygidio pygidioque minime profundis punctatis.

L. 102 mill.

Oblong-oval and somewhat convex; the head, clypeus,

and labrum finely and evenly punctured, frontal stria arched

laterally and distinctly acuminately drawn backwards ante-

riorly, with a shallow impression on the vertex ; the thorax

is transverse, with an extremely fine punctuation, the marginal

stria is fine at sides, more conspicuous at the anterior angle

and terminating behind the eyes, the inner stria is well-

marked laterally, finer and feebly bisinuous anteriorly, the

scutellar puncture is very fine; the elytra, the outer humeral

stria is complete, inner wanting, 1-2 dorsal lightly impressed,

somewhat punctiform and shortened at the base, 8 very fine,

but it touches the base and ceases at the middle; the pygidia

have very shallow and somewhat irregular punctures, not

closely set; the prosternum, anterior lobe is finely and rather

closely punctured, the keel is feebly bistriate; the meso-

sternum is marginate only at the sides; the anterior tibiz are

4-dentate, intermediate 6-, posterior 4-, in the last two pairs

the processes are longer and more acute.

In outline this species resembles O. Marseuli, Sch., but

not in sculpture.

Hab. Tumbez, North Peru (G. A. Baer, 1900).

new Species of Iisteridee. 115

Tetnotarsus latipes, sp. n.

Ovalis, supra convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte biimpressa, stria

integra; pronoto stria marginali integra, laterali nulla; elytris

striis 1-3 integris, 4 tenuiter impressa.

L. 52 mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head, frontal stria

complete but not well marked, with two impressions behind

it, surface finely punctulate; the thorax, the marginal stria

is fine and split into two for the greater part of its length,

but behind the anterior angle the two parts unite (this form

of stria is seen also in J’. Pogget, Har.), there is no lateral

stria, behind the anterior angle is a well-marked longitudinal

depression or shallow excavation, the surface is punctulate

very similarly to that of the head, there is a small scutellar

fovea; the elytra, strie fine, outer basal sinuous and

dimidiate, inner complete, dorsal 1-3 complete, 2 sinuous and

at the base turns away from the first, 4 very fine but com-

plete, and it indistinctly joins the fifth at the apex, 5 reaches

the middle, the sutural is shortened one third at the base,

surface very finely punctulate, with a few apical acicular

markings near the ends of the second to fourth strie; the

pygidia are evenly and more distinctly punctured ; the tibie

are all widely dilated, anterior 3-dentate; the anterior tarsi

are longer and more slender than the others; the prosternum

is not striate; the mesosternum is feebly sinuous anteriorly

and finely marginate.

Hab. Old Calabar, One example in the British Museum

from the Murray Collection.

MACROLISTER, gen. nov.

The type of the genus /Zister is unicolor, Linné, and I pro-

pose the name of Macrolister for a new genus to include

species which are obviously different in having a large

transverse lead, a labrum transverse and emarginate, thorax

without any antennal fossettes, and the anterior tibize 3-dentate.

The type of this new genus will be //. gigas, Payk., and the

species associated with it are 7. validus, Kir., latipes, Beauv.,

fortis, Sch., robusticeps, Mars., tardigradus, saginatus, robusti-

collis, intrepidus, Colznsoi, Lew., major, L., pilicollis, Sch.,

latobius, ignavus, and maurus, Mars.

PACHYLISTER, gen. nov.

I propose also to found this genus to include //ster

caffer, lr. (as the type), 77. inequalis, Ol., nigrita, Ev., rocea,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 10

146 Mr. G. Lewis on

Mars., conilabris, Sch., spinipes, Mars., bengalensis, Wiedem.,

reflexilabris, ceylanus, Mars., lutar’us, scevola, Kr., congener,

Sch., and chinensis, Quens. In these species the labrum is

transverse but projecting anteriorly (in the male very con-

spicuously so), there are no antennal fossettes, and the anterior

tibiz are 3-dentate. Both in Macrolister and Pachylister the

mesosternum is conspicuously emarginate anteriorly.

Hister Belli, sp. n.

Ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria antice recta ;

pronoto stria interna in medio sinuata ; elytris striis 1-3 integris,

4-5 brevissimis, punctiformibus ; propygidio pygidioque ocelato-

punctatis, posticis in mediis levibus; tibiis anticis valde 3-

dentatis.

L. 94 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, black and shining; the head,

frontal stria complete, straight anteriorly, deepest over the

eyes, vertex feebly concave; the thorax, marginal stria fine

and terminating behind the eyes, the lateral stria terminates

in front after passing the angle, the inner lateral is sinuons

in the middle and continues behind the head; the elytra, the

inner humeral stria is dimidiate, shortened before and behind

(in one example it is very short), the oblique stria is fine but

long, dorsal striz 1-3 complete, 4—5 are represented only by a

few apical punctures ; the punctuation of the pygidia is very

distinctive ; both segments are longitudinally finely raised in

the middle, the line being clearly visible in certain lights, and

the punctuation is large, ocellate, not close but somewhat

irregular, and the apices of both segments have a 3-sided area,

smooth ; the mesosternum is rather deeply emarginate and is

bistriate at the sides only; the tibie, anterior pair are 3-

dentate, apical tooth very strong, intermediate less so, basal

short and obtuse, the intermediate and posterior tibie are

multispinose.

H. lucisus, Lew., H. Bacont and H. assamensis, Mars.,

are somewhat similar species to this, but the ocellate punctua-

tion of the pygidia easily distinguishes it.

Hab. Karachi, India (7. R. D. Bell).

Llister pachysoma, Ancey, Le Naturaliste, p. 55 (1882).

This species is similar to ZZ. longicollis, Mars. ; it differs

chiefly in having the frontal stria carinate, the thorax with a

marginal stria along the sides and three lateral striw, the

elytral striz are stronger and the fifth and sutural are longer,

sometimes even complete, and the mesosternum is anteriorly

truncate with a strong marginal striae The punctuation of

new Species of Histeride. 147

the pygidia is also closer and more coarse than that of

longicollis.

Hab. Usagara and Kilimanjaro.

Hister Walkeri, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; stria frontali lati-arcuata ;

pronoto antice haud sinuato, stria interna integra, externa nulla ;

elytris, striis 1-4 dorsalibus crenatis validis integris, 5 apicali

brevissima, suturali arcuata basi abbreviata; propygidio antice

punctato, postice in medio fere levi; pygidio minus punctato ;

prosterno ante coxas angustato; mesosterno sinuato valde mar-

ginato; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis, posticis spinosis.

L. 5-6 mill.

In its general aspect H. Walker? is somewhat similar to

HH, javanicus, Payk., but it is less convex, the shortened

external lateral stria is wanting, the margin is feebly ciliate,

and the prosternal keel is narrow like that of LZ. corvinus,

Germ. ‘The frontal stria is widely arched, not semicircular,

and the only humeral stria is fine and oblique at the base.

This is the only species of Mister known from Australia,

and I have commemorated this somewhat notable discovery

by naming the species after its captor, Mr. J. J. Walker.

Hab. Australia. Three examples taken in a saw-pit at

Lilyvale in the Illawarra district, 30 miles south of Sydney,

in a part where there is comparatively still much untouched

“* bush.”

Pachylomalus Andrewes?, sp. n.

P. musculo forma similis at major et paulo convexus. Pronoto linea

impressa ante scutellum obliqua; propygidio linea basali trans-

versa; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno haud marginaio; tibiis

dilatatis.

L, 23 mill.

Oval, convex, black, and shining; the head very finely

punctured, frontal stria fine, arched, and complete; the thorax

also finely punctured with the ante-scutellar striz oblique ;

the elytra are more irregularly but distinctly punctured,

especially in the region of the oblique humeral and the first

and second dorsal striz, these strize are short and very feebly

indicated ; the prosternum is bistriate and the mesosternum

is anteriorly immarginate ; the pygidium in the male has an

apical impression in which are three smooth bosses placed

transversely, the median one being the largest.

This species is rather larger and more oval than P. musculus,

Mars. ; in the latter the pygidium is simply impressed at the

apex.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills, India (7. Leslie Andrewes).

10*

148 Mr. G. Lewis on

Pachycrerus cylindricus, Lew. Ent. M. M. xvi. p. 77 (1879).

Cylindricus, elongatus, cupreo-viridis, nitidus ; fronte impressa, stria

transversa nulla; pronoto stria marginali antice late interrupta ;

elytris striis 1-4 et snturali subintegris; prosterno utrinque

parallelo, angustato, bistriato; mesosterno antice marginato ;

tibiis anticis 4-5-dentatis,

L. 3 mill.

Cylindrical, somewhat elongate, coppery green, shining ;

antennee and legs piceous, with the club of the first red; the

head is clearly punctulate, Jateral stria continues along the

edge of the clypeus, forehead impressed and without a trans-

verse stria; the thorax is wholly punctulate, points larger

than those of the head, lateral stria ceases behind the eyes;

the elytra, striz, outer humeral complete, inner fine, apical

and dimidiate, 1 dorsal shortened apically, 2-4 longer and

coequal, 5 obsolete but partly traceable as punctures and at

the base there is a larger puncture as an appendage, sutural

does not quite reach the apex ; the pygidia are clearly but not

closely punctured ; the prosternum, the keel is rather narrow,

parallel, and striate laterally ; the mesosternum, the marginal

stria is fine and arched behind the acumination, not following

the outline of the segment; the anterior tibiz are 4—5-

dentate.

This species and P. nigro-ceruleus, Lew., are the most

cylindrical of the genus, of which 45 species are now known.

Hab. Abyssinia (A. Reffray).

Probolosternus termitophilus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, antennis pedibusque piceis ;

fronte dense punctulata, stria integra; pronoto marginato, stria

Jaterali nulla; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-4 et suturali integris,

5 basi abbreviata; propygidio dense, pygidio tenuiter punctulato ;

prosterno bistriato; mesosterno marginato ; tibiis dilatatis,

L, 43-5 mill.

Oval, scmewhat oblong, convex, black, and shining; antennze

and legs piceous ; the head densely punctulate, and the stria,

although somewhat feeble anteriorly, is complete; the thorax

has a lateral marginal rim which continues as a fine stria

behind the head, the surface is more finely and less densely

punctulate than the head, especially behind the neck; the

elytra, there are two fine epipleural striz and an inner and

stronger one all complete, 1-3 also complete and parallel one

to the other, 4 and sutural complete and joined as an arch at

the base, but the sutural is very fine, 5 is shortened at the

base, interstices finely and somewhat sparingly punctulate

except at the apex; the propygidium is punctured similarly

to the head; the pygidium not so distinctly ; the prosternum

new Species of Histeride. 149

is bistriate, strize parallel to each other before the cox; the

mesosternum is marginate, and posteriorly the stria joins

the transverse stria; the tibize are all dilated and the tarsi

are coequal in length.

This species is more oblong than the others known. The

figure given for P. permundus, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. vi. p. 276 (1900), does not sufticiently show the dilata-

tion of the tibie.

Hab. Bothaville, Orange River Colony (Dr. H. Brauns).

Taken from the galleries made by Termes tulicola, Wasm.

E\NICOSOMA, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongum, subquadratum, nigrum, opacum ; antennis brevi-

bus, scapo magno, funiculo ei in medio externo adnexo, articulo

1° globoso, 2°-7™ transversis sensim latioribus, clava ovali, articulis

connatis ; fronte a clypeo haud distincta, antennarum fossa in

angulo prothoracis. Pronotum transversum; elytra subquadrata,

dorso haud striato. Propygidium inclinatum, basi rectum.

Prosternum latum, planum, bistriatum, basi bisinuatum. Meso-

sternum angustissimum. Pedibus sat longis, tibiis anticis et

intermediis extus valde angulatis, posterioribus falciformibus et

inermibus.

Enicosoma vespertinum, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 5.)

Oblong, somewhat quadrate, black, and opaque; the head

and mandibles vertical in repose, forehead rugose, obscurely

carinate laterally and not distinct from the eclypeus; the

thorax is transverse, truncate anteriorly, with a vertical space

on each side of the head (fig. 5 a), in the lower part of which

space are the antennal fossettes, surface behind the head is

opaque and uneven, the anterior edge is carinate, especially

at the sides, at the base there is a large and deep transverse

excavation, deeply bisinuous in its anterior outline and

occupying about half the width of the thoracic base, on the

lateral edge there are two robust elevations clothed with

reddish-brown hair, the elevations are divided one from the

other by a narrow transverse channel; the elytra are feebly

granulate and opaque, with a lateral carina which is feebly

sinuous, the elytra are shortest at the suture; the pro-

pygidium is straight at the base and oblique laterally, with a

somewhat small tubercle on either side just before the apex ;

the pygidium is also straight at the base and semicircular

behind; the prosternum, the keel is wide, but it is a little

narrowed between the coxee, flat and smooth with two fine

bent striz, the base is markedly bisinuous ; the mesosternum

is correspondingly bisinuous, transverse and very narrow and

densely punctate with a short sulcus on either side; the

150 On new Species of Histeridee.

metasternum is also similarly punctured with a slight median

depression ; the anterior and intermediate tibie are strongly

angulate on the outer edge, and the first have three tubercles

or dentations on the outside edge of the tarsal groove, the

posterior tibiz are falciform.

L. 53 mill.

Hab. Brazil (Minas). Sert&o de Diamantina (/. Gounelle,

November 1902).

Saprinus dichrous, sp. n.

Ovalis, niger, nitidus, convexiusculus ; fronte haud striata; pro-

noto ciliato, lateribus rugoso-punctatis; elytris macula media

transyersa flava, striis 4 saturalique arcu basali coéunte; tibiis

anticis dilatatis, 8—9-spinosis.

L. 31 mill.

Oval, black and shining ; the head densely punctured and

somewhat rugose, without a frontal stria; the thorax is

ciliate at the sides and laterally punctate like the head ; the

elytra have a yellow median band which projects towards the

base at the first stria and is divided in the middle by a dark

suture, surface rather evenly and closely punctured from the

widdle to the apical portion, the strize 1-2 are nearly dimidiate

and equal in length, 3 basal oblique and very short, 4 dimi-

diate and joined to the sutural at the base, sutural complete ;

the pygidia are densely punctured.

Differs chiefly from S. crenatipes, Sol., in the elytral band

nearly meeting in the middle, the dorsal punctuation is more

spread, and the fourth and sutural striz are united. The

prosternal keel is very narrow before the coxe, and the strize

diverge at the sides and at an angle before the coxee join a

lateral carina.

Hab, Puerto, 8. America.

Saprinus flavopictus, sp. n.

Niger, sneus, nitidus; fronte dense rugoso-punctata; pronoto

ciliato, in medio nitido, levi, lateribus late et densissime rugoso-

punctatis ; elytris basi rugosis, macula flava, stria suturali in-

tegra, strils ceteris obsoletis ; pygidio dense punctato.

L. 3-34 mill.

Similar to S. decoratus, Er., but the head is more

densely and more rugosely punctured, the thoracic sculpture

is more dense and much more conspicuous, and the dark.

portion of the elytra is narrow and sutural only behind the

middle of the dorsum: in other respects the pattern is

similar to that of decoratus. The prosternal keel is also

A Revised Synopsis of the Tsetse-Flies. 151

narrower, and the marginal striae between the cox are more

sinuous.

flab. Marcopata, Peru. Many examples.

Pachylopus lepidulus, Br.

This species has been found in some numbers by Mr. J. J.

Walker at Wellington, Westport, Sumner, New Brighton,

and Timaruin New Zealand. It has similar habits to those

of the European P. maritimus, Steph., and has one curious

character—the club of the antenna is emarginate at the

apex.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Niponius canalicollis, Lew. (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1901, viii. p. 370).

Fig. 2. : parvulus, Lew. (int. Month. Mag. xxix. p. 184, 1893).

Fig. 8 F Andrewest, Lew. (t. c. p. 183).

Fig. 3 a shows the form of prosternal striz.

Tig. 4. Niponius striaticeps, Lew.

Fxg. 5, Enicosoma vespertinum, Lew.

Fig. 5 a shows the facial outline.

Fg. 6. Orectoscelis humeralis, Lew. (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1905, xii.

. 427).

Ty. 7. Stenotrophis cavifrons, Lew. (op. cit. 1902, x. p. 253).

XXII.—A Revised Synopsis of the Tsetse-Fhes (Genus

Glossina, Weed.), with Notes on Glossina _tachinoides,

Westwood. By Wrnest H. AUSTEN.

In the writer’s Monograph *, published last year, seven

species of the genus Glossina were recognized and described.

As was only to be expected, the increased attention paid to

the tsetse-flies of late, due in great measure to the identifica-

tion by Colonel David Bruce of one of the species (Glossina

palpalis, Rob.-Desv.) as the active agent in the dissemination

of the dread disease of ‘Tropical Africa known as Sleeping-

Sickness, has led to the collecting of these insects in greater

numbers. ‘lhe result is that it is now possible to form a

somewhat clearer view of the different species and their charac-

teristics than was feasible at the time that the Monograph

was written, when the amount and condition of the material

available for examination left much to be desired. The

conclusions now arrived at are embodied in the amended

synopsis of species printed below.

based on the Collection in the British Museum.’ By Ernest Edward

Austen. London: Printed by Order of the Trustees. 1903,

152 Mr. E. E. Austen—A Revised

Synopsis of Species of the Genus Glossina,

1. Hind tarsi entirely dark, or at least all the joints

more or less dark (in the 2 of Gl. tachi-

noides the basal half of the first joint and the

extreme bases of the two following joints are

usually pale) ........00- inh eakis Biel oe ate 2.

Hind tarsi not entirely dark; last two joints

alone dark, remainder pale ............+.. 4,

. Ground-colour of abdomen ochraceous buff,

with interrupted dark brown transverse

bands, and sharply defined pale hind borders

to the segments; a very conspicuous square

or oblong pale area in the centre of the

second segment: small species, not ex-

ceeding 8 mm. in length (exclusive of pro-

boscis), ¢ considerably smaller .......... tachinoides, Westw.

Abdomen not so marked, very dark, hind

borders of segments if lighter extremely nar-

row and cinereous; pale area in centre of

second segment usually triangular, with apex

directed backwards and continued into a

cinereous median stripe: larger species.... 3.

38. Third joint of antennz dusky brown to cine-

FOOSE DSO ae ak Gate ne Gon ee ieee palpalis, Rob.-Desy.

Third joint of antenne pale (orange-buff) .... pallicera, Bigot.

4, Large species: length at least 11 mm. (5} lin.),

wing-expanse (measured from tip to tip,

when wings are set at right angles to body)

atleast: 25 2am 12 Ta). awww..." ie

Smaller species: length rarely reaching 11 mm.

(5; lin.), often considerably less; wing-

expanse not exceeding 25 mm. (11? lin.) .. 5.

5. Last two joints of front and middle tarsi with

sharply defined dark brown or black tips .. 6.

Last two joints of front and middle tarsi with-

out sharply defined dark brown or black

tips ; front and middle tarsi entirely yellow,

or last two joints of former faintly tipped

Wit Pale DYOWH. 645 sles caus ved esa cine’ pallidipes, Austen,

6. Generally distinctly larger; head wider; front

darker and narrower in both sexes, sides

parallel in gj; abdominal bands deeper,

leaving hind margins of segments only nar-

rowly pale; hypopygium in ¢ smaller,

darker, and more hairy; tip of ¢ abdomen

more thickly clothed laterally with short.

black hair, bristles on sixth segment finer

and less prominent. -25...+.5. saes« sama aie

Usually smaller; head narrower; front paler

and wider ; eyes in ¢ as well as in @ dis-

tinctly converging towards vertex; abdo-

minal bands less deep, pale hind margins of

segments therefore deeper ; hypopygium in

¢ larger, paler, somewhat more oval in out-

line, and clothed with fewer fine hairs; tip

longipalpis, Wied.

Synopsis of the Tsetse-Flics. 15

of ¢ abdomen less hairy laterally; bristles

on sixth segment in ¢ stouter and more

GONSPICHOUS 6. + ots et gies ha ves «oe . morsitans, Westw.

7. Dorsum of thorax with four sharply defined

small dark brown oval spots, arranged in a

parallelogram, to in front of and two

behind transverse suture; bulb at base of

proboscis brown at the tip .............. longipennis, Corti.

Dorsum of thorax without such spots, though

with more or less distinct longitudinal

stripes; bulb at base of proboscis not brown

A GHE APE 6 niaiuy malate went lamas afaies sivas Jusca, Walk.

In the Monograph already referred to, Glossina tachinoides,

Westwood, was regarded by the writer as a variety of

GI. palpalis, Rob.-Desv.* Within the last few days, how-

ever, the British Museum has received from Mr. W. F.

Gowers a series of fifty tsetse-flies from the Benue River,

Northern Nigeiia, where they were collected by the donor

during a journey down the river in a canoe in the latter half

of May and beginning of June of the present year. In

general appearance these specimens closely resemble small

individuals of GJ. morsitans, but may be at once distinguished

from this species by their dark hind tarsi. On comparison

with the type of Gl. tachincides, Westw.t+, now in the collec-

tion of the Hope Museum, Oxford, not only were Mr. Gowers’s

specimens found to be specifically identical with it, but the

examination of this fine series showed that GU. tachinoids

must be restored to specific rank, as a near ally of Gl. morsi-

tans, Westw. Except as regards the colour of the hind tarsi,

Gl. tachinoides, which is the smallest of all the tsetse-flies, is

not closely related to Gl. pa/palis. The forms previously

regarded by the writer as constituting a variety of Gl. palpalis,

Rob.-Desy., and designated by him var. tachinotdes, Westw.,

must now be considered a variety of pa/palis, which may

for the present remain unnamed. ‘The British Museum also

possesses two other specimens—one from Old Calabar, Ma

14, 1900 (Dr. Annett), the other from Benin (A. Mil/son)—

which appear to represent a second variety of Gl. palpalis.

In the colour of the abdomen, at any rate, this second variety

presents a certain approximation to Gl. pallicera, Bigot.

Quite recently G/. tachinoides, Westw., has been redescribed

by Dr. E. Brumpt, of the Laboratoire de Parasitologie, Paris,

under the name Glossina Decorse?v. An examination of

* Cf. op. cit. p. 74.

+ This type is a mere fragment, but fortunately sufficient 1emains for

purposes of identification.

154 A Revised Synopsis of the Tsetse-Flies.

specimens kindly submitted to the writer by Dr. Brumpt

himself and also by Prof. Mesnil, of the Institut Pasteur,

Jeaves no doubt of their identity. The synonymy of Gl.

tachinoides is therefore as follows :—

Glossina tachinotdes, Westw.

Glossina tachinoides, Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. pt. xviii. p. 267,

pl. xix. fig. 2 (1850); Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. x. p. 147

(1852),

Glossina Decorset, Brumpt, Comptes rendus des séances de la Société

de Biologie (Séance du 16 avril, 1904), t. lvi. p. 628.

Dr. Brumpt’s specimens were obtained not long ago by

Dr. Decorse in the basin of the River Shari and on the shores

of Lake Chad, into which the river falls. Seven of the series

collected by Dr. Decorse have been presented to the British

Museum by Prof. Mesnil and Dr. Brumpt; the National

Collection has also received a single specimen of GJ. tachi-

noides from the neighbourhood of Wushishi, Kadima River

Valley, N. Nigeria, where it was obtained in the beginning

of March, 1904, by Dr. 8. H. Jones.

The following interesting field-notes have been kindly

supplied to the writer by Mr. Gowers :—“ Glossina tachi-

noides is found along the course of the Benue River between

Lau and Lokoja. No horses or cattle can be kept in this

area, except in one or two small spots. Above Lau, how-

ever, the river-banks are swarming with cattle, and there are

large encampments of herdsmen in the dry season. After

the rains have commenced the fly is present on the river in

sufficient numbers to be an annoyance to travellers, and it

continually bites the canoe-men. In the dry season, however,

which lasts from October to April, it is much less numerous.

“The game found on the Benue River in the area in

question, and on which the fly probably feeds, consists chiefly

ot Kobus kob. On the banks of the river this is almost the

only species, and it is very numerous indeed. West-African

buffalo, waterbuck, and reedbuck are found in the swamps

near the river; but in the Benue Valley there are, in the

immediate vicinity of the river, more kob than specimens of

all the other species of game put together.”

According to Brumpt (/oc. cit. p. 629), in the basin of the

Shari River and on the shores of Lake Chad Gl. tachinoides

appears to be confined to the water’s edge.

Krom Mr. Gowers’s statements there can be little doubt

that Cl. tachinotdes, like Gl. morsitans, pallidipes, and longi-

pennis, and possibly other species as well, is capable of

On Mammals from the Eastern Desert of Egypt. 155

carrying Trypanosoma Brucei, the hematozoon causing the

fatal malady among domestic animals known as tsetse-fly

disease or Nagana. Brumptis inclined to think that Sleeping-

Sickness may also be transmitted by several species of tsetse-

flies, and the mere possibility that this may ultimately prove

to be the case lends peculiar importance to the bionomics of

these interesting Diptera.

XXIII.— Description of anew Fish of the Genus Alestes from

Natal. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Alestes natalensis.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3? times in total

length. Head twice as long as broad, once and } as long as

deep; snout rounded, not projecting beyond lower jaw, 2

diameter of eye, which is 3 times in length of head ; adipose

eyelid feebly developed ; interorbital width 3 length of head ;

maxillary not reaching to below anterior border of eye; 16

teeth (8) in the upper jaw; lower border of second suborbital

as long as eye. Gill-rakers long and slender, 21 or 22 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal II 8, above ventrals,

equally distant from centre of eye and from root of caudal;

first branched ray nearly as long as head. Adipose fin

small, twice and a half as far from rayed dorsal as from

caudal. Anal III 19, longest ray nearly half length of head.

Pectoral ? length of head, not reaching base of ventral.

Caudal deeply forked. Caudal peduncle once and a half as

long as deep. Scales 33 3, 2 between lateral line and root

of ventral. A blackish lateral stripe, extending to the median

rays of the caudal fin.

Total length 85 millim.

‘l'wo specimens from near Durban, received from Mr. F. W.

Quekett.

Nearest ally A. lateralis, Blgr., from Lake Dilolo, Katanga,

with which species it may ultimately have to be united. No

Alestes has hitherto been recorded from south of the Zambesi.

XXIV.—On some small Mammals collected by Mr. A. M.

Mackilligin in the Eastern Desert of Egypt. By OLDFIELD

‘THOMAS.

Mr. Artuur M. Mackiiuicin has recently collected some

small mammals in the eastern desert of Hyypt, near the

Soudan frontier, about lat. 22° and long. 35°, and these prove

156 Mr. O. Thomas on some

to be of much interest ; for even with the magnificent accession

to our knowledge of the mammals of Egypt represented by

the late Dr. Anderson’s work on the subject, this eastern

desert has by no means been worked out, and Mr. Mackilligin

has now discovered two new species, a bat and a gerbille,

while an examination of his specimens of another bat, already

obtained by Dr. Anderson, show this also to need a special

name.

Besides the species described in detail below Mr. Mackilligin

obtained in the same district examples of Asellia tridens,

Gerbillus gerbillus, Acomys sp., and Juculus jaculus.

Lhinolophus Andersont, sp. n.

Rhinolophus Antinorit, Anderson and de Wiuton, Mamm. Egypt, p. 96,

pl. xvi. fig. 2 (1902) (nec Dobs.).

Allied to R. clivosus, Riipp., but with no small anterior

premolars and different colour.

General characters as in &. clivosus, the nose-leaf and ears

being apparently very much as in that species * ; perhaps

the front face of the median vertical process is slightly more

narrowed upwards, but the difference is very slight ; horseshoe

small, not covering the muzzle laterally. Wings from the

ankles.

Colour drab-grey, the hairs above slightly darkened ter-

minally, those of the belly drab-grey throughout. In R. eld-

vosus the belly is white. Membranes transparent greyish,

rather darker along the centres of the digital interspaces.

Skull with a broader heavier muzzle and nasal region than

in 2. Dobsoni (the bat considered by Dobson as R. clivosus F)

or than in 2, euryale.

Small premolars, both upper and lower, absent in every

specimen, the large upper premolar pressed close against,

even overlapping, the canine. In &. ecltvosus the small

premolars are present both above and below.

* Figure of the type given by Peters, Von der Decken’s Reise, Saug.

pl. ii, (1869).

, Rhinolophus Dobsoni, sp. n.

Rhinolophus clivosus, Dobs. Cat. p. 120 (nec Ruppell).

Type. Specimen 6. Q. B.M. no. 47. 5.7.49, (Forearm 44 mm.)

Hab. Kordofan.

As Peters has shown, the true R. clivosus of Riippell, from Mohila,

Arabia, is one of the group with the large upper premolar pressed close

against the canine, the small premolar being in the outer angle. In

Dobson’s bat, on the other hand, although he puts it in the same group,

the anterior premolar separates the second premolar from the canine.

This difference cannot be due, as he supposed, to immaturity, one of the

specimens at least being fully adult.

a |

~!I

Mammals from the Eastern Desert of Eyypt. Li

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Forearm 46 mm.

Head and body 53; tail 28; ear 22.

Skull: front of canine to occiput 19; length in middle

line 16; front of bony palate to basion 125; breadth of

palate across m? 7°5 ; tip of upper canine to tip of large pre-

molar 1°6; front of lower canine to back of m3 8°3.

Type. Male. Original number 26. Captured 3rd August,

1903. Four specimens.

“ Arabic name ‘ Wat-wat’; Bisharin name ‘ Humush-

Kilite’”’”—A. M. M.

In the British Museum collection there is already a spirit-

specimen of this bat, obtained by Dr. J. Anderson at Gizeh.

This is the &. Antinorit of that naturalist’s ‘ Mammals of

Iigypt,’ a note being appended by Mr. de Winton drawing

attention to its possible identity with R. clivosus. It is

certainly not R. Antinorit, which is larger in all ways and

has especially a much larger nose-leaf, the horseshoe of which

nearly covers the muzzle. .

With &. clivosus it has no doubt a nearer affinity, but

seems to differ sufficiently by its different colour and the

constant absence of the minute premolars to be recognized as

a distinct species. I have also ventured to distinguish the

Kordofan bat described by Dobson under the name of

Rh. clivosus, as it has the small premolars quite separating

the canines from the large premolars.

Whether the queer greenish colour of the two specimens of

Rk. Dobsoni (“ sulphur-brown above, beneath canary-colour,”

Dobson) is natural or the result of defective preservation can

only be determined when further examples are obtained.

Pipistrellus ariel, sp. n.

A pigmy species of a very pale colour.

Size very small, not exceeding that of P. nanus; form

slender, limb-bones unusually light and delicate. Fur long,

but not dense; hairs of back rather over 7 mm. in length.

General colour above pale buffy, the slaty bases of the hairs

showing through ; below similar, but slightly paler. Mem-

branes pale brown, without lighter edging ; naked throughout,

except quite close to the body. Lars rather short; inner

margin strongly convex below, with very small basal lobule,

slightly convex above ; tip rounded off; outer margin convex,

slightly above, strongly below, with a long, low, rounded

antitragal lobe. Tragus rather short, broadest rather above

its inner base, inner margin straight, tip rounded, outer

margin evenly convex ; basal lobule distinct, rounded.

158 On Mammals from the Eustern Desert of Eqypt.

Wings to the base of the toes. Post-calcareal lobule very

narrow. ‘Tip of tail little projecting.

Skull, as compared with that of P. nanus, similar in size,

but with a broader, flatter muzzle and smaller brain-case.

Median palatal spine less developed. Base of skull between

bulla: conspicuously narrower.

Incisors slender, conical, unicuspid terminally, though each

has a minute basal cusplet on its cingulum behind ; the outer

two thirds the height of the inner. Small upper premolar

unusually minute, hidden in the inner angle between the

closely adpressed canine and large premolar, and lower than

their cingula, so as to be quite invisible from without.

Lower incisors trifid, overlapping, subequal in horizontal

length, but the outer pair slightly thicker than the others.

Anterior lower premolar two thirds the height of the second,

small in section, the canine and large premolar almost touching

each other on its inner side.

Dimensions of the type (the measurements in inverted

commas taken by the collector in the flesh) :—

Forearm 30 mm.

‘Head and body 34”; “tail 34”; “hind foot 5”;

“ear 10” ; tragus on inner edge 3:1; third finger, meta-

carpus 27, first phalanx 9°3, second phalanx 10; fifth finger

36; tibia 12°5.

Skull: greatest length 11°3; basal length in middle line

ee breadth of brain-case 5°5; front of canine to back of

* 3:7; least breadth of basioccipital between bulle 0:6.

Bias Eastern Egyptian desert, lat. 22° N., long. 35° E.

Alt. 2000 feet.

Type. Adult female. Original number 28. Collected

12th August, 1903. ‘Two specimens.

‘This most interesting little bat is widely different from

any species yet described, the proportions of its upper incisors

distinguishing it at once from most members of the genus.

Its anterior upper premolars are so minute that they ‘would

probably be overlooked by any worker only examining spirit-

specimens; but there is no recorded “ Vespertilio” of so small

a size in Egypt.

Dipodillus Mackilligint, sp. n.

A pencil-tailed species similar to D. famulus, Thos., but

smaller.

Size small. Fur of medium length, hairs of back about

9-10 mm. long. General colour above pale fawn, finely

washed with black, the dorsal hairs each with a fawn sub-

terminal ring and a black tip; sides of a warmer fawn,

es.

———

On.a new Species of Amastra. 159

without black intermixture; under surface pure white, the

line of demarcation not very sharply defined. Supraorbital

and postocular white spots present, but not particularly con-

spicuous; ears decidedly shorter than in D)). famulus. Outer

side of arms and legs like body, inner white; upper surface

of hands and feet white; palms and soles wholly naked ;

pads of sole six, as usual, but the hallucal one jammed close

up to the three terminal pads, the hallux itself being appa-

rently set on rather more distally than usual. Tail long, its

hairs gradually lengthening terminally into a conspicuous

blackish pencil, the hairs of which may attain to 13 mm. in

length ; brown above, darkening on the pencil to black, dull

fawn below proximally, the terminal half dark all round.

Skull conspicuously smaller than that of D. famulus, the

bullz also smaller in proportion and less elongated anteriorly.

Teeth with the characteristic Dipodillus pattern, the middle

inner lobe of m* half anterior to the outer lobe.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 78 mm.; tail 138; hind foot 24; ear 14.

Skull: greatest length 27; basilar length 19°6; nasals,

length 10; interorbital breadth 4°8; breadth of brain-case

12°6; diastema 7; length of bulla 10; length of upper molar

series 3°6.

Hab. Wady Alagi, Eastern Egyptian desert, lat 22° N.,

long. 35° K. Alt. 2000 feet.

Type. Adult female. Original number 35. Collected 9th

October, 1903. Four specimens.

This very pretty pencil-tailed gerbille is quite unlike any-

thing hitherto described from Egypt, its nearest ally appearing

to be the much larger D. famulus of Aden.

XXV.—On a new Species of Amastra from the Hawaiian

Islands. By Ki. R. SyKes, B.A.

Amastra (Kauaia) rex, sp. n.

Shell much depressed, heliciform; umbilicus deep, of

moderate size ; dark horn-colour, strongly rugosely striated,

with a fairly large protoconch; whorls five, increasing

regularly, plano-convex, the suture being impressed and

well marked; the last whorl is carinate, flattened above

and somewhat inflated at the base; at the periphery the peri-

ostracum is exaggerated into a produced layer, from which

160 Bibliographical Notices.

projections in the shape of arrow-heads arise at right angles

to the periphery ; mouth subquadrate, with the lip hardly

thickened and not reflected; columellar plait fairly strong

and horizontal.

Amastra (Kauata) rex.

Diam. maj. (with the peripheral wing) 14°5, alt. 4 mm.

Hab. Summit of Konahuanui, Oahu, Hawaiian I[slands,

amongst dead leaves and moss.

This very interesting shell was collected by Mr. Ernest

Lyman, and was kindly sent to me by Prof. H. W. Henshaw.

It somewhat recalls in form and appearance the well-known

FHelicina agglutinans, the periostracum covering the shell

and being produced into an uneven wing at the periphery,

some of the projections extending to 2 mm. from the shell.

The species belongs to the group of Amastra alata, Pfr.,

and A. heliciformis, Ancey; from the latter, which is also

an Oahu shell, it may readily be separated, in addition to

its greater size and remarkable development of periostracum,

by its more depressed form and smaller (proportionally)

umbilical area.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Index Faune Nove Zealandie. Edited by Capt. F. W. Hurron,

F.R.S. Published for the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury,

New Zealand. London; Dulau, 1904. Pp. viii, 372.

Tuts is an extremely useful publication, and it is a great advantage

to have such an Index to the natural productions of an area which

is sufficiently limited to admit of its being given in a moderate

compass. Captain Hutton’s name is well known to all students

of New Zealand natural history, and it is very creditable to the

colony that nearly all the other contributors to the volume are

resident in New Zealand.

‘

Bibliographical Notices. i61

In the Introduction the Editor deals, as fully as space will permit,

with previous work, from the voyages of Captain Cook (1764-1774),

accompanied by Sir Joseph Banks, and other well-known naturalists

and artists, to the present time. He also discusses the elements of

the New Zealand fauna and the supposed existence of the Antarctic

continent, and comes to the conclusion that the New Zealand fauna

and flora cannot be considered to be truly oceanic, though they must

have been separated from any continent for a very long period. A

short Bibliography, restricted apparently to books and papers rela-

tive to the general characteristics of the country and its fauna and

flora, is also added.

The lists of species are well classified and arranged, and are

available for immediate reference, even apart from the complete

Index of Genera at the end of the book. We have noticed a few

misprints, some of the earlier ones being corrected in a list; but

they are generally not of a very serious character—* Hawthorn ”

for ‘‘ Haworth” (p. 350) and “ Lewcanium” for “ Lecaniwm” (p. 353)

are the most important which we have noticed; the latter name is

spelt correctly on p. 227.

There is an Appendix of naturalized animals, to which we must

object that several apparently indigenous species have been included

by incorrect identification, Thus, to quote two instances: on p. 349,

Monostegia antipoda, Kirb. (a saw-fly), is wrongly given as a

synonym of the European Hriocampa adumbrata, Klug, though it

does not belong to the same genus ; and on p. 353 a Mantis ( Ortho-

dera_ministralis, Fabr.) is noted as introduced from Australia. In

fact, closely allied but distinct species or subspecies of Orthodera are

found in Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand respectively, and

the last was described as Mantis nove-zealandie by Colenso, and

must retain that name. We suspect that other forms supposed to

have been introduced into New Zealand from Australia will also

prove, when sufficiently known, to be representative forms, and not

introductions.

A Manual of Palearetic Birds. By H. E Dresser, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e.

Part II. Published by the Author at 3 Hanover Square, W.

Some time since, it will be remembered, Part I. of this work was

reviewed in these pages. Therein we pointed out certain features

that seemed to call for criticism. These objections apply also to

this second part. The author, however, cannot be blamed for this’

for even had he felt inclined to concede to the views then expressed’

he could scarcely do so unless a second edition is called for, and this

is a by no means remote contingency.

Without question, this is a work that should find a place on the

shelves of every ornithologist. Condensed as the descriptions of the

species naturally are, yet a great deal of useful and valuable inform-

ation concerning habits or other peculiarities of the birds of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, xiv. i

162 Miscellaneous.

Palearctic Region will be found in these pages. The fact that the

eggs of the Osprey taken from the nests of American birds may be

distinguished by their “strong musky smell” is a case in point,

But it seems hardly necessary to tell us that Ducks and Pelicans

swim well! Yet Mr. Dresser gravely assures us that this is a fact!

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Ossiferous Cave-deposits of Cyprus.

By Dorotny M. A, Bare,

Previous to 1901 no systematic search of the cave-deposits of

Cyprus appears to have been attempted. The geology was studied

by M. Albert Gaudry, who published an elaborate work in 1862

with a geological map, and Drs. Unger and Kotschy in 1865 also

gave a geological map of the island, differing somewhat from their

predecessor.

As long ago as 1700 the Dutch traveller Corneille le Brun (Van

Bruyn) published an account of his wanderings in Cyprus and the

Levant, and mentions having visited a bed of bones, supposed to be

those of saints, not far from the Monastery of Haghios Chrysostomos.

A drawing of one of these bones is given, which Dr. Forsyth Major

has since shown to be that of Hippopotamus minutus *.

The author started in 1901, in expectation of discovering an

extinct fauna in this ossiferous breccia, and this expectation was

amply fulfilled, for no fewer than twelve ossiferous caves were

found—five at Cape Pyla in the south-east, and seven on the

southern slopes of the Kerynia Hills in the north of the island.

Two caves (mentioned by General di Cesnola in 1877, at Cape

Pyla, as containing human fossilized bones) were first visited by the

author. The rock is here composed of Miocene (probably Hel-

vetian) limestone, weathered to a very great extent, and full of

marine shells and corals, as well as numerous Kchinoids (Clypeaster

portentosus), also met with in the Miocene limestones of Malta.

Here a number of caves were discovered in the cliffs, five of

which yielded remains of Hippopotamus minutus.

The author then describes these caves in detail. The caves ex-

plored at Cape Pyla were :—(1) The Red Cliff Cave; (2) the Great

Anonymous Cave; (3) the Small Anonymous Cave; (4) Haghios

Jannos ; (5) Haghios Saronda. This is the cave to which formerly

pilgrimages were made and candles burned in honour of the sacred

remains of saints.

The cave-deposits of the Kerynia Hills are of uncertain geological:

age, no fossils having been obtained from the limestone-rock of

* Proc, Zool. Soc., June 1902.

Miscellaneous. 163

which they are chiefly composed. Professor Gaudry concludes that

the rock is of Cretaceous age, and therefore the oldest sedimentary

deposit in the island. The seven caves discovered were all on the

southern side of the range, between the Aghirdhir Pass and the

village of Kythreea, in a low broken line of cliffs parallel with the

main ridge. ‘These are called the Kerynia caves and are named :—

(1) Coutzaventis ; (2) Haghios Chrysostomos ; (3) Anoyero Spelios ;

(4) Dikomo Mandra ; (5) “Haghios Elias ; (6) the Elephant Deposit

(7) the Western Cave.

Most of these caves have, by reason of long atmospheric erosion,

partially or wholly disappeared, leaving the stalagmitic flooring

containing mammalian remains unprotected and exposed often ata

considerable distance from the face of the cliffs. But although many

of them are now almost obliterated by the falling in of the roof and

walls, the author points out that wherever this has happened the

limits of the floor are sharply defined by the hard ossiferous deposit

and the stalagmitic floor. In close proximity are caves still pre-

served containing precisely similar deposits.

The fauna of the caves is comparatively scanty, the only other

important extinct form besides the dwarf elephant and hippo-

potamus being a new species of genet ( Genetta plesictoides), described

in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society.—Firom the Pro-

ceedings of the Royal Society, June 9,1904, (Communicated by tho

Author. )

Further Note on the Remains of Elephas cypriotes, Bate, from a

Cave-deposit in Cyprus. By Dororny M. A. Bare,

This paper is a continuation of one already published * “ On the

Discovery of a Pigmy Elephant in the Pleistocene of Cyprus,” and

enters into a detailed description of the teeth of this small probos-

cidean whose remains are now in the British Museum of Natural

History.

The collection includes incisors, milk-molars, and permanent

molars. Several of the latter still retain their position in the jaws,

and, in some instances, the teeth of both sides of the same individual

were found.

The permanent incisor tusks of two forms, presumably belonging

to males and females, were found. They differ from the same

teeth of the Maltese dwarf elephants in being considerably com-

pressed laterally. The largest specimen measures 29-7 cm. along

the outside of the curve, with a maximum diameter of 3°7 em.

Of the upper cheek-teeth the third and fourth of the milk-series.

as well as the three permanent molars are described in detail.

There was a small third milk-molar (2 mm.) implanted by a single

root, but no specimen was collected.

* Read before the Royal Society, May 7, 1903,

164 Miscellaneous.

Of the lower series the third and fourth milk-molars and the

three permanent teeth were represented by numerous examples and

are fully described.

An almost entire left ramus of one young individual and the

symphysial portion of another are also described. ‘he only limb-

bone obtained was the distal portion of a femur.

A corrected ridge-formula for the molars of E. cypriotes is

furnished, which, exclusive of talons, will stand as follows :—

. 5 7—8 7—8 8—9 11—12

ee ey ee ae WEE

Dr. Leith Adams gives H. melitensis as follows :—

3 5 8—9 8—9 10 12

St Seay 8 a As oP

There appears to be a strong resemblance between the teeth of

X. cypriotes and those of the Maltese and Sicilian pigmy forms, more

especially H#. melitensis, but the marked lateral compression of the

tusks in #. cypriotes, which is a constant character in all the

specimens so far obtained, would in itself be almost sufficient to

distinguish this species from the other pigmy elephants of the

Mediterranean region. There seems to be good evidence that

4. cypriotes was isolated and subsequently differentiated at an

earlier period than the other small Mediterranean species in Malta

and Sicily, the zoological evidence giving considerable support to

the belief that Cyprus became an island at an earlier period, an

idea which is further strengthened by the fact that the whole island

is surrounded by deep water and is not connected with the neigh-

bouring lands by submerged banks, as is the case with the Maltese

islands.

The Maltese pigmy species have been considered most closely

allied to H. antiquus and H. africanus. On the other hand, it

seems probable that H. cypriotes, which shows no affinity to the

African species, is rather connected with Z. antiquus and E. meri-

dionalis.

It may be remarked that the remains of E. cypriotes and of

Hippopotamus minutus, with which it is associated, vary but little

in size, whereas in the dwarf species of elephants and hippopotami

from Malta and Sicily a considerable variation in size is observable,

so much so, indeed, that molars may be seen intermediate in size

connecting H. melitensis(= minutus), H. pentland, and H.amphibius.

—From the Proceedings of the Royal Society, June 9,1904. (Com-

municated by the Author.)

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 81, SEPTEMBER 1904.

XXVI.—The Lerrvorrers-Prarane of the Bahamas.

By Sir Greorce F. Hampson, Bart., B-A., F.Z.S., &e.

Tue following list of moths from the Bahamas is supple-

mentary to that published in the ‘ Annals’ (7) vil. p. 246

(1901).

Syntomide.

Syntomeida syntomoides, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lép. i. pl. xvi.

fig. 4: (1836).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter) ; Andros (Neville Chamberlain).

Lymire Edwardsi, Grote, Pap. i. p. 4 (1881).

.Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

The Nassau specimens are like those from Florida ; the

males from Abaco have the fore wing whiter, the hind wing

without brown on the veins and termen ; the female of both

forms has the hind wing wholly suffused with brown.

Arctiade.

LirHostavz.

Mulona nigripuncta, Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. ii. p. 387,

pl. xxix. fig. 6 (1900).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Andros (Bonhote).

' Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 12

166 Sir G. IF. Hampson on the

ARCTIANZE.

Ammalo insulata, Wik. ii. 734 (1855) ; Hmpsn. Cat. Lep.

Phal. B, M. ii. p. 84, pl. xxxvii. fig. 14.

Andros (Bonhote).

Halisidota cinetipes, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 242

(1865).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Halisidota albipennis, sp. un.

?. Head and thorax white; tegule and patagia with

indistinct fuscous annuli ; palpi with fuscous marks at sides ;

legs with slight fuscous bands, the fore femora yellow above ;

abdomen white, dorsally yellow except at extremity. . Fore

wing white, with numerous waved interrupted fuscous lines,

forming obscure annuli ; an antemedial semicircular mark on

costa; a discoidal lunule, with ill-defined oblique band

formed by the waved lines from it to inner margin. Hind

wing pure white.

Hab, Nassau (Sir G. Carter),2 2 type. Hap. 50-54mm.

Apantesis bicolor, sp. n.

¢&. Head and thorax black; abdomen scarlet, with dorsal

series of large, partly conjoined, quadrate black spots, a

lateral series of somewhat triangular spots, the extremity

and ventral surface black. Fore wing uniform black. Hind

wing scarlet; the costal area and termen towards apex

black ; a subterminal black point below vein 2. Underside

with short scarlet streaks on base of costa of both wings, the

retinaculum scarlet.

Another specimen has three subterminal black spots on

hind wing ; a third has the costal half of hind wing black ;

and a fourth has a crimson ring on neck, fore wing with pale

crimson fascia on costa to beyond middle, a small white spot

at lower angle of cell, the cilia pale, hind wing with the

costal half pale.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 4 g$ type. Exp. 44 mm.

Agaristide.

Tuerta hemicycla, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax clothed with brown-red and white

hair; tarsi ringed with white; abdomen fulvous, dorsally

tinged with red, whitish at base. Fore wing pale olive,

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 167

thickly irrorated with brown-red ; a subbasal red band from

costa to submedian fold ; orbicular and reniform defined by

red, with red centres, and with patches of silvery scales on

them, a semicircular white mark defining the former and

inner edge of latter, which is defined on outer side by an

oblique white band from below costa to below vein 4 with

sinuous edges ; two red lines with silver between them from

the semicircular mark to inner margin ; a fine terminal line;

cilia white and red. Hind wing pale red, the terminal area

deep red; cilia white and red; the underside paler.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers),1 g type. Ezvp. 30 mm.

Noctuide.

A GROTINZ.

Chloridea armigera, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Noct.

fig. 370 (1827).

Abaco (P. A. Meeres).

Chloridea virescens, Fabr. Spec. Ins. 11. p. 216 (1781).

Nassau (Bonhote).

Feltia annexa, Treit. Schmett. Eur. v. p. 154 (1825).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Bonhote).

Lycophotia infecta, Ochs. Schmett. Eur. iv. figs. 67, 68

(1816).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Haprnin2.

Leucania unipuncta, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 177 (1810).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

ACRONYCTINA.

Euplexia leucobasis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax pale rufous mixed with black ; palpi

blackish at sides; tegula black, mixed with pale rufous ;

thorax black; tarsi rimged with white; abdomen fuscous,

whitish at base, the ventral surface whitish mixed with

fuscous. Fore wing fuscous, suffused with greyish and very

sparsely irrorated with white; a sinuous subbasal black line

from costa to submedian fold ; antemedial line waved, oblique

from costa to submedian fold, where it is angled, then

inwardly oblique; orbicular round, defined by black; a

waved medial line oblique from costa to vein ee angled

168 Sir G. F. Hampson on the ;

inwards in submedian fold; reniform hardly traceable ;

postmedial line waved, bent outwards below costa, incurved

slightly at discal fold, incurved below vein 4, and angled

inwards in submedian fold; the veins of terminal area

streaked with black, interrupted by an obscure subterminal

series of small dentate greyish marks. Hind wing with the

basal half white, the terminal half fuscous black, with its

inner edge irregularly diffused.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 1 2 type. Hap. 38 mm.

Euplexia scriptura, Wik. xv. 1723 (1858).

NXylina transversalis, Wik. xv. 1784 (1858).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Euplexia subornata, Wik. xxxii. 682 (1865).

Ochria niveopicta, Butl. P. Z. S, 1878, p. 485.

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Eupleaia albigera, Guen. Noct. 1. p. 228 (1852).

Nassau; Andros (Bonhote).

Euplexia apameoides, Guen. Noct. i. p. 229 (1852).

Andros (Bonhote).

Euplexia agnonia, Druce, P. Z. S. 1890, p. 213.

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Andros (Bonhote).

Magusa orbifera, Wik. xi. 761 (1857).

Magusa strigifera, Wik. xi. 763 (1857).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Spodoptera vitrina, Wik. xi. 718 (1857).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Caradrina nucicolora, Guen. Noct. i. p. 24, pl. iv. fig.

(1852).

Andros (Bonhote).

Fagitana parallela, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen chocolate-brown; tegulee

with medial white line and white tips. Fore wing chocolate-

brown, overlaying a pale colour; an oblique white subbasal

striga from cell to vein 1; a narrow oblique white ante-

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 169

medial band not reaching costa; reniform narrow, faintly

defined by white, produced at upper angle and with a

prominent white spot at lower angle of cell; a narrow,

oblique, slightly curved, white postmedial band; subterminal

band represented by a series of slight brown spots ; terminal

area greyish; an ill-defined white terminal line. Hind

wing chocolate-brown ; the underside paler, with discoidal

point and curved waved postmedial line.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 1 3,3 2 type; Nassau (Sir

G. Carter). Hap. 28 mm.

Caularis lunata, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax red-brown, mixed with white; fore

tibie darker above ; abdomen pale yellowish, with indistinct

brownish dorsal stripe, the ventral surface whitish, irrorated

with brown, the basal crest with some metallic scales. Fore

wing chocolate-brown, irrorated with white; a white fascia

in submedian’ fold to postmedial line, arising from base of

costa ; a grey-green streak below median nervure ; orbicular

and reniform grey-green, with some metallic blue scales at

middle; a chocolate postmedial line, oblique towards costa,

excurved at middle and incurved below vein 4, broadly

defined by white on inner side from costa to submedian fold,

and on outer side by grey-green from below costa to inner

margin, with a white fascia in submedian fold from it to

termen. Hind wing very pale yellow; a large brown

discoidal lunule; a terminal pink band with black points on

it above vein 2 and at tornus; a fine terminal dark line;

cilia white.

Hab, Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 2 9 type. Ezp. 38 mm.

EUrELIANa.

Eutelia furcata, Wik. xxxiii. 815 (1865).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

SARROTHRIPINE.

Paraxia chameleon, Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xvi. p. 120

(1890).

Thalpochares laurea, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii, p. 497, pl, xev.

figs. 26, 27 (1898).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

170 Sir G. F. Hampson on the

Nocrvinz.

Parachabora abydas, Herr.-Schaff. Aussereur. Schmett.

fig. 565.

Nassau (S27 G. Carter).

Casandria filifera, Wik. xi. 719 (1857).

Andros (Bonhote).

Casandria poliotis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, slightly mixed with

fuscous ; tegule with dark medial line. Fore wing grey,

suffused in parts with fuscous ; a curved subbasal line from

costa to submedian fold; an oblique waved antemedial line

angled outwards above inner margin, with more or less

prominent blackish marks before it ; orbicular and reniform

rather small, defined by fuscous and with fuscous centres,

the former round, or the stigmata, also the claviform, repre-

sented by small black spots, one specimen with a black

streak in submedian fold from base to postmedial line; a

rufous or black medial line, oblique from costa to lower

angle of cell; postmedial line black, excurved beyond the

cell, then incurved; subterminal line indistinct whitish,

waved, with diffused rufous or fuscous on its inner side.

Hind wing whitish, suffused with fuscous, especially on

costal and terminal areas.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 2 g, 1 2 type. Hap.

28 mm.

Melipotis ochrodes, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 64 (1852).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Melipotis marmoraris, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 67 (1852).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Euglyphia hieroglyphica, Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. exlvi. D

(1779

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Litoprosopus hatuey, Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba (1882).

Andros (Bonhote) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Thermesia flavilineata, sp. n.

¢. Antenne bipectinate, with short branches; mid-tibia

and first tarsal joint fringed with fuscous hair. Head,

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 171

thorax, and abdomen grey, the last slightly irrorated with

fuscous. Fore wing grey, irrorated with fuscous; traces of

slightly waved antemedial and medial lines ; reniform small,

indistinct ; a straight, oblique, postmedial fuscous line,

defined on inner side by a pale yellowish line and on outer

by fuscous suffusion ; subterminal line represented by a

series of dark points, excurved from costa to vein 4, then

incurved. Hind wing grey, irrorated with fuscous; an

oblique fuscous medial line, not reaching costa, defined on

inner side by a pale yellowish line and on outer by fuscous

suffusion ; subterminal line represented by a series of in-

distinct dark points, excurved at median nervules, then bent

inwards to near medial line.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 1 g type. Exp. 38 mm.

Thermesia gemmatalis, Hiibu. Zutr. ex. Schmett. i. p. 26,

figs. 153, 154: (1827).

Andros (Bonhote) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Azeta repygnans, Hiibn. Zutr, ex. Schmett. iii. p. 37, figs.

575, 576 (1827).

Nassau (Si G. Carter).

Poaphila perplexa, Guen. Noct. i. p. 804 (1852).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Epidromia pannosa, Guen. Noct. iil. p. 3826 (1852).

Nassau (Si7 G. Carter).

Melalectra precisalis, Hubn. Zutr. ii. p. 29, figs. 367, 368

(1827).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Bendis hinna, Hiibu., Geyer, Zutr. ex. Schmett. 41. 486,

figs. 971, 972 (1827).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Pleonectyptera pyralis, Hiibn. Samml. ex. Schmett. i. 23.

64, figs. 127, 128 (1827).

Andros (Bonhote) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Capnodes concinnula, W\k. xxxiil. 1074 (1865).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Acantholipes mesoscota, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax purplish grey, mixed with fuscous to

black; abdomen grey, suffused with brown. Fore wing

172 Sir G. F. Hampson on the

purplish grey, irrorated and partly suffused with fuscous ; an

meurved subbasal line, with a faint waved line beyond it

before the slightly waved antemedial line; a fuscous or

black band occupying nearly the whole area before the

medial line, which is oblique towards costa, then erect; a

minutely waved postmedial line, oblique towards costa ; sub-

terminal line slightly waved, angled outwards at vein 7 and

excurved at middle, some fuscous or black suffusion before

it towards costa; a terminal series of black points. Hind

wing fuscous brown; the underside grey, irrorated with

fuscous ; a small discoidal spot and indistinct curved post-

medial line.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 2 2 type. Exp. 24 mm.

Cosmophila erosa, Hiibn. Zutr. ex. Schmett. 1. 19, figs. 287,

288 (1827).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Gonodonta acmeptera, Sepp, Ins. Surin. 1. 105, pl. xlix. (1848).

Abaco (P. A. Mears) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

E-RASTRIANZ.

Callopistria floridensis, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 192 (1852).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Baniana metaspilaris, Wik. xxvii. 126 (1863).

Andros (Bonhote).

Ommatochila mundula, Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

xxii. p. 460, pl. ii. fig. 4 (1872). ©

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Spragueia margana, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. (2) p. 709 (1790).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Eublemma laphyra, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 517; id. Biol.

Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 498, pl. xevi. fig. 2.

Eublemma rosescens, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1898, p. 248, pl. xvii.

fig. 9.

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Eublemma flammicincta, Wik. xxxiii. 801 (1865).

Andros (Bonhote).

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 173

Hyprnina.

Nodaria selenitis, sp. n.

g. Antenne with the shaft knotted at one third ; fore

tibia with sheath. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown.

Fore wing grey-brown, irrorated with brown ; an indistinct

antemedial line angled outward in and below cell; orbicular

a minute fuscous annulus with ochreous centre; reniform a

slight ochreous lunule, with black mark on its outer side and

oblique dark shade from it to inner margin; postmedial line

indistinct, oblique, minutely waved, defined by pale colour on

outer side ; subterminal area with fuscous suffusion ; a black

patch at apex and terminal series of small black spots.

Hind wing pale, suffused with brown, especially on terminal

area ; indistinct diffused medial and postmedial lines ; a pale

waved subterminal line; a terminal series of black points ;

the underside whitish, irrorated with brown, and the terminal

area suffused with brown; a discoidal lunule, waved post-

medial line, and pale waved subterminal line.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 1 3 type. Hap. 20 mm.

Nodaria diopis, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish brown. Fore

wing yellowish brown ; a curved, minutely waved, subbasal

black line from costa to submedian fold; a curved, minutely

waved antemedial line, slightly angled outwards below

costa; a medial brown shade, with two minute white-pupilled

black discoidal ocelli on it; a minutely dentate black post-

medial line, excurved from costa to vein 4, then incurved ; a

diffused fuscous subterminal line, incurved at discal and

submedian folds and somewhat dentate at middle; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing fuscous brown, with

minutely dentate medial line and diffused subterminal line ;

the underside pale, thickly irrorated with fuscous ; a discoidal

lunule, the lines distinct, the subterminal with waved white

line on its outer edge ; a terminal series of black points.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 2 2 type. Exp. 30 mm.

Nodaria inostentalis, W\k. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) i. p. 112

(1862).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Bonhote).

Nodaria priassalis, Wik. xvi. 123 (1858).

Andros (Bonhote).

174 Sir G. F. Hampson on the

Nodaria utricusalis, Wik. xvi. 121 (1858).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Hypena pilosalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 33 (1852).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Hypena exoletalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 29 (1852).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Doryodes insularia, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax white, slightly tinged with viola-

ceous; abdomen ochreous white. Fore wing ochreous

yellow, the costal and inner areas violaceous white, slightly

irrorated with brown, the veins on costal area with slight

dark streaks ; a white streak on subcostal nervure expanding

beyond the cell, but not reaching the fascia from apex; a

black discoidal point and sometimes one towards end of cell;

a white fascia in lower part of cell extending to rather

beyond lower angle ; a yellow-brown fascia below the cell,

narrowing beyond it and extending to apex, defining above

the curved white fascia from apex to middle of submedian

fold and which broadens at middle; termen violaceous

white, narrowing toa point below apex; a fine dark terminal

line. Hind wing ochreous yellow.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 2 ¢ type. Exp. 30 mm.

Nearer to D. bistrialis, Hiibn., than to D. spadaria, Guen.

=divisa, W\k.

Sphingide.

AMBULACINE.

Ambulyx Carteri, Roths. Nov. Zool. ix. Suppl. p. 180,

pl. Ixvi. fig. 3 and pl. lvii. fig. 12.

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

CHHROCAMPINE.

Cherocampa irrorata, Grote, Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 52,

pl. i. fig. 2 (1865).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Philampelus vitis, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 491 (1758).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Philampelus posticatus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 62

(1865). ,

Nassau (Sti G. Carter).

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 175

Philampelus labrusca, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 491 (1758).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Anceryx alope, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. 1. pl. xxvii. fig. 1 (1773).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Dilophonota ello, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 491 (1758).

Nassau (Bonhote) ; Andros (Neville Chamberlain).

Dilophonota obscura, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 538 (1775).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Andros (Neville Chamberlain).

Cautethia Grotei, Edw. Pap. 1. p. 10 (1882).

Abaco (P. A. Meers); Nassau (Lady Blake) ; Andros

(Neville Chamberlain).

SpuHmnGinv Zz.

Cocytius Duponcheli, Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba, fig. 4 (1832).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Protoparce sexta, Johan. Ameen. Acad. vi. p. 410 (1863).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Protoparce afflicta, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 71

(1865).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Protoparce rustica, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 540 (1775).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Protoparce brontes, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins. ii. p. 53, pl. xxix.

fig. 4 (1773).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Macro@tossinv 2.

Enyo lugubris, Drury, Mant. Plant. p. 537 (1771).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Perigonia lefebrai, Lucas, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, vii. p. 289

(1856).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Aellopos tantalus, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 493 (1858).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

176 Sir G. F. Hampson on the

Notodontide.

Nystalea ebalea, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecex. C (1781).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Saturniade.

Automeris Hebe, Wik. xxxii. 536 (1865).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Geometridae.

BoarMIAnz.

Merocausta purpuraria, sp. n.

d. Head, thorax, and abdomen purple-brown, mixed with

grey. Fore wing purple-brown, suffused with grey and

irrorated with fuscous, the postmedial area more chocolaie-

brown; an ill-defined antemedial dark line angled on median

nervure ; a chocolate discoidal spot, with dark line from it

to inner margin; a dark postmedial line, excurved from

costa to discal fold, then oblique; a diffused dark sub-

terminal line; a terminal series of black points. Hind

wing red-brown, with obscure dark striz and indistinct

medial and postmedial lines and subterminal line from vein 3

to tornus ; the underside greyer and irrorated with fuscous.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 1 3 type. Exp. 20 mm.

Phrygionis argyrosticta, sp. n.

do. Antenne bipectinate, with long branches; yellow;

head tinged with brown ; abdomen with some dark scales on

dorsum. Fore wing with subbasal and two antemedial series

of dark points with silvery scales on them, the antemedial

series incurved below cell; a curved medial series of similar

points with another series beyond it between veins 7 and 2;

the terminal area striated with brown. Hind wing with the

medial area striated with brown; a postmedial line incurved

at discal fold ; an indistinct silvery subterminal line ; a fiery

red terminal band irrorated with silver from apex to discal

fold, where there is a small ocellus with semicircular black

mark on its outer edge; a fiery red stigma on termen near

tornus.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers),1 3 type. Hap. 34 mm.

Macaria bifilaria, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the head slightly

tinged with rufous. Wings white, irrorated with black and

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 177

rufous scales and faintly striated with brown; a dark sub-

basal point below costa; a curved antemedial line; an oblique

rufous striga from middle of cell and indistinct line from

origin of vein 2 to inner margin; adiscoidal striga; a double

postmedial line, the inner grey, the outer rufous, slightly

incurved at vein 4 and ending at tornus, some black points

before it on the veins ; termen excised below apex, with a

rufous lunule at the excision and some striz towards tornus.

Hind wing with indistinct antemedial line ; a black discoidal

point ; a double, almost straight line from apex to tornus,

the inner grey, the outer rufous; the terminal area strongly

irrorated ; the termen produced to an acute point at vein 4

and with some terminal black bands.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 2 g type. Exp. 26 mm.

Tephrina continuata, Wik. xxv. 1445 (1862).

Andros (Bonhote).

Drepanodes moneta, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. i. p. 30,

pl. xliv. fig. 2 (1890).

Abaco (P. A. Meers); Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Acrosemia dichorda, sp. n.

@. Purplish red-brown, the wings thickly striated with

fuscous. Fore wing with slightly curved antemedial line

defined by flesh-colour on inner side ; a black discoidal point ;

an almost straight postmedial line defined by flesh-colour on

outer side. Hind wing with black discoidal point ; a slightly

curved postmedial line defined by flesh-colour on outer side.

Underside much paler.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 1 2 type. Hap. 38 mm.

Oxydia vesulia, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 79, pl. ccxl. B, C

Giver

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Azellina vetustaria, Wik. xxxv. 1550 (1866).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Brotis vulneraria, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. 11. p. 23,

figs. 319, 320 (1827).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

ORTHOSTIXINE.

Mecoceras nitocris, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. p. 148, pl. cclxxv. A

(h779).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

178 Sir G. F. Hampson on the

Zanclopteryx uniferata, Wik. xxvi. 1634 (1862).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

DARENTIANZ.

Cidaria jluviata, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Geom. figs.

280, 281 (1827).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Cidaria anomala, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 491.

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Andros (Bonhote).

Dyspteris abortivaria, Herr.-Schaff. Aussereur. Schmett.

fig. 346 (1850).

Andros (Bonhote).

Eupethecia miserulata, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p. 32

(1863).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

GEOMETRINZ.

Geometra congruata, Wik. xxii. 511 (1861).

Nassau; Andros (Bonhote).

Geometra cupedinaria, Grote, Can. Ent. xii. p. 218 (1880).

Abaco (P. A. Meers); Nassau (Sir G. Carter) ; Andros

(Bonhote).

Euchloris heterospila, sp. n.

9. Yellow-green; palpi and antenne pink and white.

Fore wing with the costal edge pink; an antemedial series

of three blackish points on the veins; a discoidal point; a

postmedial series of points incurved below vein 2 and witha

white spot edged with black and reddish on it between veins

2 and 3, sometimes connected with termen by a reddish

streak ; cilia reddish, tipped with white. Hind wing with

discoidal dark poimt and curved postmedial series on the

veins; cilia reddish, white at tips. Underside greenish

yellow. : ‘

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the patch on outer side of post-

medial points extending from above vein 6 to below sub-

median fold and formed of a series of conjoined, elongate,

white spots edged by blackish and red. Hind wing with

elliptical white spots edged with blackish and red on outer

side of postmedial points between veins 4 and 2.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 2 2 type; Nassau (Sir G,

Carter); St. Lucia, 2 9. Hap. 24-32 mm.

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 179

ACIDALIANA.

Anisodes calidata, W\k. xxvi. 1599 (1862).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Anisodes myrtaria, Guen. Ur. & Phal. i. p. 408, pl. 1. fig. 7

(1857).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Seme@opus micropis, sp. Nn.

?. Pale ochreous brown, with a slight olive tinge; head

rather darker ; wings thickly irrorated with fuscous. Fore

wing with minute white-pupilled, fuscous, discoidal ocellus ;

an indistinct, oblique, dentate, postmedial line bent inwards

to costa: a fine brown terminal line. Hind wing with small,

white-pupilled, fuscous, discoidal ocellus; an indistinct,

almost straight, dentate postmedial line; a fine brown ter-

minal line.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 1 9 type. Hzp. 36 mm.

Craspedia turbata, Wik. xxvi. 1755 (1862).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Craspedia cymiphora, sp. n.

3. White, irrorated with fuscous; palpi and frons black ;

hind tibiz without spurs, but not dilated. Fore wing with

the costal edge fuscous towards base ; an indistinct ante-

medial line excurved from costa to median nervure, then

incurved ; a prominent black discoidal point ; postmedial

line incurved at discal and submedian folds ; two minutely-

waved subterminal lines incurved at discal and submedian

folds; a terminal series of brown striz. Hind wing with

prominent, black, discoidal striga; an indistinct postmedial

line incurved at discal and submedian folds, with a more

prominent line beyond it, strongly incurved at discal and

submedian folds; a diffused, waved, subterminal line; a

terminal series of brown striz.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), g type. Eap. 20 mm.

Craspedia ossularia, Hibn. Zutr. ex. Schmett. fig. 909

(1837).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Lasiocampide.

Artace punctistriga, W\k. vi. 1491 (1855).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

180 Sir G. F. Hampson on the

Perophoride.

Perophora egenaria, Wik. xxxv. 1575 (1866).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter); Andros

(Bonhote).

Cosside.

Duomitus benestriata, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white, tinged with brown, the thorax

with large, blackish, dorsal patch; palpi and sides of frons

blackish. Fore wing whitish, rather sparsely marked with

coarse brown striz, those on costal area before middle black ;

a small, black, discoidal lunule. Hind wing white, with

series of small fuscous spots on the cilia.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers),1 3 type. Exp. 40 mm.

Psychide.

Qcericin 2.

Thyridopteryx ephemeriformis, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 72 (1803).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter, Bonhote).

PsycHin 2.

Thanatopsyche apicalis, sp. un.

¢d. Head, thorax, and abdomen black; patagia with large

white patches: wings hyaline, irrorated with black hairs,

the veins and margins black; fore wing with the terminal

half of costal area suffused with black; hind wing with the

inner area black.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 3 3 type. Eap. 24 mm,

Zygenide.

ZYGHNINE.

Nesaca albimacula, sp. n.

¢o. Black, with a bluish tinge; palpi and frons white ;

shoulders and metathorax with white spots; base of hind

tibize streaked with white; abdomen with lateral white

streaks at base, followed by a series of white points, and a

yellowish spot on terminal segment. Fore wing with fine

white streak below the cell and bar-shaped, white, discoidal

spot.

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 1 3 type. Ezp. 20 mm.

Lepidoptera-Phalence of the Bahamas. 181

| Thyridide.

Hexeris aes Grote, Can. Ent. vii. p. 176 (1875).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Pyralide.

CrAMBINZ.

Crambus hastiferellus, Wik. xxvii. 155 (1863).

Nassau (Six G. Carter); Andros (Bonhoée).

Crambus profanellus, Wik. xxxv. 1753 (1866).

Andros (Bonhote).

Platytes lacteella, Fabr. Ent. Syst. in. 2, p. 813 (1794).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Dicymolomia pegasalis, Wik. xvi. 438 (1859).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Scu@NOBIANZ.

Scirpophaga leucatea, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 2 (1863).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Scirpophaga perstrialis, Hibn. Samml. exot. Schmett.

figs. 457, 458 (1827).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Scirpophaga repugnatalis, Wik. xxvii. 144 (1859).

Chilo funerellus, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) vii. p. 254 (1901).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Scirpophaga holophealis, sp. u.

¢g. Head and thorax brownish grey ; abdomen ochreous,

the ventral surface brownish grey. Fore wing ochreous

grey-brown, the cell and area just below and beyond it slightly

darker. Hind wing fuscous brown.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 2 3 type; Brit. Guiana, 1 3.

Exp, 28-32 mm.

Puycitin£.

Euzophkerodes megalopalis, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax reddish brown, tinged with fuscous ;

tibiz and tarsi banded with grey; abdomen grey-brown,

Ann. & Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 13

182 Sir G. F. Hampson on the

with pale segmental lines. Fore wing brown mixed with

purplish red and irrorated with grey ; the medial costal area

fuscous; a patch of grey scales on costa near hase; an

almost medial, oblique, strong, grey-white, antemedial,

straight line; a black discoidal lunule on a grey patch which

extends to costa, a strong, grey, postmedial line slightly

excurved at middle; some grey on termen. Hind wing

semihyaline whitish, the veins and termen tinged with brown ;

a fine terminal brown line; cilia brownish. .

Hab. Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 1 5 type. Eap, 14 mm.

Genus EvrricHocERA, nov.

Palpi slender, upturned to above vertex of head; maxillary

palpi dilated with scales ; antennze of male with immensely

long cilia. Fore wing with the cell very short ; veins 3, 4, 5

stalked ; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

the cell very short ; veins 4, 5 stalked, and 3 approximated

to them for some distance; 6,7 from upper angle, and 8

anastomosing with 7.

Eutrichocera paurolepidalis, sp. n.

d:. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, tinged with brown.

Fore wing thinly scaled, grey tinged with brown and irro-

rated with fuscous, especially on the veins: the antemedial

line represented by tufts of black scales in and below cell

and on vein 1; two very indistinet medial lines excurved

beyond cell, then incurved ; postmedial line defined by grey

on outer side and produced to short streaks on the veins,

excurved from costa to vein 3, then incurved, and excurved

again above inner margin; a maculate, terminal, black lime.

Hind wing semihyaline white, the veins tinged with brown ;

a brown terminal line.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers),2 g type. EHazp. 22 mm.

Phycita (Pinipestis) Zimmermanni, Grote, Can. Ent. ix.

p- 161 (1877).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Phycita (Dioryctria) abietella, Schiff. Wien. Verz. x. p. 138

(1776).

_Abaco (P. A. Meers).

EPIPASCHIANE.

Tioga atrifascialis, Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xin. p. 160

(1886).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Lepidoptera-Phalence of the Bahamas. 183

Macalla thyrsisalis, Wik. xvi. 156 (1858).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

CHRYSAUGINE. .

Salobrena rubiginea, Hmpsn. P. Z. S. 1897, p. 642.

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Tetraschistis leucogramma, sp, 0.

?. Head and thorax reddish brown ; hind tarsi whitish ;

abdomen greyish fuscous. Fore wing purplish grey-brown

with shght dark irroration ; rufous patches on costal area

before the antemedial and beyond the postmedial lines; the

lines pure white and prominent, the antemedial slightly

excurved below costa, then oblique, the postmedial slightly

incurved below costa, then excurved; a tine dark terminal

line. Hind wing fuscous brown, with white postmedial line

almost obsolete on costal half ; a fine dark terminal line.

Hab. Nassau (Si G. Carter), 1 2? type. Hap, 22 mm.

Parachma ocracealis, Wik. xxxiv. 1263 (1865).

Andros (Bonhote).

Galasa rubidana, Wik. xxxv. 1802 (1866).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Caphys bilinea, Wik. xxvii. 13 (1863).

Andros (Bonhote).

Bonchis munitalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 55, pl. vi.

fig. 13.

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

LiYDROCAMPINZE.

Nymphula endoralis, Wk. xvii. 459 (1859).

Andros (Bonhote).

PYRAUSTINE.

Symphysa eripalis, Grote, Can. Ent. x. p. 29 (1878).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Zinckenia perspectalis, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr,

fig. 101 (1827).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Desmia funeralis, Hiibn, Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. fig. 103

(1827).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

13%

184 Sir G. F. Hampson on the

Desmia ufeus, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 2, pl. xevi E (1779).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter) ; Andros (Bonhote).

Desmia ploralis, Guen, Delt. & Pyr. p. 192 (1854).

Andros (Bonhote).

Desmia microstictalis, sp. ni.

@?. Black; throat, base of palpi and extremity of second

joint, sides of frons, basal joint of antennz in front, and

marks behind antenne white ; metathorax with white spots;

pectus mixed with white; legs banded with white ; abdomen

with medial white band and segmental lines on terminal

segments, the ventral surface with white bands. Fore wing

with two white points at base ; an antemedial bar in cell ; a

medial round spot in cell and point below the cell; an ellip-

tical patch beyond the cell between veins 7 and 4, with rather

dentate outer edge; cilia white at apex and tornus. Hind

wing with irregular, antemedial, white patch from below costa

to inner margin, followed by a fine white line below the cell ;

an irregular patch beyond the cell between veins 7 and 3; a

fine white terminal line; cilia white at tips, at apex, and

towards tornus.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 2 9 type. Hap. 24 mm.

Ercta ornatalis, Dup. Lép. Fr. vii. p. 207, pl. eexxni. fig. 8

(1831).

Nassau (Bonhote).

Pilocrocis gastralis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 346 (1854).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Pilocrocis tristigmalis, Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 659.

Abaca (P. A. Meers) ; Andros (Bonhote).

Conchylodes diphteralis, Geyer, Zutr. 24. 346, figs. 691, 692

(1827).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Nacoleia zoilusalis, Wik. xviii. 603 (1859).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Nacoleia albicinctalis, sp. n.

?. Dull reddish brown ; palpi at base and threat white ;

abdomen with white segmental lines to second and third

segments, the rest of third segment suffused with black, the

other segments with slight black and white lines. Fore wing

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 185

with subbasal and broad black antemedial straight lines; a

black discoidal spot; some black irroration below cell on

medial area; a strong, black, postmedial line defined by

white on outer side, angled at vein 4, then incurved. Hind

wing slightly tinged with fuscous; a straight, oblique, post-

medial line slightly defined by white on outer side ; a black

terminal line; cilia white at base; the underside whitish,

with some black irroration, the costal and terminal areas

tinged with brown, a black discoidal point and slightly waved

postmedial line.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 26 mm.

Nacoleia infuscalis, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax fuscous brown and grey; antenne

annulated with black; tibize banded with black. Fore

wing pale brownish, irrorated and suffused with fuscous ;

an ill-defined blackish subdorsal line; an_ ill-defined,

antemedial, slightly curved band; an obscure spot at

middle of cell; a pale discoidal lunule defined by diffused

fuscous ; the postmedial line angled outwards below costa,

incurved at discal fold, excurved to vein 2, then retracted to

below end of cell; a crenulate terminal line with some

whitish beyond it ; a black line at base of cilia. Hind wing

whitish, irrorated and suffused with fuscous; an oblique

medial line ; the pestmedial line bent outwards at vein 4 and

ending on termen above tornus; a crenulate terminal line,

except towards tornus, with some whitish beyond it.

Hab. Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g type. Hap. 12 mm.

Nacoleia binoculalis, sp. n.

°. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing

pale grey-brown, thickly irrorated with fuscous, the costal

aud terminal areas rather darker ; traces of a waved subbasal

line; an indistinct, oblique, waved, antemedial line ; a small

fuscous ocellus in middle of cell and reniform discoidal spot ;

postmedial line slightly angled inwards at discal fold, at

vein 2 retracted to lower angle of cell, then excurved again ;

a terminal series of fuscous points. Hind wing semihyaline

white, the apical area tinged with brown; a discoidal stigma;

a fine postmedial line angled inwards at discal fold and

obsolete on inner half; a terminal punctiform line,

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 1 2 type. Hap. 22 mm.

Sylepta ceresalis, W\k. xviii. 581 (1859).

Nassau; Andros (Bonhote).

186 Sir G. I*. Hampson on the

Lygropia fusalis, sp. n.

¢. Fore wing with the retinaculum formed by a large fan

of scales. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown mixed

with whitish ; palpi white below; legs white, the fore tibize

banded with fuscous ; abdomen white below, the anal tuft

ochreous. Fore wing fuscous grey, with diffused, fuscous,

medial band, its outer edge somewhat angled outwards at

middle; a patch on costa before apex. Hind wing fuscous

grey, the base, costal area to near apex, and inner margin

pale yellow ; a diffused, fuscous, medial band from cell to

above inner margin. Underside yellow ; fore wing with the

costal area fuscous to beyond middle, confluent with a large

patch in and beyond end of cell, with a yellow discoidal spot

on it, the terminal area fuscous, broad at costa, narrowing

to a point at tornus; hind wing with discoidal lunule and

apical fuscous patch.

Hab. Andros (Bonhote), 1 g type. Exp. 18 mm.

Glyphodes phiegia, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 66, pl. exl. D

(1779).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Glyphodes nitidalis, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 160, pl. eeclxxi.

F (1781).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Leucinodes elegantalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 222, pl. i.

fig. 8 (1854).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Bonhote).

Ommatospila narceusalis, Wik. xix. 972 (1859).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Azochis rufidiscalis, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax black-brown mixed with rufous,

especially on palpi, tegulee, and metathorax ; pectus and legs

white; abdomen white, with rufous dorsal patch on second

to fifth segments, the anal tuft black at middle. lore wing

white ; a blackish and rufous basal patch with curved outer

edge; a fuscous and black patch in and beyond end of cell,

constricted below the cell and extending to submedian fold,

with a small round white spot on it in end of cell, followed by

a triangular, rufous, discoidal mark from costa, a rufous point

below it on vein 1; a fuscous and rufous postmedial line

oblique from costa to vein 5 and ending at tornus; asmall,

Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas, 187

triangular, black mark on termen between veins 6 and &

with one or two points above it. Hind wing semihyaline

white ; a patch of black scales near tornus, with some fuscous

scales between it aud lower angle of cell; a slight fuscous

postmedial line between veins 6 and 4, then excurved to

termen; some black on termen between apex and vein 4.

Hab, Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 2 g type. Exp. 26 mm.

Nomophila noctuella, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 136 (1776).

Abaco (P. A. Meers); Nassau (Str G. Carter).

Phlyctenodes nasonialis, Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien,

1873, p. 208, pl. iii. fig. 4.

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Mecyna reversalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 409 (1854).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Beotarcha stigmosaiis, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 249

(1892).

Abaco (P. A. Meers); Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

Pionea subrosea, Warr. A. M. N. H. (6) ix. p. 441 (1892).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Pionea eupalusalis, Wik. xviii. 605 (1859).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Pionea vinotinctahs, Umpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 340

(1895).

Andros (Bonhvte).

Pyrausta mellinalis, Hiibn. Zutr. 1. 24. 69, figs. 137, 138

(1827).

Abaco (P. A. Meers) ; Nassau (Siw G. Carter).

Pyrausta adipaloides, Grote & Rob, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1.

p. 27, pl. i. fig. 19 (1867).

Abaco (P. A. Meers).

Pyrausta phenicealis, Hubn. Verz. p. 348 (1827).

Nassau (Siz G. Carter).

Pyrausta pyropsalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax red-brown ; tegul and patagia with

some fiery red scales ; pectus and legs white, the tibize and

tarsi banded with brown; abdomen white dorsally tinged

188 Mr. O. Thomas on new Callithrix, Midas, &e.

with red-brown. Fore wing red-brown; a fiery red spot at

base, the area just before antemedial line and the medial

area, except towards costa, fiery red; the antemedial line

very indistinct ; ill-defined red-brown spots in middle and

end of cell; postmedial line indistinct, excurved and minutely

waved from costa to vein 3, then retracted to below end of

cell; some diffused fiery red on terminal area at apex and

below middle; a terminal series of black points. Hind

wing ochreous white, suffused with brown towards termen ;

the underside with traces of postmedial line on costal area.

Hab. Abaco (P. A. Meers), 2 g ; Andros (Bonhote), 1 3

type. Exp. 26 mm.

Stenoptycha pterophoralis, Wik, xxxiv. 1340 (1865).

Nassau (Sir G. Carter).

XXVII.—New Callithrix, Midas, Felis, Rhipidomys, and

Proechimys from Brazil and Eeuador. By OLDFIELD

‘THOMAS.

Callithriz penicillata jordani, subsp. n.

Mr. Robert has obtained two series of marmosets referable

to Callithrix penicillata, Geoff., one from Lamarfo, near

Bahia, and the other from the Rio Jordao, Province Araguay,

Minas Geraes. ‘The former, on geographical grounds, may

be regarded as the true penzcillata, which was simply

described as from Brazil, and from this animal the Jordao

form appears to differ sufficiently to deserve subspecitic

distinction.

Size averaging slightly larger than in penicillata. General

tone of the light colour of the back bufty whitish instead of

pure greyish white. Under surface with less black on the

throat, this part being grey, only slightly washed with

blackish ; the black, however, tends to form a black central

line over the sternum. Belly and anterior face of thighs

strongly suffused with dull yellowish, the hairs of pendcillata

being blackish tipped with white over the whole under

surface. IH lank-hairs, where overhanging belly, less vividly

coloured, their bases dark slaty instead ot black ; their next

ring dull instead of vivid orange, and their subterminal dark

band narrower and less conspicuous. Lace less brightly

picked out with black and white, the white patches below the

from Brazil and Ecuador. 189

eyes almost obsolete, and the centre line between the nostrils

pale brownish white instead of pure white. Hands and feet

more or less marbled with black and orange instead of clear

greyish. Tail-hairs, even near its base, almost or quite

without orange rings, the great majority of the hairs being

simply black with white tips.

Skull much as in true penicillata, but the middle upper

incisors show a curious difference in shape; for in jordunz

they are longer, narrower, more parallel-sided, and_ less

strongly convergent towards each other than in penicillata,

their breadth in the latter about two thirds their length, while

it is about half in the former.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 235 mm.; tail 298; hind fovt (s. u.) 58;

ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 44:5; basal length 32; gyreatest

breadth of brain-case 25; length of nasals laterally 8°6;

combined length of premolars and molars 8:8.

Hab. Rio Jordio, 8.W. Minas Geraes. Alt. 800 m.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1. 11. 3. 9. Original

number 706. Collected 9th June, 1901. Seven specimens,

The yellowish aspect of the belly and inguinal region, the

dulled whiteness of the nasal septum, the general absence of

yellow on the tail-hairs, and the long narrow incisors are the

most tangible characteristics of this inland race of the well-

known Callithrix penicillata.

Midas* Goeldit, sp. n.

A uniformly dark species, the fur with hoary tips. No

special ear or other tufts.

Fur long, soft, and straight; hairs of back and shoulJers

about 28-30 mm. in length, those of the neck nearly equally

long, and therefore projecting laterally far beyond the ears,

but not forming special ear-tufts. Muzzle thinly haired ;

crown and cheeks with hairs 10-15 mm. long, those on the

latter directed downwards.

General colour blackish brown, the hairs of back “ broccoli

brown ” at base, darkening outwards to black, the extreme

tips (about 1-3 mm.) shining hoary or greyish coppery,

which colour is most prominent on the rump, base of tail, and

hind limbs. Many of the frontal hairs hoary yellowish

throughout. Muzzle and lips blackish. ars naked behind,

a thin fringe ot blackish hairs on the outer halt of their inner

* In the absence of the skull I cannot be entirely certain that this

marmoset is not a Callithriv (Hapale auctorum).

190 Mr. O. Thomas on new Callithrix, Midas, &e.

surface. Under surface thinly haired, blackish throughout.

Hands and feet unusually broad, wholly black above, without

lighter tipping. ‘Tail like body, blackish, with lighter ends

to the hairs.

In addition to the colours above described it should be

noted that the type has some irregular and unsymmetrical

patches of white hairs on the forehead, side of head in front

of the ears, and on the loins; but I think that these are more

or less pathological, having grown up on places injured during

the animal’s life. Marmosets in captivity are commonly

fastened by a cord round the loins, and the white patches on

the loins are likely to have been caused thereby. There is

no trace of the normal marbling of the back so usual in the

group.

Skull not preserved.

Dimensions of the type (a skin, which has been stuffed and

then dismounted) : —

Head and body 190 mm.; tail 255; hind foot (s. u.) 66.

Hab, Amazons; the type brought alive to Para.

Type. Male. B.M. no.0. 2.22.1. Presented by Dr. E. A.

Goeldi, of the Goeldi Museum, Pard.

As may be seen by the note * in Dr. Goeldi’s Catalogue of

Paid Maminals, this marmoset has been a puzzle for some

time, but was provisionally assigned to MZ. Weddell, Deville.

Now, however, that I have had the opportunity of studying

the members of the group more closely, 1 am convinced that

it is a form hitherto undescribed, and I am pleased to apply

to it the name of its donor, to whom our knowledge of the

Para fauna is so largely due. I still consider, as stated

above, that the white patches on the head and loins are

abnormal; but apart from these it cannot be referred to

M. Weddell’, as that species has a white muzzle, marbled

back, and rufous thighs, while the uniform hoary-washed

blackish of J/, Goeldit is quite unique.

Midas apiculatus, sp. n.

M, Devillet group.

Muzzle white; head black; nape, shoulders, and outer side

of forearms finely grizzled smoky reddish brown (near

“burnt umber” of Ridgway); back coarsely mixed black

and dull whitish, becoming more reddish on the loins ; hips

aud outer side of legs to ankles dull pale chestnut-rufous, a

patch over the knee grizzled like the shoulder colour. Lower

* Bol. Mus. Goeldi, iv. p. 54 (1904).

from Brazil and Ecuador. 191

lips white; throat black, belly dark rufous. Inner sides of

fore limbs grizzled rufous, not black as in the other allied

species. Upperside of hands and feet more or less grizzled,

especially on the metatarsals, with orange-rufous. ‘Tail dark

rufous for its basal two inches, then gradually passing into

deep black, but there is a hidden rufous ringing to the hairs

as far along as the level of the tips of the outstretched hind

feet. In MM. Devilled only the extreme base is rufous or

rufous mixed.

Size as in M, Deville’. Greatest length of skull 45 mm.

flab. Copataza River, Upper Pastasa River, Oriente of

Ecuador,

Type. Female. B.M. no. 80. 5. 6. 25. Collected be-

tween December 1877 and [February 1878 by Mr. Clarence

Buckley. Three specimens.

This marmoset was formerly regarded by me as M. De-

villec, Geoff., but it is distinguishable from that animal by

the grizzling of the upper surface of the feet, Geoffroy’s

species having these of a “ noir luisant,” as has been kindly

verified for me on the type by M. Menegaux. And the saine

is the case in M. nigrifrons, Geoff. The extension of the

grizzling on the tail to a third of its length before it becomes

quite black and the rufous coloration of the inner sides of the

forearms are further peculiarities of JZ. apiculatus.

An allied species is J. tripartitus, Milne-Edwards*,

which alone of this group agrees with J/. apéculatus in not

having pure black feet; but that species has much more

strongly defined and contrasted shoulder and body colours,

and the outer sides of the thighs are grey instead of being

rufous.

M. tripartitus is said by Cabrerat to be the same as

M. lagonotus, Espada }, an identification which the difference

in the colour of the feet makes me doubt; but in any case

the stated resemblance of spada’s species to Milne-

Edwards’s figure shows that MM. apiculatus is different from

M. lagonotus.

One of the three specimens of J. apiculatus has the

marbled dorsal hairs pro‘usely mixed with wholly white ones,

the general body-colour being thereby rendered of a much

paler grey. This is probably due to senility.

The two specimens in the Museum obtained by Mr. E.

* N. Arch. Mus. (2) i. p. 160, pl. iii. (1878).

+ An. Soc. Espan. xxix. p. 92 (1900),

{ ‘Algunos datos . . . fuun., Amazonas,’ p. 14 (Madrid, 1870) ; J. Sci.

Lish, iii. p. 57 (1871).

192 Mr. O. Thomas on new Callithrix, Midas, &e.

Bartlett on the Upper Amazons, and referred by him* to

M. Deville’, appear also to be referable to M. apieulatus, but

it is not clear exactly where they were obtained, as his state-

ment that he collected examples both on the Ucayali and

Huallaga would appear to have had reference to a larger

number of specimens than two, and these individuals may

have come from either of the two rivers. Their hands and

feet are even more strongly grizzled than are those of the

Copataza series.

Felis Wiedit vigens, subsp. n.

Fur of medium length; hairs of back about 13 mm. long.

Fur of nape from withers to crown smoothly and completely

reversed forwards. Ground-colour comparatively dark, near

‘‘clay-colour”? on the head, top of neck, and dorsal area,

buffy white on sides, and scarcely lighter on belly, not pure

white anywhere. Longitudinal lines of nape strongly defined,

five in number—a median rather irregular one, split into two

in places, and two outer pairs of strong clear ones, the inner

of which is continuous with the supraorbital black line.

Median dorsal line commencing about a decimetre behind

withers, single and well-detined posteriorly, partially split in

two anteriorly. Spots of back and flanks oblong, elongate,

but rarely lengthened into lines, a slight lighter centre present

in some. ‘Throat with three transverse dark lines, the two

anterior broken mesially. Chest and inguinal region dull

whitish, with few or no spots; belly profusely spotted. ars

with their edges and inner surfaces strong clay-colour ; their

backs black, with their posterior halves dull buffy whitish,

not white, and not succeeded behind by a second black mark,

as is usually the case. Limbs coloured like body; the

spotting continued on to the metapodials. Palms and soles

smoky brown. ‘Tail long, its ground-colour like the body, its

dark rings about twelve in number, rather broader than the

light ones, mostly broken below ; the extreme tip blackish.

Skull with a narrower and more elongate brain-case than

is usual in this group, the most convex part barely surpassing

in breadth the narrowest point on the ridge above the meatus

and considerably surpassed by the broad mastoid ridges,

which, in conjunction with the lambdoid crests, are here

unusually developed. Nasals large and broad. Bull very

large, much larger and approaching each other more nearly

than in any other skull seen of this group.

* P, Z, 8. 1871, p. 220.

from Brazil and Leuador. 193

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 560 mm. ; tail 405; hind foot (s. u.) 123;

ear 55.

Skull: greatest length 100; basal length 87; zygo-

matic breadth 66; nasals, length (in middle line) 20, breadth

13°7; interorbital breadth 19; intertemporal breadth 33:5 ;

breadth of brain-case 43; greatest mastoid breadth 45:2 ;

least breadth on ridge above meatus 41°7; bulle, length 24,

distance apart 9; length of upper carnassial 11°6.

Hab. Igarapé-Assu, near Paré. Alt. 50 m.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 4. 7. 4. 48. Original number

1867. Collected 24th April, 1904, by A. Robert. Presented

by Oldfield Thomas. One specimen.

This cat clearly belongs to the F. Wiedi? group, as defined

in my paper on the spotted tiger-cats of Brazil*; but it is

distinguished from any that I have seen by its large bulle

and comparatively narrow and _ parallel-sided brain-case,

beyond and behind which the broad lambdoid and mastoid

ridges conspicuously project. The forward direction of its

nape-hairs is unusually smooth and definite, and its light ear-

patches are not so white as in specimens from other localities.

Dr. Goeldi has given a pretty figure of the head of this

cat in his recent work on the mammals of Paréd f.

Rhipidomys pictor, sp. n.

A medium-sized species allied to R. venezuele.

Size rather less than in &. venezuele, markedly greater

than in &. dryas. Fur close and crisp; hairs of back about

6-6'°5 mm. in length. General colour above dark fulvous

brown, rather more rufous on the sides. Belly and inner

sides of limbs white, not very sharply defined, the hairs

along the sides of the belly grey basally, the others white

to their roots. ars rather short, pale brown. Outer side of

arms and legs dull fulvous; hands and feet thinly haired,

whitish, the metatarsals with indistinct browner patches along

their outer halves. ‘Tail fairly well haired, the tip with a

well-marked pencil whose hairs attain 12 mm. in length ;

uniformly brown throughout.

Skull very similar to that of &. venezuele, but smaller.

Brain-case rounded, its profile convex; supraorbital edges

sharply defined, but not heavily ridged ; zygomatic plate not

projected forward ; palatal foramina well open, not reaching

backwards quite to the level of the front of m'; bulle small.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 234 (1903).

ft Prodr. Cat, Mamm. Mus. Para, p. 50 (1903).

194 Mr. O. Thomas on new Callithrix, Midas, &e.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 112 mm.; tail 151; hind foot (s. u.) 25;

ear 15.

Skull: greatest length 82; basal length 245; zygo-

matic breadth 17; nasals, length 10°7; interorbital breadth

56; brain-case, breadth 15; palate length 12°45 diastema 8:2 ;

palatal foramina 6°3 x 2°4; length of upper molar series 4°7.

Hab. Rio Verde, N.W. Ecuador. Alt. 1000 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 1. 1. 6. 4. Collected

6th December, 1899.

This Rhipidomys appears to be the Ecuadorean represen-

tative of R. venezuele, but it is smaller than either that

species or 2. lat’manus, Tomes. It may also be related to

my &. microtis of Bogota, but has larger ears. .

Lthipidomys paricola, sp. n.

A very small species of the 2. dryas group.

Size almost or quite the smallest of the genus. Fur

rather sparse, hairs of back about 6 mm. long. General

colour dark rufous grey, much duller than in R. dryas; sides

but little clearer rufous. Under surface dull creamy white,

not sharply defined laterally ; the hairs slaty basally, except

on the throat and the centre of the chest. Outer aspect of

limbs like body, inner whitish, the hind limbs not so white as

the anterior ones. Hands and feet dull buffy, the hallucal

edges of the metatarsals lighter. Kars of medium size, the

anterior part of their backs blackish, contrasting with the

general colour. Tail slender, uniformly blackish, not well

haired for this genus, the scales scarcely hidden, and the tip

with but a slight pencil, of which the hairs are only about

24 mm. long.

Skull very similar to that of R. dryas.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 100 mm.; tail 100; hind foot (s. u.) 22;

ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 25; basilar length 19°3; inter-

orbital breadth 4:7; palatine foramina 4x 2°1; length of

upper molar series 4°2.

flab. Igarapé-Assu, near Pardé. Alt. 50 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 4. 7. 4. 63. Original number

1872. Collected 29th April, 1904, by Alphonse Robert.

‘TL his species is evidently most closely allied to the Ecua-

dorean &. dryas, but may be readily distinguished by its

much duller coloration. The recently described R. rosilla is

also a member of the same group.

from Brazil and Ecuador. 195

Proechimys oris, sp. 0.

Most nearly allied to P. cayennensis and P. Roberti.

General proportions about as in P. eryennensis. Spines of

back more restricted in their distribution than in that species,

the posterior back for nearly a third of its length being

spineless ; thighs, flanks, and nape also practically without

spines. Spines of back about 18 mm. long by 0°7 mm.

broad. Lower belly and inner sides of forearins and thighs

nearly naked. General colour above dark tawny brown,

lined with blackish, the soft-haired rump more rufous; head,

sides, arms, and legs greyish brown. In P. cayennensis the

general colour is darker, the rump brownish, and the back

of the hind legs heavily blackened. Hands and feet dull

whitish, without special markings. Tail large-scaled, thinly

haired, brown above, whitish below.

Skull very like that of P. cayennensis, but rather more

slender. Interparietal longer antero-posteriorly. Anterior

edge of malar forming a long, sharp, forwardly projecting

angle at its junction with the maxillary, the corresponding

line in P. cayennensis being short and obtuse. Palatal

foramina well open mesially, but narrowing rapidly behind

almost to a point, with little trace of such raised edges as in

P. cayennensis form two parallel open gutters behind. Base

of skull between bull narrower than in cayennensis.

Teeth as in P. cayennensis, the upper ones all simply and

- uniformly quadrilaminate.

: Dimensions of the type (measured by Mr. Robert in the

esh) :—

Head and body 245 mm. ; tail 174; hind foot (s. u.) 465

ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 58 ; basilar length 41; zygomatic

breadth 26; nasals 21°5 ; interorbital breadth 12; breadth

across parietal ridges 21; palate length 19°5; diastema 11°8;

palatal foramina 7 X 3°2 ; length of upper tooth-series 8°2.

Hab. Igarapé-Assu, near Para. Alt. 50 m.

Type. Old male. B.M. no 4. 7. 4. 78. Original number

1818. Collected 6th March, 1904, by Alphonse Robert.

Seventeen specimens.

This spiny rat differs from P. cayennensis, of which the

British Museum contains four topotypes obtained by Mr. G. K.

Cherrie, by its more rufous colour, especially its much more

reddish rump and hind limbs, by the lesser spininess of its

posterior back, by the nakedness of its inguinal region, and

by the cranial characters above detailed.

Another allied species is LP. Loberti, Thos., of S. Minas

196 Mr. O. Thomas on new Bats and

Geraes, which agrees very closely with P. ors in its cranial

characters, but differs by its paler and more uniformly buffy

colour, its fully haired under surface, and its much longer

and softer fur, of which the spines form a less considerable

proportion than usual.

In the same locality Mr. Robert also obtained a porcupine

allied to Coendow prehensilis, but differing by its much

darker colour and by the reduction of the white of the bases

of the dorsal spines to about 15 or 20 mm. In these respects

it agrees with the type of Gray’s C. tricolor, from which, in

the absence of much larger series of different ages, I am

unable to separate it.

XXVIIL—WNew Buts and Rodents from West Africa, the

Malay Peninsula, and Papuasia. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

Nyctymene * Robinsoni, sp. n.

Slightly smaller than N. major. Ears comparatively large.

Fur long, thick, and close ; hairs of back about 10 mm. in

length. Base of interfemoral membrane above more thickly

covered than in the allied species; otherwise the distribution

of the fur is similar. General colour above dark, between

““wood-brown” and “drab” of Ridgway, the black dorsal

line strong and well defined, extending from the withers to

the base of the tail. Sides of neck and sides of body below

dark “ cinnamon,” the middle line of neck and chest more

greyish. Spotting piofuse, the ears as well as the limbs and

membranes with many prominent white spots. Ears much

larger than in any other species, even slightly exceeding

those of the much larger N. aello.

Skull broad and heavily built. Frontal profile very

convex above the orbits, the upper edge of which is con-

siderably swollen. Second lower premolars with well-marked

antero-internal supplementary cusps. Coronoid process well

slanted backwards, not so upright or convex as in N. major.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :—

Forearm 67 mm.

Head and body 100; tail 24; lower leg and foot (c. u.)

41°53; ear 18.

* Nyctymene, Bechst. 1800.

Syn. Cephalotes, Geoth; Harpyia, Ill.; Gelasinus, Temm.; Uro-

nycteris, Gray.

Rodents from West Africa, &e. 197

Skull: greatest length 32°5; basal length 28; zygomatic

breadth 21:7; interorbital breadth 6:1; height of frontal

convexity above palate behind cheek-teeth 11:7 ; upper tooth-

row 11:4. Lower jaw: length from condyle to front face of

canines 24°3,

Tab. Cooktown, Queensland.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 8. 3. 1. Presented by

Herbert C. Robinson, Esq. Two specimens.

This fine species is readily distinguishable by its convex

skull and large ears, which exceed in length those of its

nearest ally, N. major, by 3-4 mm.

The only Nyctymene hitherto recorded from Australia is

the much smaller N. albiventer, Gray, which has been taken

at Cape York.

Nyctymene major lullule, sp. n.

Like N. major, but smaller.

Fur of the same very woolly character as is found in

N. major; hairs of back about 9 mm. long. General colour

as in the darker ‘examples of major; pale drab above, the

dorsal line not very strongly marked. Under surface wood-

brown, the sides rather more fawn. Lars as large as in

NV. major, therefore rather larger in proportion to the general

size. Wing-membranes and ears profusely spotted.

Skull closely resembling that of N. major, but smaller

throughout. Frontal profile much less convex than in

N. Robinsont, the supraorbital edges sharper. Front of

coronoid process of mandible with the convex projection found

in N. major and not in NV. Robinsont.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—

Forearm 70 mm.

Head and body 100; tail 21; ear 14; third finger, meta-

carpus 47, first phalanx 37, second phalanx 50; fifth finger

95; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 42.

Skull: greatest length 33; basal length 29°5; zygomatic

breadth 21°8; interorbital breadth 5:5; height of forehead

above palate 11; upper tooth-row 11:5. Lower jaw: con-

dyle to front face of canines 24°8.

Hab. Woodlark Island, E. of New Guinea.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 96.11.5. 28. Collected, 1896,

by Mr. A. Meek. One specimen.

While in nine specimens of N. major the useful and exact

measurement last given (length of lower jaw from condyle to

front face of canines) ranges only from 27:0 to 28:1 mm,, in

the Woodlark example, an old male, it is only 24:8, a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 14

198 Mr. O. Thomas on new Bats and

difference which necessitates the varietal separation of this

form. In N. aello this measurement is 30°2, in N. cephalotes

22°8 to 23°1, and in N. albiventer 19:2 to 21°5.

Pipistrellus nanulus, sp. n.

A pigmy species with very short forearm. A bone in the

enis.

i Size very small. Form fairly stout, the body large in

proportion to the short forearms, which are shorter than any

hitherto recorded in this genus. Fur of medium length;

hairs of back about 4 mm. long. Muzzle thick and broadly

rounded, the glandular prominences well developed. Ears

rather short, their inner margin straight basally, gradually

curving round to form the broadly rounded end to which

there is no defined tip; outer margin slightly concave

mesially, slightly convex below; basal lobe low, well defined

posteriorly. Tragus of medium length, fairly broad, its

broadest part opposite the middle of its inner margin; the

latter straight or faintly concave, tip blunt, outer margin

convex; basal lobe sharply angular. Limbs and feet short ;

wings to the base of the toes; postcalcareal lobule narrow,

distinct; extreme tip of tail projecting; penis with a bone,

its prepuce hairy to the tip.

Colour (in spirit) blackish brown above and below. All

the membranes also very dark, without lighter edging.

Skull broad and rounded, with large low brain-case and

short muzzle ; upper profile line practically straight. Base

of skull between bullz broad, its bony edges running outwards

quite to the bull.

Upper incisors prominently bicuspid; the inner one with

its large postero-external secondary cusp falling but little

short of the main cusp, and exceeding by about the same

distance the top of the outer incisor ; secondary cusp of the

latter posterior, about halfway up its main cusp. Anterior

upper premolar comparatively large, filling up the triangle

between the canine and second premolar, which are separated

from each other external to it; its tip visible externally just

behind the hinder edge of the canine. Lower incisors tri-

cuspid, overlapping.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—

Forearm 25°5 mm.

Head and body 41; tail 25; ear 8; tragus on inner edge

2°7; third finger, metacarpus 23, first phalanx 9, second

phalanx 12; fifth finger 83; lower leg 10; hind foot 5-6.

Skull: greatest length 11:1; occiput to bottom of nasal

Rodents from West Africa, &e. 199

notch 9°5; breadth of brain-case 671; front of canine to back

of m® 3°9.

Hab. Efulen, Cameroons.

= Type. Male. B.M. no. 4. 2.8.8. Collected by Mr. G. L.

ates.

This bat shares with the larger P. crassulus of the same

region, also discovered by Mr. Bates, a disproportionately

short forearm, the length of this member being less than has

been hitherto recorded in any Pipistrelle, and nearly the least

of any known bat. From P. minusculus, Miller, apparently

its nearest ally, P. nanulus may be readily distinguished by

its rounded ears and other differences in detail.

Kerivoula bicolor, sp. n.

A small species with white-tipped wings.

Size very small, but little larger than K. pusilla and

K. minuta. Build light and delicate throughout. Lars of

medium length, reaching, when laid forward, just to the tip

of the nose; inner margin strongly convex; tip blunt, the

concavity below it not deep. Tragus as in K. pusilla, a

slight concavity above the process at its outer base. Wings

to the base of the toes. Calcars extending three-fifths of the

distance towards the tip of the tail.

Fur of medium length; hairs of back about 7 mm. long

(10 mm. in K. minuta). Wings practically naked, the base

of the interfemoral membrane thinly clothed, and with a few

fine hairs on its posterior margin not forming a continuous

fringe. Hind legs and feet well covered with longish hairs.

Colour of head and body above (in spirit) apparently fawn-

colour or drab, below pure sharply contrasted white. Wings

drab-brown, changing abruptly to pure white at their outer

ends. On one wing of the type the white extends inwards

to about the line of the fifth finger, running also halfway

along the edge of the membrane towards the foot ; on the other

wing it is confined to the part outwards of a line drawn from

the tip of the index to the tip of the fourth digit; probably

its exact extent is always variable.

Upper incisors slender, bicuspid; the main cusp of the

outer reaching to the tip of the secondary cusp of the inner

incisor. Upper premolars with their antero-posterior con-

siderably exceeding their transverse diameter, the first slightly

larger than the second and smaller than the third.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) : —

Forearm 29 mm.

Head and body 35; tail 36; ear 12°5; tragus on inner

14*

200 Mr. O. Thomas on new Bats and

edge 6:3; third finger, metacarpus 28, first phalanx 12°8,

second phalanx 18:5 ; fifth finger 44; lower leg 13; hind

foot (s. u.) 7; calear 12-7.

Hab. Biserat, Jalor, Malay Peninsula.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 3. 2.6.91. Collected and pre-

sented by Messrs. H. C. Robinson and N. Annandale.

This beautiful little bat may be readily distinguished from

all its allies by its white belly and particoloured wings. Its

nearest relation is probably K. minuta, Miller *, also from

the Peninsula, but besides the differences in colour that species

has much longer fur (10 mm. on the back) and very differ-

ently shaped premolars.

The type of Kerivula bicolor was captured during Messrs.

Robinson and Annandale’s expedition of 1901 to the Malay

Peninsula, but was accidentally overlooked when Mr. Bonhote

was preparing his account + of the mammals then obtained.

Emballonura nigrescens solomonis, subsp. n.

Similar in all essential characters to the true EL. nigrescens,

Gray, but markedly larger. The head 14-14°5 mm. in length

as against 13:0, the foramen 35-88 us against 32-34, and the

fifth finger 37-88 as against 33.

The upper incisors vary in shape, being sometimes flattened

and more or less bicuspid, and sometimes conical and uni-

cuspid. In all the available specimens of true nigrescens they

are unicuspid.

Dimensions of the type :-—

Forearm 37 mm.

Third finger, metacarpus 32, first phalanx 9, second

phalanx 15; fifth finger, metacarpus 24, first phalanx 8,

second phalanx 4°5.

Skull: greatest length 12°8; front of canine to back of

m° 4°7,

In a spirit-specimen the length of the head and body is

40 mm.; tail 10; head 14°3; ear from notch 11°8; lower

leg and foot (s.u.) 17°5; calcar 10.

Hab. New Britain group and Solomons. ‘Type from

Florida Island, Solomons.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1.11.5. 8. Collected

7th January, 1901, by Mr. A. Meek. Other specimens

obtained by Rev. G. Brown (1877), H. B. Guppy (1883),

and C. M. Woodford (1887-1888).

This is the bat described in the Catalogue as H. ntgrescens

* Proc. Acad. Philad. 1898, p. 321.

+ ‘Fasciculi Malayensis,’ Zool. i. 1903.

Rodents from West Africa, &e. 201

by Dobson, who drew up his account from the example ob-

tained by the Rev. G. Brown in the Duke of York Group,

and practically ignored the type, which is not in very good

condition. Now, however, | have examined two specimens

from New Guinea which agree precisely with the original

example in their dimensions and are equally smaller than the

many Solomon Island specimens in the Museum Collection.

There does not seem to be any difference in the more important

characters of the tragus, ear, &c., and I have therefore thought

it best to regard the eastern form as only a subspecies of

E. nigrescens.

Funisciurus Pembertoni, sp. n.

A member of the F. pyrrhopus group, with greyish body

and bright fulvous limbs.

Size probably equalling that of F. pyrrhopus, but the

typical and only specimen is immature. General colour

above pale olive-grey, quite different to the dark olivaceous

of I. pyrrhopus. Head like back, without any rufous. Hye-

lids white. Kars comparatively large, the lower half of their

backs and a patch on the head behind them prominently pure

white; their ends behind blackish. Sides with the usual

white line present but not conspicuous, a slight darkening of

the body-colour perceptible below it. Flanks clearer grey.

Under surface from chin to anus and inner sides of limbs

pure snowy white. Arms and upper surface of hands, legs

(but not thighs), and upper surface of feet rich orange-fulvous,

much paler than the deep fulvous found in /. pyrrhopus.

Tail-hairs grey, with black subterminal rings and white tips,

those of the end with broad black tips; below the centre

line of the tail is greyish, gradually becoming rich fulvous

terminally.

Dimensions of the type (young) :—

Head and body 138 mm.; tail 127 ; hind foot 37; ear 14.

Skull: greatest length 41; combined length of m* and

m 39.

Hab. Dondo, Cuanza R., Angola.

Type. Half-grown female. Collected 9th June, 1901, by

C. Hubert Pemberton.

This brightly marked squirrel, the Angolan representative

of F. pyrrhopus, is readily distinguishable from that species

by the entire absence of rufous from the head, by its much

longer ears, the white ear-patches, and the different tone of

the rufous of the limbs. No other known species is at all

like it.

202 On new Bats and Rodents from West Africa, &e.

Uromys Stalkeri, sp. n.

A member of the U. Bruijn group.

Size medium. Fur soft and fine, about 10 mm. in length

on the back, straight on the head and body, more woolly on

the rump. General colour above uniform cinnamon-brown,

scarcely perceptibly ticked or lined; sides but little paler;

lateral colour passing on to the edges of the belly ; the middle

line of the under surface from throat to anus, for a breadth

varying from 3 to 14 inch, pure white, the hairs white to their

bases. Head rather greyer, without special orbital or other

markings; whiskers very numerous, black. ars small,

brown. Upper surface of hands and feet dull whitish,

without darker metapodial patches. Tail of medium length,

very finely scaled (scales about 16-17 to the cm.); naked ;

uniformly brown throughout.

Skull with large, ovoid, convex brain-case and short muzzle;

nasals short; interorbital region broad, flat, its edges sharp-

ened but not raised, continuous with the inconspicuous ridges

that pass on to the parietals; interparietals large ; zygomatic

plate scarcely projected forward; palatal foramina short,

evenly crescentic ; posterior nares widely opened; bulle

smal]. ‘Teeth of normal proportions.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 135 mm. ; tail 137; hind foot 27; ear 16.

. Skull: greatest length 33:4, basilar length 27, zygomatic

breadth 17, nasals 10 x 3-7 ; interorbital breadth 5:8 ; brain-

case, length 16°7, breadth 14:5; interparietal 4°7 x 9°5; palate

length 15; diastema 9:2; palatal foramina 4°9 x2; length

of upper molar series 6.

Hab. Gira R., British New Guinea. Alt. 200 m.

Type. Female. B.M.no.4.6.7.11. Original number 26.

Collected 25th October, 1903, by Mr. W. Stalker.

This species is distinguishable from its allies by its

proportionally large brain-case and small muzzle. The

narrow area of pure white along its under surface is also

characteristic.

In the same locality Mr. Stalker obtained a number of

specimens referable to U. levipes, Thos.

On Bees in the Collection of the British Museum. 203

XX1IX.—New and little-known Bees in the Collection of the

British Museum. By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Anthoglossa cygni, sp. n.

2? Length about 155 mm.

Allied to plumata, Smith, and with the same broad second

submarginal cell, but differing thus :—Hair on fifth and apical

segments of abdomen brown-black (in p/umata orange-fulvous

on fifth); abdomen without bands of any sort, but first

segment with white hair laterally, and thin white appressed

pubescence on hind margin ; hair of sides of mesothorax not

tipped with black; mandibles with outer edge convex, but

not at all elbowed, and having two short denticles within ;

labrum shining, ferruginous; face covered with long hair;

flagellum ferruginous beneath, except first joint, last joint

ferruginous above, with a shining oblique truncation (last joint

is red also in plumata).

The other species, A. sericea, Sm., is distinguished from

plumata and cygni by the thorax being without plumose

black-tipped hairs, and the second submarginal cell greatly

contracted above.

A. cygni is from Swan River, W. Australia,

Letoproctus Boltoni, sp. n.

? .—Length 115 mm.

Shining black with pale greyish-ochreous pubescence, with

some black, noticeably on hind part of scutellum, fifth and

apical segments of abdomen, and basal part of the long scopa

of hind tibie. Head broad, facial quadrangle broader than

long; clypeus nude, with coarse large punctures; mesothorax

shiny, not strongly punctured; tegule shining piceous ;

base of metathorax moderately shining, transversely obtusely

ridged, its marginal furrow with only minute rather obscure

cross-ridges ; stigma large but narrow, it and the nervures

dark brown.

g.—Similar but smaller, with longer antenne, which are

entirely black.

Hab. New Zealand (Col. Bolton, 1854).

This is a Dasycolletes, but I am unable to separate that

genus from Leioproctus. It differs from Leoproctus metallicus

(Dasycolletes metallicus, Smith) by the absence of green colour

on the abdomen, black hair at apex of abdomen and on base

of hind tibie, rather longer and narrower abdomen, &c. From

204 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees in the

L. vestitus (Dasycolletes vestitus, Sm.) it differs by its larger

size, brown-black instead of purple-black abdomen, decidedly

yellowish tint of pubescence, and longer and looser scopa of

hind tibia; but it is closely allied. ‘These comparisons are

based on females; the male ZL. Boltoni differs from male

L. purpureus (Dasycolletes purpureus, Sm.) by its larger size

and differently coloured abdomen and antenne.

L. imitatus, Sm., differs from L. Boltont by its smaller size,

with the abdomen faintly purplish, and the hair on outer side

of hind tibize not black at base. The abdomen is really only

faintly geneous, not distinctly purple as in veséttus, and not

so shining. The size of vest¢tus and imitatus is the same, and

they are quite congeneric.

Lewoproctus confusus, sp. n.

2? .—Similar to LZ. ¢mitatus, but first recurrent nervure joins

second submarginal cell much before its middle (at its middle

in ¢mitatus), and basal area of metathorax transversely striate

(not so in ¢mitatus). Stigma well-developed ; hind spur of

hind tibize very finely pectinate, or could be called long-ciliate ;

second recurrent nervure practically straight ; abdomen with-

out hair-bands. The wings are yellower than in imetatus,

and the abdominal segments have dark reddish hind margins.

Hab. New Zealand.

The characters are few, but quite sufficiently distinctive.

With this and the last, the New-Zealand bee-fauna numbers

18 species.

Saropoda alpha, sp. n.

3 .—Differs from S. bombiformis, Sm., by its smaller size

(length less than 12 mm.), hair on hind tarsi entirely black,

except a small orange tuft at base above ; lateral margins of

clypeus with a rather broad black band; flagellum ferruginous

beneath except base of first joint; legs dark, though with

much orange hair, ¢. e. covered above with orange hair,

beneath with black, except that hind tarsi are as just described;

the bidentate apex of abdomen covered with black hair (ful-

vous in bombiformis).

Hab, Australia.

This is Smith’s var. « of S. bombdiformis; it is evidently

a distinct species. It has a rather strong superficial re-

semblance to the Mexican Hmphoropsis fulvus (Habropoda

fulva, Sm.).

Ctenoplectra vagans, sp. 0.

3 .—Runs to OC, chalybea in Bingham’s table, and is in fact

Collection of the British Museum. 205

almost exactly like chalybea, of which I have examined the

type, a female from Celebes. C. chalybea has the ocelli large

and fulvous (as also have C. apicalis, g, and C. terminalis),

but in vagans they are black and more or less aborted, espe-

cially the lateral ones. C. chalybea has two widely separated

dentiform processes on labrum just below clypeal margin, but

these are absent from C. vagans, C. apicalis, § , and C. termi-

nalis. (. chalybea has the face considerably broader below,

and the abdomen less decidedly purple than in C. vagans,

but these differences are probably sexual.

Hab. Philippine Is., two examples.

Ashmead, in his recent list of Philippine Hymenoptera,

does not cite any species of Ctenoplectra. The genus has

hitherto been known from Burmah, Malacca, Celebes, and

Natal. In C. apicalis, g, the apex of the abdomen is pro-

longed into long processes laterally, but in C. vagans the

processes are quite short, and the apical projection is more

pointed.

C. terminalis, Sm., from Natal, is remarkable for the

brilliant blue of its abdomen.

Macrotera secunda, sp. nu.

9 —Length about 9 mm.

Differs from J/. bicolor thus :—Abdomen piceous, broad

hind margins of the segments and most of fitth segment dark

rufous; fimbria dull white; marginal cell shorter and broader;

mesothorax shining, with well-separated or scattered punc-

tures of various sizes; clypeus shining, smooth in middle, at

sides with some rather large punctures (in bicolor it has

large well-separated punctures all over) ; supraclypeal area

also shining. Long tongue and hairs on tibie (long and

curved) as in bicolor. Scutellum with a median shining

impunctate space ; metathorax coarsely rugose at extreme

base only; ventral surface of abdomen ferruginous clouded

with fuscous, hind margin of first segment shallowly

emarginate.

Hab. Mexico. .

Chalicodoma combusta (Smith).

Port Natal.

In the interleaved copy of the Cat. Hym. B. Mus. in the

Museum the late Mr. F. Smith has written this note :—“ A/e-

gachile celocera is the male ot A. combusta: the nest has

been received from Heer Guienzius; it resembles that of

Chalicodoma muraria ; to the latter genus J. celecera must

206 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Bees in the

be removed.” I do not find that this information has been

published, and in Dalla Torre’s Catalogue ce/ocera and

combusta remain as two species of MMegachile. The name

combusta has priority of place.

Dianthidium Latreillei (Lep.).

Anthidium latreillei, Lep.

France.

Dianthidium apicale (Cress.).

Anthidium apicale, Cresson.

Mexico,

Dianthidium ortzabe (Dalla Torre).

Anthidium atriventre, Smith.

Mexico.

Dianthidium impatiens (Smith).

Anthidium impatiens, Smith.

Mexico.

Dianthidium flavolineatum (Smith).

Anthidium flavolineatum, Smith,

Mexico.

Dianthidium bicoloratum (Smith).

Anthidium bicoloratum, Smith.

Mendoza, Argentine.

Dianthidium steloides (Spinola).

Anthidium steloides, Spin.

Chile.

Hair at sides of clypeus black; tegule bright orange-

fulvous; wings orange basally, and fuliginous beyond that,

The colour of the wings reminds one of Osmia laboriosa, Sm.

Dianthidium confusum (Smith).

Anthidium confusum, Smith.

Mendoza, Argentine.

Dianthidium lunatum (Smith).

Anthidium lunatum, Smith.

Clypeus all black in female.

Collection of the British Museum. 207

Dianthidium indeseriptum (Dalla Torre).

Anthidium cognatum, Smith.

S. Paulo, Brazil.

?. Abdomen black without light markings. Dalla Torre

wrongly gives the locality as Mexico,

Dianthidium multiplicatum (Smith).

Anthidium multiplicatum, Smith.

S. Paulo, Brazil.

A very extraordinary insect; mandibles with a great

process directed upwards; a large process on face.

A, maculatum, Sm., A. deceptum, Sm., A. chilense, Spin.,

and A. coloratum, Sm., all belong to Anthidium proper.

Parevaspis basalis, Rits.

Java; Japan; China.

The specimens in the collection from these countries appear

to belong to a single species, though the Java insect has a

lighter red abdomen than the others, and a Japanese example

has a little black at the base of the first abdominal segment.

The original type of P. abdominals, Smith, is from Celebes,

and while it is very similar to basalis, as here understood, it

differs (¢) by its narrower abdomen (which is of the darker

shade, as in Japanese and Chinese examples of basalis), with

the median apical projection broad and slightly inclined to be

notched, whereas in dasalis it is narrow and spine-like.

Epiclopus Gayt, Spinola.

Melecta chilensis, Smith,is a synonym. ‘The male has the

clypeus covered with a sort of roof of appressed white hair.

Morgania dichroa (Smith).

Pasites dichrous, Smith.

Sierra Leone (Rev, D. &. Morgan).

Head and thorax black, abdomen shining red, the general

effect like some Larrid wasp ; hind coxe large and long, so

that hind legs appear to spring from abdomen; marginal cell

obliquely truncate and appendiculate; two submarginal cells ;

basal nervure passing a short distance basad of transverso-

medial; scutellum strongly bilobed; maxillary palpi very

short.

208 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the

Morgania carnifex (Gerst.).

Omachthes carnifex, Gerst.

Cape of Good Hope.

Morgania histrio (Gerst.).

Omachthes histrio, Gerst.

Cape of Good Hope.

Oxystoglossa decorata, Smith.

Type 2. Jamaica.

Second submarginal cell very narrow; eyes emarginate; hind

spur of hind tibia strongly curved, simple.

Rhathymus quadriplagiata, Smith.

Mexico.

This species shows an extraordinary resemblance to Scolia

guttata, Burm. Ashmead gives the maxillary palpi of Rha-

thymus as 4-jointed ; but this must be a slip of the pen, as

they are actually absent, as Gerstaecker and others have stated.

In Lurytis funereus, Sm., which looks like Rhathymus atra,

Sm., they are 3-jointed (the first and third joints very short,

second very long), not 1-jointed as Smith states. This

observation is based on Smith’s type.

XXX.—The Halictine Bees of the Australian Region.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Tue Halictine bees of Australia were studied and described

many years ago by Mr, F. Smith: since his death they

have received practically no attention; and owing to the

brevity of the published descriptions and the complete

absence of tables for identification the recognition of the

species has seemed difficult. The following tables and notes

are based on an examination of Smith’s types in the British

Museum, and it is hoped that they will make it easier

for entomologists to further elucidate the subject. There

can be no doubt that any resident of Australia who will collect

and study these bees will find many new species.

The following abbreviations are used :—('l’.) =type speci-

men examined; s. m.=submarginal cell; r. n.=recurrent

nervure; b. n.=basal nervure; t. c.=transverso-cubital

FTalictine Bees of the Australian Region. 209

nervure ; t. m.=transverso-medial nervure; hind spur=hind

spur of hind tibia; area=basal area of metathorax.

PARASPHECODES, Smith.

Similar to Halictus, but with head and thorax black and

abdomen red or largely so. Males with clypeus yellow,

except at sides above. This genus does not differ from

Halictus in any good structural character, and its separation

is only justified by the fact that it includes a compact and

easily recognized group of species. In his generic diagnosis

Smith says that the first r. n. always meets the second t. ¢. ;

but this is not invariably the case. So far as I know, the

hind spur of the female is always without spines or teeth.

The following table separates Smith’s species :—

Shc

First r. n. entering basal corner of third s. m. ;

size smaller; abdomen red, with only the

apex slightly blackish; flagellum entirely

[ele aR ea ei Car Eanes | Ae Be Sea ree sulthica, Sm. (T.)

First r. n. entering second s. m. not far from its

eee ih as ines and yn mini) alge td) oi'e ha, hee 1.

1. Flagellum ferruginous beneath ; size rather large ;

a black cloud on third abdominal segment and

segments 4 to 6 all black; area coarsely

pps Ae eaeeya ae SUM aban car cciatchigis «4 aCe wR 5 altichus, Sm. (T.)

Miseeilam entirely pinche /)02% . aids is vie sis F408 2.

2. Area rugose-granular; middie femora very dark. stuchila,Sm. (T.)

Area longitudinally plicate; middle femora clear

Peds ve untae etedet sty cle telat tw acs eens fo. ere oe hilactus,Sm, (T.)

First y. n. entering second s,m, near apex; red

of abdomen quite bright; area often without

longitudinal ridges or wrinkles ............ ie

First r. n. meeting second t. c.; red of abdomen

darker or duller; area with longitudinal ridges °

Re) epee les)! foi ke dey ole ts Wie cid Sia la falc De wate 3.

1, Abdomen red, only faintly blackened apically ;

area dull, without distinct wrinkles or ridges;

hind spur simple; second s. m. higher than

PRMBMEA Ne OU SS hea’. i somes Saxons aes lithusea, Sm. (T.)

Abdomen with segments 1 to 3 red, 4 and 5 black. 2.

2. Smaller; red of abdomen very bright, hind mar-

gins of segments 1 and 2 darker; clypeus

with few large punctures on a shining surface ;

mandibles strongly dentate ; hind spur simple;

second s. m. about as high as broad ........ tuchilas, Sm. (T.)

Larger ; red of abdomen darker, chestnut colour,

hind margins of segments 1 and 2 not dark-

ened ; area with a delicate raised sculpture ;

hind spur simple; second s. m. very broad,

210 ; Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the

broader than high, and nearly as large as

third .44i6vagchllly hn ke be cee Meee lichatus, Sm. (T.)

3. Larger; abdomen shining very dark chestnut,

blackened apically; ridge behind area very

prominent; second r. n. and third t. c. much

weakened. vn dde dus ne dewey pe pe Opek tee tilachus, Sm. (T.)

Smaller ; abdomen not so dark ........-..... A,

4, Area with fine wrinkled ridges; abdomen dull

and rather hoary; second s. m. about square. Jlacthius,Sm. (T.)

Area with fine straight ridges.............+.. 5.

5. Wings strongly yellowish .................: taluchis, Sm.

Witness ereten foe cee ae a ls oe eee hiltacus, Sm.

P. talchius, Sm., I have not seen. It is described from a

male, the face thickly covered with yellow pubescence, and

the basal margins of the second and third abdominal segments

depressed. ‘The following two new species are in_ the

British Museum :—

Parasphecodes melbournensis, sp. n.

? .—Length about 11 mm.

Wings dusky, stigma dark red-brown; second s. m.

higher than broad, first r. n. meeting second t. c.; clypeus

shining, with large sparse punctures ; antenne wholly black ;

pubescence pale fulvous; legs dark; metathorax sharply

truncate, the upper lateral corners of the truncation promi-

nent; area broad, without a shining rim, its surface dull and

minutely roughened, the basal two fifths covered with little

ridges ; abdomen rather long, not very shiny, bright red, with

extremely minute punctures on segments 1 and 2; first

segment largely clouded with blackish; extreme apex

blackish ; venter lighter and more yellow, the hind margins

of the segments darker.

flab. Melbourne, Australia (collection of F. Smith).

From P. melbournensis (1) P. taluchis differs by the

better defined area, with the wrinkles covering its surface,

the lighter stigma, &c.; (2) P. hiltacus differs by the

smaller, darker, and more shiny abdomen, the upper angles

of metathoracic truncation not at all prominent, the strie

practically covering area, &c. The area of P. melbournensis,

partly striate or ridged and partly not, is especially

distinctive.

Parasphecodes Frenchi, sp. n.

? .—Length about 9 mm.

Clypeus shining, with large close punctures; tegule

shining piceous, white in front; pubescence white, faintly

Halictine Bees of the Australian Region. 211

tinged with ochreous dorsally ; legs black ; upper corners of

metathoracic truncation not at all prominent ; area semi-

lunar, with a shining rim, its surface with nearly straight

longitudinal ridges, evanescent posteriorly, but extending

over more than half the surface ; abdomen broad, very dark

chestnut-red, beyond second segment strongly blackened, but

not black ; sedes of second and third segments each with a

triangular basal patch of white tomentum ; venter strongly

blackened ; wings almost clear, dusky at apex; stigma

sepia, nervures dark brown; first r. n. meeting second t. c. ;

second s. m. a little higher than broad.

Hab. Melbourne, Australia, June 26, 1892 (French).

From P. Frenchi (1) P. hiltacus differs by its lighter

abdomen, without the lateral hair-patches, &c.; (2) P. ti-

lachus differs by being larger, with the area shorter and the

lateral hair-patches of ablomen wanting, &c.

HALICTUS.

The following table is based on the specimens in the

British Museum :—

Species large or middle-sized, not

SRC o's Gee wary <0 os Sree.) wi ore i

Speciesminute, about5ito6imm.long. 9.

1. Postscutellum with a patch of bright

orange tomentum; third abdominal

segment with a well-defined large

basal patch of bright orange tomen-

tum, ending abruptly on each side in

the subdorsal region ; legs mainly red ;

sides of upper border of prothorax

covered with bright orange tomen-

tum; marginal cell and beyond and

vicinity of basal neryure suffused with

fuliginous; area dull, not wrinkled

or striate: 2, length 95 mm. (S.

UTES RAAT. PS spe se ay ee fares cy. gave peraustralis, sp. n.F

Postscutellum without such a patch.. 2.

2, eps red, or largely so. ......05.622% 3.

Legs black, or almost .............. 4.

. Larger; legs dusky red; bases of

second and third abdominal segments

with a broad band of orange tomen-

* In all these the first r. n. meets the second t.c., except that it is

just in the apex of second s. m. in H. conspicuus and H. representans.

+ H. peraustralis is labelled in the Museum H. bicinyulatus, var., but

it appears to be a valid species,

212

10.

1M:

13.

tum; upper margin of prothorax with

orange tomentum ; tegulze fulvous..

Smaller; tibiz and tarsi clear red ; ab-

domen without bands, but with con-

spicuous patches of ochry-tinged

white tomentum at lateral bases of

segments 2 to 4; tegule lively ful-

vous; hind spur simple............

. Larger; abdomen black, punctured,

without hair-patches; hind spur

GUTIEC a os iain Faayeiinsnis is age sips ene Ee oC :

Smaller; abdomen with hair-patches. .

. Stigma black, or practically so; area

very finely and minutely wrinkled ..

Stigma brown or reddish........ oo ke

. Clypeus with a yellowish-white band ;

face with much white hair; whole

REBOEE VERY MAINT "pecs ay we cane 3 So ahe

Glypeus all Black 72.20. @. ROADS,

. Area with strong regular strie. (Tas-

MMA) 622 ooh we aa Ree RAs

Area more feebly and irregularly sculp-

SHECH Cees Sen oe cd oR emis ae

. Larger and more hairy ............

Smaller and less hairy............0:

. Abdomen green; mesothorax with a

very bright green colour, but dull

surface ; scutellum shining ........

Abdomen red, at least in part; meso-

thorax green, which separates these

species from Parasphecodes ........

Abdomen black or dark brown ......

Mesothorax with very large shallow

punctures ; abdomen very shiny, red

GUMSUACS. re ataic gern cen ha. de eee es

Mesothorax with minute punctures ..

Mesothorax very shiny ; abdomen red,

with only first segment darkened ..

Mesothorax duller; abdomen with the

apieal pbrt Gark . 5. sans aes seen ts

. Mesothorax black; abdomen dark

brown, segments 3 to 5 pilose; second

r.n. and third t.c. almost obsolete.

(Tasmania) .....75ehaattheek teat

Mesothorax green or blue ..........

Mesothorax peacock-green ; abdomen

shining; hind spur with 8 spines ..

Mesothorax dark . ...55.030 tees

* H. floralis is from Australia; Dalla

locality as New Zealand.

On the Halictine Bees of the Australian Legion.

bicingulatus,Sm., 9 (n.syn.:

rufipes, Smn., tertius, D,'T.).

conspicuus,Sm., 2. (T.)

carbonarius, Sm., 2. (T.)

steve Sm. 2. (T.)

lanuginosus, Sm. (T.)

representans,Sm., 2. (T.)

lanarius, Sm, 9. <9

convevus, Sin., 2. (T.)

Jloralis, Sm., 9*. (T.)

(n. syn. vividus, Sm.)

10.

12.

punctatus, Sm., 9. (T.)

vitripennis,Sm., 9. (T.)

sphecodoides, Sm., 9. (T.)

globosus, Sm., 9. (T.)

13.

urbanus, Sm., 2. (T.)

14,

Torre erroneously gives the

Dr. W. T. Calman on Munidopsis polymorpha. 213

14, Mesothorax small and shining; abdo-

men shining black....... a See humilis, Sm., Q. (T.)

Wiesod Morar ditihe (0 dae song er? ’s «> ee 16.

15. Larger; mesothorax greener; abdo-

men dark brown, with a sericeous

SUELO Dre ote 5 itakesid vis Sars Sites ashes inclinans, Sm., 9. (T.)

Smaller; mesothorax bluer; abdomen

shining black. (Tasmania.) ..... . limatus,Sm., 9. (T.)

There are three Tasmanian species, H. familiarts (Krichs.),

H1. orbatus, Sm., and H. cognatus, Sm., which I have not

examined. The last, according to Smith, is probably the

male of £7. globosus, Sm.

The presence of ordinary-looking small /7alict’ in the most

remote regions is rather remarkable. The following are from

New Zealand and Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). The

latter locality does not belong to the Australian region, but

it is so near to it that its species are of interest in the present

connexion.

Halictus Smithit, D. T. (familiaris, Sm.), 2 (T.). New

Zealand.—Ordinary-looking small black species; hind

spur simple; stigma fulvous; first r.n. meets second

t. c.; basal nervure very strongly bent.

H, sordidus, Sm., 2 (T.). New Zealand.—Ordinary small

species; head and thorax black, abdomen very dark

reddish brown; first r. n. joins second s. m. a short

distance before its end.

H, Binghami, W. ¥. Kirby, 2 (T.). Christmas Island.—

Ordinary-looking small black species; hind spur with

very few spines ; area large, with fine raised lines, like

the veining of a fern-leaf; second and third abdominal

segments with basal hair-bands ; thirds. m. rather large,

but its outer side with only a single gentle curve.

H, Andrewsi, W. F. Kirby, 2? (T.). Christmas Island.—

Smaller than Binghami; yellowish green, with red

legs; venation of Chloralictus ; hind spur with few long

saw-like teeth.

XX XI.— On Munidopsis polymorpha, Koelbel, a Cave-dwelling

Marine Crustacean from the Canary Islands. By W.'T.

CatmaN, D.Sc.

THE British Museum (Natural History) has lately received

from Mr. Fairfax Prevost some specimens of a Galatheid

Crustacean collected by him in a cave on the island of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 15

214 Dr. W. T. Calman on Munidopsis polymorpha.

Lanzarote. They belong to the species described by

Dr. Koelbel under the name Munidopsis polymorpha from

specimens collected in the same locality by Prof. Simony *.

Koelbel’s account of the species and of its remarkable habitat

appears to have been overlooked by subsequent writers on

the Galatheidet, and it may be worth while therefore to

draw attention to it again.

The eave in which these Crustacea are found forms part of

an extensive system of caverns known collectively as the

“Cueva de los Verdes” f, ramifying through the lava-beds

in the northern part of the island. In one of the chambers,

at a distance of about half a kilometre from the sea, there is

a pond or small lake of salt water, which communicates with

the sea by subterranean channels, the water in it rising and

falling with the tide§. The size of the pond is given by

Prof. Simony as about 40 metres in length by 15 to 20 metres

in breadth, with a depth of 2 to 8 metres. The cavern is

dimly lighted by an aperture in the roof. Mr. Prevost found

in the water no vegetable or animal life other than the Muni-

dopsis, which is sometimes present in large numbers. The

animals are described as being of a “ pale reddish yellow”

colour when alive, and Prof. Simony adds that they “ ersch-

einen vermége der Wirkung complementiirer Farben fast

weiss.” This remark is explained by Mr. Prevost’s state-

ment that in the dim light of the cave the water appears of a

beautiful blue colour.

As regards the characters of the species, I am unable to add

anything of importance to Koelbel’s excellent and minute

description. The great variation which he found in the shape

of the rostrum and the armature of the carapace, and which

is alluded to in the specific name, is well exhibited in the

series of specimens examined by me. ‘The exact position of

the species in relation to the very numerous species of A/uni-

dupsis described since Koelbel’s paper was written is not easy

* Koelbel, “ Beitr. z. Kennt, d. Crustaceen d. Canarischen Inseln,”

Ann. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, vil. (8) p. 109, pl. x. figs. 3-16

1892). :

+ The species is omitted from Dr. Benedict’s list of the Galatheide,

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. pp. 300-334 (1902), although the reference

duly appeared in the ‘Zoological Record’ for 1892.

For a general account of the caves see Hartung, “ Die geologischen

Verhaltnisse der Inseln Lanzarote und Fuertaventura,” Neue Denkschr.

alle. Schweiz. Ges. ges. Naturwiss. xv. (4) p. 81 (1857), where, however,

the pond is not mentioned.

§ A sample of the water brought home by Mr. Prevost has been

analysed by Mr. A. J. Robertson, B.Sc., of University College, Dundee,

who kindly informs me that it has a salinity of 35°39 per mille, which is

probably about the same as that of the sea outside.

Dr. W. T. Calman on Munidopsis polymorpha. 215

to determine. Milne-Hdwards and Bouvier ™%, in their arrange-

ment of the ‘‘Galathéens non flagellés,” attach primary

importance to the shape of the antero-lateral angle of the

carapace. This angle is stated to be spiniform in the genera

Galacantha, Munidopsis, and Galathodes, while it is “ obtus,

ou formant un lobe saillant, parfois aigu,” in “/asmonotus and

Orophorhynchus. Later writers are in agreement that the

division of genera is here carried too far, and Faxon f,

Alcock {, and Benedict§ recognize only the two genera

Galacantha and Munidopsis, the latter including Galathodes,

Elasmonotus, and Orophorhynchus, which by Alcock are

ranked as subgenera. The great variation in the shape of

the antero-lateral angles in the present species seems to

support this view, since they are sometimes spiniform as in

Munidopsis (s. str.), sometimes rounded as in Llasmonotus

and Orophorhynchus. Apart from this character and the

occasional absence of the rostrum, however, the species

appears to find its most natural place among the forms

composing the subgenus J/unidvpsis, with which it agrees in

having the rostrum (when it is present) styliform in shape,

the chelipeds of the male longer than the ambulatory legs,

the eye-stalks not prolonged into spines, and the lateral

borders of the carapace not subcristiform. From all the

species of this group it is distinguished by, among other

characters, the great reduction of the rostrum, which, at

most, does not exceed twice the length of the eye-stalks.

Of the 102 species of Munidopsis (s. lat.) enumerated by

Dr. Benedict, 21 are recorded from depths less than

300 fathoms, and of these only 2 are found in less than

100 fathoms, viz. JZ. Tannert, Faxon, from 85 fath. in the

Gulf of Panama, and JZ, polita (S. I. Smith), from 79 fath.

off N.E. America ||.

As in all the other species of the genus, the eyes of

M. polymorpha are very small and entirely without pigment

and the cornea is not facetted externally. ‘The eye-stalks

are short, obtusely conical, and rounded at the apex; they

are very slightly movable. In these characters and in the

small number and large size of its eggs JL. polymorpha

* “ Considérations générales sur la famille des Galathéidés,” Ann. Sci.

Nat. (8) xvi. p. 260 (1894).

+ Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xviii. pp. 81-83 (1895).

} Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Macrura and Anomala, p. 248 (1901).

§ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. p. 244 (1902).

|| Munidopsis tridentata (Ksmark), which occurs in the deeper parts of

the Norwegian fjords, may perhaps extend into depths of less than

100 fathoms; but I cannot find any definite statement on the subject.

15*

216 Dr. W. T. Calman on Munidopsis polymorpha.

differs markedly from all the littoral and shallow-water species

of Galatheide, which have well-developed eyes and numerous

small eggs.

A S<]

Hi Poneh

di! rit

Dy Wp re

NT)

Munidopsis polymorpha, Koelbel, female, x 3.

a. One of the eggs, on same scale.

I have been unable to find any record of a marine animal

living under conditions similar to those described for M. poly-

morpha. Many littoral forms are known to haunt caves on

the sea-coast, but none of these show special adaptations to

this habitat and none are specially related to abyssal forms.

It would be of great interest to ascertain whether the species

or any related forms occur on the shore or in shallow water in

the neighbourhood of Lanzarote. In view, however, of the

exclusively deep-sea habitat of the other species of the genus

this is unlikely. It seems more probable that the present

inhabitants of the cave are the descendants of some deep-

water species which, having been carried * into the fissures by

* Chun has given an interesting account of the way in which animals

Dr. W. T. Calman on Munidopsis polymorpha. 217

which the cave communicates with the sea, found there an

environment suitable, at least in the absence of light, to its

habits.

It is possible that this case may have some bearing on the

general question of the origin of the subterranean fauna. It

has been stated, more especially with regard to the Crustacea,

that the subterranean forms are allied, not to the surface-

living freshwater species, but to marine and, in some cases,

deep-sea forms. Some of the cases formerly adduced in

support of this view have been disposed of by subsequent

criticism *, but a few forms still remain which appear to be

distinctly of a marine type. Among these the Isopod

Cruregens, described by Prof. Chilton from wells in New

Zealand, belongs to an otherwise exclusively marine family,

the Anthuride. The same may be said of Dr. Benedict’s

Cirolanides | and the Ctrolana cubensis recently described

by Mr. Hay {, both belonging to the Cirolanide, while in

some other cases an affinity with freshwater forms seems to

have been assumed rather than demonstrated. Among the

other groups of subterranean animals the most striking case

in point is that of the two fishes Lucifuga subterraneus and

Stygicola dentatus § found in caves in the island of Cuba,

to which Mr. Boulenger has kindly directed my attention.

These belong to the Brotulide, a family which has no other

representatives in fresh water, the great majority of the

genera coming from deep water, although some are shallow-

water or shore fishes. ‘lhe nearest allies of the cave-fishes

are stated to be the genera Brotula and Ogilbia from shallow

water and JSassozetus and <Aphyonus from 1000-2000

fathoms |].

In all these cases the cave-dwelling animals, though living

Ain fresh water, are probably descended from forms which

have penetrated into the reservoirs of subterranean water by

of the abyssal plankton are sometimes brought to the surface by the

strong tidal currents in the neighbourhood of the Canaries (SB. Akad.

Wiss. Berlin, 1889, (2) p. 550).

* Cf. Chilton, “The Subterranean Crustacea of New Zealand,” ‘Trans.

Linn. Soe., 2nd ser. Zool, vi. (2) p. 255 (1894),

+ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvili. p. 615 (1896).

{ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. p. 430 (1903).

Poey, ‘ Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba. . . .,’

ii. (1856-1858) pp. 96 & 102, pls. ix. & x.; and ‘ Repertorio fisico-natural

de Ja Isla de Cuba,’ i. (1865-18655) p. 118; Gill, Proc. Acad, Philadelphia,

. 252 (1863).

E \| cae Lane, “ The Ovarian Structure of the Blind Fishes Lucifuga and

Stygicola,” Biol. Bull. vi. p. 88 (1904).

218 On Barbus eutenia and B. holotzenia.

fissures opening under the sea. In the caves of Lanzarote

the communication with the sea is more direct, and, partly

perhaps on account of the minimal rainfall, the water is salt.

The entrance of marine forms would therefore be compara-

tively easy, there being no outflow of fresh water from the

submarine fissures as is generally the case.

X XXII.—Barbus eutsnia and B. holotenia, new Names for

Barbus Kessleri, Giinther nec Steindachner. By G. A.

Bou.encer, F.R.S.

Tw accordance with the nomenclature in the British Museum

‘ Catalogue of Fishes,’ I have hitherto designated as Barbus

Kessleri, Stdr., a little fish common in West Africa, from

Cameroon to the Congo. On recently receiving a small

collection made by Dr. Ansorge in Angola, I have discovered

that a curious inversion of names has taken place in

Dr. Giinther’s ‘Catalogue’ (vil. p. 107), where specimens from

Fluilla, Angola, and ‘River Ogome” [read Ogowe] are

described as B. Kessler?, Steindachner, whilst the true

B. Kessleri is described on the same page as a new species,

B. caudimacula, from specimens from “ Polungo Alto”

[read Golungo Alto]. The name B. caudimacula, Gthr., is

a synonym of B. Kesslert, and as no name is available for

B. Kessleri, Gthr., from Angola, I propose that of B, eutenia,

in allusion to the sharply defined black lateral band passing

through the eye and extending on the caudal fin. In

B. eutenia the origin of the dorsal fin is a little behind the

vertical of the first ventral ray, whilst in B. Kessler? the two

exactly correspond. Dr. Ginther has pointed out in 1896

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvii. p. 277) that specimens from

the Ogowe have the barbels longer than those from Angola.

As stated in my description in ‘ Poissons du Bassin du Congo,’

p. 225, the posterior barbels are always considerably longer

than the eye in the Ogowe-Congo specimens, which differ

besides from B. eutenva in having the spine of the dorsal fin

weaker, sometimes without serration, the origin of the dorsal

fin opposite to that of the ventrals, and a black spot at the

end of the dorsal fin. IJ propose the name Barbus holotenia

for this species.

Mr. W. L.. Distant on Heteroptera. 219

XXXILI.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXV. By W.L. Distant,

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Anthocoride.

This paper concludes the revision of Walker’s types in the

British Museum, so far as the Heteroptera are concerned, and

which are contained in the eight volumes of his ‘ Catalogue

of Hemiptera Heteroptera.’ This family is treated a little

out of its proper sequence in these notes, as I waited to first

examine some types contained in continental museums, which

I have now done, thanks to the kindness of Dr. Yngve

Sjéstedt of Stockholm, Dr. Joanny Martin of Paris, and

Prof. Meinert of Copenhagen. ‘The types of the new genera

will be figured in vol. iii. of Indian Rhynchota (Blanford

series).

Subfam. A wryocorrvz.

OSTORODIAS, gen. nov.

Elongate, subdepressed ; head broad, not columnar, about

as broad (including eyes) as long; antenne four-jointed, first

joint moderately thickened, not reaching apex of head,

second joint thickened, about as long as head, third and fourth

shorter, subequal in length and longly setose; rostrum

robust, three-jointed, first joint not quite reaching base of

head, second joint about as long as first, but more slender,

third joint short, about reaching anterior cox; eyes sub-

prominent; pronotum with a narrow obsolete anterior collar,

with a raised central longitudinal carination, on each side of

which the surface is laterally deflected and distinctly foveate,

anterior margin about half the width of posterior margin,

which is concavely sinuate; scutellum long, subtriangular,

with two profound basal foveze at base; corium with the

margins subparallel, the cuneus large and semicircular ;

membrane with four subparallel veins; tarsi apparently

three-jointed, as can be seen from three indifferent specimens ;

anterior femora broadly thickened, spinose beneath.

Ostorodias contubernalis, sp. n.

Black ; corium sordidly stramineous, cuneus pale piceous,

membrane smoky hyaline; apices of femora and the whole of

the tibie and tarsi dull stramineous; head and pronotum

obscurely punctate, the last faintly transversely strigose ;

220 Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera.

scutellum obscurely punctate; hemelytra finely tomentose ;

other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 3} mm.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas (EZ. P. Stebbing, Brit. Mus.).

In galleries of the beetle Polygraphus sp. in spruce-fir

(Stebbing).

ARNULPHUS, gen. nov.

Elongate, subdepressed ; head somewhat long and slender,

longer than breadth including eyes; rostrum three-jointed,

first and second joints incrassate, first short, second much the

longest, third slender, about reaching the anterior coxe ;

antennze four-jointed, finely hirsute, first joint shortest, second,

third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length ; pronotum

with a wide anterior collar, before which it is also medially

constricted, anterior about half the breadth of posterior margin,

which is strongly concavely sinuate ; scutellum moderately

gibbous at base; membrane with three (perhaps four) longi-

tudinal veins; femora moderately incrassated; tarsi two-

jointed ; cuneus somewhat large and prominent.

Arnulphus aterrimus, sp. n.

Shining black ; corium brownish ochraceous, the cuneus

black ; legs, antenrze, and lateral margins of corium finely

hirsute ; head, pronotum, and scutellum glabrous ; apical area

of scutellum transversely strigose ; apices of the intermediate

and posterior tibie and the tarsi stramineous ; other struc-

tural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. Burma: Karennee.

AMPHIAREUS, gen. nov.

Subelongate, setose ; head anteriorly produced, columnar,

about as long as breadth including eyes; rostrum three-

jointed, first joint very short and thickened, second joint much

the longest, third shorter, longer than first and reaching the

anterior cox ; antennee four-jointed, setose, first joint short,

moderately thickened, not reaching apex of head, second

joint longest, moderately thickened, third and fourth joints

short and slender, subequal in length ; pronotum profoundly

constricted near middle, anterior area glabrous, posterior area

punctate ; anterior margin about half the width of posterior

margin, which is concavely sinuate; scutellum broad, trans-

versely excavate at base; hemelytra longly pilose, the lateral

Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. 221

margin a little ampliately rounded; membrane apparently

with three veins; legs slender ; tarsi two-jointed.

Type, A. fulvescens, Walk. (Xylocoris).

Amphiareus fulvescens.

Xylocoris fulvescens, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 160 (1872).

Xylocoris fumipennis, Wall. loc, cit.

Hab. Ceylon (Thwaittes, Brit. Mus.).

LIPPOMANUS, gen. nov.

Subelongate, depressed, hirsute; head about as long as

breadth including eyes; rostrum three-jointed, reaching

anterior coxe, first joint not quite reaching base of head,

second longest; antennz hirsute, with the first joint not

nearly reaching apex of head, second longest, third and fourth

more slender; pronotum somewhat flat, with a transverse

constriction near middle, the anterior only about one third

the width of posterior margin, which is strongly concavely

sinuate ; scutellum strongly constricted near middle ; corium

with the lateral margins somewhat strongly concavely

sinuate on basal halves; membrane with four longitudinal

veins; femora only moderately incrassate; legs hirsute or

finely spinulose ; tarsi two-jointed.

Lippomanus hirsutus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; head in front of

eyes piceous brown; antenne ochraceous, the first joint

piceous ; corium ochraceous, with an arched transverse medial

fascia crossing apical area of clavus, and the apical area

including cuneus fuscous ; membrane pale fuscous, the inner

and apical margins paler; body beneath piceous, lateral

margins of abdomen, the legs and rostrum ochraceous ; pro-

notum, scutellum, and clavus with scattered punctures ;

corium indistinctly and finely punctate; pronotum with a

broad distinct ridge in front of the transverse impression ;

scutellum transversely ridged at base, foveately depressed on

disk ; cuneus ill-defined.

Length 3 mm.

Hab, Burma: Karennee (Yea); Tenasserim: Thagata

(fea).

SESELLIUS, gen. nov.

Elongate, depressed; head a little longer than breadth

between eyes; rostrum three-jointed, long, passing anterior

222 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

cox ; antenne with the first joint considerably thickened

and not reaching apex of head, a little longer than breadth

between eyes, which are only subprominent; third antennal

joint considerably shorter than second ; pronotum depressed,

with an obsolete narrow anterior collar, transversely excavate

on disk, lateral margins moderately sinuate and narrowed

anteriorly, posterior margin moderately concavely sinuate ;

hemelytra with their margins parallel; membrane with a

small basal ceil and three veins; anterior and posterior

femora very strongly incrassated, and spinulose on their

under surface ; tarsi three-jointed.

Owing to the specimen described being in a carded con-

dition, the structure of the sternum cannot be ascertained.

Type, S. parallelus, Motsch. (Anthocoris).

Genus 'TRIPHLEPS.

Triphleps tantilus. ;

Anthocoris tantilus, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Mose. xxxvi. (3) p. 89 (1863).

Triphleps indicus, Reut. Monogr. Anthocor. pp. 91, 101 (1884).

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species

belonging to the Fumily Authocoride.

Species considered valid, but requuing generic revision.

Anthocoris proximus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 151 (1872), belongs to gen.

Oxycarenus, Fieb. (Lygeide).

—— pubescens, Walk. loc. cit., belongs to gen. Oxycarenus, Fieb. (Ly-

geeidee).

arctatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 153, belongs to gen. Oxycarenus, Fieb.

(Lygeide).

Xylocoris fulvescens and fumipennis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 160, belongs to gen.

Amphiareus, nov.

Species treated as synonymie,

Anthocoris subcruciatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 151 (1872),= Orycarenus

maculatus, Stal (Lygeide).

Xylocoris fumipennis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 160,= Amphiareus fulvescens,

Walk. loc, cit.

XXXIV.—On new Species of Rhopalocera from Sierra Leone.

By GeorceE I’. Beruune-BAKER, F.L8., F.Z.S.

Last year Mr. Cator added considerably to his collection of

Rhopalocera in the near hinterland of Sierra Leone, both in

species and in numbers, and he brought home or sent over to

Spectes of Rhopalocera from Sterra Leone. 223

me many very interesting species, among others that most

interesting and rare Argyrocheila undifera, Stgr., which,

owing to the keenness of observation and enthusiasm of

Mrs. Cator (who spent a couple of months with her husband),

they were able to take in some numbers. Mr. Cator reports

it as one of the most shy species he knows; it is not a

strong flier, as we might imagine, but at the very least

alarm it drops instantly, and. it is almost impossible to find

it in the undergrowth, so that, with its uncertain flight, it is

by no means easy of capture. There are several new species

in the collection which I here describe; my measurement for

the expanse of wings is taken by doubling the distance from

the centre of the thorax to the apex of the wing. The types

are in Mr. Cator’s collection.

Acrea Catori, sp. n.

3g. Primaries diaphanous, with the apical area blackish

grey for two fifths between the apex and the end of the cell;

termen broadly dusky, slightly tapering to the tornus; a

broad, dusky, diagonal band from the costal margin of the

cell across the angle of vein 2 to near the tornus; a twin

dusky spot at the end of the cell, followed by a large twin

spot just beyond it ; the space between veins 3 and 4 dusky ;

costa slightly dusky to the cell. Secondaries dull straw-

colour, with a very broad dark termen, with the veins and a

central stripe in the vein-spaces darker and extending well

beyond the dark terminal area, several small black spots at

the base. Under surface: primaries with all the pattern

showing through, but the apical area and termen tinged with

ochreous; the veins and a slight central dash in the vein-

spaces dusky. Secondaries brownish ochreous, with two

black spots at the base over the cell, two spots near the base

in the cell, and two smaller spots on the discocellulars ; two

spots just outside below the cell at the base, followed by

two below them; an oblique row of three spots, the upper

one in the angle of vein 2. All the veins are dusky for

nearly their whole length, and there is a long, central, dusky

stripe between each.

@. Like the male, both above and below, but larger and

the secondaries are rather paler.

Expanse, ¢ 72-73, 2 83 mm.

This species will come between A. epidica, Obth., and

vesperalis, Smith.

Euptera Dorothea, sp. n.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen extremely dark olive-green,

294 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

greyish below; thorax with patagia tipped with creamy

yellow, with two anterior spots and two lunular posterior

marks of the same colour ; abdomen banded above with the

same colour. Both wings extremely dark olive-green, so as

to look almost blackish with the naked eye, with very pale

creamy yellowish markings. In the primaries there is a

short dash on the upper margin of the cell at the base,

followed by two spots and the outline of a spot at the end of

the cell; below these there is an oblique somewhat irregular

dash, followed by a broad oblique band ending in a spot

above vein 3, the veins show blackish through; above this

band are three dashes shaped thus «—}; a subterminal irregular

row of spear-shaped markings, followed by a trace of a very

fine line. Secondaries with a subbasal and postmedial broad

transverse band, a subterminal row of spear-shaped marks

followed by a distinct fine line.

Under surface of both wings ochreous grey. Primaries

with a white basal dash on the upper margin of the

cell, followed by an ochreous-brown spot encircled with

black, and again with white, below which is a small black

spot ; at the end of the cell is an irregular mark almost

encircled with white, a broad whitish oblique band of three

large spots, with three whitish dashes, following the upper-

side markings; beyond, below vein 2, is a black patch with

a series of dark points to near the costa, followed by the

subterminal white spear-shaped marks and a fine whitish line

as on the upper surface. Secondaries with a basal, medial,

and postmedial whitish band, the latter spotted and extending

to vein 7; beyond this latter is a series of small, distinct,

black spots right across the wing, followed by the sub-

terminal whitish spear-shaped marks and fine whitish line.

?. Both wings brown, with similar markings to the male,

but white, with the addition in both wings of a row of large

dark spots before the spear-shaped marks. The under

surface is yellower than in the male, with all the markings

intensified.

Expanse, ¢ 54, 9 59-60 mm.

This insect is probably the West Coast form of elabontas,

Hew., but it may be recognized by the much broader and

larger postmedial band of the primaries, and by the mark in

the cell being quite linear ; in Hewitson’s insect there is a

largish cell-spot, above which is a second small one ; the two

bands in the secondaries are much wider than in elabontas

and not spotted, and the under surface is uniformly pale.

Pseuderesia moyambina, sp. n.

3. Both wings brown, primaries with a large postmedial

Species of Rhopalocera from Sierra Leone. 225

orange-red patch in the anal angle, fringes tessellated white

and brown.

Underside-—Primaries: basal two thirds brownish grey,

outer third orange-red, fading into yellowish at the apex and

termen and into pale ochreous at the tornus; the costa is

grey, irrorated darkly ; a broad oblique dark dash is beyond

the cell in the orange area, followed by a dark, finer, curved

line below the apex ; termen black, interrupted in the vein-

spaces. Secondaries pale grey, almost entirely covered with

diluted vermilion-red, the only grey spaces being helow the

outer half of the cell, the costa, and the terminal area; a

black dot beyond the middle of the costa and a black point

at the base below the cell, a large black spot palely encircled

above and below the cell and a slightly larger one closing

the cell; a postmedial very irregular vermilion-red band

finely edged on each side with black, beyond which the

terminal grey area is irrorated with black.

Expanse 34 mm,

The species will follow P. libentina, Hew., but the upper-

side will at once separate it from Hewitson’s species, and on

the under surface the apical area of the primaries is different.

Pseuderesia Catort, sp. n.

3. Both wings brownish black, with black fringes slightly

interrupted with whitish. Secondaries with a large deep

yellow patch below the cell extending to the inner margin

into the anal angle. Underside of both wings blackish grey.

Primaries with a subapical red-spotted band of five spots, the

first and the last being the smallest. Secondaries with the

basal area more or less covered with red patches, with three

black spots placed in a triangle above and below and closing

the cell, that closing the cell being the largest; a sub-

marginal, very irregular, interrupted red stripe edged laterally

with black, the internal edging being heavy.

Hxpanse 33 mm.

‘T'wo specimens of this insect were taken by Mr. Cator at

Moyamba; it will come next to P. debora, but the patch

on the upperside of the secondaries will distinguish it,

whilst on the under surface it has much more pattern generally

and very much more red in the basal area,

Liptena diversa, sp. n.

3. Both wings blackish grey, with a single black spot in

each wing at the upper angle of each cell; in the secondaries

the costa is narrowly whitish. Underside: both wings

whitish, with the cell-spots just mentioned prominently

226 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

blackish. The primaries are finely irrorated with brown

over the costal half of the wing, very densely in the apical

area ; a subterminal, narrow, marginal scalloped line, followed

by a paler one; termen brown, interrupted finely on the

veins: secondaries finely irrorated all over with brown,

rather more densely in the apical area; termen finely white,

preceded by a brown scalloped line finely interrupted at the

veins ; below the cell there is a small dark spot.

Expanse, 3, 27-34 mm.

This species is nearly allied to dma, Hew., but it is much

larger, the underside is quite different, the brown irrorations

present a marked distinction, and it has none of the very

definite dark pattern as in Hewitson’s species. My insect

flies, moreover, in December, whilst ¢/ma flies in April and

June. It would be interesting to discover by breeding

whether or not this may be the early brood to elma.

Micropentila mabangi, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and upper part of abdomen blackish,

abdomen below pale brown; palpi blackish above, cream-

coloured below and laterally ; legs black, ringed with cream-

colour. Primaries blackish brown, with a _postmedial,

obscure, angled, yellowish stripe: secondaries blackish

brown, with a broad, medial, transverse, orange band from

the inner margin to below vein 7. Underside: both wings

blackish grey, with yellowish stripes and spots : primaries

with three cell-spots, the first two almost linear, the third at

the end of the cell larger, distinct, and cream-coloured ;

inner margin cream-coloured, from which a pale orange-

yellow, curved, postmedial stripe ascends to the costa,

tapering as it ascends and broken at vein 6 ; a trace of a very

fine interrupted spotted submarginal line followed by another

distinct line, with a blotch between veins 5 and 6 uniting

the two. Secondaries with two basal spots, followed by a

series of three, which is again succeeded by two or three

spots, that on the costa much larger than the others; up to

this spot the costa is broadly scaled with ochre scales; a

broad, irregular, postmedial band from the inner margin to

the costa, beyond which is a fine line interrupted at the veins,

with another very irregular submarginal stripe followed by a

fine line of the ground-colour ; termen itself finely ochreous.

Expanse 28 mm.

This species is somewhat near M. Alberta, Stgr., but is

evidently distinct.

Species of Rhopalocera from Sierra Leone. 227

Epttolina Catori, sp. n.

3d. Thorax, abdomen, and both wings dark steely blue,

with a slight purplish tint. Fringes intersected white and

blackish. Underside darkish neutral grey with red markings :

primaries with three red transverse dashes in the cell, above

the cell thickly irrorated with red, two red costal spots

followed by a short red irregular stripe, another small red

costal spot, and a terminal double red line enclosing the

ground-colour, and so making a row of spots edged with red :

secondaries with three basal spots and red irrorations above,

followed by two more spots in the cell, with one above and

below, that below being a double spot; a postmedial red

spotted stripe, with a space between the two costal spots and

those below vein 6; a very distinct double, red, terminal line

enclosing spots of the ground-colour—this character is most

conspicuous in the secondaries.

?. Both wings brown: primaries with a very broad

orange patch, tapering rapidly towards the costa, but not

extending up to the costa: underside like the male, but the pri-

maries have the orange patch showing through and extending

right across the wing, the grey of the ground-colour is paler,

and most of the spots are redder and are rather more accen-

tuated, but the pattern is less distinct.

Exxpanse, f 31, 2? 29 mm.

Several specimens were sent home by Mr Cator, and it is

a well-marked species.

Phytala leonina.

This species was described by me in this Magazine last year

at page 328 (vol. xi.), and I placed it in the genus Phytala ;

but Mr. Cator subsequently brought home more material,

enabling me to denude the underside of the scales, and this

shows that veins 11 and 12 of the primaries do not actually

anastomose, but merely touch each other ; the species should

therefore be transferred to the genus Hpitola. Staudinger,

however, has already described an Lpitola leonina, so that

my species will require a new name. I therefore propose to

call it Epitolu leonensis.

Epitola Dorothea.

d. Palpi cream-coloured at base and at the base of the

second segment, which is ovate in shape; terminal segment

and upper part of second segment brown.

Both wings bright blue. Primaries with the costa to

228 Mr. G. 'T. Bethune-Baker on new

vein 12 black; a large wedge-shaped black patch closing

the cell; vein 1 is slightly swollen for over a third, and for

all its length it is devoid of blue scales, especially in the

basal and tornal areas, making it stand out prominently ; the

blue area terminates near the posterior margin very irregu-

larly ; the black termen and broad black apex invade the

blue on the veins, giving it a strongly dentate margin ; fringes

finely whitish : secondaries with the costa blackish to vein 6,

but with a sparse scattering of fine blue scales above that

vein in the apical area; termen narrowly black, the blue area

having a definite termination. Under surface: both wings

brownish grey, with numerous whitish markings. Primaries

with two interrupted lines across the cell and another long

and broader one beyond the cell; a postmedial dentate line,

a double submarginal line, the inner of the two being scal-

loped; area below vein 2 white. Secondaries with a slight

pale patch at the base, a twin patch across the cell; a small

spot above and below the cell nearer the base; a trace of a

very interrupted line at the end of the cell, followed by a

short interrupted line beyond the end of the cell; a post-

medial interrupted curved line all across the wing; a double

subterminal line, the inner one strongly scalloped, the outer

one less strongly so.

9. Primaries blackish, with a large white patch over

the centre of the wings, tapering rapidly above vein 3, this

patch extends from vein 1 to vein 11; the cell and the area

between the lower margin and vein 1 are covered sparingly

with very fine pale blue scales: secondaries uniform dark

brownish grey, with a trace of a few blue scales at the end

of the cell. Under surface: primaries with the white patch

as on the upperside, only extending to the inner margin, and

becoming cream-coloured above vein 4, with the double

terminal line as in the male: secondaries as in the male, but

with fewer markings.

Expanse, ¢ 44, ? 42 mm.

This species is near cercene, Hew., but the black patch at

the end of the cell and the black and swollen vein 1 will

separate it on the upper surtace, whilst below my species has

many more markings and more white, especially below

vein 2.

Epitola sublustris, sp. n.

3. Primaries dark brown, with a large patch of finer

scales of a very deep dark bluish colour occupying about the

basal two thirds; this patch has a peculiar lustre,| having the

tone of dark indigo gone greasy: secondaries bright darkish

Spectes of Rhopalocera from Sierra Leone. 229

blue, with a broad blackish-brown border all round; veins

2, 3, 4 stand out black in the blue area, vein 4 being promi-

nently so to the base. Under surface: both wings greyish

brown: primaries with a whitish inner margin, above which

is a blackish area to vein 5, with two small whitish spots

near its upper outer extremity: secondaries uniform greyish

madder-brown, with a distinct trace of a postmedial spotted

band, the obscure spots being of the same colour as the

ground-colour, but placed in a band slightly paler in colour.

?. Both wings uniform darkish brown, primaries slightly

darker in the cellular area. Underside like the male, but

browner; in the primaries the black area is intensified and

the two spots more defined.

Expanse, ¢ 34, 2 36 mm.

This species is like none that I know of; the peculiar

colour of the primaries contrasted with the lustrous colour of

the secondaries should render it recognizable at a glance.

Epitola kholifa, sp. n.

3. Primaries with the costa blackish to the cell, the apical

area and termen very broadly blackish, the latter tapering

very rapidly below vein 3; the bright blue area is thus

restricted in an even curve to the inner marginal three fifths

of the wing, being margined by the upper border of the cell,

at the end of which is a small black wedge, beyond which the

blue extends, tapering off from there to the tornus, the

margin being invaded with black at the veins ; the lower

margin of the cell is much swollen, the vein being covered

with brownish scales, thus forming a conspicuous patch,

almost reminding one of a Satyrid: secondaries bright blue

to well beyond vein 6, with a fine brown termen. The under

surface of both wings is greyish madder-brown, fading into

greyish towards the termen, with a few irregular, obscure,

indefinite markings in the basal and median areas: in the

primaries there 1s a broad, obscure, straight, subterminal,

indefinite greyish line; in the secondaries there is a trace of

a postmedial grey line, followed by a double subterminal one,

the outer of which is fine.

2. Primaries blackish brown, with a pale blue area as in

the male, but more restricted, not filling the cell nor extending

nearly to the tornus ; beyond the cell are four whitish spots,

the second and the fourth from the costa being the largest:

in the secondaries the blue area extends only to vein 6 and

there is a very broad dark termen. On the under surface

both wings are pale greyish brown, with scarcely a trace of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 16

230 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

any markings, except that in the primaries the whitish spots

beyond the cell show through slightly.

Eixpanse, ¢ 39-44, 9 44 mm.

This species will come next to leonina, Stgr., but may be

known at once by the male sex-mark, viz. the swollen vein;

the blue colour is decidedly brighter, and below there are less

markings than in Staudinger’s species ; the fine postmedial

transverse line of the primaries is quite wanting in my

insect.

The specimen I have described as the female was observed

by Mr. Cator to be flying with the male, the two insects

toying together, and he caught them at once with one sweep

of the net, though they were not actually ‘in copula.”

Epitola albomaculata.

Mr. Cator has brought home a series of this species, in-

cluding several females, and as this sex has not been described,

it will be well to do so now.

?. Both wings azure-blue: primaries with costa blackish

brown to the cell, beyond which the dark area increases con-

siderably ; apical area for a third of the wing blackish

brown, in which (area) well beyond the cell there is a white

ovate spot between veins 4 and 5; termen broadly blackish

brown, increasing suddenly above vein 3: secondaries with

costa brown to cell and up to vein 6; termen very broadly

brown. Under surface precisely like the male, but with the

whitish markings slightly accentuated.

E/pitola virginea, sp. n.

?. Primaries dark brown, with pale azure-blue scales in

the cell, at the end of which and beyond is a whitish spot

with a few superimposed blue scales ; well beyond this is

another whitish spot; the inner marginal area is covered for

two thirds of its length with similar pale azure scales

extending up to the cell and to vein 2, ending in a good-

sized whitish spot with a few superimposed blue scales;

above it is another smaller white spot: secondaries with the

pale azure area confined between veins 1 6 and 6, and with

a very broad brown termen. Under surface: both wings

whitish, with brownish-grey marks. Primaries with three

irregular spots in the cell with white centres; an extremely

serrated and irregular postmedial line, with the serration on

vein 4 extended into the submarginal line, and that on vein 2

- extended finely along the vein to the termen; the area before

this line is whitish, whilst the area on the outside is pure

Species of Rhopalocera from Sierra Leone. 231

white ; an interrupted subterminal line, followed by a double

scalloped line; inner marginal area below the cell brownish,

followed by a whitish spot, which is bordered by a brownish

Junule, beyond which the wing is white to the tornus.

Secondaries with three basal spots across the cell and three

spots in the middle of the cell; in each case the central spot

is in the cell, and there is one above and one below it; a long

narrow spot closes the cell, which forms the middle of an

irregular line; just beyond this is an irregular postmedial

dentate line, followed by a broad whitish irregular band,

edged by a subterminal dentate line, beyond which is a row

of lunular spots ; the termen is finely brownish, preceded by

a fine whitish line, which is edged internally by a fine

brownish line. Fringes of both wings whitish, finely inter-

sected at the veins.

Expanse 40-41 mm.

The male of this species has yet to be discovered. It is

nearest to albomaculata, mihi, but is certainly distinct from

that ; the upperside is quite different, whilst on the under

surface the spots are decidedly smaller and broken so as not

to form striz, whilst the strongly serrated postmedial lines

form a very marked distinction from albomaculata.

Deudorix leonina, sp. n.

3. Primaries blackish, with a large, dark, bright blue

patch occupying the basal two fifths of the wings; at the

end of the cell is a very large round spot, which extends into

the black termen ; all the veins stand out black; fringes

black: secondaries blackish, the lower half of the cell and

the area between veins 1 and 5 blue, with the veins black ;

on the termen above vein 5 is a small patch of blue scales;

termen black, with white fringes ; lobe orange-yellow ; tail

long, black, tipped with white. Under surface similar to

otreda, Hew., except that in the primaries there is an in-

definite white subterminal stripe between the orange-brown

stripe and the termen.

Expanse 30-34 mm.

This species will come next to otreda, Hew., but it may

be recognized at once by the black spot of the primaries

invading the black termen; in Hewitson’s insect this spot is

isolated in the midst of the blue area: leonina also has a

very broad, dark termen, and all the veins stand out black ;

in otreda this is not the case.

It is probable that this species may stand in collections

mixed up with otreda, but there is no doubt that they are

two species; both fly in January and also in March,

16°

232 On new Species of Rhopalocera.

I have carefully examined the types of both Hewitson’s

species, otreda and genuba, and find that Aurivillius was

correct in sinking the latter name asa synonym; they are

certainly the same insect.

Hypolycena moyambina, sp. n.

&@. Both wings black; secondaries with a trace of a fine

short dash of blue scales in the fold and also in the lobe.

Fringes of primaries black, of secondaries white below the

apex. Thorax and abdomen with a trace of a few blue

scales here and there. Underside of both wings whitish :

primaries greyish in the apical and terminal areas ; a reddish-

brown sex-patch below the cell, an orange-red postmedial

stripe edged with brown, a subterminal fine interrupted line

edged outwardly with whitish from well below the costa ;

cell closed with a white dash finely edged with a darkish

line. Secondaries with the closing of the cell so fine as to be

scarcely discernible; the postmedial stripe broadly orange-

red and darkly edged unwaved to vein 1, where there is the

W-shaped indentation up to the inner margin; a fine dark

scalloped subterminal line, outside which is a row of greyish

spots; termen black, linear; a velvety-black lobe-spot finely

encircled with blue, with a small bright red spot above;

between the tail and the outer very short tail, both of which

are tipped and fringed with white, is a large black spot edged

with orange-red, a distinct whitish space between it and the

lobe-spot.

Expanse 28 mm.

Mr. Cator took but one of this very pretty little species,

but it is quite distinct from any other of the genus that

I know.

Tolaus Catort, sp. n.

&. Primaries deep lustrous blue, with a slight irroration

of paler blue scales in parts near the base and in the cell;

costa broadly black; apex black to upper angle of the

cell; termen broadly black, rapidly tapering to vein 2,

below which to tornus it is linear; a pencil of bluish-black

hairs on the inner margin. Secondaries bright darkish

lustrous blue, with a large darker central patch in certain

lights; the large shining patch extends to the lower

margin of the cell, and on the upper margin to the costa

is a large patch of differently placed scales, purplish and

greenish, with a fine iris of bronzy-green scales ; the whole

patch appears different colours in different lights ; below it,

On Three new Species of Arhopala. 233

in the cell, is a dash of purplish iridescence. Under surface :

both wings pure white: primaries markless: secondaries with

a trace of a very fine subterminal dark line more distinct at the

tornus; a bright red terminal spot between veins 2 and 3 ;

the lobe-spot (which on the upperside is black with bright

green metallic scales) is small, on the inner margin bril-

liantly metallic-blue, green, and mauve, edged above with a

red lunule, from which is a short, fine, dark line to the inner

margin ; three tails edged and tipped with white, the upper

one on vein 3 being a long tooth.

Expanse 37-38 mm.

This species, though not the brightest, is yet one of the

loveliest of a lovely genus: it is quite impossible to describe

the blue, and I have not attempted to do so; it shades from

every tone of blue that can be imagined into greenish,

becoming almost bronze in certain lights, and is brilliantly

lustrous in most positions.

XXXV.—On Three new Species of Arhopala.

By GrorGe T. BeTHuNE-BaKeER, F.L.S, F.Z.S.

Arhopala halmaheira, sp. n.

¢. Both wings lustrous pale silvery blue, bluer towards

the termen. Primaries with a fine black costa, increasing very

slightly near the apex ; apex rather broadly black for a very

limited area, termen narrowly black, fringes blackish:

secondaries with costa broadly brown; termen narrowly

black ; inner margin whitish grey to vein 16, deepening to

dark grey at the tornus; tail black, tipped with white.

Under surface: both wings brown, slightly tinged with

purple, with darker spots finely encircled with white. Pri-

maries with three increasing cell-spots, that closing the cell

large and irregular, below which is a large spot in the angle

of vein 2 ; catenulated band consisting of six spots increasing

in size from the costa to the fifth spot, the upper three nearly

round, the lower ones irregular; a broad definite submarginal

band of uniform width, edged on the interior with whitish ;

a dark linear termen; area below vein 2 pale up to the sub-

marginal band; fringes grey, darkly tipped. Secondaries

with four basal spots, the third shifted outwards and the

fourth inwards; three large spots below each other, the middle

spot being in the centre of the cell, a large spot closing the

234 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

cell, with a smaller one below it in the angle of vein 2;

catenulated band consisting of eight spots, the seventh and

eighth forming the angled spot and being quite confluent ;

spots 1 and 2 are shifted inwards, the latter’s outer margin

barely touching the inner margin of spot 3; spot lis smaller

than 2 (which latter is large and quadrangular) and is placed

on about its centre; spot 3 is shifted right out from 2, 4

slightly further out, 5 and 6 inwards, 7 slightly inwards,

confluent with 8, and extending nearly up to the fourth spot

of the basal series; a broad submarginal band as in the

primaries, but edged on each side with pale greyish white,

the slight lobe with a large deep black spot slightly encircled

with pale metallic-blue scales; a similar black spot with

metallic-blue scales between veins 2 and 3, the marginal

space between the two being blackish, more or less covered

with pale blue metallic scales.

Expanse 56-57 mm.

The type from Halmaheira is in my collection; it is a

marked and very beautiful species, and will come between

A. padus, Feld., and elfeta, Hew.; its much larger size will

separate it from the latter, whilst the lustrous silvery pale

blue will separate it at once from the violaceous blue of the

former, besides which the under-surface pattern is different.

Arhopala sublustris, sp. n.

?. Both wings sublustrous violaceous blue. Primaries

with costa brown, of moderate width, apex broadly brown;

termen brown, rapidly decreasing in width to vein 3, whence

to the tornus it is quite narrow ; an isolated dark spot at the

upper angle of the cell somewhat reniform in shape, beyond

which four somewhat ovate blackish spots, the second from

the costa being the longest, terminate the blue in that area.

Secondaries with very broad brown costa; termen less broad

and decreasing to the tornus ; tail tipped with white. Under

surface: both wings clear brown, with darker markings

palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots,

with another small spot above the third on the costa and one

below in the angle of vein 2; a postmedial catenulated band

of seven confluent spots of nearly even width, the upper four

slightly curved, the lower three slightly shifted inwards; a

subterminal band palely edged on each side. Secondaries

with four very small basal spots, the first shifted outwards,

and the third also but to a less extent, followed by three

small spots below each other, the second in the cell shifted

inwards, the third the largest and irregular ; a quadrate spot

Three new Species of Athopala. 235

closing the cell, below which is a small spot in the angle of

vein 2; catenulated band irregular, the first and second spots

shifted right inwards, touching the quadrate spot and only

just reaching the inner margin of the third spot ; third spot

shifted right out, fourth further out, fifth inwards, sixth well

out, seventh and eighth confluent and shifted right inwards ;

a submarginal band as in the primaries, with a brown spotted

termen; lobe-spot black, edged above with pale metallic-blue

scales; a dark spot on each side the tail almost covered with

pale metallic- blue scales.

Expanse 37 mm.

The type from Kina Balu (Borneo) is in my collection.

I have received only females of this species at present, but

it is a well-marked species and will come next to sandakani,

B.-B., but can be easily distinguished from it by the much

greater area of blue and by the spots at the end of the cell in

the primaries, whilst the underside pattern is different also.

Arhopala baluensis, sp. n.

¢$. Both wings dark sublustrous blue, with termen black,

of moderately narrow width. Under surface darkish brown :

primaries paler along the inner margin, with three increasing

cell-spots, that closing the cell irregular; below it another

in the angle of vein 2, below which is a third shifted inwards

on the other side of vein 2; the catenulated postmedial stripe

composed of six distinct spots touching one another, that on

the costa being quite small and shifted inwards, fifth shifted

very slightly inwards, more perceptibly so as to its inner

margin, sixth with an outward inclination; the subterminal

row israther obscure. Secondaries with four small basal spots

below each other, followed by three larger ones below each

other ; a quadrate spot closing the cell, with a small elongate

one below in the angle of vein 2; the catenulated stripe

consisting of six distinct spots, the seventh reniform and the

eighth elongate, all touching one another except 1 and 2,

each of which is isolated; the fifth spot is shifted very

slightly inwards and the seventh reniform spot is also shifted

inwards; subterminal row distinct; an anal dark spot

covered with dull submetallic blue scales, and a slight trace of

them between veins 2 and 3.

@. Both wings brown: primaries with a paler purplish-

blue patch extending just over the upper end and upper part

of the cell, but far beyond in the medial area: secondaries

with the pale purplish-blue patch extending well into the

236 Mr. O. Thomas on

median area and having a perfectly even margin all round.

Underside like the male, only paler.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 43 mm.

Hab. Kina Balu (Borneo).

I have two males and one female in my collection. It will

follow agelastus, but the colour is quite different and also

the black termen much narrower, whilst below the distinct

spots of the catenulated stripe are a marked character.

XXXVI.—On Shrews from British East Africa.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Tue British Museum contains a number of skins and spirit-

specimens of shrews from Hast Africa which have not hitherto

been determined, and which prove nearly all to require de-

scription as new. ‘The greater part of them have been

presented to the National Collection by Dr. J. W. Gregory,

Mr. F. J. Jackson, and Dr. and Mrs. Hinde, while jsolated

specimens have been contributed by Mr. Betton, Prof.

Mackinder, Sir H. H. Johnston, Mr. R. J. Cuninghame, and

Mr. R. Meinertzhagen, and to all these collectors our thanks

are due for the help they have rendered towards an under-

standing of this most difficult and intricate group.

The species now dealt with are all true Crocidure, for the

Pachyure in the Museum are too few in number for any

opinion to be expressed as to their determination and relation-

ships. Of described species of Pachyura the only Hast-

African one is P. leucura, Matsch.

The following is a provisional key to the species of Croct-

dura that I recognize in our collection :—

A. Very large. Skull* above 27 mm.

pr SO RCI Nice 4 nyanse.

B. Smaller. Skull below 25 mm.

a. Larger. Skull above 20 mm.

a. Tail with numerous long bristles.

a’. Tail thick basally, tapering. Colour fawn or

brown.

a’, Fawn. Fur about 5mm. in length on back.

Skrull 28-24 mm! iain Geko sae Male eles Hinder.

6°. Brown. Fur very short, about 2°6 mm. on

the back jokes. 2 .cce eee eRe toes Ss velutina.

b*. Tail more or less cylindrical. Colour grey or

smoky.

a®, Larger, skull 22-238 mm. Underside of body

and tail little lighter than upper ........ Sumosa.

* From back of condyle to front face of incisors.

Shrews from British East Africa. 237

6°. Smaller, skull 21 mm. Underside of body

and tail much lighter than upper........ Jacksont,

6*, Tail practically without longer bristles, as in

Myosorez.

a, Skull 21 mm. Colour brown.............. maurisca,

6. Smaller. Skull below 20 mm.

a. Brown. Tail over 45 mm.; skull 18:2-196 .. Hildegardee.

6’. Grey. Tail less than 45 mm.; skull 17-7 .... + Cuninghamet.

Crocidura gracilipes, Peters, C. Fischer’, Pagenst., C.

nigrofusca, Matsch., C. sansibarica, Neum., and C. Martiens-

sent, Neum., I have not been able to identify.

The following are the descriptions of the new species :—

Crocidura Hindet, sp. n.

Size fairly large. Fur soft and fine; hairs of back about

5 mm, in length. General colour above pale reddish fawn,

below dull buffy white, the colour of the under surface mount-

ing rather high up on the sides. Upper surface of hands and

feet dull white; fore and hind claws about equal in size, or

the latter rather the larger. Lateral gland present, about

halfway along the side. Tail very thick at base, rapidly

tapering to a point, light brown above, dull whitish below ;

its long bristle-hairs numerous.

Teeth short and strong; unicuspids well overlapping each

other, the two smaller ones broader than long, notched

behind.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (stretched) 95 mm.; tail 50; hind foot

s. u.) 14.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 24:3; greatest breadth

10°3; length of upper tooth-row 10°6; tip of 2 to tip of p*

5:3.

A spirit-specimen (4) has the head and body 79 mm. ;

tail 59 ; hind foot 14.

Hab. (of type). Machakos. Alt. 1700 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 1.8.7.2. Collected 6 June

1901, and presented by Dr. 8. L. Hinde. Two specimens

from the type locality, and another, in spirit, obtained by

Dr. J. W. Gregory at Karati, Konu Dist., E. Kikuyu.

Crocidura velutina, sp. n.

Size rather less than in C. Hindet. Fur close, very short,

the hairs on the back only about 2°5-2-7 mm. in length.

General colour above brown (rather greyer than “ Prout’s

brown”); below grey (near “ olive”’), the grey not extending

high up on the sides, and passing imperceptibly into the brown

of the sides. Upper surface of head and feet dull white ;

238 Mr. O. Thomas on

hind claws rather longer than fore. Tail well provided with

bristle-hairs, greyish brown above, little lighter below; its

base probably incrassated, though on the dried skin this

point cannot be positively ascertained.

Teeth of medium stoutness. Upper unicuspids not very

broad, the last one without a notch behind.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body 83 mm.; tail 47; hind foot (s. u.) 14.

Length of upper tooth-row 10:1; 7 to p* 5:1.

Hab. Usambara, German Hast Africa.

Type. B.M. no. 99. 6. 25. 1. Purchased.

This species appears to be related to C. Hindei in size and

proportions of tail and teeth, but it differs by its browner

colour and much shorter fur.

Crocidura fumosa, sp. 0.

Size about as in C. Hindez, but feet and tail proportionally

longer. Fur long and crisp; hairs of back 5°5-6 mm. in

length. General colour above dark smoky greyish brown

(as dark as “ grey No. 3,” but markedly browner), darkening

nearly to black onthe rump. Under surface similar, scarcely

paler. Lateral gland small and inconspicuous, its hairs dark

brown. Upper surface of hands and feet brown; hind claws

longer than fore. ‘Tail rather long, cylindrical, not incras-

sated at base, well provided with bristle-hairs; uniformly

blackish brown above and below.

Skull as in C. Hindei, teeth rather lighter, and the uni-

cuspids less overlapping, but there is considerable variation

in this respect.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 82 mm.; tail 57; hind foot 15; ear 10.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 22; greatest breadth 10;

length of upper tooth-row 9:4; 71 to p* 4°9.

Dimensions of a specimen in spirit :—

Head and body 71 mm.; tail 50; hind foot 14:2,

Hab. (of type). Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 2600 m.

Other specimens from Machakos and Fort Hall (inde),

Nandi and Kakamega (Jackson), and Lagari (Betton).

Type. Male. B.M.no. 0. 2.1.8. Collected 18 September,

1899, by H. J. Mackinder. Four specimens.

This species, which is evidently widely spread in Hast

Africa, is readily recognizable by its dark smoky colour and

dark underside. From C. nigrofusca, Matsch., it differs by

its much shorter tail.

Crocidura Jacksoni, sp. n.

Decidedly smaller than C. fumosa. Fur close and fine ;

Shrews from British East A (frica. 239

hairs of back about 4°5 mm. in length. General colour above

dark smoky grey, indistinctly waved with a silvery lustre,

the rump not darker than the back. Under surface ‘‘ smoke-

grey ” of Ridgway, markedly lighter than the upper surface.

Short hairs of lateral gland whitish. Upperside of hands

and fect dull whitish. ‘Tail well haired, with many bristles,

dark slaty above, dull white below.

Skull smaller than that of C. fumosa, the teeth stout and

strong.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body (stretched) 73 mm.; tail 51; hind foot

(moistened) 13.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 21:1; greatest breadth 9°1 ;

upper tooth-row 9°1; 7’ to p* 4°7.

Hab. Ravine Station, British E. Africa.

Type. Female. B.M. no.. 99. 8. 4. 27. Collected 17

February, 1896, and presented by F. J. Jackson. Four

specimens.

This shrew is a smaller edition of C. fumosa, of about the

same proportions, and with the underside of both body and tail

lighter than the upper.

Crocidura maurisca, sp. n.

Size about as in C. fumosa. Fur close, crisp, and velvety ;

hairs of back about 4°8 mm.in length. General colour above

dull chocolate-brown (approaching “ seal-brown’’ of Ridg-

way); under surface but little lighter. Hands and feet dull

brown above, the fore and hind claws subequal. A large

lateral gland probably present in the male. Tail slender,

cylindrical, closely haired, without longer bristles, except that

there are two or three at its extreme base.

Skull very light and delicate, the brain-case high in pro-

portion to its breadth.

Teeth small, the upper unicuspids scarcely overlapping ;

their cingula unusually prominent; anterior muzzle slender.

Upper incisors very narrow when viewed from above; small

unicuspids longer than broad, oval in section, not notched

behind.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit beforeskinning):—

Head and body 75 mun. ; tail 60; hind foot 14°4.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 20°7 ; greatest breadth 9-2 ;

upper tooth-row 9'1; 21 to p* 4°8.

Hab. Entebbe, Uganda.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 1. 8.9.99. Collected by the

late W. G. Doggett and presented by Sir Harry Johnston.

One specimen.

This shrew is distinguishable by its dark brown colour,

240 On Shrews from British East Africa.

slender bristleless tail, delicate skull, and small teeth. It is

the species of those now described most like C. gracilipes,

Peters, but that animal is said to have the posterior claws

smaller than the anterior ones, and appears to differ in other

details.

Crocidura Hildegardee, sp. n.

Size comparatively small, form slender and delicate. Fur

close and fine; hairs of back about 3°3-3°5 mm. in length.

General colour above dull brown (approaching Prout’s brown),

rather greyer and lighter below. Upper surface of hands and

feet pale brown. Lateral gland small, its hairs dull whitish.

Tail slender, cylindrical, well provided with bristle-hairs, its

colour brown above, rather paler below. |

Skull of normal proportions. Teeth very light and delicate ; ~

main cusp of anterior incisor slender.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (stretched) 78 mm.; tail 50; hind foot

12°5.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 19°6; greatest breadth 9;

upper tooth-row 8; 7? to p* 4:1.

‘Two spirit-specimens (male and female) measure :—

Head and body 62 and 61 mm.; tail 49 and 47; hind foot

12°7 and 12°4.

Hab. Fort Hall, Kenya District. Alt. 1300 m.

Type. Probably male. B.M. no. 3. 2. 27. Original

number 118. Collected 23 October, 1902, and presented by

Dr. 8. L. Hinde. One skin, besides two spirit-specimens

obtained and presented by R. Meinertzhagen, Esq.

The small size and brown colour of this shrew will dis-

tinguish it from any species hitherto deseribed.

‘The species is named in honour of Mrs. Hinde, the actual

collector of a large proportion of the specimens presented in

her husband’s name.

Crocidura Cuninghamet, sp. n.

Size very small. Fur fine and velvety; hairs of back about

2°8 mm. in length. General colour above dark slaty grey,

a rather browner tone on the posterior back. Undersurface

pale drab-grey, not sharply defined. Upper surface of hands

and feet dull whitish; fore and hind claws subequal. Lateral

gland fairly large, its hairs grey. Tail rather long, well pro-

vided with bristle-hairs, which are black basally and white

terminally ; its ground-colour brown above, dull whitish

below.

Skull smaller than in any of the previous species, though

nevertheless larger than in the little Somali C. Botteg:, 'Thos.

Bibliographical Notices. 241

Teeth not specially small, the unicuspids well overlapping, the

posterior ones notched behind.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 60 mm.; tail 40; hind foot 11.

Skull: condylo-incisive length 17:7; greatest breadth

7-7; upper molar series 7°6 ; 21 to p* 3°7.

Hab. (of type). ‘ Small uninhabited island one mile north

of Sajitu Island, Victoria Nyanza.” Another specimen from

Kama Island.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 7.5.6. Collected 29 De-

cember, 1901, and presented by R. J. Cuninghame, Esq.

This little shrew, which Mr. Cuninghame found on two

islets in the Victoria Nyanza, is the smallest yet described

from Kast Africa; but it is possible that allies of the still

smaller species C. nana, Dobs., and C. Bottegi, Thos., will

prove to occur there, even if there are no representatives of

the pigmy shrews of the C. madagascariensis group,

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. A Textbook for

Students and Collectors. By J.W.Turt, F.E.S. Vol. IV. With

Synopsis of Contents of, and General Index to, Vols. I-IV.

Sonnenschein: April, 1904. Pp. xvii, 535. Portrait and

pls. i., ii.

AnoTHER two years have passed since the publication of vol. iii. of

Mr. Tutt’s magnum opus, and we have again the pleasure of calling

the attention of entomologists to the appearance of a fresh volume

of theseries. Five species of Sphingides were discussed in the latter

part of vol. iii, and vol. iv. is devoted entirely to the twelve

remaining species, supplementary notes, and a Catalogue of Pala-

arctic Sphingides. The Preface deals chiefly with questions of

nomenclature, into which we cannot here enter; but we may note

that, except as regards the two species of Hemaris, Mr. Tutt makes

every one of our British species the type of a distinct genus; and in

most cases he is certainly justified in this, though it was naturally

unnecessary so long as little or nothing was known of the allied

foreign species. But we do not see why Mr. Tutt should ignore

Scopoli’s genus Macroglossum (only quoting Ochsenheimer’s late

form, Macroglossa) and give stellatarum as the type of Sesia, Fabr.,

from which, we hold, Scopoli’s action practically removed it. We

cannot follow his reasoning in vol. iii. p. 344 and note. The long

account of the habits of this well-known species (the Humming-

bird Hawk-Moth) in vol. iv. is very interesting. Much information

is also given about the hybrids between Céelerio gallii and Hyles

euphorbie (we do not, however, see why the laps. cal. of gallii for

gal need be retained).

242 Geological Society.

The history of the occurrence of the rarer Sphinges in Britain, as

summarized by Mr. Tutt, is also of considerable importance, as well

as the remarks on the structure and colours of larve and the stridu-

lation bee-persecuting habits of Manduca atropos. The two plates

relate to the last-named species in its various stages. The volume

closes with an index, synopsis of contents of vols. i.—iv., and general

index to vols. i.-iv., the last item by the Rev. George Wheeler.

In conclusion, we can only again emphasize our conviction of

the enormous value of this encyclopedic work to all working

Lepidopterists. W. F. Kirsy.

The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub-

lished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in

Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp.—Rhynchota. Vol. II.

(Heteroptera). By W. L. Distant. London, 1904. 8vo,

Pp. xvul, 503; figs. 319.

Tus second volume of Mr. Distant’s important work on the Bugs of

India extends from Fam. 4. Lygeide to Fam. 16. Capside, thus,

with the exception of the Anthocoride, completing the monograph

of the true Land Bugs of India. The remaining Heteroptera will

be included, with the commencement of the Homoptera, in the third

volume ; and we hope that the Homoptera will be treated in the

same exhaustive manner as the Heteroptera. The total number of

Heteroptera described in Mr. Distant’s first two volumes is 1471,

while the whole number of British species is upwards of 450.

Nevertheless certain families of Land Bugs are apparently more

richly represented in Britain than in India. Thus, Mr. Distant

describes only three species of Indian Saldide, only one of which

belongs to the genus Salda, Fabr., whereas Mr. Saunders describes

17 British species, all belonging to the genus Salda. Then there

seem to be only two Indian species of Cimicidx, including the noto-

rious Oimewx lectularius; whereas we have 4 species in Britain,

including the insect already mentioned, which is certainly a natu-

ralized and not a native species with us.

We should like to see a series of works similar to the ‘ Fauna of

British India’ undertaken with respect to all the principal British

possessions.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 8th, 1904.—J. E. Marr, Sc.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. «The Paleontological Sequence in the Carboniferous Lime-

stone of the Bristol Area.’ By Arthur Vaughan, Esq., B.A., B.Sc.,

F.G.S.

The zonary divisions established by the Author are given in the

table on p. 239 in the form in which they are finally set out, after

emendation and further revision of a preliminary working system.

Geological Society. 243

For several reasons the Author chooses the corals and brachiopods

as zone and sub-zone fossils, and he has selected genera for zone-

indices and circuli (or species-groups) for sub-zonal indices. A

circulus is defined as an aggregate of all the species which possess,

in common, a large number of essential properties, and are the

results of similar chains of evolution. To secure definiteness

photographie figures are introduced, not only to illustrate new

specific names, but to convey the precise sense in which well-known

specific names are employed in the paper. The relative acceleration

of the two groups employed is not identical in different localities,

and there is a small relative displacement of one group upon the

other, even within the area considered by the paper. ‘The strata in

which the indices of two successive zones are found to overlap one

another are referred to as ‘ horizon a, #3, y,’ ete.

The detailed stratigraphical portion of the paper deals with all

Zones. Subzones and Horizons.

(D,) Lonsdaleia floriformis.

ee eee teh Dibunophyllum, sp. nov.

2 (S,) Productus Cora (mut.).

Laval 2.

> SEMINULA . hee Productus semireticulatus.

A (Z,) Schizo ia vesupi

> zophoria resupinata.

a “oe gia ae { (Zi) Spirifer aff. clathratus.

72)

H a 8

= tye BSS

ro) fe la Aan SE S|

ake arcuate (Ke) Spiriferina ee Ue a

(K,) Productus, sp. nov.

MODIGTA NS. eresc... (M) Modiola lata.

* Employed throughout the preliminary working system.

244 Geological Society.

the important sections and isolated exposures in the Bristol-area :—

The Avon section, the Sodbury section, the Farland area, the

Tytherington section, the Clevedon and Portishead area, isolated

exposures, and the Backwell-Wrington mass. In each case there

is given (1) a description of the position at which each zone or sub-

zone is exposed and of its lithology; (2) a list of the corals and

brachiopods found in the zone or sub-zone, with notes on their

abundance ; (3) a comparison with the same horizon in other parts

of the Bristol area, and notes on the peculiarities of the section

under discussion. In dealing with the Avon section an analysis is

given of Stoddart’s paper, and reference is made to his collection.

The details of this portion of the paper are next summed up in tables

and discussions of the ranges and maxima of the corals and brachio-

pods within the Bristol area. This is followed by a comparison

of the last-named area with that of the Mendips, resulting in the

conclusion that, when allowance is made for small variations (which

are tabulated), the paleontological sequence agrees remarkably in

the two areas.

The Author next gives a summary of M. Lohest’s discussion of

the parallelism of the Belgian sequence with that of the Avon

section, and adopts the Belgian divisions of Tournaisian and Viséan

for the lower and upper parts of the Carboniferous Limestone. A

comparison is also instituted with M. Mourlon’s grouping, and it is

remarked that the brachiopods mentioned by M. Mourlon and

Prof. Dewalque occur in the same order in the Bristol area as in

Belgium, and are correspondingly characteristic of the beds. The

Author claims that in the area with which he deals, his table of

ranges is sufficient to enable any worker to zone any exposure

with a considerable degree of accuracy. In conclusion, notes are

given on all the important species and circuli dealt with; and

descriptions of a number of new species, circuli, and mutations.

29. *On a small Plestosaurus-Skeleton from the White Lias of

Westbury-on-Severn.’ By Wintour Frederick Gwinnell, Esq.,

F.G.8.

The remains described were found on the beach, and had evidently

recently fallen from the cliff above, which is made up of the Upper

Rheetic Beds, including the Hstheria-Bed and the White Lias Lime-

stone. The matrix of the specimen corresponds with the White

Lias in colour, texture, and material, and it is similarly traversed

by fissures often coated with dendrites. The remains include more

than twenty small dorsal vertebra, with spinous and transverse

processes, lying in natural sequence. A pseudomorph of the spinal

cord in calcite occurs also in position. Several slender ribs, and

indications of other bones probably from the pectoral or pelvic

arches, also occur in the slab, but are not yet worked out. Hitherto

only single vertebre or fragmentary bones of Plesiosaurus have been

recorded from this horizon in Britain. At present, it has not been

found possible to assign the fossil to any existing species.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL-HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 82. OCTOBER 1904.

XXXVII. — Observations on Coleoptera of the Family

Buprestide, with Descriptions of new Species. By Cuas.

O. Watreruouse, F.E.S.

WHILE incorporating the valuable collection of Buprestide

recently acquired by the British Museum from Capt. Ch.

Kerremans many facts have come under my notice which, I

think, will be of interest to those studying this family, and

which I therefore here record. I have also described several

species which appear to be new.

Buprestidae.

Sternocera equisignata and aurosignata.

These two species (the former from Siam, the latter from

India) are very difficult to distinguish from above, but are

easily recognized from below by the position of the trian-

gular, finely punctured, and generally pubescent spots on

the last segment of the abdomen; S. equisignata has these

spots close to the margin, S. aurosignata has them removed

from the margin.

S. sternicornis is usually easily known by the numerous

white pubescent spots on the elytra. The underside of the

abdomen is rather closely marked with large, shallow, finely

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. Uz

246 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

punctured and pubescent spots, but there are no triangular

patches on the last segment as in @guisignata and auro-

signata.

Sternocera sternicornis, var. linearis, Kerr.

This species has no spots on the elytra, but the underside

of the abdomen agrees with sternicornis.

Sternocera multipunctata, Saund.

Cochin China. This species has numerous white spots on

the elytra, as in sfernicornis; but it has the abdomen almost

as smooth as in @guisignata, and it has the triangular spots

at the side of the last segment as in eguisignata. I have

seen only two specimens of this insect.

Sternocera punctatofoveata, Saund.

Siam. This species has the form and punctuation above of

equisignata, but there are traces of lines of spots on the elytra.

The abdomen is smooth and has the triangular spots on the

last segment at the sides, as in equisignata. A specimen

from Capt. Kerremans’ collection has the spots rather more

distinct than in the type.

Sternocera ruficornis, Saund.

Siam. This species resembles aurosignata, but is shorter

and more regularly ovate. It is of a rich steel-blue, with

reddish antennz and legs. The abdomen is very shining,

bright green, with the sutures marked by copper. ‘The trian-

gular pubescent spots on the last segment are very large,

almost meeting in the middle of the segment, of a reddish-

golden colour. The pubescence on the two preceding segments

is much more extended than is usual in aurosignata.

I have seen only the type specimen.

In Capt. Kerremans’ collection there are two specimens

labelled ruficornis, but they are very unlike the type specimen

of that species. They are of a bright golden-green colour,

and the elytra are sculptured nearly as in sternicornis. The

thorax has the sides very slightly rounded, almost rectilinear,

and it is much narrowed in front; the elytra are very

acuminate. The underside agrees very well with ruficornis.

The legs are of a reddish colour.

of the Family Buprestide. 247

Sternocera Kerremansi, Kerr.

Siam. This species is of a bright green colour and is cer-

tainly the same as the two specimens just referred to above,

differing only in having traces of pubescent fovee on the

elytra.

These three specimens may prove to be extreme forms of

ruficornis, but I have not seen specimens intermediate

between them and the typical ruficornis.

The colour of the underside and the non-metallic legs

suggest affinity with S. dasypleura rather than with S. equi-

signata.

Sternocera Druryi, sp. 1.

Statura S. castanee, nigra, nitida; antennis, elytris pedibusque

castaneo-flavis.

Long. 22 lin.

Hab. Upper Nile (W. B. Drury, R.N.); Gadarif, Sudan

(Dr. Hayes).

This species is close to S. castanea, but differs in having

antenne, legs, and elytra (especially the elytra) much more

yellow. The thorax and underside are jet-black, not the

least bronzy. The thorax strongly sculptured with elongate

foveze and confluent rugz, as in castanea, but there is much

less pubescence in the fovee. The elytra are without

pubescent spots, except the one at the base, which is very

inconspicuous. The legs are brownish yellow, with the poste-

rior margin of the femora black.

A specimen of this species without locality has been in

the Museum for many years associated with S. castanea.

Recently a specimen was received from the Upper Nile, and

there are two fine specimens from Sudan in the Oxford

Museum.

Sternocera Stevensii, sp. 0.

Resembles and is closely allied to S. interrupta, but differs

in the sculpture ai.d ornamentation of the abdomen.

Head and thorax black, with numerous moderately strong

punctures and a median impressed line, all filled with

whitish pubescence, as in interrupia. Hlytra castaneous,

rather more strongly punctured than in interrupta. Each

elytron with a small dirty white spot near the scutellum, an

elongate spot in the middle of the base, a longer one below

the shoulder, and a line behind the middle (near the side).

ig®

248 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

Body beneath dark wneous. The abdomen is marked with

punctures, each puncture bearing an obscurely brassy hair.

‘These punctures are placed in groups of two or three or in

undulating lines at the sides of the segments. On the third

and fourth segments these punctures are crowded together so

as to form au undulating band, leaving a smooth shining

spot on each side at the base, and a wide, triangular, sparingly

punctured area in the middle. The punctures on the apical

segment are crowded together so as to form triangular patches

on each side, leaving the n:iddle space sparingly punctured.

Long. 17 lin.

Hab, W. Africa.

Variety A.—Elytra dark castaneous, nearly black.

Hab. N. Nigeria (Capt. Lelean).

Variety B.—Thorax brassy. Elytra very dark brown, with

blue reflections.

Hab. Damara Land.

Sternocera Zechiana, Kolbe.

Sternocera Zechiana, Kolbe, Ent. Nacht. xxiii. 1897, p. 351.

In the Museum there are several specimens from Togo and

Upper Niger which appear to be referable to this species.

The dark spot described on the shoulder of the elytra is,

however, so very indistinct, and, on the other hand, the

pubescent spots on the abdomen, described as “ flavido-

tomentosa indistincta,” are so very well marked, that it is

just possible they may be a different species. The thorax is

dark bluish neous, with golden punctures. The elytra are

brown, with the suture and margin very narrowly margined

with brassy black. The underside of the insect is bright

golden eneous, with blue or copper tints on the abdomen.

One example is dark bluish beneath. The abdomen is

moderately strongly punctured, each puncture bearing one,

two, or three yellow hairs: these are arranged in a line

alovg the apical margin; others are placed irregularly not

very close together in the middle of the segment, but at the

base on each side they are fine and crowded together so as

to form very wide triangular patches on the third and fourth

segments. The apical segment has two equilateral] trian-

gular patches of yellow pubescence.

The chief differences between this species and S. Stevensii

are that this has no pubescent spots on the elytra; and the

pubescence on the abdomen, which in Stevensii covers the

greater part of the sides of the segments, extending to the

of the Family Buprestidee. 249

posterior margin (but leaving a bare spot at the basal margin),

in this species is more confined to the basal part of the seg-

ment and leaves no bare spot at the base.

This species forms an interesting passage from S. Stevensit

to S. Colmanti, Kerr. In this latter, which is of a brassy

colour above as well as below, the abdomen has the pubes-

cence arranged nearly as in Stevensii, but it 1s much less

dense and the pubescent spots are very vague.

In S. Duvivieri, Kerr., which has the underside coloured

much as in S. Zechiana, the pubescence on the abdomen is

longer, more sparse, and does not form spots at all. The

elytra in some specimens show very slight traces of the

elongate spots as in the interrupta group.

S. mephisto, a smooth shining insect, has the pubescence on

the abdomen as in S. Stevensiti—i. e., with four smooth spots

surrounded by fine pubescence on the third and fourth

segments.

Acherusa Saundersii, sp. n.

Very dark cyaneous, with the sides of the thorax and the

whole underside clothed with ashy pubescence. Elytra with

the basal area coppery, with purple and brassy shades; this

colour is extended posteriorly more on the fifth, sixth, and

seventh interstices.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

This species presents nothing unusual in its form. It is

close to A. piliventris, Saund., but differs in the granulation |

of the thorax and in the colour of the elytra. The thorax is

dark steel-blue. The punctuation is distinct and not very

fine, the punctures separated from each other by about two

diameters of a puncture. On the disk the punctures are

replaced by round distinctly raised granules. In 4. pili-

ventris the punctuation is much finer, slightly asperate, and

there is an indication of transverse striolation. The elytra

are as in A. piliventris (not impressed at the apex as in

A. Childrenit and Parryi), and the third, fourth, and fifth

cost remain parallel as in A. piliventris (not turned towards

the side as in A. Childrenii and Parryi). ‘The coppery colour

oceupies all the basal area, but extends posteriorly more

towards the sides, especially on the fifth, sixth, and seventh

coste.

Paracastalia longipennis, sp. n.

Dark cyaneous, with green tint. Thorax strongly and

250 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

very closely punctured. Elytra reddish brown, with

cyaneous tint on the coste.

Long. 14 mm.

Tab. Nyassa (Thelwall).

Very close to P. plagiata, Kerr., but narrower. Thorax

strongly and densely punctured, the punctures less close on

the disk. The lateral carina (viewed from the side) with an

arcuate sinus at the base, then continued straight to the

anterior sternal notch, rendered crenulate by the coarse

punctuation, and obliterated anteriorly. In P. plagiata this

carina is bisinuate or undulating and is smooth. Elytra

uniform reddish brown, each with four strong coste, the first

of which extends to only half the length of the elytra. The

apex acutely denticulate.

At first I thought this might be only a colour variety of

P. plagiata, but the lateral carina of the thorax is so different

that I think it must be a distinct species.

Paracastalia Duvivieri, Kerr.

The type specimen of this species has several very small

pale yellow spots on the elytra. In the British Museum

collection there are two specimens, one from Nyassa, the

other from Zambesi, which differ from the type in having

somewhat large orange-yellow spots, arranged thus :—a large

spot surrounding the humeral callus, one near the suture

before the middle, a very small one on the margin below the

shoulder, a quadrangular transverse spot about the middle,

an undulating fascia a short distance from the apex, and a

small spot at the apex.

Neither of these specimens has the median line on the

throat so marked as in the type. They may be a distinct

species, but the material at disposal does not at preseut

justify their separation.

Paracastalia Bettoni, sp. n.

Elongate, parallel, dark bluish eneous. Elytra dull red,

each with nine or ten nearly equally raised convex cost, the

first of which extends only to the middle.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. Stewart Betton).

The species of this genus hitherto described are peculiar

for the fact that each elytron has four well-marked cost

separated by channels. The first and second channels unite

at the middle, behind the first costa, and from this point to

the apex there is a single costa. In P. Bettoni all these

of the Family Buprestide. 251

channels are represented by cost, so that each elytron has

eight or nine dorsal cost (the first abbreviated), separated

by lines of transverse punctures, the costz themselves finely

punctured. The thorax has a slight indication of a dorsal

channel in front and at the base. The punctuation on the

disk is not very strong and the punctures are slightly sepa-

rated, but towards the sides they are stronger and close

together.

A species of the Heteromerous genus Praogena received

with this species has similar coloration.

Paracastala variegata, sp. n.

Elongate, blackish zneous; the elytra with a number of

small, irregular, reddish-yellow spots.

Long. 16 mm.

Hab. Port Natal.

Thorax very slightly broader than the elytra, somewhat

narrowed in front, arcuately rounded at the sides, strongly

and very densely punctured, somewhat rugose. The disk

lightly impressed, with a slight median impressed line at the

base. Slightly pubescent, with obscure yellow spots; a

double spot on the disk, with a minute one in front; a very

small one between the central one and the side, and two

rather larger ones on the side, one near the front angle, the

other at the middle. The elytra are very long. The first

costa (after the suture) is short, stopping considerably before

the middle; the second is scarcely convex, except posteriorly ;

the third is cariniform; the fourth scarcely convex; the

fifth aud seventh convex and distinct ; the sixth only slightly

convex. Lach elytron has a large number of yellow spots,

five of which form a small band at a short distance from the

apex. The apex arcuate, with numerous acute equal teeth.

The underside of the insect is clothed with short greyish

pubescence. The sternal process is more acute than in

allied species. The lateral ridge of the thorax is only repre-

sented by a slight sinus at the base.

The costation of the elytra in this species is intermediate

between Duviviert &c. and Bettoni, but the lateral expansion

of the elytra is rather less strong. It differs from all the

other species in being pubesceut below.

CasTALIA.

There has been much confusion in this genus owing to the

differences in the sexes; and it is regrettable, after these

differences had been pointed out by Dr. Heller (Deutsch.

ent, Zeit. 1891, p. 135) to be sexual, that Capt. Kerremans

252 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

has again confused them. I have examined Capt. Kerremans’

examples, and he has fallen into an error in supposing that

he had both sexes with acuminate apex to the abdomen.

The synonymy as given by Dr. Heller is quite correet,

except that C. auromaculata, Saund., is quite distinct from

bimaculata, L., and I think C. eyanipennis is also a distinct

species,

Castalia pulchra, sp. n.

Somewhat the build of C. bimaculata, L., but relatively

shorter and broader, of a beautiful violet-blue. Thorax very

broad, strongly punctured, the punctures on the disk

crowded together, not quite so close at the sides; the sides

much rounded, widest near the base, slightly tinted with

green. Basal fovea very deep. Elytra much shorter than

in C. bimaculata, dark violet-blue, a little paler at the apex,

tinted with green at the basal margin; with an obscure,

oblique, reddish-yellow, ill-defined spot behind the middle ;

strongly and very densely punctured ; each elytron with four

well-marked smooth coste, the first only reaching to the

middle. The apex denticulate. Lateral carina of the thorax

(viewed from the side) slightly bisinuous, the surface within

this carina not so deeply impressed as in C. bimaculata.

Abdomen dark steel-blue, shining, the segments bordered

with violet ; very strongly punctured, the punctures generally

separated from each other by less than a diameter of a punc-

ture, but at the sides they are closer and touch each other.

Long. 18 mm.

Hab. India.

Castalia auromaculata, Saund.

The type of this species is a much shorter insect than

C. bimaculata; the thorax is shaded with violet on the disk,

with golden and copper at the sides. The under flanks of

thorax and sides of the basal segment of the abdomen are

purple-coppery. ‘The abdomen is somewhat golden, with the

segments bordered with steel-blue. The elytra are dark

green, with the costae somewhat brighter ; the intervals with

punctures, which are not very close together and are arranged

in lines.

The type is a female.

A male example from Capt. Kerremans’ collection, labelled

“Tonkin, Fairmaire,” agrees exactly in form and sculpture

with the type; but the colours of the thorax are more

obscure and the elytra dark violet.

of the Family Buprestide. 253

Castalia Fairmairei, sp. n.

Very similar to C. auromaculata, but more elongate.

Bluish green, with slight brassy tint. Thorax convex,

densely punctured as in auromaculata, the punctures at the

sides very slightly separated. The sides rather strongly

rounded, The disk tinted with blue; the sides with brassy.

Elytra rather strongly, closely, and irregularly punctured,

the punctures not forming lines. Body beneath brassy, the

under flanks of the thorax and base of abdomen tinted with

coppery.

Long. 21 mm.

Hab. Tonkin (coll. Kerremans, ex Fairmaire).

I have been in much doubt as to this insect being distinct

from C. auromaculata. There were four examples in Capt.

Kerremans’ collection, all labelled “ Tonkin, Fairmaire,”

one male and three females. The male differs from the

females in being shorter; it has the thorax almost parallel

at the sides behind the middle. The elytra are compara-

tively sparingly punctured and the punctures are in lines,

In these respects it agrees exactly with the type of auro-

maculata. The females, to which I have now given the

name C. Fairmairei, are much longer, have the sides of the

thorax strongly rounded and the elytra densely and irregu-

larly punctured,

I at first thought that these differences might be sexual,

but the dissection of the type of auromaculata proved it

unquestionably to be a female. Under these circumstances

I have placed the male from Tonkin with awromaculata, and

regard the three females from Tonkin as those of a distinct

species,

Castalia Bettoni, sp n.

General form of C. bimaculata, L., but a little broader.

Head, thorax, and body beneath eneous; elytra obscure

violet, with an indistinct ferruginous spot near the side

before the middle. Thorax very broad, moderately strongly

punctured, the punctures more sharply defined than in

bimaculata, separated from each other on the disk by about

the diameter of a puncture, a little closer together at the

posterior angles ; at the front angles (where the surface is

slightly impressed and brassy) the punctures are finer and

crowded together. The disk has an impressed Y-shaped

mark, The punctuation of the elytra is very distinct. In

the intervals between the coste the punctures are generally

slightly separated from each other, but at the apex and sides

they are more crowded together. [The specimen described

254 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

has the second costa furcate at the apex, but this is probably

an individual character.]|) The abdomen is moderately

strongly punctured, the punctures not crowded; zneous,

with coppery shade, the extreme margins of the segments

steel-blue. The femora are dark bluish green; the tibie

violet.

Long. 21 lin.

Hab. Samburu, Brit. E. Africa (C. Stewart Betton).

PoLycEsTA.

By the kindness of M. Oberthitir I have been able to

examine all the types of Gory, Thomson, &c. in his collection.

Unfortunately some of the labels had manifestly been put

on the wrong specimens before they came into M. Oberthiir’s

possession. I hope the following notes will be useful in

elucidating the synonymy, but until more specimens from

exact localities are available much doubt must still attach to

the names of several species.

Polycesta cyanipes, Fabr.

The type of this species is in the Hunterian Collection in

the University of Glasgow. It is P. resplendens, Th., from

Jamaica. Specimens labelled cyanipes, F., from Capt.

Kerremans’ collection are the true depressa, Linn.

Polycesta costata, Sol.

Polycesta costata, Sol., Gay’s Hist. Chile, iv. p. 491 (1854).

Mr. Saunders, in his Catalogue, places this next to carnifez.

Capt. Kerremans does not mention it. From description it

appears to me to be an unspotted variety of carnifex. If

this surmise is correct the name costata will have priority.

Polycesta porcata, Fabr.

The species for which this name is being retained in the

Museum is one of the broadest species of the genus, brownish

coppery, with dark green tint on the coste, with most

coarsely pitted elytra. Apparently common in St. Domingo.

Polycesta thome, Chevr.

The type of this species isin the Museum. It resembles the

preceding, but the punctures or pits on the elytra are rather

smaller, rather more regular, and consequently the costz

are more evident.

It is not the same as P. Goryi, Saund., as given by

Capt. Kerremans in Wytsman’s ‘ Genera.’

of the Fumily Buprestidee. 255

Polycesta depressa, Linn.

The type of this species is in the Linnean collection at the

Linnean Society of London. The thorax is dark metallic

green shaded with coppery, very acutely angulated at the sides

behind the middle, the disk with a large, shallow, strongly

punctured impression. The elytra are brownish coppery,

with the sutural area and lateral coste green and shining.

Polycesta karakara, Chevr.

The type of this species is in the Museum. Mr. Saunders

in his Catalogue considered this a variety of depressa, but I

am inclined to give it specific rank. It is a much more

brilliant insect, more elongate, with the elytra more acumi-

nate; the punctuation of the elytra is coarser and rather

less regular.

Polycesta porcata, Lap., nec Fabr.

This species is described from Guadaloupe. The figure

represents it as a brightly coloured insect ; the abdomen is

said to be blue.

In M. Oberthiir’s collection there is a specimen labelled

Guadaloupe from Laporte’s collection which has the abdomen

bright blue. It is the only specimen that I have ever seen

with a blue abdomen, and I suggest that it is almost certainly

the specimen described by Laporte as porcata. Itisacolour

variety of karakara. ‘The specimens in M. Oberthiir’s collec-

tion labelled P. porcata, L. & G., type, are, from the locality-

labels and description, evidently not the species described by

Laporte ; they are P. depressa, L.

Polycesta depressa, Oliv., nec Linn. = Olivieri, n. n.

This species is said to be in the British Museum, and

there is in the Museum a very old specimen bearing the

name depressa which I believe is certainly that mentioned

by Olivier. It is a broad insect, very flat dorsally, of a

somewhat dull brownish coppery, with obscure green in

parts. It has all the costie of the elytra well marked, 2. e.

each elytron has six dorsal costz, the second and fourth only

slightly more elevated than the others.

The old specimens in the Museum are without locality,

but recent examples in the Museum and in M. Oberthiir’s

collection are from Jamaica.

256 Mr, C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

Polycesta depressa, L. & G., nec Linn.

Mr. Saunders in his Catalogue proposed the name Gory

for this species.

The specimen marked “ cribrata, Th., type’ in M. Ober-

thiir’s collection, are the same species; P. Goryi has

priority. :

Polycesta alternans, sp. n..

Elongate, slightly and evenly convex; purple-coppery,

with green intermixed. Thorax broader than the elytra,

somewhat flattened dorsally, broadest behind the middle,

obliquely narrowed in front; strongly punctured, the punc-

tures slightly separated on the disk, crowded at the sides,

with a smooth median line: base with a transverse, dull

black, smooth band; basal fovea distinct, but not large.

Elytra with the coste subequal, alternately green and

coppery, the first extending only to the middle, the third and

fifth only slightly more prominent than the others; the

intervals rather strongly, closely, and irregularly punctured,

especially at the sides and apex; near the scutellum the

punctures are finer and less close. Tibiz and tarsi blackish.

Underside coppery, with green intermixed, the green forming

a narrow band near the posterior margins of second, third,

and fourth segments, the margins themselves black. Pro-

sternum finely punctured, the punctures not close together.

The middle of the basal segment of the abdomen is similarly

punctured, but the punctures are rather stronger and a little

closer on the following segments, and the apical segment is

closely punctured; the punctuation at the sides is fine and

very deuse.

Long. 26 mm.

Hab. Pinos Altos, Chihuahua, Mexico (Buchan-Hepburn).

A single example from Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s

collection, received too late for inclusion in the ‘ Biologia.’

The nearest allied species in the Museum is named

cribrana, Mots., which must not be confounded with cridrata,

Mots.

Polycesta regularis, sp. n.

Oblong, parallel, much flattened, only a little more than

twice as long as broad, nearly black, but with a slight

cyaneous tint below. Elytra ferruginous. Thorax not

quite twice as broad as long, black, dull, broadest behind the

middle, strongly angular at the sides, obliquely narrowed in

front and behind; the space from the lateral angle to the

of the Family Buprestide. 257

base rectilinear. The punctuation strong and sharp; the

punctures in the discoidal impression (which is very shallow

and ill-defined) moderately large and very slightly separated,

at the sides they are smaller and crowded together. There

are two small spaces at the base which have only a few

punctures. The elytra are rusty brown, the margin and

coste blackish. There are four smooth costa, the first

abbreviated before the middle, the second and third well

marked, the fourth fine and abbreviated at the base and

apex. The double lines of foveze between the suture and the

second costa and the second and third cost are regular and

the fovez are subquadrate. The fovez which form the more

lateral lines are regular, but a little less quadrate. Viewed

beneath, the lateral ridge of the thorax is very sharp. The

whole underside is clothed with fine grey pubescence. The

abdomen is very distinctly and rather closely punctured.

There is an oval, brown, pubescent spot on the basal segment.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. St. Domingo [or possibly Dominica].

This species is very close to P. Chevrolati, but is smaller,

and the lines of punctures on the elytra are very regular,

A single specimen from an old collection, with the locality

indistinctly written.

Polycesta Gossei, sp. n.

Elongate-oblong, much flattened, green; elytra ferru-

ginous, shaded with green at the suture. Thorax at

the widest scarcely wider than the elytra, only slightly

angular at the sides, obliquely narrowed in front, very

slightly narrowed posteriorly ; green, shaded with purple-

coppery at the base. Disk lightly impressed; the punctures

rather coarse, very close, and rather confused, rather smaller

at the sides, with two spots at the base which have only a

few punctures, Elytra subparallel, with a not very distinct

costa near the scutellum extending about a quarter the

length of the elytra. There are two other very distinct

smooth coste. The fovez which form the double lines are

very regular and somewhat round. Beyond the second

complete costa there are four rows of regular somewhat

round fovez or large punctures. The underside is a beautiful

bluish green, the legs, parts of the sterna, and margins of the

segments shaded with purple. Tarsi cyaneous. The abdo-

men has some fine greyish pubescence, and on the basal

segment there is a brown velvety spot.

Long. 11 mm.

Hab. Jamaica (Gosse).

258 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

This species is very near P. velasco, L. & G., but that has

a rather more angulated thorax, &c. It is possible that

velasco and montezuma, L. & G., may be sexes of the same

species, but there is not material at hand to enable me to

decide.

Polycesta varieyata, sp. n.

Elongate, brownish coppery, slightly shining, gently con-

vex. ‘Thorax obtusely angular at the sides, broadest just

behind the middle, obliquely narrowed in front and towards

the base, the lateral angle rounded, the posterior angles very

slightly projecting and acute. Disk with a distinct but

shallow longitudinal impression, narrow in front, broader at

the base. The punctures on the disk are moderately strong,

not close together; at the sides they are smaller, crowded

together, leaving a few irregular raised lines. Base smooth

in the middle, blackish. Elytra gently convex, variegated

with eneous black spots and marks, each elytron with a fine

costa next the suture, extending nearly to the apex; the

second and fourth costz very distinct, wide at the base,

becoming gradually narrower to the apex; the third costa is

represented by a slightly raised line in the basal part of the

interval between the second and fourth coste. There are

lines of moderately strong punctures, not very equal in size

and mixed with much smaller ones. The spines at the apex

are rather strong and acute. The punctures on the middle

of the abdomen are moderately strong, not very close

together, horseshoe-shaped ; at the sides the punctuation is

close and rugose; the apical segment is closely punctured

and has a fine raised median line at the apex.

Long. 17 mm.

Hab. Mexico (Hége); from the Godman and Salvin

collection.

In general appearance this species much resembles

P. tonkinea, Fairm., but that has the thorax less angular at

the sides, and the first costa of the elytra is abbreviated and

thick, in this species it is fine and complete.

Acmeodera luzonica, Nonfr.

Acmeodera luzonica, Nontr., Berl. ent. Zeit. xl. p. 302.

Herr Nonfried describes this species as bronzy green. All

the British Museum specimens from Luzon &c. which

appear to belong to this species are nearly black, a single

example from Siam being somewhat purple-violet. It is

confounded in most collections with A. stictipennis, L. & G.,

of the Family Buprestide. 259

which is a deep steel-blue insect. Apart from the colour,

this species differs from stictipennis in the lateral yellow stripe

of the elytra. In the Indian stictipennis the yellow stripe is

at the base single for a short distance, and is then double

(2. e. occupies two interstices) until it reaches the transverse

postmedian spot. In Juzonica the yellow on the submarginal

interstice stops halfway between the shoulder and the trans-

verse spot, so that the yellow stripe occupies only one inter-

stice at the middle.

Acmeodera grandis.

The species of this group differ so much in the colour of

the sexes that the males have in most cases been described as

distinct from the females.

The males are generally dark-coloured, bronzy or coppery,

the females bright metallic green or blue.

A. grandis, Guérin, is a female; cuprina, Fahr., is the

male of the same species in all probability, but I notice that

the male cuprina in the Museum collection from N’Gami

shows a slight tendency to carination at the apex of the

elytra, which I do not see in the specimens from Abyssinia

received with the female grandis. I believe, however, that

they are all one species.

Acmeéodera viridienea, De Geer.

A. viridienea, De Geer (Mém. vii. p. 631), is a female

and A. eneicollis, De Geer (p. 632), is the male of the same

species. dA. violacea, Gory, is a female, and I believe

A, gibbosa, Oliv., also a female, is the same.

Acmeodera subalveolata, Th.

A. chrysoloma, Th., is the male of A. subalveolata, Th.

By the kindness of M. Oberthiir I have been able to examine

the types of these species. Both are described on p. 61 of

the ‘ Typi Buprestidarum,’ subalveolata being described first.

Acmaeodera puella, Bohem.

A. puella, Bohem. (ify. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. for 1851,

p- 12), is a female, and A. duculenta, described on the next

page, is probably the male.

Acmeodera repercussa, L. & G.

This is a male. The species of this group are extremely

difficult to determine, and at present there is only one male

260 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

in the Museum collection that agrees well with the type of

repercussa. The specimens labelled repercussa in Capt. Kerre-

mans’ collection are males of A. viridis, Kerr. They differ

from the type in M. Oberthiir’s collection in not having the

sutural striz impressed, but striato-punctate.

A. aurolimbata, Bohem., is a male, and, according to a

specimen from N’Gami labelled ‘ compared with type” by

Mr. Saunders, is very close to repercussa, but is rather less

convex and has the dorsal area eneous green ; the disk of the

thorax is rather closely and somewhat strongly punctured.

The suture and first and second interstices of the elytra

smooth at the extreme base only. The sides are densely

punctured, but not transversely rugulose.

The colour of the elytra, according to description, should

be cyaneous.

A female received from N’Gami with the above-mentioned

male is green, and, as is usually the case, is less punctured

on the elytra, the sutural interstices being smooth for half

their length.

I am inclined to believe that aurolimbata may be only a

variety of repercussa, of which viridis is the female. A. fossi-

collis, Harold, may also perhaps be female of the same.

A. gabonensis, Th., is a female. I could not find any

specimen in the Museum to agree quite with the type. The

type has the thorax rather narrower than is usual in viridis,

the disk is finely punctured, and the median furrow less

marked. It may be an extreme variety.

Acmeodera posticalis, L. & G.

A. posticalis, L. & G., the type of which, by the kindness

of M. Oberthiir, I had the opportunity of examining, is a

female. It resembles a small A. viridienea, but is, [ think,

nearer A. viridis, Kerr., the elytra having the interstices

carinulate at the apex. A specimen in the Museum is

entirely violet. In the type the violet colour and green

shades are irregular and, I should imagine, not natural.

It may be an extreme variety of viridis.

Acmeodera fascigera, Harold.

The sexual differences are not so striking, but the males

have the base of the elytra very dark.

Acmeodera Klugii, Saund.

The sexes of this species are alike.

of the Family Buprestide. 261

Acmeodera aurifera, L. & G.

This is a female. Capt. Kerremans has described the male

as A. scintillans.

Acmeodera Saundersit, sp. n.

Bright golden green, shining, the head and the suture of

the elytra having a blue tint in certain lights. Underside

dark steel-blue, with a little silky pubescence.

Long. 16 mm.

Hab, Limpopo.

This species closely resembles A. grandis, 2, but differs

in having the thorax less angular at the sides, rather more

narrowed in front. The central channel is rather broader in

the middle—i. e., in grandis it is nearly straight; in this species

it is more elliptical, closely and rather strongly punctured.

The sides are closely and strongly punctured, and, although

rugose about the middle, the punctures do not make transverse

ruge as in grandis. In grandis there is a small, rather

sharply defined fovea on each side of the base. In Saundersiz

there is a larger, deep, punctured impression, which is con-

tinued forward and obliquely outwards. The elytra are

strongly punctate-striate. The suture and the first and

second interstices are subcostate, smooth, the first interstice

with an irregular line of fine punctures beyond the middle,

the second punctured only at the apex. In grandis the

apical part of these interstices has a line of very distinct

punctures. The rest of the interstices are much broken up

by the coarse punctures of the striz, but in Saundersii the

punctures are not so strongly transverse as in grandis and

the fourth costa is raised aad almost smooth, whereas in

grandis it is punctured as the others.

Acmeodera sumptuosa, sp. n.

I propose this name for specimens received in Capt. Kerre-

mans’ collection—the males as d. aurolimbata, Fahr.*, the

females as grandis, Guér.

It is very like A. grandis, but is rather broader and rather

more suddenly or obliquely narrowed towards the apex of

the elytra.

* Care must be taken not to confound aurolimbata, Fahr. (a small

insect 74 mm. long), with aureolimbata, Bohem. (15 mm. long). For

this latter insect Capt. Kerremans proposed the name Bohemani (Mém.

Soc. Ent. Belge, i. p. 167), but confounds the two in the Buprestide of

Wytsman’s ‘Genera,’ p. 30.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 18

262 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

3S .—Above dark brown, with faint zeneous or cyaneous tint,

the margins of the thorax and elytra coppery. Thorax with

the median channel narrow elliptical, densely punctured (not

coppery). ‘The surface on each side of this channel extremely

finely and delicately punctured; all the lateral region

coarsely punctured ; the punctures crowded together towards

the sides, smaller and rounder than in grandis. Elytra

rather more dilated behind the humeral sinuosity than in

grandis, the suture and first and second interstices smooth at

the base, the first punctured beyond the middle, the punc-

tures crowded but so arranged at the apex that there is a

tendency to leave fine carine; the second interstice slightly

costiform and smooth almost to the apex. The remaining

interstices densely punctured, the punctures smaller and

closer than in grandis, the third and fifth interstices almost

obliterated by the punctuation.

? .— Bright golden green. Thorax with the median channel

golden, the smooth surface slightly tinted with cyaneous.

Elytra with the suture cyaneous, the colour becoming golden

on the disk. The margins bright coppery. The punctuation

throughout is rather less dense than in the male.

Long. 14-17 mm.

Hab. “Afrique or. mer.” g; “Afrique, S.E.” 9. “Heyne.”

Acmeodera aureolimbata, Bohem.

Acmeodera Bohemani, Kerr.

The Museum has a specimen of this species from Mr.

Saunders’ collection marked as compared with type. It is

a female.

Acmeodera natalensis, Kerr.

The type of this species is a trifle shorter than the one

just mentioned as aureolimbata, but I much doubt it being

distinct.

Acmeodera Jamesi, sp. 0.

Oblong, rather broad, golden green, shining. Elytra with

the second interstice broad and nearly flat, almost smooth ;

the fourth and sixth slightly raised, with a few punctures ;

the third and fifth closely punctured at the basal half, with

a single line of punctures at the apex. Body beneath dark

steel-blue.

Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Somali (F. L. & W. D. James).

of the Family Buprestide. 263

General form of 4. viridienea, De Gecr, but much less

convex. Clypeus very deeply emarginate. Thorax with the

central channel not very deep, elliptical, closely punctured.

The surface on each side finely punctured ; the sides densely

and coarsely punctured, but the punctures are smaller and

much closer than in viridienea. The basal fovea on each

side of the base is deep and sharply defined. The suture is

rather flat, smooth, except a few fine punctures at the apex.

First interstice flat, with an irregular line of fine punctures ;

second very broad, nearly flat, with a few fine punctures ;

third not quite so broad as the second, deusely punctured at

the base, with transverse zigzag ruge, the apical half with a

single line of punctures; the fourth somewhat raised, espe-

cially at the base, smooth, with a few fine punctures; fifth

like the third. Apex slightly tinted with blue.

This species is peculiar on account of the sculpture of the

elytra.

Acmeodera De Geert, sp. n.

Our Museum received from Capt. Kerremans’ collection

two specimens labelled “ eneicollis, De Geer, Transvaal.”

These are distinct from a specimen from Mr. Saunders’

collection labelled “ @neicollis, De Geer; compared with

type.” This latter is the male of viridienea, as I have

already mentioned.

The two specimens from Transvaal must therefore be a

new species.

It closely resembles A. viridienea in form and general

appearance. Head bright coppery ; thorax bright coppery

red, with the disk dark cyaneous. ‘This dark patch is much

narrower than in viridienea and is obliquely narrowed to a

point at the anterior margin; it is so finely punctured that

at first sight it appears quite smooth ; each puncture bears a

fine black hair. There is a narrow, punctured, coppery

median line. The elytra have the suture and the first and

second interstices shining dark cyaneous (extended a little

on the third interstice posteriorly), the rest of the elytra

bright coppery red. The coppery margin in viridienea is

always narrow.

The second specimen has the elytra less brightly coloured,

the sutural area being brownish coppery and the sides tinted

with coppery.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Transvaal.

18*

264 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

Acmeodera tricolor, sp. n.

Bright green, the disk of the thorax and the suture of the

elytra violet, the margins of the elytra tinted with golden. ¢.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Damara (Heyne, ex coll. Kerremans). :

Somewhat intermediate in form between A. viridienea and

A. grandis. Thorax scarcely broader than the elytra at the

base, not much rounded at the sides. Median channel

elongate elliptical, the punctures moderately large and

moderately close together. The disk tinted with violet, the

punctures fine but distinct near the base, strong and mode-

rately close together in front, the punctures becoming

crowded together at the sides. Elytra with the suture violet,

with a single line of punctures behind the middle. First

interstice smooth, with an irregular line of punctures from

about the middle; second interstice smooth, gently convex,

with a few punctures at its sides near the apex; the re-

maining interstices in the discal area much interrupted by

punctures and zigzag rugie, but flat and with a single line of

rather strong and somewhat closely placed punctures towards

the apex. Body black beneath.

Acmeodera Brooksi, sp. n.

Bluish green, the disk of the thorax and suture of the

elytra violet-blue; apex of the elytra carmate. ?.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Buluwayo, Matabele Land (Ff. Brooks).

Size, form, and appearance of A. viridienea, but rather

more blue-green than that species usually is, and with the

entire suture and apex of the elytra violet-blue. It is at

once distinguished by the carine at the apex of the elytra.

Thorax with the median channel elongate-elliptical, closely

punctured; the punctures on the disk on each side of the

channel are rather fine and slightly separated, but they

become gradually less fine and closer towards the sides.

The sides closely punctured, the punctures much smaller

than in viridienea and closer together, but not confused as

they are in many species, and there is a small smocth spot

towards the anterior angles. Elytra with the suture and

the first and second interstices smooth for two thirds their

length, then with a line of punctures that become more

impressed towards the apex, and the interstices have their

margins raised and slightly cariniform. The third and fourth

interstices have a line of punctures for their entire length,

of the Family Buprestide. 265

their apices similar to the first and second. The sides are

rather finely transversely rugulose. Body beneath black.

Acmeodera Yerburyi, sp. n.

Brassy, cylindrical, convex. LElytra on the back with

alternate lines of coppery and steel-blue ; towards the side a

rather broad blue stripe (bordered on each side by a golden

line) which turns to the suture near the apex; the margin

reddish coppery.

Long. 6 mm.

Hab. Arabia; Lakej and Aden (Col. Yerbury).

Very near A. Foudrasi, Sol., but smaller, less acuminate,

and differently coloured. Thorax brassy, the punctures on

the disk very fine and more separated than in Foudrasi.

Elytra with lines of small punctures on the back, the pune-

tuation rather stronger towards the sides, but less strong

throughout than in Foudrasi, the strive deeply impressed at

the apex. On the back the colour is in lines, alternately

coppery and steel-blue; then there is a rather broad stripe

of dark blue which is bordered on each side by golden. The

whole margin reddish coppery, but with blue more or less

mixed,

Demochroa Bowringi, sp. nu.

Form and appearance of D. gratiosa, Deyr. Thorax with

the sides coppery red. LElytra obscure purple, with a yellow

fascia behind the middle; the basal half of the lateral

margin and’suture at the scutellum narrowly bordered with

green ; the apex more or less coppery.

Long. 28 mm.

Hab. Cahar (Bowrirg) ; Sikkim; Himalayas.

Differs from D. gratiosa iu having the sides of the thorax

coppery and the green at the suture of the elytra limited to

the extreme base within the first short stria, and in the

apex of the elytra being coppery.

Demochroa Meldolana, sp. n.

Form and appearance of D. gratiosa, Deyr. Thorax

obscure purple, the sides green, with coppery tints. Elytra

dark green, with purple shade when viewed obliquely, with a

broad yellow fascia behind the middle. The humeral margin,

the suture at the extreme base (within the first short costa),

and the coste bright green; the apex broadly tipped with

bright green.

266 On Coleoptera of the Family Buprestide.

Long. 24 mm.

Hab. Andaman Islands (R. Meldola).

Differs from D. gratiosa in having the elytra dark green

and the pale green of the suture restricted to the extreme

base, &e. It differs from D. Bowringii in being smaller,

in the colour of the elytra, and in having the apex bright

pale green instead of coppery.

It is worthy of notice that this form is nearer to the Hima-

layan D. Bowringii than to D. gratiosa from Penang.

Chrysochroa Fruhstorferi, sp. n.

Form and arrangement of colour as in C. rugosicollis,

Saund. Head and thorax very dark, obscure purple, the

latter slightly cyaneous on the disk, rather closely and

strongly punctured, the sides rugose. lytra very pale

yellow, the basal half of the margin, a large somewhat

triangular patch before the middle, and the apical third

nearly black, the extreme apex tinted with zneous. Sternum

purple ; abdomen bluish neous. ¢.

Long. 42-50 mm.

Hab. Tonkin (H. Fruhstorfer).

Specimens of this species were received with the name

rugicollis, Saund , attached. I think, however, that they are

distinct. In addition to the difference in colour it is distin-

guished by being less elongate, and the thorax shorter and

broader. This is particularly noticeable in comparing the

males.

Chrysochroa vittata, Fabry.

C. vittata, F., is allied to C. ocellata, F., and not to

C. chinensis, with which it is so often associated in collections.

C. vittata, ocellata, fulgens, similis, and Ludekingii form a

group having the thorax somewhat constricted in front and

the elytra emarginate at the apex.

Chrysochroa unidentata, Fabr.

I think the synonymy of this species, as given by Capt.

Kerremans’ list in Wytsman’s ‘Genera,’ p. 48, is not quite

correct. C.marginata and C. sublineata should be associated

with C. mutabiiis. The true C. «nidentata has the thorax

dark coppery, with two well-defined green vittie.

Chrysochroa Thelwalli, sp. n.

Head coppery. ‘Thorax golden green, with a_ purple

On a new Apodous Amphibian from India. 267

marginal spot which is bordered by reddish coppery. Elytra

golden green, with a broad yellow vitta on each, with a

narrow dark cyaneous line between the yellow and the

suture. Abdomen coppery, clothed with ashy pubescence at

the sides. 9.

Long. 26 mm.

Hab. Nyassa (Thelwall).

_ Closely resembles C. lepida, Gory, but differs in being of a

lighter golden green. The thorax is more finely punctured

at the sides.

(‘To be continued. j

XXXVIIT.— Description of and Reflections upon a new Species

of Apodous Amphibian from India. By A. Atcock, M.B.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Superintendent of the Indian Museum and

Professor of Zoology in the Medical College of Bengal.

[Plate VII.]

ConrTeNTS.

§1. The Question of the Cecilitde.

§2. The Distribution of the Ceeiliide compared with that of certain

Subiittoral Genera of Hermit-crabs.

§3. The Distribution of the Ceciliide explicable on the Theory of

a Tethyan Sea.

§ 4. Description of Herpele Fullert, sp. u., from Cachar in the

Province of Assam.

§5. Table of the Ceciliide.

§ 1. THe QUESTION OF THE CaornrDZ.

The Apodous Amphibia (Cwciliida) are of interest, not

only to the morphologist, but also on account of their geogra-

phical distribution, for since these animals are specially

modified for a subterranean life, it is difficult to understand

how any of the ordinarily invoked modes of dispersal can

have operated upon them. ~

Up to the year 1895, according to Boulenger (P. Z. 8,

1895, pp. 401-414), 42 species of Cecilians were known—

namely, from tropical America 26, from tropical West

Africa (north of the Equator) 4, from Hast Atrica 4, from

Seychelles 3, from India and South-east Asia 5.

Since the publication of Mr. Boulenger’s paper 2 more

spccies have been described from tropical America and 1 each

from West and East Africa; and I have now to place on

268 Dr. A. Aleock on a new

record another new species, from Cachar, bringing up the

number of Indian species to 6.

The Indian Cecilians hitherto known belong to three

genera, of which one, Jchthyophis, is found only in the

Oriental region; another, Gegenophis, is peculiar to the

southern end of the Indian peninsula; while the third,

Ureotyphlus, is represented in Southern India (Malabar)

and in West Africa just north of the Equator (Gaboon).

The new Indian species, which comes from the district of

Cachar in the province of Assam, belongs to a genus,

Herpele, of which three other species are known, namely,

HH. ochrocephala, Cope, from Panama, and H, squalostoma

(Stuchbury) and H. Bornmuelleri, Werner, from West

Africa (Gaboon and Senegambia).

The range of this genus Herpele, which touches practically

all the salient strongholds of the order to which it belongs,

seems striking enough to require some special explanation,

for it can hardly be supposed that the immediate ancestors

of a form that is modified for underground life and guards its

eggs in its burrows could, even though its larve live for a

time in fresh water, be transported through 170° of meridian

and across great oceans solely by those distributing agencies

that are recognized by zoologists who maintain that continents

and oceans are permanent.

§ 2. Tue DISTRIBUTION OF THE Czcrzr11Dz COMPARED WITH

THAT OF CERTAIN Suszirrorat GENERA OF HERMIT-

CRABS.

It has occurred to me that some light is thrown upon the

case of Herpele and upon the distribution of the Ceciliide in

general by the geographical affinities of certain elements of

the sublittoral fauna of the seas of India.

I am of course aware that ordinary marine animals, both

as adults and even more in their larval stages, are supposed

to live under simpler conditions and to be less restrained by

physical barriers than land animals. Without arguing that

question, | may, perhaps; minimize the force of this objection

by selecting the sudlittoral hermit-crabs (Paguridee), very

few of which have even the most moderate swimming-powers,

and a good many of which—as we may conclude from the

comparative large size and fewness of their eggs—do not

periodically squander a multitude of unspecialized larve

abroad.

I have lately completed a sort of monograph of the

Paguride, and I find that the species inhabiting the sub-

Apodous Amphibian from India. 269

littoral slopes of Indian seas appear to be part of a sublittoral

fauna which, though showing a certain circumtropical

tendency, is concentrated at certain definite points in the

Northern Hemisphere and is correspondingly deficient at

certain definite points in the Southern Hemisphere. The

striking points of concentration are (1) the West Indian

region, including to a less noticeable extent the Bay of

Panama, (2) that part of the North Atlantic that lies between

the Azores and Cape Verde and that washes the corresponding

shores of South-western Europe and North-western Africa,

and (3) Oriental seas from India to the Philippines (and

Japan); and the striking deficiencies are (1) the coasts

bounding the South Atlantic, and (2) the south-western

corner of the Indian Ocean.

Table I.— Showing the Geographical A finities of the Sublittoral [ermit-crads

of India.

arbi) alas \ ie

oe |o4% |s2sg| 8 a

S28 (3% |8e2| 2 hl

Name of Genus, ae. Ie Ot ea gis ey 6 3 Remarks.

ais ia ae D

Ses gal ss = n

a6 {e2it42| *3 S 3

ees tei ra eet e i=

Ho |e a 3S SESE SoH a x)

= oH ec 5 oo = (o) oS rm

H A MN mM e io)

1. Pylocheles ...... * ‘ x | Not elsewhere.

2. Chiroplatea a Re ft x | Not elsewhere.

8. Catapagurus ....\ “¥ * oe ss x | Also N.W. Atlantic

and Pacific.

é - slat te aa jee o * a elegy

i aucothoé ...... * x | Also Pacific.

6. Nematopagurus . . * oe a. x | Also Mediterranean.

“i Lspe | Depa] Also Mediterranean

7. Paguristes ...... * x (Cape) \(G.Aden){ | * and Pacitie.

8. Sympagurus ....| % * : aft x | Also N.W. Atlantic

. and Pacific.

9. Spiropagurus ....| x *% i 5 x | Also Pacific.

10. Anapagurus ....| x % a } Cabs x | Also Mediterranean.

Wie Cancellus: ..3... % % ae yx | Also Pacific.

12. Parapylocheles .. x | Not elsewhere.

. selon eras» * y i Coe tain

meLagurodes 'J. 333). x | Also W. Pacific.

15. Pylopaguropsis .. x | Not elsewhere.

Total genera....| 9 7 .» |2(2sp.)| 1 (1 sp.) | 15

270 Dr. A. Alcock on a new

The state of affairs is exhibited in the preceding table,

from which I have eliminated Parapagurus, as it is rather

abyssal than sublittoral, and Hupagurus, as it is cosmopolitan

and as much littoral as sublittoral. And I must emphasize

the fact that the reference is to sublittoral genera only, 2. e.

to groups the majority of species of which live on the sub-

marine “shoot” or continental slope. [The land and littoral

lermit-crabs of India are, by the evidence both of genera

and species, parcel of a tropical marine province that extends

from the coast of Hast Africa to the eastern confines of

Polynesia. ]

§ 3. THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE Cacrz1Ipz EXPLICABLE ON

THE THEORY OF A TETHYAN SEA.

Now the point to which I would here draw attention is

that the regions where these sublittoral hermit-crabs are

concentrated show some remarkable coincidences with those

where f/erpele and the Ceciliide in general are found; and

it seems to me that we have here (quite apart from any other

sources of evidence) some conceivable outlines of a sea or

chain of archipelagoes that may at some former time have

extended, under uniform conditions, north of the Equator,

from Panama eastwards, by way of Africa, into South-east

Asia. Of this sea the hermit-crabs in question might be

supposed to be part of the residual littoral or sublittoral

fauna, while Herpe/e might be one of the relics of the land-

fauna of its southern coasts.

As to the time when this great sea may be supposed to

have existed, all that can here be said is that the Cecilians

are quite unknown in a fossil state and that the earliest

indisputable remains of Paguride are referred by paleeon-

tologists to the Kocene.

It is, perhaps, hardly necessary to remark that the southern

limits of this supposed sea correspond fairly well, both in

space and time, with Professor Suess’s Tethys.

Nor, perhaps, is it necessary to state that numerous other

writers, both geologists and zoographers, have discussed the

question of former land-connexions between India and Africa

on the one hand and between Africa and South America on

the other, and that the connexion between India and South

Africa is regarded by many competent geologists as sufli-

ciently established by evidence. ‘I'his connexion, which is

well known by the name “ Lemuria,” is believed to have

included Madagascar, and may have extended into the

Tertiary period ; it explains the presence of Cecilians in the

Seychelles and the absence of the hermit-crabs in question

from the east coast of Africa.

Apodous Amphibian from India. 271

As regards the connexion between tropical Africa and

tropical America, across the mid-Atlantic, the geological

evidence is of itself too fragmentary to be convincing, though

zoological testimony in its favour is steadily accumulating.

Further investigation is needed, and the lines on which it

may be conducted have been fully discussed by Dr. A. KE.

Ortmann in a most interesting paper upon “ The Geographical

Distribution of Freshwater Decapods and its bearing upon

Ancient Geography,” published in the ‘ Proceedings of the

American Philosophical Society,’ vol. 1xi. no. 171, for 1902.

In that paper also copious references to zoo-geographical

literature are to be found.

§4. Description OF Herpnre Furzertr, SP. N., FROM

CACHAR IN THE PROVINCE OF ASSAM.

HERPELE, Peters.

Herpele, Peters, MB. k. Akad. Berlin, (1879) 1880, p. 959; Boulenger,

Cat. Batr. Brit. Mus. 2nd edit., 1882, p. 100, and P. Z. 8. 1895,

p. 409.

“¢ Squamosals in contact with parietals ; eyes over-roofed

by bone. ‘I'wo series of teeth in the lower jaw. Tentacle

globular, surrounded by a ring-like groove, situated below

and posteriorly to the nostril. Cycloid scales imbedded in

the skin.”

Herpele Fulleri, sp. n. (Pl. VII.)

The snake-like or worm-like body gradually increases in

girth from the base of the shark-lke snout to a point near

the stump-like hinder end.

The head is about 54 of the total length. The snout is

long and sharp and far overhangs the mouth. The nostril is

lateral, and a short way below and belund it (in a vertical

line with the symphysis of the lower jaw), and on a slight

eminence, is a minute globular circumvallate tentacle.

The mouth-cleft is wide. The teeth of the upper jaw,

vomer, and palatine are small, recurved, and stand in a single

series; those of the lower jaw are in two series and are

larger.

No traces of eyes are visible until the skin is removed,

when the minute eyes are seen lying beneath the bones of

the head.

Behind the head the integument forms 101 rings, of which

those near the after end of the body are the narrowest.

The epidermis is finely, profusely, and sharply areolated,

the areola conesponding with small dermal scales, which

are very plain when the epidermis is removed.

272 On a new Apodous Amphibian from India.

Colours: snout and lips yellowish ; head light brown; the

rest of the body chocolate-brown, becoming almost black

dorsally in its posterior part; the extreme edges of most of

the rings also are blackish in most of their extent.

The total length of the unique specimen is 220mm. The

diameter behind the snout is 8 mm. and near the after end of

the body 9 mm.

Named after the Hon. Mr. J. B. Fuller, C.S.1., C.LE.,

Chief Commissioner of Assam.

Discovered in a miscellaneous collection of snakes from

Kuttal, 6 miles south-west of Silchar in Cachar; purchased

from Mr. C. B. Antram.

§5. TABLE OF THE Cacrzrpz.

In conclusion, and for comparison, [append a table showing

the distribution of the Ceciliide ; itis taken from Boulenger’s

paper in the P. Z. 8S. for 1895, with the recent discoveries

added.

Table I].—Showing the Distribution of the Cxciliide.

5 5 o :

Name of Genus. | < cB = 2

S < 8 ra

ss me) a=| 5

ey n ~ Oo -—

= = z Ps ZS

HH = aa mn 4

Ichthyophis ....| «. oF at J: 2 |Also 8.E. Asia.

Dermophis...... 4 1 1

Hypogeophis ....| ++ 2

CLEC sts ago » 6

Amphiumophis ..| 1

Rhinatrema ....| 3

Geotrypetes 3s S.5) 6% 1

Ureotyphlus ....) 1 we Le 2

Cryptopsophis ..| .. ie. is 1

IPCI tay & 1 2 : ¢; 1

Gymmnopis ss... 4

Typhlonectes ....| 3

Chthonerpeton ..| 2

Siphonops «1.1.4. +

Bdellophis ...... ii if

Gegenophis ....| .. Fee cl

Scolecomorphus . . 1

Boulengerula.... 1

Total species ..| 28 5 5 3 6

On a new Coleopterous Insect from Bounty Island. 273

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Herpele Fulleri, natural size.

Fiy. 1a. Head seen from above, enlarged.

Fig. 1 6. Head seen from the side, enlarged.

Fig. 1c. Two rings of the body, enlarged.

Fig. 1d. Posterior end of the body, ventral view, enlarged.

XXXIX.—Description of a new Coleopterous Insect from

Bounty Island. By Capt. Tuos. Broun, F.E.S. With

Note by J. J. WAuKER, Esq., F.E.S.

[Tue Bounty Islands are a small group of granitic islets and

rocks (about twenty in number) occupying a space of about

3 miles by 2, the highest summit being 290 feet above the

sea. They are about 490 miles to the eastward of the south

extreme of New Zealand, in the lat. 47° 44’S., long. 176° E.

All the islets are entirely destitute of fresh water or land

vegetation of any sort, but are frequented by myriads of

penguins and other sea-birds. Capt. F. W. Hutton, F.R.S.,

has described (Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxvii. p. 174, 1894) a

large and conspicuous Stenopelmatid cricket, Ischyroplectron

isolatum, from the Bounty Islands, and suggests that it may

feed on the dead seaweed.—J. J. WALKER. |

Group Hydrophilide.

THOMOSIS, gen. nov.

Body convex, oviform. Antenne 9-articulate, their basal

joint as long as the following five combined, gradually in-

crassate towards the extremity; second cylindric, barely

half the length of the first; third longer than broad; fourth

and fifth short; sixth also short, but distinctly broader than

the preceding one; club three-jointed, oblong-oval, pubescent,

the intermediate joiit rather shorter than the others. Labrum

porrect, medially incurved. Lpistome broadly emarginate.

Eyes flat, smooth. . Mentum broad, flat, not transverse.

Femora punctate, the intermediate distinctly pubescent; the

posterior with minute almost indistinguishable pubescence,

their punctuation closer and finer at the base than beyond it.

Tibie stout; the anterior with two small denticles on the

outside near the extremity and two or three higher up ; they

are armed at the apex with two stout unequal spurs ; the

other pairs are bicalearate and bear coarse cilia. Tars¢

274 Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane on

moderately elongate, not compressed, pilose; basal joint of

the posterior short, second and fifth of about equal length.

Front coae large, prominent, and contiguous; the middle

pair widely separated. Sternal lamina large and plane,

tapering from the base of the metasternum to beyond the

middle coxa. Mesosternal process vertical and short, its

suture curvate.

This is nearly allied to Hydrostygnus, but may be readily

distinguished therefrom by the large prominent coxe. The

antenne differ and the club is shorter and broader, and the

maxillary palpi are less slender.

Thomosis guanicola, sp. n.

Oblong-oval, nude, moderately nitid, nigro-piceous; legs

and lateral margins pitchy red; palpi and antenne usually

testaceous ; body closely and moderately finely punctured.

Head not half the width of the thorax, longer than broad,

subconical. Thorax almost twice as broad as it is long,

regularly curvedly narrowed towards the front, lateral margins

well developed. Scutellum triangular. Z/ytra with ten

series of distinct but not coarse punctures on each; the

sutural at the apex almost form strie.

Underside nigrescent, mostly densely and finely sculptured,

with short, inconspicuous, dark ashy pubescence. Abdomen

with five segments, the three central nearly equal, the basal

subcarinate along the middle.

Length 34, breadth 1? lines.

Bounty Islands.

Found by Mr. L. Cockayne feeding on deposits of guano.

Auckland, New Zealand,

27th August, 1903.

XL.—Niphargus Kochianus, Bate, in an Irish Lake and

N. subterraneus, Leach, in Kent. By W. EF. DE VISMES

Kane, M.R.I.A.

[Plate VIII]

Tue following notes on the occurrence of one of these blind

crustaceans in the open waters of Lough Mask will be of

value, especially asin many respects they tend to confirm cer-

tain opinions held by Forel, Humbert, and others in connexion

with allied species of Amphipoda. Several genera and many

Niphargus Kochianus and N., subterraneus. 275

species of small blind Crustacea, both Isopoda and Amphipoda,

are known to inhabit wells and caves in many parts of the

world. Chilton has described no less than six from New

Zealand, Packard and Cope several from North American

cave-waters, while those of France, Switzerland, and else-

where in Europe have occupied the attention of numerous

zoologists.

Niphargus and the nearly related Crangonyx have been

referred by some early authors to Gammarus as the ancestral

type, of which the most familiar species is Gammarus pula,

the common “ freshwater shrimp.” But careful examination

of the respective generic characters has resulted in a general

consensus of opinion that these blind subterranean genera

have originated from some extinct freshwater ancestor with

eyes, from which Gammarus has also descended, so that they

are not merely modified and degenerate Gammarids. And

this view has certainly been strengthened by the discovery

of an eyed form of Crangonyx (gracilis, Smith) in Lake

Superior, while others have been tound in surface-streams in

America, and in ‘l'asmania a nearly related form, also with

eyes, has been noticed. More than one species of Niphargus

with perfect eyes are known too from the Caspian and Black

Seas. It seems, therefore, extremely probable that the blind

subterranean Crustacea descend from widely distributed

freshwater eyed forms, some of which are still extant. In

English wells, especially in the southern counties, several

blind forms of Niphargus and one Crangonyx are known to

occur. Only recently the writer obtained specimens of

NV. subterraneus, Leach, and probably N. fontanus (puteanus,

Koch), from deep wells near Lynsted, Kent. But in Ireland,

so far, only WV. Kochianus, Bate, from a well near Dublin,

has been recorded. ‘This species has never been hitherto

found in an open sheet of water. ‘Two other blind species

have, however, been found in freshwater lakes: namely,

N. orcinus, discovered in 1868 by Gustav Joseph in the Lake

of Zirknitz, where he reports them to be plentiful and that

they come to the surface in fine weather after sunset. They

frequent the brooks flowing from the hill-grottoes of Carniola,

whence he supposes them to have descended into the lake.

Another, N. subterraneus, var. Forel, found by Prof. Forel

in the deep waters of Lake Leman, has been carefully

described by Alois Humbert. It was subsequently discovered

in five other Swiss lakes, and both Forel and Humbert

eventually came to the conclusion that they found their way

thither from subterranean sources, and got acclimatized to

their new habitat. The phenomenon of hereditary blindness

276 Mr. W. EF. de Vismes Kane on

wlich these and similarly situated animals display has been

the subject of much discussion among biologists, of whom

Packard and Semper may be mentioned, some holding that

the effect of disuse of the organ has brought about its partial

or total degeneration, others that in localities where light

prevails the individuals with perfect vision would survive those

with defective sight, and that natural selection would secure

the maintenance of these valuable organs; but that where

darkness makes the possession of sight in no way advan-

tageous to the possessor the eyed and eyeless forms would

breed together and have equal chances in the struggle of

life, with the result that every degree of atrophy of the parts

of the eye might be expected to supervene till a totally blind

race resulted.

Examples illustrating each stage of this degeneration have

been discovered in such situations. Leydig, writing of the

blind Niphargus subterraneus, mentions the fact that some

specimens have been observed with pigment-spots in the

region of the eye, and states that he has found that though

the optic ganglion is present the eye is wanting. Chilton

remarks of the subterranean blind species of New Zealand

that in only one species has he discovered any external

traces of eyes, namely two or three small lenses without

pigment *, and he thinks it probable that in different species

there may be great differences in the amount of degeneracy

of the eyes, and perhaps also in individuals from different

localities.

A lake form of the common Gammarus pulea at Widen-

schwyl was found by Prof. Asper to have both blind and

eyed forms at a depth of 40 metres. Similar facts have been

adduced by other authors in regard to lake varieties of the

Tsopod Asellus &c. Packard, in his description of the cave-

fauna of North America, mentions that in the genus Cecidotwa

one species is without even a vestige of an eye, though in

others there are imperfect traces. It is therefore interesting

that among about 130 specimens of Niphargus Kochianus

from Lough Mask I found three which had well-developed

pigmentation, and a fourth which showed a cloudy shading

in the optic region. But, in the absence of opportunity to

have careful sections made by a competent zoologist, it is

impossible to say how far the structure of the eye may be

preserved in these specimens. ‘The absence of colour is like-

wise another general characteristic of subterranean fauna.

* “ Subterranean Crustacea of New Zealand,” C. Chilton, Trans, Linn.

Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. vi. pt. 2, p. 220.

Niphargus Kochianus and N. subterraneus. 2TT

But it is remarkable that in considerable oceanic depths a

strange uniformity of orange coloration obtains among

Crustacea, Hydroids, and other marine organisms, a remark-

able instance of which the writer once had the opportunity of

observing, Chilton, quoting from Prof. 8. I. Smith on this

phenomenon, goes on to say that he has been unable to find

any parallel instances of this that are in any way conclusive

with regard to the animals found in the deep waters of lakes,

such as those of Switzerland. In the present case, therefore,

the orange colour of the Lough Mask Niphargus is notable.

Specimens from the Dublin well are diaphanous.

The following are the circumstances of the capture :—In the

last days of June 1903 I made an expedition to Lough Mask,

in the county of Mayo, with the objeet of pursuing investi-

gations as to its Entomostracan fauna and also in the hope of

finding Mysts relicta. I brought with me a kind of dredge

designed especially for use in freshwater lakes, by the aid of

which I had eaptured that crustacean in abundance in Lough

Neagh and Lough Erne. By the kindness of Col. Knox, of

Creagh, I was provided with a suitable boat and man, and

spent the greater portion of a day dredging the deeper parts of

that picturesque lake in depths varying from about 100 to

150 teet. No Mysis were taken. By adjusting its mouth [

was able either to pass the net at a height of about 1. inch above

the level of the floor of soft mud, or to skim it so closely at

other times in the hope of taking Ostracoda as to pick up a

little of the upper layer of loose débris, mueh of which I

believe consisted of fish-excrement. All this was reserved

for future examination, and a sample of the mud itself taken

up by reversing the dredge. On examining this material I

noticed a few minute Amphipoda of an orange colour which

from time to time appeared on the surface of the muddy

water and then burrowed out of sight. They swam sideways,

like Gammarus, but when undisturbed crawled in an upright

position. Of these I secured a small series, which were duly

despatched by post to the Rev. Canon Norman, whose kind

assistance on similar occasions has been frequently afforded

me ; and subsequently he wrote that he was much interested

in my find, which was a blind Niphargus, and that it would

be of importance to secure a long series if possible, because

some of the specimens were mutilated by the loss of the

terminal uropoda, and it was desirable to ascertain the sexual

characters. About six weeks later, therefore, I made a second

journey to the west, and again experienced the kind hospi-

talities of Creagh. The result was highly satisfactory, for in

two days, the first of which was so stormy that I only with

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 19

278 Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane on

some risk reached the dredging-grounds, and could venture

only two short hauls of the dredge, I secured about 130

examples at a depth of from 130 to 150 feet, some of which

were only about 2 mm. long and of a paler orange than the

larger specimens, probably being younger. The phenomenon

of the existence of these blind Crustacea, usually inhabitants

of subterranean waters, made me desirous of testing the adja-

cent Lough Corrib also for these animals, as I was aware

that the two lakes have underground communications.

Accordingly I spent two days (the 13th and 14th August) on

the latter, which off Cong, where the outflow of Lough Mask

enters it, reaches its deepest soundings, one other area on the

western shore some miles away only excepted. I therefore

dredged along the shore of the narrow isthmus which divides

the two sheets of water, in the bays, and also in moderate

depths of 60 to 70 feet bordering the shore, for a distance of |

about two miles, but without success. I then tested the

depths further out in the lake, with the unexpected result

that a moderate number of A/yszs relicta rewarded my efforts,

but not a single Niphargus. These deeper soundings reached

from 110 to 132 feet, and the floor of the lake varied from

soft mud to a hard gravelly bottom, with occasional stones.

The results of my researches, therefore, though highly grati-

fying, were exactly the reverse of my expectations. Searching

for Myszs in Lough Mask, I took Niphargus Kochianus, and

following up what I thought to be its probable extension to

Lough Cornb, I met with Mysts relicta, both of them remark-

able captures.

The question arises as to the origin of this normally

subterranean species in the open waters of a lake. ‘l'wo

allied species, as already mentioned, have been described

from similar localities on the Continent, and both of them

were presumed to have been derived from underground

sources, that from the Lake of Zirknitz presenting little room

for doubt. A similar explanation for the presence of NVz-

phargus Kochianus in Lough Mask is available. The

northern and eastern shores of this picturesque sheet of

water are for the most part flat, with only slight undulations,

and consist of horizontal strata of carboniferous limestone,

which extend south along Lough Corrib to Galway. As is

well known, the rain-water accumulating in its hollows and

fissures has, in the course of ages, dissolved the softer strata

and formed underground channels and reservoirs, sometimes

of great extent and miles in length. Many such subterranean

waters find their way into, and others take their rise from,

Lough Mask. Its western shore, however, is of igneous

Niphargus Kochianus and N. subterrancus. 279

rock, and the granitic chain of the Partry Mountains rises

from it steeply into heather-clad summits, the last and most

northerly of which is drained on its further side by streams

which, wandering down into the limestone lowland, sink into

the rock and pursue an unseen course for long distances, till,

rising again, they fall into the lake. The number of these

subterranean sources at the northern end I am not able to

state with certainty, but their volume is considerable. On

the §.E. shore, about half a mile from the lake, I visited a

natural cavern through which a stream passes, but from

whence or whither no one can say. Further to the south, in

a bay not far from Lough Mask Castle, the waters of the

lake flow with a strong current against the base of a terraced

ridge of limestone, which rises in gradual escarpments from

the verge, and the roar of the disappearing currents can be

distinctly heard among the fissured crags. These effluent

waters doubtless find their way into Lough Corrib, which is

only separated by a low isthmus, about two miles broad, of

limestone, through and under which channels exist which

void their waters in several magnificent fountains under a

cliff near Cong. I look forward to some future opportunity

of investigating these interesting districts and the subterranean

fauna which they doubtless contain.

With regard to the Niphargus, which was finally deter-

mined by Dr. Norman to be Kochianus, Bate, very little has

hitherto been published respecting its sexual characters.

Spence Bate, who first described the species*, had but a

single specimen, which had lost the terminal uropoda. He

states that the posterior pair of pleopoda were missing, but,

to judge from the figure, all three seem to have been mutilated.

Chilton also, in his description of this species, states that for

want of a sufficient series for comparison he was unable to

put forward any statement of sexual characters. The long

series now available from Lough Mask somewhat explains

the difficulty, as they show that the notable difference in

shape and size which characterizes the uropoda of the two

sexes in other species of Wiphargus does not exist in

N. Kochianus, and that therefore they are of little use in the

determination of sex. In fresh specimens, however, those of

the female seem somewhat more robust and are slightly shorter

than those of the male ; but the average difference in length is

too inappreciable for the purpose of identification, by itself, of

individuals. Moreover, the proportion of their length to the

body seems to vary among examples of the same sex. This

* Nat. Hist. Review, 1859, vol. vi. Proc. Soc. p. 165,

19*

280 Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane on

may perhaps be accounted for by the difficulties of alimenta-

tion, which in some instances would result in the stunted

size of adults, whose organs might be proportionally longer

than younger but well-nourished individuals of the same

body-length. The following table will illustrate this. The

length of body is measured from the extremity of the head

to the base of the third uropod. The figures given are

hundredths of an inch.

Males (probably). Females (probably).

Length of Length of

Body length. —_ uropod. Body length. _uropod.

16°5 2°5 15 2

14:5 2°5 14 2:2

145 2°3 14 2

12°65 2

it 2

The position of the telson relatively to that of the body

and third uropod seems to me some index to the sex. In

going through a long series I noticed that in normal attitudes

with the body fairly extended the telson of the female lies

parallel to, and often rests upon the uropod, but in the male

it stands more erect and at right angles to the body-segment.

The posterior (fifth) pair of pereiopods are proportionally

longer in the female, reaching to the middle, or in large

specimens even beyond the extremity of the third uropod,

when the body lies straight and the appendage is drawn

backwards parallel to it. In the male they scarcely reach

the base of the uropod. ‘The brood-plates of the adult

female are, of course, when they can be detected, the most

certain indication of that sex. One additional observation

remains to be added. In dissecting the buccal apparatus I

found entangled in the sete of the first maxillary palp a

specimen of Chydorus ovalis. Those observers who have

examined the contents of the intestinal canal of species of

Niphargus report it to consist chiefly of sandy débris and

portions of alge. ‘The presence of an entomostracan in the

mouth-organs certainly proves nothing, but the presumption

is that these creatures may feed on animal as well as on

vegetable tissues, when they are available. My experiments

with N. subterraneus and Kochianus substantiate this.

Niphargus subterraneus, Leach.

In the same autumn I made some investigations on the

chalk tablelands above Sittingbourne, Kent. Here deep

excavations are necessary to tap a spring. The results were

Niphargus Kochianus and N. subterraneus. 281

highly interesting. Specimens of Niphargus occurred in five

out of eight wells examined in the vicinity of Lynsted to

about three miles westward. I could not perceive their relative

depths to be a factor in determining the presence of these

Amphipods, as will be seen by the following synopsis of

results :—

No. 1.—About 120 feet deep. N. subterraneus fairly nume-

No.

rous and from 3 to 13 mm. in length of body. The

larger individuals, over 8 mm., were captured in a

different manner, and I took them to be UN. fontanus.

Numerous Protozoa were present and Cyclops fimbriatus,

and also the dead bodies of flies, beetles, and other insects

in scanty numbers. Probably these as well as alge, of

which, however, I secured none, may have provided

food. Several blind springtails from the walls were

secured.

. 2.—About 150 feet deep and $ mile distant. Had been

emptied and cleaned the previous year. Only Cyclops

jimbriatus and specimens of a minute diaphanous worm

with pink intestines were found.

. 8.—Near no. 1, about 60 feet deep. A springtail only.

No.

4.—About 2 mile distant, 80 feet deep. What I took

to be N. fontanus, Bate, was fairly numerous and about

Zi inch long. Five of them measured 9, 10, 10, 18,

14 mm. respectively. The Ostracod Cypria ophthal-

mica was here extremely numerous, with eyes as well

developed as in a surface specimen. Cyclops fimbriatus

and a pseudoscorpion (from wall probably) completed

the list, beside various drowned insects.

.5.—About 14 mile from no. 1, 160 feet deep or there-

abouts, and of very wide diameter, Among much

débris only six NV. subterraneus 2 to 5 mm, were taken.

Also Cyclops fimbriatus, two pseudoscorpions apparently

the same species as the above, Cypria ophthalmica

numerous, and one blind springtati.

6.—About 24 miles distant, 150 feet deep. Six N. sub-

terraneus, 2-4 mm.

. 7.—Near the former, about 100 feet deep. A few N, sub-

terrancus of similar small size.

282 On Niphargus Kochianus and N. subterraneus.

No. 8.—34 miles from no. 1, over 380 feet deep. The bottom

full of chalky detritus stained deeply with oxide of iron,

No Niphargi captured. One Cyclops serratulus, var.

varius, 2; two Cyclops viridis (gigas) probably, but the

fifth feet not discernible ; two pseudoscorpions. Wings

and relics of insects numerous.

There could be no question as to the species of the smaller

specimens of N. subterraneus taken in these investigations ;

but on the third attempt made in no. 1 well I left a net

baited with meat all night. All the resulting specimens

differed considerably in some respects from the series of

small ones taken previously, notably in the gnathopoda, of

which the propodos was less quadrangular in shape, the

dactylos much more oblique, and the postero-ventral angles

of the pleon-segments more acute. The first pair of gnatho-

poda had the propodos so approximately pear-shaped (see

Pl. VIII. fig. 4) that I concluded this larger series to belong to

IV. funtanus, Bate. The series taken in the ordinary manner

in the daytime from no. 4, which were all large, proved to

be similarly characterized, and no small individuals being

among them, I concluded the Niphargi of this well must

belong to the same species as the last capturesinno. 1. One

of these, however, submitted to Canon Norman was considered,

however, by him as referable to N. subterraneus, Leach,

although he acknowledged that the existence of the above-

mentioned characters made the diagnosis less certain. It

was also sent to M. Chevreux, who has recently figured a

Niphargus from France as N. fontanus, Bate, and he, I

understand, identifies it as identical. However, Canon

Norman’s suggestion (én litt.) that large specimens possibly

developed these divergences of characteristics seems borne

out by my more critical examination subsequently of the

whole series taken; and a reference to the figures will show

that, though the first gnathopoda of specimens about $ inch

long are somewhat pear-shaped and the palm more oblique,

yet they do not exactly correspond to the figures given of

N. fontanus by Spence Bate (Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. Proc.

Soc. p. 164). If Bate’s figure was not very accurately

engraved it might possibly represent a mature stage of JV. sub-

terraneus, Leach,—a conclusion | am inclined to adopt, the

more because the proportions of the pleopoda seem to be

abnormally curtailed in the figures given by him both of

NN. Kochianus and NV. fontanus. Further researches may

possibly elucidate the truth, and it seems possible that wells

On new Silver-Pheasants from Burm. 283

situate in the lower levels and valleys of Kent may yield

even larger and more interesting results when I have the

opportunity of resuming the investigation.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

N. Kochianus, Bate, from Lough Mask.

Fig. 1. Terminal uropoda, male and female (to scale).

Fig. 2. Mandible.

Fig. 3. Posterior lip.

N. fontanus, Bate (?),=N. subterraneus, Leach,

Fig. 4. Gnathopod of first pair.

Fig. 5. Second pair of gnathopoda.

From a specimen half an inch in body-length from no, 4 well, near

Sittingbourne, Kent.

XLI.— On some new Species of Silver-Pheasants from

Burma. By Eucene W. Oates.

Amonest the Pheasants that I have received from Burma

duiing the last two years there are three well-marked new

species of Silver-Pheasants. The first two that I shall

describe belong to an entirely new section of these birds,

in which the males combine a black wing with a barred tail,

and the females have the middle tail-feathers with the two

webs of different colours. The third species is of remarkable

interest, as it has now been rediscovered after an interval

of eighty years. ‘The bird was, however, never described

nor named, and it was only known from a coloured drawing.

Genneus obscurus, sp. 0.

In the adult male the head, crest, and the whole lower

plumage are glossy blue-black. ‘Ihe hind-neck, mantle,

back, and all the upper wing-coverts are bluish black,

sparingly speckled with pale buff. ‘he rump-feathers and

upper tail-coverts are bluish black, broadly margined with

white and very sparingly dotted with pale buff on one or

both webs. The primaries are brown; the secondaries black,

with a few buff specks on the margin of the outer web of

each feather. ‘The outermost tail-feather is black; the

middle pair black with narrow, broken, diagonal white bars

on the whole of both webs, except the terminal quarter of

the outer web, the margin of the basal half of the inner web

284 Mr. E. W. Oates on new

being plain white. The remaining tail-feathers are of an

intermediate character, the second from the outside being

black with a few specks of white at the base of the outer web

and the feather next the middle pair being black with a few

diagonal white lines on the basal three-fourths of the

outer web.

In another male, which is probably a year younger than

the specimen described above, the specks or dots on the

upper plumage, wing-coverts, and secondaries are more

numerous and form narrow, zigzag, broken lines. The

markings on the tail-feathers are less numerous and the

middle tail-feathers have the inner web entirely black.

Length of wing 9°25 inches, of tail 11°5 inches. ‘he legs

are of a brown colour.

The female resembles the female of G. Horsfieldi in all

respects, except in the coloration of the tail. The general

colour of the plumage is reddish brown, the feathers edged

paler and vermiculated in an indistinct manner with black ;

those of the breast and belly marked with cream-coloured

shaft-streaks. ‘The quills of the wing are brown, mottled

with fulvous on the outer webs. The outermost tail-feather

is entirely black; the next six are also black, the second

from the outside having a few white specks at the base of

the outer web, the specks increasing in number on each

suceessive feather and gradually combining into narrow

wavy bars, the seventh feather being cross-barred all over,

except at the tip. The two middle feathers are of a rich

dark chestnut on the outer web and of a pale chestnut on the

inner, both webs being longitudinally marked with wavy

biack bars, those on the outer web being much broader than

those on the inner. Length of wing 8°5 inches, of tail

95 inches. The legs are of a brown colour.

Both sexes of this pheasant were sent to me by Captain

W. G. Nisbett from the Katha District of Upper Burma.

Genneus Cliffordi, sp. n.

In this species the male is unique in being streaked with

white on the mantle, and the female is remarkable in having

black spots on some of the feathers of the wing.

In a very old male the head, crest, and the whole of the

lower plumage are glossy blue-black. The hind-neck and

mantle are black, each feather with a narrow streak, which is

white mottled with black, and about an inch in length. The

upper back is plain black. The lower back and rump are

black, each feather with a white margin and one or two

Silver-Pheasants from Burma. 285

broken white vermiculations just above the margin. The

primaries are dark brown; the secondaries black, with a few

white specks on the margins of the outer webs of the outer-

most feathers. The upper wing-coverts are black, a few

of the lesser coverts with white shaft-streaks; the inner

median and greater coverts with a very narrow but con-

spicuous white margin. The middle tail-feathers are

diagonally marked with equal bands of black and white,

the margin of the inner web being plain white. ‘The next

feather is black, everywhere banded narrowly with white.

The next is black, sparingly marked with broken bars of

white. The next, again, is black with a little white at the

base only. The four outer feathers are plain black. The

upper tail-coverts are black, covered with broken white bands

more or less parallel to the margin.

Length of wing 10 inches, of tail nearly 16 inches. The

legs are brown.

A young male, with the spurs half-grown, has the plumage

of the same character as the bird just described, but differing

in some details. The streaks on the mantle are large and

triangular, extending in some cases to nearly the whole of the

feather, and the white much broken up. The upper wing-

coverts are speckled with white, and the white margin to the

inner median and greater coverts is indistinct. The visible

portions of the rump-feathers are black with a broader white

margin, but lacking the broken white vermiculations above

the margin. On the other hand, there is much white

speckling on the concealed portions of the feathers. The

middle tail-feathers, which have only a very slight curl

outwards, are black, very sparingly banded with white.

The next three are still more sparingly marked and the outer

four are entirely black.

Length of wing 9°5 inches, of tail nearly 10 inches. The

legs are of a brownish flesh-colour.

The female has the upper plumage and wing-coverts of a

russet-brown colour, each feather vermiculated with black,

the shaft and the margin much paler, some of the inner

median-and greater coverts with a black patch or large spot

near the tip of one or both webs. The primaries are brown;

the secondaries brown vermiculated with black and mottled

with rufous, the innermost with a black patch near the tip of

the outer webs. ‘The middle tail-feathers are dull chestnut

on the inner web, vermiculated with black; and black on the

outer web, vermiculated with chestnut on the margin. The

other tail-feathers are all black. The lower plumage is

black, the margins of the feathers pale brown. ach feather

286 On new Silver-Pheasants from Burma.

of the breast and belly has a very broad, pointed, ochraceous

streak, occupying quite half of the feather and in some cases

three-quarters, and mottled with black. The feathers of the

sides of the body and flanks have bright ochraceous shaft-

streaks.

Length of wing 9 inches, of tail 8°5 inches. The legs are

pale brown.

Specimens of this pheasant have been sent to me by

Lieut. R. Clifford, of the 22nd Punjabis, and I have much

pleasure in associating his name with the species. It occurs

in the Myitkyina District, east of the Irrawaddy river.

Genneus assimilis, sp. n.

In the year 1826 Crawfurd went on a mission to the

Court of Ava and in the course of his travels met with a

pheasant, of which a coloured drawing was made. So far

as I can ascertain, nothing was known of this drawing till

Gould reproduced it in the background of his plate of

Diardigallus prelatus in his ‘ Birds of Asia.’ I have often

looked at this drawing of Gould’s and wondered why the

aitist should have depicted the female of Genneus rufipes,

the Ruby Mines Pheasant, with flesh-coloured legs. The

mystery was cleared up when I received from the Ruby

Mines a bird which corresponded precisely with Gould’s

figure. On writing to one of my correspondents, I learn

that there is in the Ruby Mines District a pheasant with pale

legs, very similar in other respects with the red-legged

species, and equally well known. I hope, therefore, soon to

acquire the male.

‘The female of the present species has the whole upper

plumage and the upper wing-coverts of a uniform umber-brown,

the shafts and the margins of the feathers somewhat paler ;

the crest a darker brown, vermiculated with black ; the upper

tail-coverts also thickly vermiculated with dark brown. The

primaries are dark brown, mottled with fulvous on the outer

webs; the secondaries are umber-brown, vermiculated with

black. The tail-feathers are diagonally barred and vermicu-

lated with a combination of umber-brown, fulvous, black, and

very pale buff, the inner webs being darker and more

coarsely maiked than the outer. The whole lower plumage

is dark blackish brown, each feather with two broad, zigzag,

V-shaped marks of an ochraceous colour, the outer being

close to the edge of the feather, the inner much smaller and

frequently forming only an irregular. and coarse streak on and

about the shaft. Length of wing nearly 10 inches; of tail

10 inches. ‘The legs are flesh-coloured.

On Footprints of small Fossil Reptiles. 287

The main points of difference between the female of this

species and those of G@. rufipes, of which I have a large

series, are the flesh-coloured legs, and the absence of black

vermiculations on the upper plumage and upper wing-

coverts.

XLI.— Footprints of small Fossil Reptiles from the Karroo

Rocks of Cape Colony. By H. G. Seerey, F.R.S.

No record has hitherto been published of the footprints of

the animals which have left their remains so plentifully in

the Karroo rocks. I examined a considerable area of the

Colony in the search for these evidences of the habits of the

animals without success; and neither Mr. Thomas Bain nor

Dr. Kannemeyer had ever met with any footprints in the

rocks. Suitable surfaces for their preservation are not un-

common in large exposures of ripple-marked shale which

occur on the Pareiasaurian horizon.

One small slab is preserved in the paleontological museum

of the University of Munich, where it has remained since

1880. It is labelled “ Middelburg,” presumably the well-

known locality in the north-east of Cape Colony, and with it

is a small new Theriodont skull from the same locality

which, when the matrix is removed, may prove to be allied

to Hyorhynchus.

When I drew the attention of the late Professor K. v. Zittel

to the interest of the specimen, he had a cast made and

placed in my hands for description. ‘This cast has been

presented to the Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road.

The small block of fine sandstone, where it is broken at

the edge, shows the impressions of bones of small digits,

which terminate in sharp compressed claws, making an inter-

esting difference from the absence of bones with footprints in

the Trias of this country, which may lead to a future discovery

of definite association of footprints of South-African reptiles

with the bones of animals which made them, as the reward

of systematic exploration.

The surface of the slab appears to be crossed by two or

three faint parallel marks an inch or two apart, which are

probably ripple-marks, and the larger footprints tend to cross

these obscure markings at an angle of about 45°. At least

three animals are indicated varying in size. ‘The largest has

the feet about the size of those of Procolophon, and shows a

similar stoutness and divergence of the digits, so that the

prints may be provisionally referred to that genus; but the

288 Prof. H. G. Seeley on Footprints of

smaller animals have the digits parallel and indicate types

of which the skeleton is undiscovered. The footprints are in

relief and, owing to the nature of the sediment, are fairly

sharp, but the terminal extremities of the digits appear in

some cases to be broken.

The fore and hind feet of the left side of the Procolophon type

of animal are shown in close sequence. ‘The fore foot (fig. A)

is slightly the smaller and less perfectly preserved, and is

slightly obscured on the inner side by the overlap of a small

foot with four digits. Behind this pair of footprints the cast

shows a short longitudinal impression (fig. ©), which in relief is

concave from side to side, with a narrow median line, and

shows a quincuncial pattern of small pits. This marking

seems to indicate a fine granular ornament of the skin on the

under surtace of the tail at a point one inch and a half behind

the left hind foot. As the marking extends forward on the

slab it becomes obscure. If it is correctly referred to the

tail of the same animal it shows such a mark as might be

made by the extremity of the tail of Procolophon, which is

well known.

In both fore and hind feet the moderately stout digits

terminate bluntly without any indication of terminal claws,

though this may result from the condition of preservation of

the impression. ‘The digits diverge on a splay-footed plan,

so that the first makes an angle of nearly 90° with the fifth.

The middle digit appears to be the longest, and the first,

second, and third appear to be stronger than the fourth and

fifth. The fifth digit of the hand is obscure. The digits are

more impressed than the metacarpal and metatarsal regions,

and there are deeper impressions on the inner than on the

outer side. The width of the hand did not greatly exceed

one inch, and it may have been an inch and a quarter long,

though its hinder border is not well defined.

The impression of the hind foot (fig. B) immediately follows

the fore foot. The front to back measurement over both

impressions is two and a half inches. ‘The transverse width

between the extremities of the first and fifth digits is one and

a half inches; at the tarsal margin the width is eight-tenths

ofan inch. ‘The digital impressions become narrower from

the first to the fifth, which is slender and faint, so that its

terminal extremity is ill-defined. ‘The third, fourth, and

fifth digits appear to be of equal length, but this may result

from the extremity of the third being lost.

‘Lhe comparatively short metatarsal area is defined by a

series of fleshy convexities in the lines of the several bones,

with shallow grooves between them. The first metatarsal

small Fossil Reptiles from Cape Colony. 289

bone is the shortest and supports a prominent ball-like con-

vexity, which extends a little inward laterally beyond the

digit. The convexities over the distal ends of the second,

third, and fourth metatarsal bones are much smaller; they

are similar to each other in size and elevation. There is no

convex pad on the fifth metatarsal. The transverse hinder tarsal

margin of the impression is formed of three convex curves—one

behind the first metatarsal, the second (wider) behind the

second, third, and part of the fourth metatarsals, and the

third (smaller) behind the fourth and fifth metatarsals.

These curves appear to indicate the structure of the proximal

row of the tarsus.

If these footprints prove to belong to Procolophon, it is not

impossible that the Cheshire footprints, which most resemble

them, may prove to belong to Telerpeton.

The smaller footprints are isolated and less well preserved.

They appear to indicate animals in which the digits were

four in number, with three of them close together, resembling

some small types from Storeton in likeness to the human

hand, being relatively narrow.

Fore foot.

Caudal (?) impression.

The larger footprints from Middleburg.

290 Prof. H. G. Seeley on a

XLIII.—On a new Type of Reptilian Tooth (Ptychocyno lon)

from the Upper Karroo Beds near Burghersdorp, Cape

Colony. By H. G. SEELEY, F.R.S.

In 1897 Dr. Kannemeyer discovered and sent to me the

fragment of a tooth which is now described. He fully

appreciated the scientific interest of the fossil, and I have

only delayed making his discovery known in hope that the

labours and acumen which have added so much to our know-

ledge of South-African reptiles might have been rewarded

with more complete evidence of the animal.

The fragment, which is less than an inch and a quarter

long, appears to be a portion of a large stout tusk of a new

genus of fossil reptiles with canine teeth comparable to the

Dicynodont type. In transverse section it measures one inch

and a half from back to front and an inch and a quarter from

side to side. It was presumably long, for the decrease in

transverse measurements towards the fractured extremity is

very small.

This tooth differs from all genera of reptiles hitherto known

in having the tooth-substance folded longitudinally into a few

large flexures, which are not symmetrical and vary in size,

giving rise to an angulated pulp-cavity. ‘he appearance is

that of a plastic substance which had become corrugated by

compression, and, yielding towards the pulp-cavity, had

acquired a complex folded structure. But in the transverse

section the microscopic condition of the dentine is normal and

leaves no doubt that the folding is a tooth-character of a new

type differing fundamentally from that of known Labyrintho-

donts. The root of the tooth exposes a five-rayed pulp-cavity.

Each ray corresponds to one of the five parallel vertical

convex bars or folded flutings which make the external

surface of the tooth. This basal extremity is broken and

weathered, showing that the tooth has long been separated

from the skull. ‘The dense tooth-substance is about two

tenths of an inch thick on each of the five bars. ‘These bars

are divided from each other by narrow folds directed inward,

which vary in depth and size. The walls of these inlets are

thin, being less than half the thickness of the intervening

tooth-substance.

Owing to strain in the undulatory movements which have

affected these rocks the continuity of the thin walls of the

inlets is sometimes broken, giving the pulp-cavity the appear-

ance of opening externally. ‘The anterior inlet A (fig. 1) is the

new Type of Reptilian Tooth. 291

smallest and scarcely affects the pulp-cavity, but the other

four are deeper than wide; B and C on the external border

are narrower than D and E on the internal border. All are

to be described as canals which are open externally. They

are fewer and larger than the grooves on the roots of teeth

Fig. 1.

Outline of the proximal surface, showing the five bars of the tooth (1-5)

and inward folds (A—I) which divide up the pulp-cavity.

of some species of IJchthyosaurus, and rather suggest the

folded condition of the teeth in genera of mammals which

approximate to South-African reptiles in parts of their

skeletons.

Transverse section in the middle of the specimen, showing the

diminishing pulp-cavity.

To determine the structure of the tooth more exactly it was

divided transversely in the middle of its short length. The

292 On a new Type of Reptilian Tooth.

external wall of dentine is now seen to thicken at the expense

of the pulp-cavity, which has lost its five-rayed form and

become more L-shaped. The inn2r wall of the canal E

appears to be broken, but ths inner walls of the other canals

have thickened, especially on the external side of the tooth

(fig. 2).

The distal fracture of the tooth is much more recent and

shows the pulp-cavity reduced to a curved hamate form

situate towards the inner side of the tooth and only two tenths

of an inch wide in the middle. ‘The inlet EK is imperfectly

separated from the pulp-cavity, probably from the effect of

strain, though the partition of dentine between them remains

as thin as in the basal section (fig. 1). The inlet D retains

its comma- or flask-shaped form without decrease in size.

The inlets C and B are almost entirely closed by the approxi-

mation of the lateral external walls (fig. 3). The tooth-

substance in which they are contained is fully half an inch

thick, but on the inner side of the tooth the walls of dentine

are only from one to two tenths of an inch thick.

Distal fracture of the tooth.

These inlets have been regarded by Dr. Kannemeyer as

comparable to the poison-duct in the tooth of a venomous

serpent. The inlet D is essentially of this character, and

although the entire tooth is to be desired before the inference

can be regarded as established, it is not improbable that all

the canals may be outlets for poison-glands.

Externally the five bars of the tooth are vertically ribbed

with six to ten slightly elevated, blunt, parallel, linear stripes,

which are stronger on the outer than on the inner side.

There is a very slightly elevated girdling ridge, situate below

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera, 293

the transverse section, which may possibly indicate the

dividing limit between the crown and the root, which I

suppose to have been imbedded in the jaw. ‘There are very

faint transverse lines of growth beyond this ridge.

If the crown of the tooth were short, each lobe or bar of

the tooth might be expected to terminate in a cusp, so that a

complex five-cusped reptilian tooth might originate from

folding extending through the root and crown, as in Mam-

malia like Edentates and Rodents. [If the tooth is rightly

interpreted as a canine, then it might be followed by molar

teeth of similar complexity, and tend to show that the cuspi-

date character of certain mammalian and reptilian teeth may

not always be due to the mechanical influences of opposing

surfaces and varied movements of the jaws.

There is no distinct layer of enamel beyond a surface-skin.

The calcigerous tubes of the dentine are always at right

angles to the external surface, remarkably dense, straight,

and parallel, always bending at the folds of the dentine as

they extend inward, so that the tubes tend to be approxi-

mately parallel. ‘There is no appreciable difference from the

tube-structure in Dicynodon, though the tubes may be slightly

larger. The species may be known as P. pentangulatus.

XLIV.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXVI. By W. L. Distant.

HOMOPTERA.

Fam. Cicadide.

In revising the genera of this family, in preparation for a

projected complete synonymic Catalogue of the Cicadide, L

propose to publish in advance descriptions of such new genera

and species as become necessary, and to give preliminary

synopses of the classification suggested. The synonymy is

somewhat extensive, and will be better deferred to the pages

of the Catalogue itself.

Subfam. Croapivz.

Cicadine, Dist. Mon. Orient. Cicad. p. 3 (1889).

Division POLYNEURARIA.

Lateral margins of the pronotum ampliated and more or

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 20

294 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

less angularly produced. Head (including eyes) about as

wide or wider than base of mesonotum, or sometimes little

more than two thirds of its width; costal membrane of

tegmina sometimes much arched and dilated, the apical cells

usually eight in number, but sometimes smaller in size and

much more numerous; tegmina varying in hue from pale

hyaline to dark opaque.

Synopsis of Genera.

I, Tegmina with eight apical areas.

1. Head (including eyes) about as wide or wider than

base of mesonotum.

A. Costal membrane of tegmina not prominently

dilated nor arched at base.

a. Head frontally produced, not truncate, above

about as long as pronotum (excluding its poste-

rior margin).

b. Pronotum with its posterior margin only a

little less in length than that of its vertex ;

its lateral margins medially angulately ex-

panded, the angular apices reaching to or

nearly to the apex of basal cell of tegmina.. Toba.

ce. Pronotum with its posterior margin little

more than half the length of its vertex ; its

lateral margins medially angulately ex-

panded, the angular apices only reaching to

about middle of basal cell of tegmina...... Muansa.

d. Pronotum with its posterior margin not more

than half the length of its vertex.

e. Lateral pronotal margins medially angu-

lately expanded, the angular apices

reaching base of basal cell of tegmina.... Sadaka.

ee. Lateral pronotal margins a little prominent,

but not medially angulately expanded

and not reaching basal cell of tegmina .. Koma.

aa. Head not frontally produced, more or less trun-

cate and deflected in front of eyes.

f. Outer and posterior membranal margin to

wings very broad, about one third their

Rome ttre aie fea. lo agciots es oe as a ee Munza.

ff. Membranal margin to wings normal, narrow.. Platypleura.

B. Costal membrane of tegmina prominently arched

at base and dilated, about as wide or wider than

costal area.

g. Head frontally produced, not truncate, about as

long as pronotum (excluding its posterior

MHAEGID) . xa deh ke aie eee bales oes ns e's) Yanga.

gg. Head not produced, deflected in front of eyes .. Kongota.

2. Head (including eyes) only about or little more than

two thirds the width of base of mesonotum.

C. Pronotal lateral margins ampliated or angulated,

the angular apices not or only reaching base of

basal cell of tegmina.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 295

h. Costal membrane of tegmina prominently arched

at base and dilated.

2. Costal membrane of tegmina much narrower

VHA COSY Marea Lee sks ae ose Pema Gewese Umjaba.

wz. Costal membrane of tegmina always as broad

or broader than costal area ...........6.. Pycna.

D. Pronotal lateral margins strongly angulately am-

pliated, the angular apices reaching the middle

or near apex of basal cell of tegmina.

hh. Costal membrane not prominently arched at

base and only moderately dilated............ Ugata.

II. Tegmina with numerous, always more than eight,

apical areas.

: a. Tegmina semihyaline, only more or less reticu-

lately veined on apical area; opercula not quite

reaching middle of abdomen...............+.005 Angamiana.

aa, Tegmina opaque, venation on apical half dense

and furcate ; opercula not extending beyond basal

SERMEDE* Ts icais saath oc ase patients enedaveeecuse Polyneura.

IosBA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) wider than the base of the mesonotum,

not truncate anteriorly, but with the lateral margins of the

vertex a little oblique on each side and the front prominently

produced ; pronotum transverse, its posterior margin only a

little less in length than the vertex, the lateral margins

strongly and angulately produced on each side, the angula-

tions medial, their apices when the tegmina are expanded

reaching near or to about the end of the basal cell ; meso-

notum about as long as the pronotum ; anterior femora with

one or more distinct spines, posterior and sometimes inter-

mediate tibize spined on apical areas; metasternum elevated

and centrally sulcated ; tympana covered; opercula short,

broad, their apices more or less convexly rounded; rostrum

reaching the posterior coxe; tegmina with the basal cell

broad, irregular, with four, or sometimes five, angles; ulnar

veins widely separated at their bases; interior ulnar area

somewhat broadened at apex.

Type, J. leopardina, Dist. (Pecilopsaltria).

MuaAnSA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) slightly wider than base of mesonotum,

not truncate anteriorly, but frontally produced, about as long

as pronotum (excluding its posterior margin); pronotum

transverse, its posterior margin little more than half the length

of veitex, the lateral margins strongly and angulately

produced, angular apices reaching to about middle of basal

cell of tegmina; mesonotum a little longer than pronotum ;

20*

296 Mr. W. IL. Distant on Homoptera.

anterior femora with one or more distinct spines, posterior

tibiee with a few slender spines on apical areas ; metasternum

elevated and centrally suleated ; tympana practically covered ;

opercula short, broad, their apices more or less convexly

rounded ; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ; tegmina with

the basal cell broad, ulnar veins well separated at their bases.

Type, WM. clypealis, Karsch (Platypleura).

SADAKA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) about as wide as base of mesonotum,

not truncate anteriorly, but frontally produced, about as long

as pronotum (excluding its posterior margin) ; pronotum.

moderately transverse, its posterior margin half the length of

vertex, the lateral margins medially angularly produced,

angular apices reaching base of basal cell of tegmina; meso-

notum about as long as pronotum; anterior femora with one

or more distinct spines on under surface ; posterior tibize with

a few slender spines on apical areas; metasternum elevated

and centrally suleate; tympana covered; opercula short,

broad, their apices more or less convexly rounded ; rostrum

reaching the posterior cox; tegmina with the basal cell

short and broad; ulnar veins well separated at their bases.

Type, S. virescens, Karsch (Platypleura).

By the hyaline and non-opaque tegmina and wings this

genus resembles the subgen. Oxypleura (Platypleura), from

which it is at once separable by the frontally produced head.

Koma, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) wider than base of mesonotum, not

truncate anteriorly, but frontally produced, about as long as

pronotum (excluding its posterior margin) ; pronotum slightly

shorter than mesonotum, its posterior margin about half the

length of vertex, the lateral margins moderately dilated,

slightly angulated, but not reaching basal cell of tegmina ;

anterior femora with one or more distinct spines on under

surface ; posterior tibize with a few slender spines on apical

area ; metasternum elevated and centrally sulcate ; tympana

large; opercula short, broad, in type the margins oblique;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxe; tegmina with the

basal cell short and broad; ulnar veins well separated at their

bases.

Type, K. bombifrons, Karsch (Platypleura).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 297

MUNZA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) a little wider than base of mesonotum,

subtruncate and deflected in front of eyes; pronotum trans-

verse, about as long as mesonotum, its posterior margin a

little more than half the length of its vertex, its lateral

margins dilated and a little angulated, but not reaching the

basal cell of tegmina ; anterior femora not spined ; posterior

tibiz longly spined on their apical halves; metasternum a

little elevated and centrally suleate; tympanal coverings some-

what small; opercula short, broad, their lateral and posterior

margins a little oblique and sinuate ; rostrum reaching the

posterior coxz; tegmina with the basal cell broadened

apically ; wings with the outer and posterior membrane very

broad, about one third their length.

Type, J. laticlavia, Stal (Platypleura).

Genus PLATYPLEURA.

Platypleura, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 465 (1843).

Subgen. Orypleura, Amy. & Sery. Hist. Hém. p. 469 (1848).

Subgen. Pecilopsaltria, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 2 (1866).

Type genus, Platypleura—P. stridula, Linn. (Cicada).

subgen. Owvypleura—O. clara, Amy. & Serv.

Pecilopsaltria—P. octogutiata, Fabr. ( Tetti-

gonia).

7 2?

YANGA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) as wide or a little wider than base of

mesonotum, not truncate anteriorly, but with the lateral

margins of the vertex a little oblique on each side, the front

produced, about as long as the pronotum (excluding its poste-

rior margin); pronotum transverse, its posterior margin

about half the length of vertex, the lateral margins strongly

and angulately produced on each side, their apices extending

to a little more than the base of basal cell of tegmina ; meso-

notum a little longer than pronotum; anterior femora with a

basal and subapical spinous tubercle ; posterior tibize with a

few spines on apical area; metasternum elevated and centrally

suleate; tympanal coverings moderate in size; opercula

short and broad, their apices more or less convexly rounded ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxe; tegmina with the

costal membrane much arched at base and dilated, about as

broad or broader than the costal area, basal cell short and

broad, ulnar veins widely separated at their bases.

Type, Y. hova, Dist. (Pecilopsaltria).

298 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

KONGOTA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) about as wide as base of mesonotum,

anteriorly subtruncate, deflected in front of eyes; pronotum

transverse, its posterior margin about half the length of its

vertex, the lateral margins ampliately and subangulately

produced, their apices extending to about the base of basal

cell of tegmina; mesonotum about as long as pronotum ;

anterior femora basally and subapically tuberculously spinous ;

posterior tibize with a few spines on apical area; metasternum

elevated and centrally sulcate; tympanal coverings moderate

in size; opercula short and broad, their apices more or less

convexly rounded; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ;

tegmina with the costal membrane much arched at base and

dilated, broader than the costal area, basal cell very broad ;

ulnar veins widely separated at their bases.

‘Type, K. punctigera, Walk. (Platypleura).

UMJABA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) only about two thirds the width of

base of mesonotum, not truncate anteriorly, but obliquely de-

flected in front of eyes; pronotum transverse, its posterior

margin about half the length of its vertex, the lateral margins

ampliated, a little angulated anteriorly and posteriorly, but

not medially, and not reaching base of basal cell of tegmina ;

mesonotum slightly longer than pronotum ; anterior femora

tuberculously angulated near base and apex; posterior tibize

with a few spines on their apical area ; metasternum elevated

and centrally suleate ; tympanal coverings broad ; opercula

short, broad, their apices more or less convexly rounded ;

rostrum just passing the posterior coxe; tegmina with the

costal membrane much arched at base, but very much narrower

than the costal area, which is broadly dilated, basal cell very

bread, ulnar veins widely separated at their bases.

Type, U. evanescens, Butler (Platypleura).

Genus Pyona.

Pycna, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 463 (1843).

Head (including eyes) only about two thirds the width of

base of mesonotum, not truncate anteriorly, but obliquely

deflected in front of eyes; pronotum transverse, the posterior

margin about half the length of its vertex, the lateral margins

ampliated, but not angulated, and scarcely extending over

the base of tegmina; mesonotum about as long as pronotum ;

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 299

anterior femora tuberculously angulated near base and apex,

posterior tibiz spinous on apical area; metasternum a little

elevated and centrally sulcate ; tympana well covered ; abdo-

men short and robust ; opercula short, very broad, their apices

more or less convexly rounded; rostrum reaching the poste-

rior coxee ; tegmina with the costal membrane much arched

at base, dilated, and always as broad or very much broader

than the costal area; basal cell very broad; ulnar veins

widely separated at their bases.

Type, P. striz, Brullé (Cicada).

UGADA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) only about two thirds the width of base

of mesonotum, not truncate anteriorly, but obliquely deflected

in front of eyes; pronotum transverse, the posterior margin

a little more than half the length of its vertex, the lateral

margins strongly ampliated and medially angulated, their

apices reaching to middle or near end of basal cell of tegmina ;

mesonotum about as long as pronotum; anterior temora

tuberculately angulate near apex, posterior tibize spined on

apical area; metasternum elevated and centrally sulcate ;

tympana well covered ; opercula short and broad, their apices

more or less convexly rounded; rostrum reaching or passing

the posterior coxe ; tegmina with the costal membrane not

prominently arched at base, only moderately dilated, basal

cell moderately short and broad ; ulnar veins widely separated

at their apices.

Type, U. limbata, Fabr. (Tettigonia).

Genus ANGAMIANA.

Angamiana, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) v. p. 235 (1890).

Type, A. etherea, Dist.

Angamiana floridula, sp. n.

&@. Body and legs black ; posterior and posterior lateral

margins of pronotum and four discal spots to mesonotum, of

which the two longest are central and the two smaller between

the angles of the cruciform elevation, ochraceous.

Tegmina ochraceous brown, the venation ochraceous, about

basal third and a transverse fascia near middle creamy

white, basal cell black, costal membrane ochraceous; wings

ochraceous, with a number of elongate castaneous spots on

the posterior and apical areas.

Opercula obliquely divergent and reaching the apex of the

300 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

third abdominal segment; rostrum reaching the posterior

cox; face globose, obsoletely longitudinally sulecate and

more broadly transversely striate; head (including eyes)

much narrower than either anterior margin of pronotum or

base of mesonotum ; tegmina with the transverse veins at the

bases of the numerous apical areas margined with pale

ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., 41 mm.; exp. tegm. 128 mm.

Hab, “ Frontitve Chine—Tonkin—Region Lao-Kay ”

(Dupont, Paris Mus.).

Genus POLYNEURA.

Polyneura, Westw. Arcan. Entom. i, p. 92 (1842).

Type, P. ducalis, Westw.

Division TACUARIA.

Lateral margins of the pronotum convex, but not angu-

larly produced, sometimes simply moderately convex or

anteriorly subampliated and somewhat toothed ; tegmina and

wings more or less opaquely coloured.

Synopsis of Genera.

A. Lateral margins of the pronotum somewhat convex,

but even.

a. Head (including eyes) equal in width to that

between anterior lateral angles of pronotum.... Tacua.

b. Head (including eyes) narrower than width be-

tween anterior lateral angles of pronotum...... Graptopsaltria,

B. Lateral margins of the pronotum anteriorly sub-

ampliated and somewhat toothed ...........004 Tosena.

Genus TAcua.

Tacua, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 461 (1843).

Type, TZ’. speciosa, Illig. (Lettigonia).

Genus GRAPTOPSALTRIA.

Graptopsaltria, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 3 (1866).

Type, G. colorata, Stal.

Genus TOSENA.

Tosena, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 462 (1843).

Type, 7. fasciata, Fabr. (Tettigonia).

Mr. W. L. Distant on [Homoptera 301

Tosena Seebohmi, sp. n.

?. Body and legs black, somewhat opaque; head with

the basal lateral margins of face, the space between face and

eyes and the anterior angles of vertex above, pronotum with

the lateral and posterior margins (the Jast attenuated and

almost broken at centre) and two dentate spots on anterior

margin, mesonotum with the basal lateral margins, the poste-

rior disk (which has two black spots), and the. cruciform

elevation and the lateral margins of the prosternum pale

green.

Tegmina piceous, opaque, the costal membrane and costal

area pale green, the venation castaneous ; a broad creamy-

white transverse fascia commencing at end of radial area,

where it is broadest, and terminating on lower apical area,

where it is attenuated, and with some pale brownish longitu-

dinal streaks in ulnar and apical areas; wings black, some-

what shining, with some pale brownish streaks near apices of

apical areas, the largest on abdominal area.

Rostrum passing the posterior coxze.

Allied to 7. montivaga, Dist.; apart from some colour-

differences, it differs principally from the corresponding sex

of that species by the much greater width of the tegmina

in wings. In J. montivaga 9 the greatest width of the

tegmina is only equal to one third of their length, in 7. See-

bohmi ¢ it is considerably more than one third of their

length ; the apices of both tegmina and wings are also much

broader and less oblique.

Long., excl. tegm., ? 45 mm.; exp. tegm., 9 148 mm.

Hab. Formosa: Lak-kuli (Holst, Brit. Mus.).

The specimen on which this species is founded formed part

of the bequest made to the British Museum by the late

well-known ornithologist Henry Seebohm, to whom I have

dedicated its specific name.

Division THOPHARIA.

Tympana very strongly developed and sac-like, projecting

beyond the lateral margins of the abdomen and extending to

about half its length; opercula very small, not reaching

base of metasternum; lateral margins of pronotum almost

truncate ; tegmina and wings talc-like, semihyaline.

Synopsis of Genera.

A, Pronotum very broad, its breadth equalling length of both

pro- and mesonotum (including the cruciform basal

elevation).

a, Head between eyes as broad as base of mesonotum .... Thopha.

302 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

B. Pronotum moderately broad, its breadth considerably less

than length of both pro- and mesonotum (including the

cruciform basal elevation).

’. Head between eyes much narrower than base of meso-

NOLUM Pcs cele es Deed cen ee Aeon ee wore (eAazmtae

Genus THOPHA.

Thopha, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 471 (1848).

Type, ZT. saccata, Fabr. (Tettigonia).

ARUNTA, gen. nov.

Head transverse, moderately truncate in front of eyes,

between eyes much narrower than base of mesonotum ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ; pronotum moderately

broad, its breadth considerably less than length of both pro-

and mesonotum (including the basal cruciform elevation) ;

tympana very largely developed and sac-like, their apices

obliquely extending beyond the lateral margins of the abdo-

men and to about half its length ; opercula very small, not

extending to base of metasternum, placed wide apart, and

with their apical margins convex ; anterior femora incras-

sated and spined; posterior tibie with a few lateral fine

spines; tegmina and wings talc-like, tegmina with eight

apical areas.

Type, A. perulata, Guér. ( Cicada).

Division CYCLOCHILARIA.

Abdomen broad, unsymmetrical, medially widened and

distinctly abbreviated posteriorly, in the male sex (princi-

pally) obliquely depressed on each side, its greatest width

almost double that of head between eyes; opercula not

extending beyond base of metasternum.

Synopsis of Genera.

A. Lateral margins of pronotum moderately concavely

ampliated ; head (including eyes) almost as wide

as anterior margin of pronotum ; abdomen beneath

moderately ConveR® Gove set ce bese ruses sees e. Cyclochila.

B. Lateral margins of pronotum not convexly ampliated,

but considerably narrowed anteriorly ; head (in-

cluding eyes) wider than anterior margin of pro-

notum; abdomen beneath more or less obliquely

depressed from base to apex.

a. Head (including eyes) broader than base of meso-

notum ; abdomen considerably longer than broad. Psaltoda.

b. Head (including eyes) only about as broad as base

of mesonotum; abdomen about as broad as

LOTIGE jis ~, sha 2p vs Roe ake Rtas 2 3, vale Henicopsaltria.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 303

Genus CYCLOCHILA.

Cyclochila, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 470 (1843).

Type, C. australasie, Donov. (Tettigonia).

Genus PSALTODA.

Psaltoda, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. (4) i. p. 613 (1861).

Type, P. merens, Germ. (Cicada).

Genus HENICOPSALTRIA.

Henicopsaltria, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 7 (1866).

Type, H. Eydouxt, Guér. (Cicada).

FTenicopsaltria pygmea, sp. n.

3. Body ochreous brown, abdomen castaneous; pronotum

with a central ochraceous line, on each side of which is a

narrow black fascia, extending from anterior margin to near

middle; mesonotum with two obscure, central, obconical

spots on anterior margin, the cruciform elevation ochraceous ;

abdomen above with the following greyish-white markings,

viz.: a small spot at inner angle of each tympanal covering,

a broad anterior fascia (broken centrally) to second segment,

and the anterior margin of anal segment. ‘Tegmina and

wings talc-like, the venation ochraceous; tegmina with the

following fuscous spots:—one on each longitudinal vein to

third ulnar area, each side of the transverse veins at apices of

ulnar areas, and one at the apex of each longitudinal vein to

apical areas.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum granulose; rostrum

reaching the posterior coxe ; tympanal coverings prominent

and finely transversely striate ; ; abdomen finely pilose ; 3 Oper-

cula rounded, not extending beyond the anterior margin of

the first abdominal segment ; tegmina only a little longer

than the body.

Long., excl. tegm., 14 mm. ; exp. tegm. 39 mm.

Hab. 8.W. Australia (Higgins).

Allied to H. fullo, Walk.

304 Bibwographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Fasciculi Malayensis: Zoology. Part II. 1903.

Longmans, Green, & Co.

Tue value of the work accomplished by Messrs. Annandale and

Robinson during their expedition to Perak and the Siamese Malay

States in 1901-2 may be measured by the admirable series of

memoirs thereon which are now passing through the press.

The second part, dealing with the zoological results of the ex-

pedition, embraces papers on the non-operculate Mollusca; Rhyn-

chota; Coleoptera ; and the structure and mechanism of the funnel

surrounding the mouth of the tadpole of Megalophrys montana ;

Marine and Freshwater Fishes; and a tooth of Elephas namadicus.

The bulk of these papers are of a purely technical character. The

most interesting perhaps is that on the marine fishes, inasmuch as

it embraces some curious facts concerning the justly celebrated

“ walking-fishes,” Periophthalmus and Boleophthalmus.

A newly discovered species of the first-named genus, P. phya,

proves to be remarkable in more ways than one, but chiefly on

account of the fact that it constructs a more or less permanent

burrow, used either as a refuge when threatened or as a shelter in

bad weather ; it may possibly also serve as a nest, but about this

there is some doubt.

The main entrance to this burrow lies in a pool of water, which

is maintained when the tide sinks (for it is always made between

tide-marks) by a rampart of mud some 5d or 6 inches high and a

foot and a half in diameter. Outside this rampart a number of

small holes are always found, and these lead into the central shaft.

When alarmed the fishes dive at once into one of the outer shafts

or else mount the rampart, and after a careful survey either pitch

headlong into the central pool or resume their hunting.

It would have been well if more accounts of this kind had been

included in the volume; as a rule, however, little more than a list

of species of each of the groups collected has been given.

The two coloured plates of Rhynchota certainly represent the

acme of the three-colour process and are really splendidly rendered.

The third part of this volume will, we. believe, be published

shortly.

Trouessart’s * Catalogue of Mammals.’

Catalogus Mammalium, tam Viventium quam Fossilium. By

E. L. Trovessarr. Quinquennale Supplementum, Fasciculus i.

Berlin: Friedlinder & Son, 1904. Pp. iv + 288. Price 12s.

Tue papers on Mammalia which have been published in the

columns of the ‘ Annals’ during the last few years are alone

sufficient to serve as an indication of the great progress which has

been made in the detailed study of that group, and the numerous

changes in nomenclature which have been advocated, during the

period in question. Any systematic work on Mammals published

Bibliographical Notices. 305

half a dozen years or so ago is indeed, if all these proposed changes

be adopted, practically obsolete, while all lists of species of that

date are hopelessly in arrears. In these circumstances, it is very

satisfactory to find that Dr. Trouessart has been enabled to bring

his invaluable ‘ Catalogue’ up to date by the issue of what he calls

a supplement. As a matter of fact, this is practically a new edition

of that work, with the exception that the original references to

genera and species which retain their old titles are not repeated,

the student being referred back to the second edition of the

‘Catalogue ’itself. In some respects this plan is a decided dis-

advantage, since it renders it necessary for every student to have

access to the original work, which in due course will probably be

out of print, whereas if references to the place of publication of

genera and species had been given in the supplement, the latter

would have sufficed for all purposes. Doubtless, however, the large

additional expense thus involved would have rendered this plan

impracticable.

The present portion of the re-issue comprises the four orders

Primates, Chiroptera, Insectivora, and Pinnipedia (expanded into

six by the author); and an idea of the number of additions to the

species in these groups since the date of the second edition of the

‘Catalogue’ may be gleaned from the statement that (apart from

subspecies) the first of these now comprises 290 against 255. In

cases where names are preoccupied or otherwise unavailable, the

author bas not hesitated to replace them by new ones; but in thus

substituting Leptocebus for Semnocebus, we note that he has been

anticipated by Mr. Palmer, who suggested Lophocebus. A name is

regarded as preoccupied even when there is some difference in tho

mode of spelling or in the form of the termination, as in the case of

Megaloglossus and Megaloglossa ; and in this we think he is right.

Whether, however, naturalists will agree with him in accepting all

the emendations and changes that have recently been proposed in

mammalian nomenclature (even when they have been suggested in

our own columns) remains to be seen. Generic terms are for

the most part employed in a wide sense, many of the so-called

genera of modern zoology being relegated to subgeneric rank, as in

the case of the more typical Bats, where we find Pterygistes aud

Pipistrellus regarded as groups of Vespertilio.

When complete, the ‘Supplement’ will be invaluable to natura-

lists ; and we may wish the author health, strength, and energy

to bring his laborious and self-imposed task to a satisfactory

conclusion.—R. L.

International Catalogue of Scientific Literature. Second Annual

Issue. R. Bacteriology. London: Harrison & Sons. 1903

(October). Price 21s.

Tus great catalogue should prove of considerable value to those

engaged in research. The present volume (Bacteriology) is divided

into two portions—the first an authors’ catalogue, in which works

and papers are catalogued under the names of the authors, alpha-

betically arranged; the second a subject catalogue, authors’ names

506 Bibliographical Notices.

again appearing alphabetically under each subject, and cross-refer-

ences between the two portions of the book are also given.

Two criticisms of the work might be made. Beyond the state-

ment that it is the second annual issue and the date of publication

(1903), no indication is given of the period that is covered ; pre-

sumably it is the year 1902. Secondly, in the subject catalogue it

would be a great convenience if the subject dealt with were briefly

indicated in headings to the pages. As it is, several pages may

have to be turned over before arriving at the subject heading. It

is true that the last objection is perhaps removed by an excellent

index.

The Old Riddle and the Newest Answer. By Joan Gerarp, 8.J.,

F.L.S. London: Longmans, Green, & Co. 1904.

Tux object of this book is to show not only that Haeckel, in his

‘ Riddie of the Universe,’ claimed more for the theory of evolution

than is warranted by the facts—and no one doubts this,—but

that this theory, when it comes to be closely and carefully examined,

proves absolutely valucless as an explanation of the origin and

development of life upon the earth. It is, in short, a thing vainly

invented, and grounded upon no warranty !

That the author should have arrived at a conclusion so extra-

ordinary in the face of the evidence before him is inexplicable.

The case for the prosecution is conducted with much skill.

Huxley’s evidence is made again and again to tell against the

theory for which he worked so hard. ‘The evidence in other cases

is of very questionable value. What reliance, for example, can be

placed on the opinion of an eminent botanist as touching the evolu-

tion of the horse ?

Many times in the pages of this book the author has presented

the evolution theory, or the Darwinian hypothesis of “ natural

selection,” in a guise which shows clearly that he has failed to

appreciate not only the significance of the facts involved, but also

the essential principles of these hypotheses.

The argument for the evolution theory from the evidence of

geographical distribution rests on a quotation from. the ‘ North

British Review’ for 1867! The marvellous series of Proboscidean

remains in the British Museum afford overwhelming testimony to

the theory of evolution; and their evidence in this connexion was

pointed out, only a few months ago, in a course of lectures by

Prof. E. Ray Lankester. The author makes but a passing reference

to these, and then passes immediately afterwards, without further

comment, to discuss the views of Gaudry on the Mastodon and

Dinotheria !

Of the Proboscidea the author, in an earlier part of his book,

says :—‘‘ These, like other families, to judge from the evidence we

have, began with the biggest representatives ....” Surely the

word “ biggest ” should read ‘“ smallest ” !

But we have said enough. We close this volume with a sense of

disappointment and regret. The author seems to have undertaken

this task with the conviction that the theory of evolution must be

Bibliographical Notices. 307

discredited at all costs, as subversive alike of religion and of morals ;

and in accordance with this view he has had recourse to desperate

measures, which are to be deplored—the more so since they are

unnecessary, for the truth can hurt neither if they themselves are

true.

We say, without fear of contradiction, that the theory of evolu-

tion is unassailable. It is as well founded as the law of gravitation,

as irresistible as the proof of the rotundity of the earth—and there

are some who doubt this last fact, even in these days!

W. P. Pyorarr.

Forest Conditions of the San Francisco Mountains Forest Reserve,

Arizona. By J. E. Lerpere, Tu. F. Rixon, and A. Dopwett.

With Introduction by F, G. Prummer. Series H, no. 7, Pages

95, with seven maps and plates. 4to. Government Printing

Office, Washington. 1904.

Forest Conditions in the Black Mesa Forest Reserve, Arizona. Pre-

pared by F. G. Prummer from Notes by Tu. F. Rixon and

A. Dopwett. Series H, no. 8. Pages 62, with seven maps and

plates. 4tc. Government Printing Office, Washington. 104.

Tue forest-conditions of definite regions in the United States are

especially described and illustrated in several papers (‘ Series H.

Forestry”) of the U.S. Geological Survey Annual Reports and in

seven separate memoirs (1902-4), The noted details are clearly

and fully described, and good plates of maps, plans, views of

mountain and prairie, of forests, woods, isolated timber-trees, and

“ stands” of special trees are abundantly supplied.

After having defined the limits of the area to be noticed, the

authors give an account of its superficial features, its soil, drainage,

water-supply, agricultural and mining aspects, if any. The timber

is then considered, Ist, as to the kinds of trees (in memoir “H 7”

12 conifers are enumerated and 10 broad-leaved species; in

“HH 8,” 9 and 6 respectively) ; and, 2nd, the zones they occupy in

the area, variable according to height and exposure to favourable

conditions or otherwise. Also as to the estimated quantity and

commercial value of the timber which the best sorts of the trees may

supply, and the quantity of fuel the poor kinds may furnish.

The description of the several kinds of trees follows, as to their

general habit and style of growth, their merchantable condition, and

the calculable value of forest-zone and timber-belt for fuel, fencing

material, and mill-timber (some is used largely for railways and

mines). Some notes are also given about the deciduous or broad-

leaved trees and their relative value in different ways.

Of course, the forests have been destroyed by the axe to a great

extent; but, besides cutting, other agencies of destruction have

been the following :—grazing, mainly flocks of sheep trampling

and eating the seedlings, and fire from hunters’ and shepherds’

camps, railway sparks, and especially lightning.

At page 17 of “ H, no. 7” it is stated :—“* Among the coniferous

species the yellow-pine claims first: rank, constituting over 99 per

cent. of the merchantable timber and about 90 per cent. of the total

308 Bibliographical Notices.

forest. It is followed by one-seed juniper and pion. The other

coniferous trees form individually but small percentages of the total

growth, and are confined to more or less circumscribed tracts.

Among the broad-leafed species, aspen takes first rank, but is closely

followed by the oaks. The rest of the species of this class consists

of isolated trees or small groups scattered on the breaks to the

larger canyons.”

And at page 18 of the same no. 7 Forestry memoir :—‘‘ The

aborescent growth in the Reserve falls naturally into three chief

types or divisions, with one which is intermediate or transitional.

These types in their altitudinal extensions, and in the species which

correspond in a general way to the different ratios of precipitation

which prevail over the various districts in which they are found,

Yet here, as elsewhere, the soil-moisture, not always closely propor-

tioned to the annual precipitation, comes into play, and limits the

range of the different types, or extends it into areas where other-

wise they would not occur.”

At pages 30 and 31 of “no, 8” both the natural retention and the

** run-off” of rain-water in a forested area are carefully considered,

with true scientific application of the topographical evidences.

The Geology and Ore-deposits of the Bisbee Quadrangle, Arizona.

By Freperick Lestize Ransome, 168 pages. 4to. With 29

plates and 5 text-figs. Government Printing Office, Washington,

1904.

Tas memoir is the “ 21st Professional Paper” of the United States

Geological Survey, and, as usual with that series, contains a

trustworthy and complete description of a definite region as to

its production of materials useful for arts and manufactures, and

its surface-features, geological structure, and its paleontology, all

carefully observed, noted, and illustrated by members of the

Survey, under the superintendence of the Director, C. D. Walcott.

The volume before us treats of an important copper district in

Arizona, the territory lying south of Utah, near the mouth of

the great Colorado River, and forming part of one of the

great metalliferous regions of N.W. America, The strata of the

country belong to the Precambrian, Cambrian, Devonian, Carbon-

iferous, and Cretaceous formations, and there are superficial beds

of Quaternary age. Some of the older strata have been more

or less metamorphosed by contact with the intrusive granite and

granite-porphyry of post-Carboniferous date. There are also dykes

of later date and less importance, probably doleritic, but much

altered.

This work, by Mr. F. L. Ransome and his colleagues, is richly

illustrated with good geological maps, views, and sections, and with

characteristic fossils, also plans and details of mining. The distribu-

tion, the genesis, and condition of the ores, both of primary and

secondary origin, are considered, the latter having been enriched by

the natural leaching of copper-salts from the pyrites lying at a

higher level. The limonite and kaolin, met with in local abundance,

Geological Society. 309

are also noticed. The progress of mining work in the Bisbee

Quadrangle from about 1873 to 1899 is given as having been pro-

ductive of about 380,115,851 pounds of “ black ” (crude) copper.

The lucid and scientific descriptions of local features, facts, and

conditions render this volume a valuable adjunct to mining litera-

ture, and its value is enhanced by a somewhat sanguine but quite

cautious treatment of the probabilities of good pyrites being found

at certain localities and levels in neighbouring rock-formations.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 22nd, 1904.—J. E. Marr, Se.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Tertiary Fossils of Somaliland, as represented in the

British Museum (Natural Museum).’ By Richard Bullen Newton,

Esq., F.G.8.

Since the publication, in 1900, of Prof.Gregory’s paper, founded on

specimens in the Natural History Museum, mostly collected and pre-

sented by Mrs. Lort Phillips, the National Collection has been enriched

by further series of fossils: the Donaldson-Smith Collection, and

one presented by Major R. G. Edwards Leckie. The new material

is, generally speaking, better preserved than that previously dealt

with. The large Lucinidee and specimens of Campanile (previously

considered as Nerinea) are very typical of Eocene rocks generally,

and they agree with the foraminifera in the Somaliland Limestones

in supporting the reference of these rocks to this period. The

matrices of these limestones correspond with those surrounding the

corals described by Prof. Gregory as belonging to the Uradu and

Dobar Limestones. Two limestones seem to be represented in the

collections—an upper, massive and cherty, often coloured reddish-

brown externally ; and a lower, of less cherty character and lighter

colour. The limestones appear to be capable of correlation with

those of the south-eastern corner of Arabia, as well as with those of

Sind and Cutch; they can also be traced in connection with the

Eocene areas of Egypt and other regions of North Africa, through

Europe to the Paris Basin, and so to the Bracklesham Beds of England.

The new collections contain some older fossils, but they are not con-

sidered in the present paper.

A review of the literature of the subject is given, and the Author

then proceeds to the description of species of gasteropods, lamelli-

branchs, echinoids, and corals. Six new species are described and

named, and sixteen species or varieties described but not named.

An account of the foraminiferal structures of the limestones follows,

and the paper closes with a list of the known Tertiary fossils from

Somaliland.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 21

310 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Mineralogical Structure of the Porcellanous Foraminifera.

To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

Gentitemen,—In Mr. J. J. Lister’s work on the Foraminifera

(‘ Treatise on Zoology,’ pt. i.), a copy of which I have only just seen,

that author has put a misconstruction on my statements regarding

the probable mineralogical structure of the porcellanous Foramini-

fera. On p. 54 he says, “ Chapman also has recently stated that

the tests of the Miliolidea are of aragonite, or, rather (following

Miss Kelly, ‘Mineralogical Magazine,’ vol. xii. (1900) p. 363),

conchite. I am inclined to doubt this conclusion.” If Mr. Lister

will kindly turn to p. 39 of my work on the Foraminifera, he will

there read, ‘‘ The mineral constituent of this type has long been

supposed to be carbonate of lime in the form of aragonite. This

appears from recent researches and from the author’s own experi-

ments to be extremely doubtful, and is more likely to be an inter-

mediate mineral condition in which the organic element is intimately

mixed with the mineral, and probably corresponding with the new

mineral species Conchite. One powerful argument against the view

that the porcellanous shell is composed of aragonite, which is a very

unstable mineral, is the fact that certain calcareo-argillaceous rocks

of Carbo-Permian age from Australia have recently been described

which are largely made up of the tests of a wild-growing or

meandering form of Nubecularia in which the shell-texture is

exactly comparable with that of the recent porcellanous forms of

the genus,”

Incidentally I may mention that the optical phenomena exhibited

by thin slices of porcellanous Foraminifera are not in favour of

their being formed of calcite, as Mr. Lister supposes, as I have

repeatedly observed traces of anomalous biaxial figures under

convergent polarized light.

FREDERICK CHAPMAN.

National Museum, Melbourne, Australia.

August 16th, 1904.

The Limacodid Lepidoptera and their Dipterous Parasites, Bomby-

lides of the Genus Systropus: Parallel Adaptation of Host and

Parasite to the same Conditions of Hwistence. By J. Kinexen

p’ Hercurals.

In the course of the mission which I have fulfilled in the

Argentine Republic (1898-1900) I had an opportunity of observing

the singular organic likeness between the Lepidopterous host and

Miscellaneous. Bi el

its Dipterous parasite, and of recognizing the physiological consc-

quences resulting from this likeness in acts of the same nature

which both have to perform.

In order to bring out the originality of the biological phenomena

of which I have been witness it will be well to give a brief historical

sketch. Benj. D. Walsh, in 1864, was the first to discover, in the

United States, that certain Diptera of the family Bombylidee

(Systropus) were parasitic upon Limacodid Lepidoptera. This obser-

vation, superficial though it was, is none the less interesting,

inasmuch as at that time the Bombylide were regarded as exclu-

sively parasites of Hymenoptera; we know nowadays that their field

of action is far more extended. Westwood (1876), having received

from Natal Limacodid cocoons from which a Systropus had emerged,

was able to verify the correctness of the preceding observation and

complete it with the assistance of figures. He remarked that the

head of the nymph exhibited “a strong conical frontal projection,

by means of which it is without doubt capable of pushing back the

operculum at the extremity of the Lepidopterous covoon”; having

before him, however, dried specimens, he had no suspicion of the

ingenious process employed to enable the nymph to quit its prison.

Carlos Berg simply mentions (1878) that Systropus frequently issued

from the cocoons of Limacodid Lepidoptera (Sibine, nee Streblota,

de Berg, bonaérensis, Berg). Lastly, Dr. T. A. Chapman (1902),

having received from La Plata the cocoon of an unknown Limacodid,

accompanied by the exuvie of a Systropus, also unknown, supposed,

after an examination of the head of the Lepidopterous chrysalis and

that of the nymph of the Dipterous parasite, and after comparison

with the figures given by Westwood, that both were capable, not, as

the English author supposed, of lifting up a pre-existent operculum,

but of making for themselves the opening by which the adult insects

escaped. Tbese were nothing more than conjectures ; observations

on the living subject could alone determine whether they had any

foundation in fact.

This being the question, the following observations were made by

the author. In the autumn, that is to say in the month of June,

the cocoons of Sibine bonaérensis are not infrequent on fruit-trees,

and especially pear-trees, in the gardens of country houses (quintas)

near Buenos Ayres; if Hie cocoons are opened during the winter

months two conditions present themselves: in the first the Lepi-

dopterous caterpillar is found contracted and immobile, and so it will

remain until the fine weather, when it will be suddenly transformed

into a chrysalis, the imago emerging eight to ten days later; in

the second case its place is taken by the larva of the Dipterous

parasite, also contracted and immobile, remaining in this state also

until the hot season, when it is changed into a nymph, becoming

adult a few days later. The larve of the host and of the parasite

are thus both in that state of somnolence which I have called

*“‘ hypnodie” ; on the other hand, the chrysalis of the former and

the nymph of the latter are both active and capable of developing

312 Miscellaneous.

the most extraordinary energy in order to escape from their

prison. ;

It is necessary first to make the observation that the caterpillars

of Sibine bonaérensis, like those of other Limacodide, as the study

of their cocoons has taught, provide no operculum to facilitate the

emergence of the imago; these cocoons are shells, of which the

parchment-like tissue is homogeneous. It follows therefore that

these insects, whether host or parasite, must have some special

means of making an outlet. To this end both chrysalis and nymph

are armed on the frontal region with a strongly chitinized conical

point, absolutely similar in the two cases. Both carry points at

the extremity of the abdomen. Host and parasite, thus armed,

bend themselves like a bow, then give to their bodies rapid and

violent gyratory movements, at the same time pressing the frontal

point against the anterior end of the cocoon, and in this way they

cut cut a hemispherical cap with sharply defined borders of a size

proportional to their own. We have here a phenomenon of con-

vergence which the author thinks should be designated homeoprawis

(éuovos =like, rpaéis=action).

Observation teaches what is the physiological mechanism which

allows the prisoners to exert a maximum of energy and to convert

themselves into a living brace and bit. The nymph of Systropus

and the adult insect itself emerging from the nymph have a

volume such that they present the appearance of Anthrax and

Bombylus. It is only after emergence that the adult Systropus

takes on its slender form and shows itself under the deceitful guise

of a Conops. In short, the nymph possesses the faculty of filling

its digestive tube with air, which enables it, under the action of

the muscles, to compress the blood-mass which fills its general

cavity. It has at disposal then an air-pump, like many other

insects, which, as the author has already shown in the Orthopterous

Acridez (‘ Comptes Rendus,’ t. ex. 1890, p. 807, and t. xix. 1894,

p. 244), plays so important a réle after emergence, metamorphosis,

and oviposition; the augmentation of volume which the insects

present at the moment of emergence depends on the dilatation of

the digestive tube with air, and not on the dilatation of the tubular

or ampulliform trachese *.—Comptes Rendus, tome cxxxyili. no, 25,

pp. 1623-1625 (20th June, 1904).

* The Systropus parasite of Sibine bonaérensis, Berg, a special species

which ought to bear the name of Systropus conopoides, Kiinckel, differs

from S. fanoides, Westwood, from Mexico, by definite characters :—

1. The two lateral spots on the metathoracic scutum are joined in one

and of a straw-yellow ; 2. The abdomen has the swelling at the extre-

mity entirely black and the sides of the constricted portion marked by

elongated black spots, forming a discontinuous lateral band; 38. The

second tarsal articulation, both anterior and intermediate, is entirely

black.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 83. NOVEMBER 1904.

XLV.—The Cape Colony Quaggas. By R. I. Pocock,

Superintendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens, late

Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British

Museum.

[Plates IX. & X.]

I. INTRODUCTION.

In an interesting and suggestive paper in the P. Z. 8. for

this year (vol. i. pp. 426-431), Mr. Lydekker discusses the

presence of a preorbital pit in the skulls of recent horses, and

incidentally attempts to establish two conclusions: (1) that

all the genuine Quaggas known to us either from skins or

photographs or figures, with the possible exception of the

example at Vienna, are subspecifically identical, the ad-

mittedly great differences between some of the types being

due either to individual variation or to fading from exposure

to light or to carelessness in drawing ; (2) that the species

they constitute differs specifically from all the forms of the

animal commonly known as Burchell’s Zebra. These,

presumably, are the views of the older generation of natura-

lists, to which Mr. Lydekker has reverted. But since [

have long been of a different opinion on both these points,

I avail myself of the opportunity afforded by the publica-

tion of Mr. Lydekker’s paper to state at greater length

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 22

314 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

than heretofore the reasons upon which my opinions are

founded ; and I do this the more readily because it seems

to me that the data upon which Mr. Lydekker relies are

demonstrably unsound or open to certain obvious and

cogent criticisms, which leave the questions at issue prac-

tically in statu quo ante, unless, indeed, they may be claimed as

strengthened on my side by the refutation of the first authori-

tative adverse arguments that have been levelled against my

beliefs. Also it may help to elucidate the difficulties besetting

the determination of what are called the “ true Quaggas,”

if an attempt is made to point out the salient characteristics of

the principal types which commonly pass under that name.

Two of these, of which specimens have luckily been pre-

served, were, a year or two back, regarded by Mr. Lydekker

himself as worthy of nominal subspecific distinction. To

these the evidence compels me to add a third, which, al-

though unfortunately, like the first described form, known

only from figures and descriptions, is yet the best-marked

type of the four and the one that is perhaps the most in-

teresting in the matter of coloration to students of the equine

family. Current descriptions of “the Quagga” have been

drawn mainly from these four sources to the creation and

fostering of forgetfulness of the characters of the original

type.

II. THE TWO CHARACTERS ALLEGED TO BE DISTINCTIVE OF

THE ‘ QUAGGAS ” AS COMPARED WITH THE “‘ BURCHELL’S

ZEBRAS.”

(1) It is stated by Mr. Lydekker that the pattern on the

forehead in Equus quagga forms a shorter and more regular

diamond than in the Bonte Quagga (#. Burchell’), and that

in the former the centre of the diamond is a pale stripe with

four or five dark stripes on each side of it, whereas in all

Bonte Quaggas or Burchell’s Zebras the diamond is made

up of from five to nine stripes, the middle line being black,

with from two to four stripes on each side. This proposition

is not in all cases true either of the “ Quaggas” or the

“ Burchell’s Zebras.” In his very accurate description of

the quagga in the Vienna Museum (P. Z. 8S. 1902, vol. i.

p- 35), Dr. Lorenz says: ‘* Hight narrow lines [¢. e. dark

stripes] run from between the eyes down to the back of the

nose and up to the beginning of the mane; from the middle

of the front a ninth medial line runs to the back of the nose.” -

This quagga, therefore, differs in this particular from the one

in the British Museum. So far also as the Burchell’s Zebras

the Cape Uolony Quaggas. 315

are concerned, the following observations, based mostly upon

a few living and stuffed animals, show that no value is to

be attached to the presence or absence of a median fronto-

nasal black stripe :—

1. Lquus qguagga Burchelli (in B.M.).—On the forehead

there are three pairs of black stripes and one median

black stripe. On the nose the latter is double.

Ilence the centre of the diamond is in its upper portion

a dark stripe, in its lower portion a pale stripe.

2. E. quagga Wahlbergi (type stuffed in B.M.).—Three

pairs of symmetrically disposed stripes on the fore-

head. On the nose the inner or admedian stripe on

each side bifurcates, giving rise to four pairs of

stripes. Diamond with pale median line throughout

its length.

3. E. quagga Chapmanni (in Zool. Gdns.).—Four pairs of

symmetrical stripes on forehead, the second and third

from the outside fusing below the level of the eye.

One median black stripe on forehead confluent above

with the fourth on the right side, but splitting below

the eyes and turning aside towards the left out of the

middle line. Thus the centre of the diamond is a dark

stripe on the forehead, a pale stripe on the nose.

4. E. quagga Chapmanni (Prof. Ewart’s “ Matoppo”’).—

Forehead with three pairs of symmetrical stripes and

the middle line pale. ‘The second stripe on each

side was divided inferiorly and its inner branch again

divided on the left side, the nasal portion of the

diamond consisting of nine stripes. Hence the middle

line of the diamond on the forehead was pale, on the

nose black.

5. E. quagga Granti (in B.M., from Lake Baringo).—

Two pairs of symmetrical black stripes and a single

median black stripe, making five in all. ‘These

stripes, however, show signs of reduplication which

if completed would convert them into ten stripes,

leaving the median line pale.

6. E. quagga Granti (in B. M., from Kilimanjaro).—Three

pairs of black stripes and a median black stripe.

7. E. quagga Granti (in Zool, Gardens, from Kilima-

njaro).—Three pairs of symmetrical stripes on fore-

lead and nose, but the admedian on the right side

22*

316 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

giving off a short branch between the eyes. The

centre of the diamond might thus be described as

consisting of a pale stripe above and below, and a

black stripe in the middle where the symmetry is broken

by the supernumerary branch. But in reality the pale

median line traverses the diamond from end to end.

8. H. quagga Seloust (type in B. M.).—Two pairs of

symmetrical black stripes and a single short isolated

black stripe in the middle.

These facts prove that amongst the Burchell’s or Bonte

Quaggas the central line of the facial diamond may be

either pale throughout or dark throughout, or dark on the

forehead and pale on the nose, or pale on the forehead and

dark on the nose, or pale in its upper and lower extremities

and dark in the middle.

The animals above described were not in any way selected

to prove or disprove a case. ‘They were the first that

came to hand when I wished to verify, in the readiest

manner possible, the statement as to the colour of the central

line of the diamond. The arrangement of the bars is some-

times quite simple, sometimes very complicated and requiring

the greatest care to follow out with accuracy. Nevertheless,

an attempt at symmetry is generally traceable, although the

actual middle line of the diamond may not lie in the middle

line of the face.

The explanation of the facts given above is, I believe, as

follows :—

The forehead and nose were originally furnished with a

Jarge number of symmetrically disposed stripes, the median

line therefore being pale. By fusion these stripes are

reduced in number. When the fusion is regular the sym-

metry is retained ; when irregular it is destroyed. When a

dark stripe occurs in the middle line it may result from the

fusion of the two original admedian stripes. This, I under-

stand, is substantially Prof. Cossar Ewart’s opinion. The

bifurcation of the stripes, however, may also be explained on

the hypothesis of the splitting of originally single broader

stripes. In that case there may have been a median stripe

on the forehead and head comparable to the spinal stripe in

the middle of the back. But in any case I am persuaded

that it is impossible to make the presence or absence of a

dark median line a basis for splitting the Quaggine from the

Burchelline species of Hquus.

(2) Mr. Lydekker also believes the “‘ Quaggas” may be

the Cape Colony Quaggas. 317

distinguished from ‘ Burchell’s Zebras,” using this term in its

broadest sense to include such diverse forms as Grant’s,

Crawshay’s, Chapman’s, and the typical Burchell’s, by the

presence on the skull in front of the orbit of a depression,

claimed to be the remains of a pit which in more archaic

forms lodged a facial gland. Evidence of the existence of

this depression in a quagga’s skull was pointed out by

Dr. Forsyth Major in 1880. It is also present, as Mr.

Lydekker has shown, in the skull of the animal in the

British Museum. ‘This confirmation of Dr. Major’s ob-

servation would, to a certain extent, justify a provisional

generalization as to its occurrence in all “true Quaggas’”

skulls, were it not that this pit belongs to the category

of characters which are likely to appear sporadically as

atavisms, and are, therefore, from the systematic standpoint,

open to suspicion on the score of inconstancy., Such

characters are of doubtful value as a basis for the formation

of natural groups, for functionless vestiges have seldom

much importance in taxonomy, This is the principal

argument to be alleged & prior’ against the belief in the

specific value of the depression in question. On & posteriort

grounds I also find reasons for rejecting that belief.

Mr. Lydekker asserts that he found no trace of the

depression in any of the Burchell or Bonte Quaggas’ skulls,

of which there are, he adds, a good number in the British

Museum. I cannot find in that institution any skull known

to be that of a typical Burchell. There are the skulls of

E. quagga Wahlbergi; of two subspecifically unknown

specimens received from the Zoological Society ; of two

labelled Crawshay’s Quagga which were collected by Penrice

and are therefore probably referable to. quagga Chapmanni;

and of three examples of Grant’s Quagga, one ( ? ) obtained

by Gregory, and two (¢ ?) by Hinde on the Athi Plains.

Presumably, these are the skulls that Mr. Lydekker refers to

comprehensively as those of Bonte Quaggas’; but they

hardly justify the conclusion that the facial pit was absent in

the typical Burchell. ‘hey do, however, satisfy me that no

great reliance can be placed on the character under dis-

cussion; for, although the skulls of the female Grant’s

Quaggas have’ practically no trace of the depression, it is

very perceptible both to eye and touch in the skull of the

stallion. It is certainly shallower than in the skull of

the type of Grey’s Quagga, which is also, by the way,

that of a stallion; but it is quite unmistakably present, and

supplies, so far as it goes, an almost exact mean between the

skull of Grey’s Quagga, on the one hand, and the remaining

318 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

skulls of Grant’s, Chapman’s, and Wahlberg’s Quageas,

which are devoid of it, on the other.

III. THE Races or Care CoLtony QUAGGAS.

Edwards’s Quagga.

Equus quagga, Gmelin. (Pl. IX.)

(Typical subspecies.)

The Female Zebra, Edwards, Gleanings, v. ch. 13, p. 29, pl. 223 (1758)

(type).

Equus quagga, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. Mammalia, p. 213 (1788).

The original description of this animal runs as follows :—

‘For size and shape it is much like the last described

[H. zebra]. To speak of its general colour (exclusive of its

stripes, which are all black), the head, neck, upper part of the

body, and thighs are of a bright bay-colour; its belly, legs,

and the end of the tail are white. On the joints of the legs it

had such corns as we see in horses ; the hoofs are blackish ;

the head is striped a little different from the last described

[H. zebra]; the mane is black and white; the ears are of a

bay colour; it is a little white in the forehead ; it hath

several broad stripes round the neck, which become narrow

on its under side: it hath a black list [stripe] along the

ridge of the back and part of the tail, and another along

the middle of the belly: the stripes on the body proceed from

the list on the back and some of them end in forks on the

sides of the belly, others in single points, and these have

some longish spots between them. The hinder part of the

body is spotted in a more confused irregular manner. The

two sides of this, as well as the last described, were marked

very uniformly.”

One or two additional points not mentioned in the de-

scription, but shown by the figure, are sufficiently interesting

to record. The muzzle is blackish grey to about the same

extent as in Burchell’s Quagega. The facial diamond consists

of three pairs of stripes (not four pairs, as stated by Mr.

Lydekker), the two admedians uniting at their ends to form

along oval. Nine stripes are represented as passing from

the mane across the neck. Close to the mane these are

as broad as the interspaces, but towards the throat they

become very narrow, the three nearest to the head failing

to reach the middle line. None of the neck-stripes shows

a sign of reduplication or fusion, and there is no trace of a

the Cape Colony Quaggas. 319

shadow-stripe except close to the head. Behind the shoulder-

stripe, which is very thick and trifurcate, there are five vertical

stripes, and behind the fifth a set of larger and smaller black

blotches resolvable inferiorly into about four stripes and into

perhaps twice that number on the summit of the hind-quarters.

Only the distal half of the tail is furnished with long hairs.

On the plate is the following legend :—‘‘ Zebra femina,

sive asina sylvestris africana. Drawn from the living animal

belonging to His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales.”

Daniell’s Quagga.

Subsp. Danielli, nov. (PI. X.)

The Quahkah, Daniell’s African Scenery, no. 15 (1804-1808) (type,

stated to be drawn from life).

Equus quagga, Cornwallis Harris, Portraits of Game, &c., from

Southern Africa, 1840, pl. 2 (stated to be drawn from life),

? Hippotigris quacha, Hamilton Smith, Nat. Library, vol. xx. Horses,

p. 330 (1841) (stated to be drawn from life in Table of Contents).

Description of type.-—Head, neck, upper part of shoulder

and of hind-quarters chestnut. Head narrowly striped ;

muzzle black. Neck striped ; the stripes sepia-brown, much

narrower than the intervening areas, tapering and wavy

inferiorly and sometimes bifurcating, but falling short of the

middle line of the throat. Mane white, its stripes narrow,

about thirteen in number from behind the ear. <A few stripes

on the withers like those on the neck and not reaching half-

way down on the shoulder. Behind the withers there are

also a few similar short stripes ; but the posterior half of the

body and the hind-quarters are neither striped nor spotted.

Between the principal stripes on the neck and withers there

are here and there a few narrow detached stripes. The lower

half of the shoulder, of the body, and of the hind-quarters

white. Legs also white, with a narrow dark rim above the

hoof and a dark tuft on the back of the fetlock. Tail white,

equine ; the long hairs extending to the root.

Daniell’s figure is accompanied by the following letter-

press :—‘ This species of Wild Horse which the Hottentots

call Quahkah, is one of the most common and abundant of the

larger animals that are met with on the barren plains of

Southern Africa. It is generally found in numerous herds

that are mostly accompanied by a few harte-beests and

ostriches. They are tolerably swift; but the boors some-

times succeed by stratagem to take them alive by throwing

the noose of a rope over their heads. By domestication it

soon becomes mild and tractable, and might be rendered

320 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

extremely useful by patient training ; yet abundant as they

are in the country, there are few instances of their being put to

harness. They are stronger than the mule, live hardily, and

are never out of flesh, They are variously marked; some

with waved stripes on the neck only, others with bands

across the shoulder, others marked on the haunches, somewhat

like the Zebra, which gave rise to an idea that was long

entertained of its being the female of that animal; from

which, however, it differs in almost every particular, except

in the stripes, being in its shape infinitely more beautiful.

The large head, the long ears, and the slender legs of the

Zebra partake very much of the character of the common

ass. The mane of the Quahkah is curious, appearing as if

trimmed by art. This animal is found on all the plains

behind the first range of mountains beyond the Cape

Peninsula.”’

This passage, written twenty years before the description of

H. Burchelli was published, and at a time when, apart from

vague pre-Linuzan records, only two species of striped

African horses were known in Kurope—namely ZL. zebra,

Linn., and Z£. guagga, Gmelin,—shows that Daniell was

acquainted with certain equine forms resembling, if not

identical with, some of the known subspecies of Burchell’s

Quagga in markings, form, and habitat. It is significant

that with an artist’s eye he regarded them all as “ Quahkabs.”

That Daniell was familiar with Cape Colony as far north

as the Orange River, and at least as far east as Algoa Bay

and Caffraria, is established by the letterpress and plates

of his volume. He also visited Bechuanaland, where no

doubt he met with the typical form of Burchelli and possibly

also with EL. antiquorum *.

The Quagga figured by Cornwallis Harris so closely

resembles the one figured by Daniell as to need no de-

scription. Hamilton Smith’s illustration, however, depicts

* According to the ‘Dict. National Biography,’ Samuel Daniell

joined a mission for exploring Bechuanaland in 1801, in the capacity of

Secretary and draughtsman ; and in the preface to ‘Sketches representing

the Nature, Tribes, Animals, and Scenery of Southern Africa from

drawings made by the late Samuel Daniell,’ 1820, William Daniell,

his brother, says of him: “In order to extend the field of his

research he went to the Cape of Good Hope, from whence he accom-

panied Dr. Somerville on two expeditions into the interior of the country

....+It was his constant care to see the animals alive, that he might

make himself master of their actions and habits.” With this information,

so strong in confirmation of the evidence supplied by his own work, it is

impossible to doubt that Daniell’s statements were based upon actual

experience and his figures derived from personal observation.

the Cape Colony Quaggas. 321

an animal differing in certain features from the other two.

The forelock is equine and the tail asinine, the long hairs

being confined to its terminal half. Moreover, the stripes

on the neck are less sinuous and the narrow detached stripes

absent. The chestnut tint extends considerably lower on the

shoulder and fore part of the body, and the shoulder-stripe is

correspondingly longer. In the hairiness of the tail and the

straighter neck-stripes, this form exhibits an intermediate

stage between Edwards’s Quagga (H. quagga quagga) and

Daniell’s Quagga (HZ. quagga Danielli)—a gradation which, it

may be assumed, was exemplified by living animals, if the

hypothesis of the former existence of intermediate types

between the various forms of 8. African quaggas is founded

on fact.

With some reservation in favour of Hamilton Smith’s figure,

the figures quoted in the above-given synonymy represent, I

believe, specimens of one and the same form of quagga, which,

according to the characters depicted, differs in my opinion

more from the quaggas called Grey? and Lorenzi than the

latter do from Burchelli. It appears impossible to explain

away these differences,as Mr. Lydekker would do, on the plea

of carelessness in the execution of the drawings. Three

cogent reasons may be advanced against sucha view. First,

the drawings are distinctly stated to have been taken from

living specimens ; and this statement, which must be accepted

as true, disposes of the objection that Harris and Smith may

have copied Daniell or that Smith copied Harris. Second, it is

almost incredible that these artists erred independently in the

same direction. Third, the rest of the drawings in the three

respective volumes are on the whole so good, often indeed so

excellent and so full of life, that it is again incredible that the

artists can have blundered in the case of the quaggas to

the extent necessary for the establishment of Mr. Lydekker’s

hypothesis. Moreover, in Daniell’s drawing there are certain

details, like the whiteness of the mane, the presence of a tuft

of black hair on the fetlock, and of a black rim above the

hoof, which attest care and power of observation on the part

of the artist incompatible with carelessness in the copying of

the stripes on the neck and omitting them from the body,

if the animal before him had resembled the typical quagga.

Again, it is significant that Cornwallis Harris, as Mr.

Lydekker astutely detected, worded the legend to the figure

of the quagga’s skin attached as tailpiece to his description

of this species, ‘‘ Head and Skin of the Animal exhibited as a

Quagga at the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park.” This

may be interpreted as indicating a doubt in his mind as to

322 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

the correctness of the determination of the Society’s specimen.

One need only compare the two illustrations, both taken by

the same artist from actual specimens, to find ample justi-

fication for any dubiety on the point that may have been

felt.

Lorenz’s Quagga.

Subsp. Lorenzi, Lydd.

Equus quagga, Lorenz, P. Z. 8. 1902, vol. i. pp. 32-38, fig. 7.

Equus quagga Lorenzi, Lydekker, Knowledge, xxv. p. 221 (1902).

Nose clay-coloured (?), between the nostrils dark brown;

chin and throat chestnut. Stripes on the sides of the head

clay-brown (?=reddish brown), and very broad as compared

with the narrow linear cream-coloured interspaces. Neck

with eight very broad yellowish-brown stripes passing from

the mane to the middle line of the throat, those lying towards

the head and shoulder narrower than the rest; these stripes

are entire, being undivided and are separated by relatively

extremely narrow light creamy interspaces, which, broadly

speaking, appear to be about one third the width of the

' stripes. Mane dark chestnut, with ten tufts of whitish hair

at the sides.

In front of the shoulder-stripe run two narrower stripes

to meet on the breast. The shoulder-stripe is broad and

bifurcates inferiorly ; in the angle thus formed there are

about four transversely angular stripes. Behind the shoulder-

stripe on the body there are seven distinct stripes, which

become obsolete inferiorly where they bifurcate and become

confluent with the buff colour of the adjacent interspaces.

Of these stripes the first three have an extreme width of

8 or 10 cm., the width of the interspaces, which are sharply

defined in their upper half, being from 1 to 1:5 cm. The

fourth stripe, which seems to be double, sends a branch

obliquely backwards to the croup and tlius encloses a tri-

angular area, of which the spinal stripe forms one side.

Within this there is another broad longitudinal stripe anas-

tomosing twice or thrice with the oblique one and with the

spinal stripe. The triangles on both sides form a kind of

saddle, as in Burchell’s Zebras. The fifth and sixth bands

run obliquely back over the haunches, both becoming

gradually narrower at their upper ends and falling short of

the spinal stripe. The seventh stripe, which is distinct,

although narrow and twice interrupted, runs from the groin

over the haunches towards the root of the tail. In front of

it there is a short band, and behind on the back of the

haunches three or four oblique and gradually fading stripes.

the Cape Colony Quaggas. 323

The breast, belly, legs, and tail are white, with the

exception of the brown median ventral band; some black

hairs on the back of the pastern and fetlocks and on the rim

of the hoof. The tail is said to be furnished with elongated

hairs from the root; but, judging from the photograph, the

basal third is covered with short hairs.

This animal differs from EH. quagga Greyi as exemplified

by the specimens represented in York’s photograph, and by

those in the British and Amsterdam Museums, by the extreme

narrowness of the interspaces between the stripes upon the

head, neck, and shoulder, and by the sharpness of their

definition upon the body, which enables the striping to be

traced with certainty even back upon the hind-quarters. The

regularity of the banding of the neck is also very noticeable.

From E. quagga quagga it differs by having the inter-

spaces narrow and cream-coloured, the stripes very broad and

brown, and by the presence of stripes upon the posterior half

of the body and on the hind-quarters.

I have given the description of this quagga somewhat

fully because, in my opinion, it is the one of all others which

proves by the arrangement of the stripes upon the posterior

half of the body and hind-quarters that these animals are

nothing but extreme forms of Burchell’s Quagga, differing

from the typical race of that animal not more—in some

cases, indeed, in my opinion, less—than the latter differs from

its more northern relatives, and thus justifying the view I

have already published that, as species are at present reckoned

in the equine group, the various races of Burchell must be

regarded as subspecies of HL. quagga*.

Grey’s Quagga.

Subsp. Greyi, Lydd.

Equus quagga Greyt, Lydekker, Knowledge, xxv. p. 221 (1902) (fig.).

This form seems to differ from Lorenzd in the following

* Vernacular names in zoology are of no great moment, except in so

far as they are apt to fog the mind of the layman on the question of

relationships. Tell him that EZ. Grevyi, E. zebra, and E. Burchelli are

zebras, and that L. Lorenzi is a quagga, and he very naturally infers that

the first three are closely related and the last a quite distinct form. To

obviate this error in part I have proposed to extend the term “ Quagga ”

to all the Burchelline quid, and thus to bring the technical and

vernacular terminology into accord; and I think that until it can be

shown that there is a greater gulf between Lorenz’s Quagea and Bur-

chell’s Quagga than there is between Burchell’s and Grant’s Quaggas, it is

misleading to bracket the latter two as “ Bonte Quaggas” and to restrict

the term “Quagga” to the forms constituting the subject-matter of the

present paper.

324 Mr. Rk. I. Pocock on

particulars :—The stripes on the head, neck, and shoulders

(when present) narrow and separated by relatively wider

interspaces. ‘he neck irregularly banded, the stripes showing

a tendency to split (in the British Museum and the Tring

specimens), or fuse in pairs (in the Amsterdam specimen), or

to be accompanied by shadow-stripes (as in the type in the

British Museum). In the latter and the Tring specimen

the creamy interspaces are discernible behind the withers for

a short distance. In the Amsterdam specimen they stop

short at the base of the neck. The posterior half of the body

is at most confusedly banded, the stripes apparently losing

their distinctness owing to their disintegration and fusion

and to the evanescence of the interspaces, which have assumed

the same colour as the stripes themselves. There is thus a

sharp contrast between the coloration of the neck and that of

the body. No stripes seem to be discernible upon the hind-

quarters.

The following specimens are probably, I think, referable to

this subspecies :—

1. The specimen in the Edinburgh Museum.

2. The specimen in the Amsterdam Museum, figured by

Mr. Lydekker (P. Z. 8. 1904, 1. fig. 86, p. 480).

3. The specimen in the British Museum. This is the

type of H. quagga Greyi, Lydd. It lived in the

Zoological Society’s menagerie from Sept. 4th, 1858,

to June 10th, 1864, as recorded by Sclater (P. Z. 8.

1901, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 166).

4, The specimen in the museum at Tring, which lived in

the Zoological Society’s menagerie from May 15th,

1851, to July 7th, 1872 (figured P. Z. S. 1901, i.

pt. 2, p. 166, from life).

5. ?Specimen purchased by the Zoological Society, Nov. 5th,

1831, and mentioned in Waterhouse’s Cat. of Mamm.

p. 37 (1838), and by Sclater, P.Z. S. 1901, i. pt. 2,

p- 165. This is, I suspect, the specimen from which

was drawn the text-figure on p.8 of Cornwallis Harris’s

‘Portraits of Game &c., 1840, which is stated to

have been taken from a specimen exhibited in the

Gardens.

6. ? Specimen belonging to Lord Morton, reproduced from

a drawing by Agasse in Prof. Ewart’s ‘ Penycuick

Experiments,’ p. 65 (1899).

Mr. Lydekker (2. ¢. p. 430), unless I misunderstand him,

seeks to explain away the characters of this form as compared

the Cape Colony Quaggas. 325

with Edwards’s and Lorenz’s Quaggas by supposing that the

original blackish-brown stripes all over the neck and body

have faded toa brownish fawn, while the fawn intervals between

the stripes have bleached to [creamy] white on the neck and

retained their original colour approximately upon the rump,

where the pigment of the interspaces was less susceptible to

the action of light than upon the neck. I cannot find any

reasons in favour of this explanation if the a priord assump-

tion that all quaggas were originally coloured alike or nearly

so be put on one side. There are, on the contrary, certain

known facts so strongly opposed to it as to render its accept-

ance impossible without further evidence. In the first place,

photographs may be trusted in matters of this kind ; hence it

is perfectly safe to maintain that if the living quagga photo-

graphed by York had been coloured like the specimen figured

by Edwards, the dark stripes and paler interspaces upon the

body and rump would have been shown exactly as they are

shown upon the head, neck, and withers (see P. Z. 8. 1901,

i. p. 166). Surely this photograph proves conclusively that

the specimen portrayed was not striped upon the barrel of the

body and rump like the onedepicted in Edwards’s ‘ Gleanings,’

but that these regions were at most indistinctly and confusedly

banded, exactly like the specimens in the Amsterdam and

British Museums. This conclusion is, I think, inescapable.

Hence it follows that the difference in coloration between the

neck and the body of the stuffed specimens mentioned above

is not attributable to inequality in the fading of the two

areas. It is, of course, probable that the skins in question

have faded to a certain extent—to what extent we probably

never shall know. So far as my memory serves, the Am-

sterdam specimen is of very much the same general tint as

the specimen in the British Museum; yet the former died in

1883, and has presumably been exhibited for twenty years,

whilst the latter died in 1864, and has probably been exhibited

for forty years. Now the quagga of Hdwards’s ‘ Gleanings’

with black stripes and bright bay interspaces very closely

resembled in the matter of blackness of stripes a typical

Burchell’s Quagga or Wahlberg’s race of that animal, and,

without any evidence pointing the other way, it may be

justifiably assumed that the pigment of the quagga described

by Edwards was of the same nature—that is to say, as stable

under the action of light—as the pigment of the skin of the

type of H. Wahlbergi. The latter was received at the British

Museum in 1846, and has presumably been exhibited for

nearly sixty years. It is faded beyond doubt, but the fading

has progressed uniformly all over the body, and, in spite of

326 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

the additional eighteen years’ exposure to sunlight, is not in

any sense comparable in extent to what must have taken

place in the type of HE. quagga Greyt, if the latter, as

Mr. Lydekker thinks, also resembled the typical quagga in

colour. Looking at the types of Wahlberg: and G'reyi side

by side, and bearing in mind the length of time the two have

been exhibited in the public gallery at the British Museum,

I find it impossible to attribute the present colour of the type

of Greyi to extensive and unequal fading, and incredible that

the body and neck were ever uniformly banded with black

stripes separated by bay-, fawn-, or ochre-coloured interspaces

of the same tone on the neck as on the body. A comparison

between the type of H. quagga Seloust and the Amsterdam

quagga, both of which date from 1883, enforces the same

conclusion with regard to the last-named animal. |

Finally, the specimen of the typical #. Burchelli in the

Bristol Museum has been exhibited within my recollection

for at least thirty years, and for a considerable portion of that

time without even such protection as glass affords. It has

thus been exposed to fading agencies for a much longer time

than has the quagga in the Amsterdam Museum; yet the

camera shows all the original stripes on the body and hind-

quarters very clearly, as is attested by the photograph of the

animal published in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1903, i. p. 197.

These facts prove that even after sixty years’ exposure the

stripes in quaggas of the Burchelline type remain sharply

defined and fade merely from black to chocolate, and that the

pigment of the interspaces upon the body and rump is as

durable as that of the neck and head.

Mr. Lydekker’s hypothesis, therefore, that the present

coloration of the quaggas in the British and Amsterdam

Museums is the result of forty and twenty years’ exposure to

fading influences acting upon skins formerly coloured like

the quagga figured by Edwards, is discredited by what is

known of the fading capacity of skins of specimens of various

races of Burchell’s Quagga exposed to similar influences for

sixty, thirty, and twenty years respectively, and must, in my

opinion, be regarded as entirely disproved by York’s photo-

graph of the living quagga, which shows an animal resem-

bling the aforesaid stuffed examples in all respects essential

to the argument.

For these reasons I resuscitate Mr. Lydekker’s subspecies

E. quagga Greyt.

The following table summarizes the characters of the four

subspecies discussed above :—

the Cape Colony Quaggas. 327

a, Stripes on neck narrow, narrower than interspaces, not

reaching middle line of throat; body with oniy a few

short stripes behind withers, its posterior portion neither

sixtped rior spotted: SOF) Ane ee eee Foe Pts e.. Danielli.

a, Stripes on neck broad, as broad as interspaces, at least

close to the mane, and extending to the middle line of the

throat; body with more or less distinct long stripes

behind the withers.

b. Stripes black, interspaces bright bay; neck-stripes

thinning greatly towards middle line of throat; body

with strongly marked black stripes, those on its hinder

aE TOKO, Wp TNO. S POEs oles aes orarc-0y¢-ave, oe og eg base quagga.

b'. Stripes brown, interspaces, at least on neck, creamy

yellow ; body much less distinctly striped.

e. Stripes exceedingly wide, those on the neck entire,

the interspaces forming distinct but very narrow

lines on the head, neck, and at least the upper half

of the body; stripes on the hind-quarters ex-

tending as far back and having the same direction

as in EL. quagga Burchelli ....... ee Aas a Lorenzi.

c', Stripes narrower, those on the neck fused or inter-

rupted, the interspaces forming moderately broad

bands, except when interrupted by shadow-stripes ;

the interspaces on the body behind the shoulder

almost as dark as the stripes, which are therefore

scarcely distinguishable and do not extend on to the

haunehes js. !a. ean SP enkc ee inte ais mats operas alt fale Greyt.

As an alternative the following table perhaps better ex-

presses the relationships of the four forms :—

a. Ground-colour or interspaces bay or chestnut, stripes black

or blackish brown.

6. Stripes on neck and shoulders very short and narrow,

not reaching the middle line of the throat, and on the

body scarcely passing beyond the withers .......... Danielli.

6‘. Stripes broad and long, on the neck reaching for the

most part the middle line of the throat and on the body

extending to the white of the belly, those on its poste-

rior half Srealinte up into large spote. . 0.3.2.6. quagga.

a’, Ground-colour or interspaces, at least of the neck, creamy

yellow ; stripes brown,

ce. Stripes exceedingly wide, &c. (as above) ............ Lorenzt,

ce’, Stripes much narrower, &c. (as above) ...... wy ispni ofa aca Greyt.

It is not easy to point out the exact relationship between

these tour forms. The two that depart farthest from the

typical Burchelli are Daniell on one side and Greyi on the

other, Lorenzi holding an intermediate position between

Burchelli and Greyt, and quagga a similar position between

Burchelli and Daniell’. Quagga may have been derived

from Burchelli by an increase in the rufescence of the inter-

spaces all over the body, neck, and head, by the disappear-

ance of the stripes on the hind-quarters, and by the splitting

into spots of those on the posterior half of the body. The

328 On the Cape Colony Quaggas.

wide interval between this form and the typical Daniellvis to

a certain extent bridged by the specimen figured by Hamilton

Smith. On the other hand, Lorenz? may have been derived

from Burchelli by the widening and rufescence of the stripes,

and Grey? from Lorenzi by the almost complete obliteration

of all lines of demarcation between the stripes on the body

behind the shoulder.

Thus the available facts seem to point to the conclusion

that the ruddiness of Cape Colony quaggas was acquired

by two totally different processes. In the case of Daniell by

deepening of the red of the ground-colour or interspaces and

the reduction in the length and width of the black stripes on

the neck and shoulder concomitantly with their suppression

on the body, the result being a chestnut- or bay-coloured

animal with narrow black stripes on its fore parts. In the

case of Grey? by an increase in the width and brownness of

the stripes, followed by their fusion and loss of definition on

the body, the result being a ruddy-brown animal marked with

narrow pale bands (the interspaces) upon the head, neck, and

shoulder. Finally, Ido not see how to bridge the difference

between Lorenzi and guagga without reference to an inter-

mediate form which must have very closely resembled a

typical Burchelli. In that case the Cape Colony quaggas

have had a dual origin from a Burchelline quagga or quaggas ;

and if this be so, how are we to regard them as a single

species distinct from Burchelli?

The objection may perhaps be raised that this classification

of the Cape Colony quaggas does not include all the forms

represented by figures scattered through the literature, and

that a large number of the latter cannot be referred to any of

the types here named. For instance, the examples figured

from life in the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie,’ though standing in

some particulars midway between the typical Quagga and

Grey’s Quagga, are certainly distinct from both. It is the

assumed existence of such intermediate types as these that

justifies the subspecific rank assigned to the quaggas discussed

in this paper.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTE IX.

Edwards’s Quagea (Equus quagga, typical form). Reduced uncoloured

copy of the coloured plate, taken from life, of the typical Quagga

in Edwards’s ‘ Gleanings,’

PLATE X.

Daniell’s Quagea (Equus quagga Danielli, subsp. n.). Reduced un-

coloured copy of the coloured plate, taken from life, of the

“ Quahkah” in Daniell’s ‘ African Scenery.’

Mr, W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 329

XLVI.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXVII. By W. L. Distant.

HOMOPTERA.

Fam. Cicadide.

Subfam. Czcaprvz (continued from p. 303).

Division CICADARIA.

In this division the lateral margins of the pronotum are

more or less convex, but not toothed; the tegmina and wings

are quite clear, as in many species of the genus Cicada, or

semiopaque, as represented in the genus Cryptotympana;

the head is broad and (including eyes) always a little, and

generally considerably, wider than base of mesonotum.

Synopsis of Genera.

A. Metasternum not or very slightly elevated, and not

provided with a posterior process,

a. Lateral margins of the pronotum with a distinct

BRL SLOP MOC pag. afty cedex add vas ae o's ajo xs onesie! Macrotristria.

6. Lateral margins of pronotum without anterior

POWER ae OE chat Uisidetony dea themed vases cee bs Cicada.

B. Metasternum elevated at middle and furnished with

a posterior process directed backward .......... Cryptotympana,

Genus MACROTRISTRIA.

Maerotristria, Stal, GEfy. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1870, p. 714.

Type, IZ. angularis, Germ. (Cicada).

Macrotristria nigronervosa, sp. n.

?. Head, -pronotum, and mesonotum ochraceous; head

with the face castaneous, ornamented with a piceous central

fascia and an oblique ochraceous spot on each side of base,

the area of the ocelli, inner margins of eyes, and narrow

basal margin black; pronotum with two very small sub-

basal, central, black spots; mesonotum with two central

obconical spots on anterior margin black, each with a small

ochraceous spot, the anterior margin on each side of these

spots also narrowly black ; abdomen above black, posterior

segmental margins narrowly ochraceous, the margin of the

sixth and base and apex of anal segment broadly ochra-

ceous ; body beneath and legs ochraceous, anterior and inter-

mediate tibia and tarsi castaneous, body more or less

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 23

330 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

greyishly pilose; tegmina semihyaline, venation fuscous,

basal cell, costal membrane, and costal area ochraceous,

transverse veins at apices of first, second, fourth, and fifth

ulnar areas more or less piceously infuscated and with a

small fuscous spot on each longitudinal vein (excluding

uppermost) to apical areas; wings semihyaline, venation

ochraceous, apically fuscous, base narrowly ochraceous.

Face very globular and prominent; head (including eyes)

wider than anterior margin of pronotum; rostrum reaching

posterior coxee.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 32 mm.; exp. tegm. 95 mm.

Hab. North Queensland.

Allied to M. intersecta, Walk., from which it differs by the

more prominent face, spotted tegmina, different colour-

markings, &c. I have not seen the male.

Genus CICADA.

Cicada, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 704 (1766).

Subgen. Chremistica, Stal, difv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1870, p. 714.

Subgen. Diceroprocta, Stal, loc. cit.

Type genus Cicada—C. plebeja, Scop.

» subgen. Chremistica—C. viridis, Fabr. (Tettigonia).

5 » Diceroprocta—D. transversa, Walk. (Cicada).

Cicada Andrewst, sp. n.

@. Body and legs pale ochraceous; eyes piceous ; ocelli

shining testaceous ; pronotum with the lateral areas from

inner incisure to edges of margins pale brownish castaneous ;

tegmina and wings pale hyaline, unspotted, and without any

suffusions, the venation ochraceous.

Head with the vertex longitudinally incised, face mode-

rately globose, with an obscure central longitudinal sulcation,

its lateral areas transversely striate; pronotum with its disk

posteriorly, centrally, transversely incised before the poste-

rior margin, which is strongly transversely striate ; rostrum

reaching the posterior coxe.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 30 mm.; exp. tegm. 92 mm.

Hab. Japan: Yesso (Walter Andrews, Brit. Mus.).

Cicada umbrosa, sp. n.

3. Body umber-brown; the two central oblique incisures

to pronotum black ; mesonotum with two central obconical _

spots extending about halfway between anterior margin and

the basal cruciform elevation, obscurely piceous, and on each

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 331

side of these an elongate and angulate spot which reaches

the area of the cruciform elevation, black ; body beneath and

legs dark ochraceous, a little paler than above. Tegmina

and wings talc-like, with a greyish-brown tint, the venation

and costal membrane of tegmina ochraceous, tegmina un-

spotted,

Head (including eyes) wider than anterior margin of

mesonotum; head with the front moderately prominent ;

face broad and tumid, the transverse ridges very prominent ;

rostrum just passing the intermediate coxe ; opercula longer

than broad, concolorous, not extending beyond the base of

abdomen, centrally obliquely divergent, their apices broadly

subacutely rounded.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 33 mm.; exp. tegm. 97 mm.

Hab. Borneo (Doherty).

Cicada boliviana, sp. n.

&. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum chocolate-brown ;

lateral areas of front, a transverse fascia between eyes, ante-

rior margin, and two linear obconical spots to mesonotum

black ; abdomen above castaneous ; tympanal coverings and

anterior abdominal segmental margins black; a large creta-

ceous spot occupying the marginal areas of each segment ;

body beneath dull ochraceous, more or less cretaceously

tomentose; tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation

brownish or fuscous, bases of both pale greenish; costal

membrane of tegmina pale brownish to a little beyond apex

of radial area.

Head (including eyes) considerably wider than base of

mesonotum, eyes very prominent ; rostrum passing the inter-

mediate coxze; opercula just reaching the base of second

abdominal segment, their inner margins at base contiguous

but not meeting, their posterior margins sinuately oblique,

their outer margins a little convex.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 35 mm.; exp, tegm. 102 mm.

Hab, Bolivia: Chimali.

Genus CRYPTOTYMPANA.

Cryptotympana, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) i. p. 613 (1861).

Type, C. pustulata, Fabr.

Cryptotympana Holsti, sp. n.

&. Body black; a small spot on each lateral area of the

posterior pronotal margin, lateral abdominal segmental

23”

332 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

marginal spots above and beneath, lateral margins of face,

a central spot to femora beneath, and lateral margins of

opercula reddish testaceous. ‘Tegmina and wings pale

smoky hyaline; less than basal half of tegmina and more

than basal half of wings black, these black areas with some

obscure longitudinal reddish-testaceous streaks, and the costal

areas beyond them more or less piceous. Head broad, in-

cluding eyes wider than base of mesonotum; face broad

and subglobose ; rostrum just passing the intermediate coxe ;

opercula reaching the third abdominal segment, their basal

inner margins moderately straight and contiguous, and then

obliquely divergent to apex, which is situate near lateral

abdominal margin.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 48 mm.; exp. tegm. 128 mm.

Hab, Central Formosa (//olst, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to C. aquila, Walk., but differing widely (apart

from colour) by the shape of the opercula.

Division POLYNEURARIA ‘(ante, p. 293).

By the kindly help of Mons. Joanny Martin, of the Paris

Museum, Dr. UWandlirsch, of the Hofmuseum, Vienna, and

Dr. Gestro, of the Genoa Museum, I have examined the

types belonging to this division, representing species which

I had not hitherto seen. I can now with greater certitude

describe the following species.

Platypleura longula, sp. n.

3. Head, pro- and mesonotum, tympanal coverings,

sternum, opercula, rostrum, and legs brownish ochraceous ;

abdomen piceous, the posterior margins of the segments and

the anal segment brownish ochraceous; head with base of

face and a somewhat broken transverse fascia between eyes

piceous ; pronotum with the lateral and posterior margins

paler, sometimes greenish ochraceous, the disk with a central

longitudinal piceous fascia, which is sometimes subobsolete ;

mesonotum with four central spots on anterior margin, a long

fasciate oblique spot on each lateral area, and a small spot in

front of each anterior angle of the cruciform elevation piceous

or black ; tegmina talc-like, semiliyaline, the costal membrane

and costal area, basal cell, and claval area dull pale ochra-

ceous, venation ochraceous on about basal half, fuscous on

remaining area, the transverse veins at the apices of the

upper three ulnar areas a little piceously infuscated, and a

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 333

small fuscous spot on each longitudinal vein (excluding

uppermost) to the apical areas ; wings semihyaline, the basal

area with some pale fuliginous streaks.

Head (including eyes) about equal in width to base of

mesonotum ; lateral margins of pronotum angularly dilated ;

abdomen moderately long and posteriorly attenuated, about

as long as from apex of face to base of cruciform elevation ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxe; opercula small, their

posterior margins subtruncate, a little oblique, lateral margins

oblique, not meeting inwardly ; costal membrane of tegmina

rather broad.

3. Long., excl. tegm., 19-20 mm.; exp. tegm. 58-62 mm.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

This species, described from two male specimens, belongs

to the subgenus Oaypleura, A. & 8., and, apart from colour-

markings, may be easily separated from allied species such as

P. brevis, Walk., by the elongated abdomen and the con-

siderably broader costal membrane to the tegmina.

Platypleura mira, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum castaneous ; upper mar-

ins of face continued on each side to eyes, a fascia between

eyes (centrally obsolete), and broken basal margin to head

black ; basal and lateral margins to pronotum ochraceous,

the incisures piceous; mesonotum with two short, central,

contiguous, obconical spots, on each side of which is a much

longer spot, a spot at each anterior angle of basal cruciform

elevation, a small central spot to same, and a transverse spot

on each side of it, black ; abdomen above black, the tympanal

coverings and posterior margins of the segments brownish

ochraceous ; body beneath piceous, transverse striations to

face, undersides of trochanters and femora, and apical abdo-

minal segment more or less castaneous ; opercula testaceous,

with base and apex piceous; tegmina brownish ochraceous,

crossed by an irregular piceous fascia passing through radial

area and base of third ulnar area and terminating on claval

margin, another broader and browner fascia commencing at

end of radial area and terminating near anterior angle of

lower apical area; this fascia is outwardly fused with other

mottlings of the same colour which almost occupy the apical

tegminal area; wigs ochraceous, a subcentral spot extending

from costa to near middle of wing, and the outer margin

widened towards abdominal area, piceous.

Head (including eyes) as wide as base of mesonotum ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxz; opercula broad, not

334 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

meeting inwardly, extending to second abdominal segment,

the lateral and posterior margins moderately convex.

Long., excl. tegm., 23 mm.; exp. tegm. 75 mm.

Hab. Laos (Pr. Nets, Paris Mus.).

This species belongs to the subgenus Pecilopsaltria.

Platypleura melania, sp. un.

Head and pronotum dull dark ochraceous ; head with sub-

basal margin of face and a broad transverse fascia between

eyes (including area of ocelli) black; pronotum with the

lateral and posterior margins pale ochraceous, a central longi-

tudinal fascia much widened anteriorly and at inner edge of

basal margin, the incisures, and outer lateral margins black ;

mesonotum black, with two discal obconiecally looped fascize

(representing the margins of four obconical spots), a broken

lateral fascia, and the disk of cruciform elevation, pale ochra-

ceous ; abdomen black, in two female specimens the posterior

seomental margins obscurely ochraceous; rostrum fuscous, its

basal joint pale ochraceous; anterior and intermediate legs

fuscous, inner streaks and apices of femora, and bases of tibiee,

ochraceous, posterior legs ochraceous; tegmina piceous, with

pale grey markings, of which the principal are two or three

in radial area, an excavated spot beneath it at base of third

ulnar area, three spots beneath apex of radial area, the upper-

most on anterior margin of fourth ulnar area, some broad

spots near apices of upper three ulnar areas, and some more

obscure outer marginal spots; wings ochraceous, outer

marginal area piceous, inwardly lanceolate.

Head (including eyes) as broad as base of mesonotum ;

rostrum passing the posterior coxe; opercula in male well

separated internally, their lateral margins distinctly sinuate,

their posterior margins obliquely subconvex.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 19, 9 20 mm.; exp. tegm., d 9,

60-61 mm.

Hab. 8. Nigeria (Dr. S. A. Jones, 2, Brit. Mus.) ;

Congo (3, Coll. Dist.).

Belonging to the subgenus Pecilopsaltria, Stal.

Platypleura Bettont, sp. n.

Head and pronotum ochraceous ; head with two transverse

waved black lines, one crossing base of face, the other

passing through the area of the ocelli, a small black spot a

little before each eye; pronotum with the central lateral

margins, a central broken longitudinal line, which is widened

Joell

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 335

anteriorly and posteriorly, and the incisures black ; meso-

notum and abdomen darker ochraceous, the first with two

anterior, central, obconical spots, on each side of which is a

transverse basal patch, a sublateral oblique line on each side,

and a small rounded spot in front of each anterior angle of

the basal cruciform elevation; abdomen above with the

segments (excluding basal and apical) broadly piceous on

each side ; body beneath and legs ochraceous ; tegmina with

about basal half greyishly ochraceous and opaque, crossed by

an oblique brown fascia passing through radial area and

outwardly broadly of the same hue, a small round brown spot

at base and apex of radial area, the last preceded by a trans-

parent tale-like spot; apical half transparent, talc-like, the

apices of the three upper ulnar areas crossed by an oblique

fuscous and greyish fascia, and a series of spots of the same

colour at the apices of the longitudinal veins to apical areas;

wings with nearly basal two thirds ochraceous, remaining

area pale hyaline.

Head (including eyes) as broad as base of mesonotum ;

tympanal coverings and opercula pale fulvous, the last over-

lapping internally, a little sinuate laterally, slightly convex

posteriorly ; rostrum just passing the posterior coxe.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 17 mm.; exp. tegm. 53 mm.

Hab. Brit. EK. Africa: Changamwe (C. S. Betton, Brit.

Mus.).

Belonging to the subgenus Pecilopsaltria, Stal.

Pycna ceelestia, sp. n.

Head and pronotum olivaceous green ; head with anterior

margin of face and its basal angles, a marginal spot on each

side of vertex, area of the ocelli, and two spots on each side

of same, black; pronotum with a central lanceolate spot

before posterior margin and the incisures black ; mesonotum

pale castaneous, with two short, central, obconical spots at

anterior margin, a much longer spot on each side of them,

and a central lanceolate spot, the base of which occupies the

area of the cruciform elevation, on each side of which is a

transverse spot, black; tympanal coverings olivaceous ;

abdomen black, the posterior segmental margins olivaceous ;

sternum, rostrum, and legs brownish; opercula and apex of

abdomen olivaceous ; tegmina with about basal half brownish

opaque, remaining area pale hyaline; in the opaque area

there are two spots on costal membrane, a transverse fascia

crossing radial area to upper margin of lower ulnar area, a

spot on each side of basal cell, a claval streak, and a large

336 Prof. H. G. Seeley on a Pneumatic Type

spot beyond radial area, piceous or black; the brown colora-

tion also contains some paler spots; on the outer hyaline

area there is a waved spot commencing at costa and crossing

bases of first to fourth apical areas, some submarginal spots,

a small spot on each side of the apices of longitudinal veins

to apical areas, followed by a larger spot on extreme outer

margip, piceous or black; wings black, their outer fourth

ale hyaline.

Head (including eyes) about two thirds the width of base

of mesonotum; rostrum reaching base of abdomen, its apex

black; opercula broadly transverse, their inner angles over-

lapping, their outer and lateral margins moderately convex.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 20-22 mm.; exp. tegm. 72-76 mm.

Hab. N.W. China (Dr. W. M. Crowfoot, Brit. Mus.) ;

W. China (Pratt, Coll. Dist.).

This species has a strong superficial resemblance to a very

large example of Platypleura nobilis, Fabr., but belongs to

the genus Pycna by the relative breadths of the head (in-

cluding eyes) and the base of mesonotum.

Ugada Nutti, sp. n.

Allied in general coloration to U. Stalina, Butl., less so to

U. grandicollis, Germ., from both of which it differs by the

much longer and more acute lateral pronotal angles, the

broader central suleation to face, the opercula in male only

nearly meeting, and not overlapping internally as in

U. Stalina ; rostrum reaching but not passing the posterior

coxe. By the shape of the pronotum it is more allied to

U. limbata, Fabr., from which it differs by the pale casta-

neous wings, more sharply angulated lateral angles of pro-

notum, broader longitudinal sulcation to face.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ ¢ 33 mm.; exp. pronot. angl.,

S 21, 2? 233 mm.; exp. tegm., g 102, 9 112 mm.

Hab. Nyasa plateau, near Tanganyika (W. H. Nuit,

Brit. Mus.).

The British Museum possesses one male and one female

specimen.

XLVII.—On a Pneumatic Type of Vertebra from the Lower

Karroo Rocks of Cape Colony (Tamboeria Maraisi). By

H. G. SEELEY, F.R.S.

In August 1889 I found at Tamboer Fontein, between

Fraserburg Road Station and Fraserburg, an isolated vertebra,

loose upon the surface, which differs in type from all reptiles

of Vertebra from Cape Colony. | 337

known from the Karroo rocks of South Africa. It is in a

poor state of preservation, having travelled from higher

ground, and by rolling has lost the neural spine, zyga-

pophyses, facets for the ribs, and is otherwise worn. But

exposure has removed much of the intractable matrix, and I

have cleared enough of what remained to show the more

important characters of the vertebra. It is an inch and a

half long, with the centrum laterally compressed, showing

intercentral facets, with a central notochordal pit impressing

the centre of each articular face. ‘The neural arch is not

conspicuously elevated, is somewhat widened in front, and is

deeply excavated on the under surface for pneumatic foramina,

in the manner seen in the cervical vertebre of birds and

-vertebre of Saurischian Dinosaurs. The external surface-

layer of bone is dense and smooth.

The anterior articular face of the centrum (fig. 1, C, p. 338)

is wider transversely than deep, measuring fully six tenths of

an inch from the neural canal to the notched-out articular facet

for the intercentrum, and is eight tenths of an inch wide. This

surface of the centrum is convex from the central pit outward,

resembling the faces of the vertebree preceding the caudal

fin of an Ichthyosaur, suggesting free movement; but it is

slightly rubbed and weathered.

‘The facet for the intercentral ossification (I) is triangular,

wider than deep, placed below and behind the vertical arti-

cular face, and in lateral view looks obliquely forward and

downward, is rounded from side to side, and has the aspect

of excavating the base of the articular face (fig. 2, A.I).

The posterior articular face of the centrum (fig. 1) has a

much smaller intercentral facet, chiefly resulting from its less

depth and more lunate form. ‘lhe total depth of the posterior

surface of the vertebra a little exceeds the anterior depth

(fig. 2, P.C), so that the articular face of the centrum was more

nearly circular; it is inclined a little forward, making the

measurement along the neural canal about one tenth of an inch

shorter than along the ventral margin. A series of such

vertebra would be concave on the dorsal aspect, like the

vertebra of the neck, elevated in the usual way.

The body of the centrum measures about one inch and one

tenth from tront to back, along the narrow concave ventral

surface, between the anterior and posterior margins of the

intercentral facets. This inferior part of the body of the

vertebra is somewhat flattened from side to side, with a deep

median longitudinal groove in its middle length (fig. 1). It is

compressed from side to side, with the transverse width reduced

to little more than a quarter of an inch, at a quarter of an

338 Prof. H. G. Seeley on a Pneumatic Type

Cervical vertebra of Tamboerta Maraist. Inferior aspect.

©. Anterior articular face.

I. Facet for intercentrum.

P. Pneumatic foramen under the neural arch.

M. Matrix.

R. Broken process for the cervical rib.

Z. Posterior zygapophysis.

Lateral aspect of the same.

©. Anterior face of centrum.

P.C. Posterior face of centrum.

J. Anterior intercentral facet, with restored section of intercentrum.

I. Posterior intercentral facet.

R. Articular surface for rib (broken) above the ridge which covers

the pneumatic foramen.

Z. Zygapophysis.

N. Indication of base of the neural spine.

Z. Broken base of left anterior zygapuphysis.

of Vertebra from Cape Colony. 339

inch behind the anterior intercentral facet. Hence the sides

of the centrum are concave in length, so that the lateral

compression is greatest immediately under the attachment of

the rib (fig. 2, R), where the pneumatic excavation seen from

below occupies the anterior half of the length of the centrum.

The pneumatic impression or excavation is apparently

situate between the centrum and the neural arch, though the

neuro-central suture is obliterated. Seen from beneath (fig. 1)

it is a pear-shaped or triangular cavity, wide in front and

narrow behind, situate between the flattened compressed side

of the centrum and the overhanging neural arch. On the

underside of this anterior part of the arch, beneath the small

broken process for the rib, is an oval hole (P), not unlike the

pneumatic foramen seen in the wide cervical vertebrae of Creta-

ceous Ornithosaurs. In Ornithosaurs the foramen is below the

ridge which extends between the anterior and posterior zyga-

pophyses, but the ridge which forms the upper boundary of

this foramen extends forward on the side of the centrum from

the middle of its posterior articular face, with a concave

lateral contour, which widens transversely to the position

above the foramen, and then narrows towards the anterior

articular face (fig. 2). The ridge is compressed and rounded

from above downward. Above it in the middle of the side is

a pit or depression, which separates this ridge on the centrum

from the less conspicuous zygapophysial ridge above it,

upon the neural arch, which is badly preserved. In morpho-

logical position this foramen makes an approximation to

that seen laterally on the anterior part of cervical vertebrae

of Saurischian reptiles, and especially to some of the Cetio-

sauria. But it differs from American types in the excavation

being undivided vertically and in the foramen itself looking

downward (fig. 1, P), so as to be invisible from the side

(fig. 2).

The small transverse process above the foramen arches,

somewhat in a penthouse form. Its fractured base is less

than half an inch long. It was probably very short and may

have been co-ossified with the cervical rib as in Saurischian

types like Ce@lurus, and in Ornithosaurs. There is neces-

sarily no evidence as to its articulation with the intercentrum ;

but such a relation is found in the early vertebra of Cyno-

gnathus, in which the intercentral ossifications are of larger

size. ‘The imperfect evidence suggests a condition for the

cervical ribs intermediate between the Theriodontia and the

pneumatic Megalosauria.

The neural canal is of moderate size and appears to be

340 Prof. H. G. Seeley on a Pneumatic Type

wider than deep, though the depth posteriorly is reduced by

crush, which depresses the neural arch.

The neural arch is rather small, with strong, thick, large

posterior zygapophysial processes, which diverge backward

and outward, and are angulated superiorly. The facets, which

are imperfectly preserved, look downward and outward.

The anterior processes, which were small, are lost. The

neural spine is lost. Its base was six tenths of an inch long;

it appears to have been widest behind, and may have been

channelled at the back, in harmony with the notch between

the posterior zygapophyses. As preserved, the neural arch

has the aspect of being inclined backward.

Taken as a whole, the characters of this vertebra shown on

the facets for the intercentra and the articular faces of the

centrum appear to me to indicate that the animal from which

it was derived was an Anomodont, and not a Saurischian

Dinosaur; and it differs from all known members of that

group in possessing pneumatic vertebre. It may therefore

indicate a group of Pneumatospondylia, showing some affinity

between the Anomodontia and Saurischian Dinosaurs, in

which a similar pneumatic condition of. the vertebral column

is found. In the forms of the pelvic bones, especially the

ilium and ischium, there are interesting resemblances between

these groups, which extend also to various bones of the limbs,

in some genera.

‘The locality which yielded this bone is chiefly remarkable

for the remains of large animals, such as Paretasaurus and

Tapinocephalus ; but at Cypher I found, in association with

limb-bones and skull-fragments of those types, the figured

fragment of a skull of the Lycosaurian genus Pristerognathus,

I have seen no vertebrate remains, except those of Lycosauria

from the Lower Karroo rocks of that part of Africa, which

approximately correspond in size with the animal indicated

by this vertebra. Lycosaurian vertebra are unknown from

African specimens.

There is a general resemblance in type to the vertebra

named Arctosaurus, though that genus shows no indication

of a pneumatic excavation or of intercentra. I followed the

trail of travelled and broken bone-fragments up the slope

down which they had been swept by the rains for a con-

siderable distance without finding any further evidence of the

animal, unless it is a much smaller crushed dorsal vertebra

too distorted for description, which has some resemblance to

Arctosaurus.

The name suggested for the species commemorates the

of Vertebra from Cape Colony. 341

locality, Tamboer Fontein, where it was found, and the

friendly help of the gentleman, Mr. J. S. Marais, who aided

me in collecting larger fossils upon his farm.

Doubt has of late been current concerning the significance

of pneumatic foramina in fossil bones, and is put forward

verbally and in print by Professor H. F. Osborn. In an

article in the ‘Century Magazine’ for September 1904,

similar in scope to the lecture given at Cambridge in August

to the British Association, he enunciates the same views.

Writing of Ornitholestes, Professor Osborn remarks :—“ Ex-

ternally its bones are simple and solid-looking, but, as a

matter of fact, they are mere shells, the walls being hardly

thicker than paper, the entire interior of the bone having

been removed by the action of the same marvellous law of

adaptation which sculptured the vertebrae of its huge con-

temporaries. ‘There is no evidence, however, that these

hollow bones were filled with air from the lungs, as is the

case of the bones of birds.”

Ornitholestes is compared with Celurus, Hallopus, Orni-

thomimus, and Aristosuchus. It is known from the skull,

forty-five vertebra, pelvis, and representative parts of both

fore and hind limbs of one individual (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat.

Hist. vol. xix. p. 459). But from the context quoted I

gather that the author’s conclusions should be applied not

only to Ornitholestes, but to the pneumatic vertebre of the

largest Dinosaurs, possibly to all fossil pneumatic bones

which are not referable to birds.

The current belief that a pneumatic vertebral column is

evidence of the prolongation into the bones of air-cells from

the lungs is an inductive conclusion, based upon the evidence

from the parallel condition in the bones of birds. This

evidence is affirmed by Prof. Osborn, in the passage quoted,

not to exist, and in place of it he offers what is termed the

“ Law of Adaptation” as having sculptured these huge

vertebre. Ihave met with no enunciation of this law ; and

until it is explained how it differs in physiological action from

the processes which sculpture or excavate the bones of birds,

it will be difficult to judge whether we are offered a law, a

suggestion, or only words, for no Jaw will produce anatomical

effects without corresponding physiological circumstances to

sculpture the bones.

If the influence of pneumatic pressure produces a well-

342 Prof. H. G. Seeley on a Pneumatic Type

known osteological result in excavation of a bone in a bird,

what is there in the vertebra of a Dinosaur to suggest that

similar effects have been produced by dissimilar causes ?

And it would be interesting to find in an extinct order of

animals evidence that an agency unconnected with the lungs

produced results which differ from those in birds only in

being the effect of larger areas of pressure acting laterally

upon the sides of the vertebrae. But the evidence that there

was any essential difference in the origin of these structures

in Dinosaurs and birds is not forthcoming ; and if it ever

existed is lost with the soft parts of the animal.

Nevertheless cavities are formed in certain bones in animals

of varied organization, which are not connected with the lungs

in the manner of air-cells of birds, but they are chiefly in

the skull. They are slightly developed in existing reptiles,

but are most conspicuous in warm-blooded animals. The

skulls of elephants exhibit a maximum development of

pneumatic cavities which have no connexion with the lungs,

and the texture of these bones closely approximates to that

of cellular vertebra in some Cetiosaurian Dinosaurs, such as

Ornithopsis and its American representatives. The resem-

blance between the mammal skull and the reptile vertebra is

one of analogy. ‘There are no facts to support the inference

that the cause which eapanded the cranial bones of the

elephant and other mammals is identical with that which

absorbed and excavated the bony tissue, but did not augment

the size of the cervical and dorsal vertebrae of Dinosaurs.

There is no basis for comparison between the conditions in

mammals and these extinct reptiles, for no mammal shows a

pneumatic vertebral column which can be compared with

these Dinosaurs; and when a mammalian vertebra is hollow

it is not comparable, since there is no pneumatic foramen.

On the other hand, Dinosaurs are not conspicuous for

pneumatic cavities in bones of the skull, and there are there-

fore no facts to suggest the idea that they might by analogy

develop a pneumatic vertebral column which was not con-

nected with the lungs, even if the cranial and vertebral

pneumatic structures had been comparable.

The influence of the lungs as a whole in modifying the

vertebral column of a reptile is manifest in the dorsal

vertebre of Testudinata. In tortoises, under conditions of

terrestrial life, the lungs have expanded and given the

earapace a remarkable elevation. At the same time the

neural arches have become raised, and the lungs have

pressed evenly against the sides of the centra of the vertebra

till they have become narrowed into thin plates by the tissue

of Vertebra from Cape Colony. 343

being absorbed laterally. But the lung never penetrates into

the substance of the vertebra or excavates holes in the bones

in existing reptiles comparable to those seen in skeletons of

Dinosaurs, Ornithosaurs, and birds.

The influence of the lungs on the vertebral column of a

Dinosaur as distinct from the air-cells may be, perhaps,

inferred from the elevated condition of the neural arch and

upward direction of transverse processes under which the

lungs extended in such a type as Diplodocus, described by

Prof. Osborn and the late Dr. J. B. Hatcher. It is reasonable

to infer that the lungs were so large that their intermittent

upward pressure stimulated the growth of the neuro-central

suture to form the high neural arch; but as they were not

confined by an unyielding envelope in the same way that the

carapace confines the lungs of tortoises, there is but little

lateral compression of the body of a vertebra as a conse-

quence of absorption, which was localized laterally about the

pneumatic foramen.

All down the vertebral column in Diplodocus the vertebree

are excavated, and the lateral holes were termed by Dr.

Hatcher pleuro-central cavities. They have been well

described in Ornithopsis. Their distinctive feature is that in

the dorsal region the lateral foramina expand within the

centrum into large chambers separated by a median vertical

longitudinal partition, and each is commonly divided into

unequal anterior and posterior parts by an imperfect vertical

transverse lamina of bone. From this primary lateral cavity

bone-cells commonly extend to the articular faces of the

centrum and other parts of the vertebra. This condition of

the pneumatic vertebre is only dissimilar to that of birds in

its details. In no existing animals except birds is a similar

pneumatic structure found in the vertebral column, and it is

only known in connexion with air-cells prolonged from the

lungs. ‘There is no fact to suggest that the lungs themselves

were extended into the pleuro-central cavities of Dinosaurs :

such an idea is not consistent with the pneumatic condition of the

vertebree in the elongated neck and tail. But with the general

resemblance to the condition in the bones of birds it has been

inferred that the pneumatic pressure, which was persistent

enough to absorb the bone locally and laterally, was greater

in Dinosaurs than in birds, because the cavities excavated

are larger. Although this pressure, judged by its effects, was

most potent in the dorsal region of the lungs, it also extended

to the neck and tail, as in certain birds. It is therefore

inferred that no cause is known except prolongation of air-

cells from the lungs into the bones which is capable of

344 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

producing these results, for from no other source in nature is

the pressure derived which penetrates in this way into the

skeleton.

This is inductive evidence from physiology and compara-

tive anatomy. In place of it Professor Osborn has offered

nothing except the following passage :—“‘ The dominating

principle in construction of the backbone is maximum

strength with minimum weight. The ingenuity of sculpture

by which this is brought about, every single vertebra differing

from its fellow, baffles the Lamarckian as well as the Dar-

winian, and tempts us to revive the old teleological explana-

tion” *, Teleology is not known as an element in science,

and explains nothing.

XLVIII.—Observations on Coleoptera of the Family Bupres-

tidze, with Descriptions of new Species. By Cnuas. O.

Waternouse, F.E.S.

[Continued from p. 267.]

Chrysaspis glabra, sp. n.

Elongate, narrow, shining. Thorax blackish cyaneous,

the sides tinted with green. LElytra golden green, very

delicately punctured, suffused with coppery posteriorly.

Long. 29-31 mm.

Hab. “Dahr el Ghazal (Colmant),” “ Arrouimi (Du-

vivier)” (coll. Kerremans).

This is an elongate narrow insect like C. elongata, Ol.,

but it is less parallel-sided (with a slight tendency to be

elliptical) and more convex on the suture of the elytra. The

disk of the thorax is nearly black, marked with fine punc-

tures, which are not very close together ; the sides are strongly

and rather closely punctured. The elytra are bright golden

green; the surface is extremely finely punctured and there

are numerous slightly larger (but still fine) punctures,

forming three double lines, representing the usual coste, a

few being also on the interstices. Prosternum blue. Abdo-

men greenish golden.

One specimen (¢) has only a trace of coppery colour near

the apex of the elytra. In the second specimen (9?) the

* “Memoirs American Museum of Natural History,’ vol. i. part 5,

p. 193, “A Skeleton of Diplodocus.”

of the Family Buprestide. 345

deeper reddish copper occupies the greater part of the elytra

when viewed in certain lights.

Capt. Kerremans considered these examples to be C. pro-

pinqua, Saund., but that is a flatter insect, with coarsely

punctured elytra and with a coppery-red abdomen.

Chrysaspis aurata, Fabr.

Buprestis aurata, Fabr., Mant. Ins. i. p. 178.

The type of this species is in Hunter’s collection in the

University of Glasgow, and Prof. J. Graham Kerr has kindly

allowed me to examine it.

It is closely allied to the species known in collections as

C. elongata, Ol. The general form and sculpture are very

similar, but it is a slightly broader insect and is quite

differently coloured. It is 33 mm. long and 11 mm. broad

just below the shoulders. The thorax is obscure golden

green, with scarcely a trace of the coppery colour which is

present in elongata. The punctuation is the same. The

elytra are golden green, the yellow tint prevailing ; the outer

portion of the apex is tinted with light coppery. In elongata

the copper colour does not extend to the margin, The punc-

tuation is throughout distinctly stronger than in elongata,

the double lines of punctures are consequently more distinct.

In some lights a faint coppery tint is seen between these

lines. The prosternum and legs are green. The abdomen

golden, with light coppery shade as in elongata. The type is

a male and has the fifth abdominal segment widely and not

deeply emarginate. I notice some of the specimens of

elongata are similar in this respect, others have the emar-

gination deeper and more triangular.

The only specimens of this species I have ever seen are

the type and two examples from Sierra Leone in Dr. Heath’s

collection.

In the Buprestidee of Wytsman’s ‘ Genera’ Capt. Kerre-

mans gives Chrysodema splendens, Nonfried, as a synonym of

“ Chrysaspis aurata, Fab.’ Ido not know on what authority

he places splendens in the genus Chrysaspis. From descrip-

tion I should not have taken it to belong to that genus; but

anyhow it is certainly not aurata. ‘The insect labelled

“ qurata?” in his collection is auricauda, Saund.

C. glabra, above described, has the colour of the elytra

distributed in the same manner as in aurata; but glabra is a

more convex, less parallel species, it is more brilliant, and,

although of a golden green, it is nevertheless of a deeper

colour than aurata, in which the yellow prevails.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 24

346 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Coleoptera

Chrysaspis tincta, sp. n.

Broad, brilliant. Head and thorax dark cyaneous, the

sides with a slight tint of green. Elytra bright golden green,

with a deeper reddish-golden tint in some lhghts. Body

beneath brilliant coppery red.

Long. 45 mm.

Hab. Gaboon, Senegal, Ogowé (coll. Kerremans).

This and C. armata, Kerr., are the two most brilliant of

the broad species of this genus. [C. armata is at once

known by the remarkable strong angular projection at the

sides of the elytra.] The thorax is finely punctured on

the disk, strongly or closely punctured at the sides, with a

smooth spot at the anterior angles. The elytra are of a

light golden green ; in some lights a golden shade prevails,

but more generally there is a fiery-red shade, which spreads

over nearly the whole surface.

This insect was labelled “ C. viridipennis, Saund.,” in

Capt. Kerremans’ collection. It is important to note this,

as otherwise his description of C. kassaiensis, Kerr., is

unintelligible. C. kassaiensis is the true viridipennis, which

has the elytra dark green, much more strongly sculptured

and without red shade.

Chrysaspis Welwitschii, Saund.

Capt. Kerremans has redescribed this as C. marginata.

Chrysaspis dubia, sp. 0.

Very broad, depressed, uniform coppery brown. Elytra

with the strong angular projection below the shoulder

distinctly visible from above. Abdomen coppery golden.

Long. 46, lat. 18 mm.

Hab. Congo, Kassai (Tschoffen) (coll. Kerremans).

This specimen was labelled “ C. aurovittata, Saund.,” in

Capt. Kerremans’ collection. The true aurovittata he has

described as vittigera. I am somewhat in doubt whether

dubia is really distinct, but the colour is so totally different

that for the present I prefer to consider it so. It agrees

with aurovittata in the basal lateral angulation of the elytra

being distinctly visible from above.

Chrysaspis Bennettii, sp. n.

Head and thorax black, the latter slightly tinted with dark

green at the margins. Elytra dark bluish green, the disk

of the Family Buprestidee. 347

shaded with brownish coppery. Prosternum shining bluish

green, the abdomen golden coppery. ¢.

Long. 37 mm.

Hab. Congo (Dr. Bennett).

This is one of the less brilliant species allied to aurovitiata,

Saund, The thorax is nearly black, with a slight shade of

green near the margins. The disk has the punctures very

distinct, irregular, but generally separated from each other

by one or two diameters of a puncture; a central line almost

smooth. ‘The sides more closely and more strongly punc-

tured. Elytra rather dark bluish green, the disks having a

slight shade of brownish coppery. The punctuation is

rather strong. Dorsally there are five equidistant lines of

punctures, z. e. there are the usual two pairs of lines with

another line between them. Then there is a somewhat

broad, closely punctured space, and then the usual lateral

pair of lines. Although the punctures are rather close

together, there is no transverse rugulosity or confusion. The

prosternum is bright bluish green, the central part closely

and rather finely punctured. The metasternum is somewhat

golden. The abdomen golden coppery, the apical segment

very gently emarginate.

Specimens from Capt. Kerremans’ collection named

cuneata, Harold, somewhat resemble this, but the punctuation

of the elytra is confused and the prosternum is golden.

C. Bennettii is, moreover, narrower. The sides of the elytra

have the median sinuosity very strong, stronger than in

cuneata, the margin is greatly thickened, and the angle made

just before this sinuosity, although not acute, is much more

marked than in cuneata.

Chrysaspis Higletti, sp. n.

Thorax obliquely narrowed in front, subparallel poste-

riorly, dark cyaneous, nearly black, the extreme basal margin

coppery, the incrassate smooth margin dark green, and there

is a little green at the anterior and posterior angles. The

flattened disk is moderately strongly punctured, the punc-

tures generally slightly separate, but sometimes nearly

touching each other, the sides closely and rugosely punctured.

Elytra rich bluish green, suffused with reddish coppery for

two thirds their length, leaving the scutellar region and the

suture green. The punctuation is rather strong, forming

regular lines, except the usual sublateral irregularly punc-

tured space. The underside of the thorax, the mesosternum,

and the legs are bright green. The DOS rather

348 On Coleoptera of the Family Buprestide.

closely and finely punctured. The metasternum and abdo-

men are golden coppery, with green shades. The apical

segment of the abdomen is triangularly emarginate.

Long. 41, lat. 15 mm.

Hab. W. Africa, Akropong (Higlett).

In its short broad form this most nearly resembles C. auri-

cauda, Saund., but it is not quite so short as that is. It

differs from that and nearly all the species (except Bennettit)

in having the punctures on the dorsal region of the elytra

arranged in lines. The posterior lateral angulation of the

elytra is very strong, almost acute. he space close to the

posterior angles of the thorax is finely rugose, but this

character may not be constant.

Steraspis arabica, sp. a.

Head black, with green and coppery lines in front.

Thorax broad, black, obliquely narrowed in front, almost

parallel behind the middle, with a deeply impressed median

line, moderately closely and strongly punctured on the disk,

rugose at the sides, with a rugose coppery impression ex-

tending from the anterior angle to the base, where it is much

narrower than in front. The punctures coppery. Elytra

more parallel than is usual in this genus, black, with obscure

_ coppery punctuation, which gives them a brown appearance.

The punctuation is very fine and irregular. The raised

shining black intervals make the surface irregularly rugu-

Jose, except that near the scutellum there are some longitu-

dinal lines. Prosternum bisuleate. Abdomen shining

steel-blue, each segment with a broad, finely punctured,

and pubescent coppery fascia on each side, leaving a narrow

median smooth line on the second, third, and fourth

segments. |

This species is allied to S. speciosa, having the abdomen

banded in somewhat the same way and the thorax with a

median impressed line, but the elytra are finely rugulose,

without longitudinal lines except in the scutellar region,

Long. 40, lat. 15 mm.

Hab. Arabia, Muscat (Dr. Jayakar).

[To be continued. |

On the Tabanineg of the Family Tabanide. 349

X LIX.—WNotes on the smalier Genera of the Tabanine of the

Family Tapanipz in the British Museum Collection. By

GerrrupeE Ricarpo.

TABANINE.

Tue following table includes the genera comprised in the

second division of the Tabanide, easily distinguished from

those of Pangonine, the first division, by the absence of

spurs on the hind tibize and of ocelli. The genus Ditylomyia,

formed by Bigot, is uot imcluded, as the one species for

which he created it belongs to Gastroxides, an older geuus ;

Bigot’s genus must therefore sink. As regards Dusybasis, a

genus formed by Macquart for an Australian species, I have

no knowledge of it, and its position in the table is only

based on his description.

One new genus is included, formed for a species from

Ceylon. Remarks on Hematopota will follow later,

Hind tibie with no spurs. Ocelli

absent.

1. Third joint of antennz with four divi-

sions, no tooth or angulation ........ 2.

Third joint of antenne with five divisions. 5.

2, Rings of the third joint of antennz so

distinctly divided that the antennz

appear as six-jointed,........+.000% Hexvatoma, Meig.

Rings not so distinctly divided; the an-

tenne always appear as three-jointed. . 3.

3. Wings marked with rings and circles of

ANCOR COLGUEINN iy vin a's te a ey a's es a Hematopota, Meig.

Wines not nomarked) yo... oa wina'e 4.

4, First and second joints of antennz in the

male pubescent, the third joint longer

than the first. Eyes hairy .......... Dasybasis, Macq.

o. First joint of antenne globular, situated

on a protuberant projection of the fore-

PLL et: Gr ERNE Ahn aoe . Bolbodimyia, Bigot.

First joint of anteanie not ‘globular 6.

6. Third joint of antenne simple, not fur-

nished with a tooth or distinct angular

PVOJECtON «6. sees eee e aero eae re

Third joint of antennie furnished with a

tooth or a distinct angular projection., 9.

7. Body covered with metallic scales... .. . Lepidoselaga, Macq. [ Ha=

drus, Perty }.

Body metallic in colouring............ Selasoma, Macq.

Body without metallic scales and not

metallic in colouring ; the first antennal

joint longer than is usual in Tabanus ;

wings usually with brown markings ., 8

350 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninze

8. Antenne long, the third joint cylindrical,

situated on a projecting tubercle...... Udenocera, g. n.

Antenne not very long, the third joint

not cylindrical, not situated on a pro-

jecting, tubercle. a4 wc, aise oe bees Diachlorus, Ost. Sacken

| Diabasis, Macq. |.

9. Abdomen short, stout, very convex .... Stzbasoma, Schiner.

Abdomen not short, stout, or very convex. 10,

10, Antenne long and slender, the first joint

LANG a oa Gack aielv iso oilb 2 ola x sek ae Acanthocera, Macq.

Antenne not very long and slender, first

HOU NOt LOGE) ae fk. k oe ek ee ate TH

11. Species of a slender build, usually with a

banded thorax and abdomen, third joint

of antennee slender, mostly with brown

markings on the wings.............. Dichelacera, Macq.

Species of a stouter build, third joint of

anbonns. stot 4) K.6 ACs aes eee nee Tabanus, L. (in sens. lat.).

Hexatoma, Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 83 (1820).

Heptatoma, Meig., Lliger’s Mag. ii. p. 267 (1803).

Hexatoma pellucens, 8 3? , Fabr., Gen. Ins. Mant. i. p. 308

(1776) (Tabanus).

Tabanus albipes, Schrank, Ins. Austr. p. 480 (1781).

Heptatoma bimaculata, Meig., Klass, zweifl. Ins. i, p. 156, pl. ix.

figs. 5-10 (1804).

For the full list of references see ‘ Katalog Palaarktischen

Diptera,’ Bezzi, vol. 11. p. 54 (Budapest, 1903).

One male and one female from Germany, 58. 80 (Ruthe).

One female from Prussia, 4. 6. 92 (Kirby).

Two males and one female from unknown locality.

DasysBasis, Macquart.

Dasybasis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 2, p. 25 (1846); Loew, Dipt.

Sudafrik, p. 51 (1860).

This genus was formed for one species from Australia, and

Bigot describes another from Chili. I have no knowledge of

either.

The genus is distinguished by its hairy eyes, the hairy first

two joints of the antennz in the male, and by the presence

of only four divisions on the third joint, with no tooth or

angulation, but slightly swollen in the middle.

D. appendiculata, 3 9, Macq,, J. e. pl. i. fig. 1; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 267 (1854).— Australia.

D. tristts, 3, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. y. p. 621 (1892)—Chili,

of the Family Tabanide. 351

Borzopimyia, Bigot.

Bolbodimyia, Bigot, Wien. ent. Zeit. xi. p. 162 (1892); Réder, /. ¢.

p. 237.

This species was formed for one species from Venezuela,

Viz. i—

Bolbodimyia bicolor, 2, Bigot.

Bigot describes this striking insect as having 13 or 15

rings on the third joint of the antenne, but it is more cor-

rectly described as having five divisions only, of the ordinary

size and shape, viz. the large basal division and the four

others of about equal size, the last ending in a point. The

fly is easily distinguished by the peculiar shape of the first

antennal joint aud by the protuberant projection on which

the antennz are placed ; the front tibiz are dilated,

LeriposELaca, Macquart.

Lepidoselaga, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. (1) p. 153 (1838) (Lepiselaga) ;

Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 381 (1860); Schiner, Reise der Novara,

p- 96 (1866); Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. ili. p. 192 (1895) ; id.

Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. Suppl. p. 262 (1901).

Hadrus, Perty, Del. Anim. Arctic, Brasil. p. 183 (1850).

As pointed out by Williston, Hadrus is preoccupied in the

order Coleoptera; he agrees with Schiner that the differences

between Hadrus and Lepidoselaga ave trivial and that the

two should be reunited. They also consider Lepidoselaga and

Selasoma very nearly related, the chief difference between

them being in the presence of metallic scales in the one

(Lepidoselaga) and not in the other. The face in Selasoma

1s more protuberant and the antenne have the third joint

rather broader, with traces of the Tadanus-like angulation.

Four species of Lepidoselaga have been described, all from

South America; but as Williston reunites his Z parva with

L. albitarsis, Macq., the number is reduced to three.

L. lepidota, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 193 (1828) (Tabanus) ;

Macq., Dipt, Exot. i, (1) p. 154, pl. xviii. fig. 3 (1838) (Lepiselaga) ;

Perty, Del. Anim. Arctic. Brasil. p. 183, pl. xxxvi. fig. 9 (1880) ;

Walker, List Dipt.i. p. 209 (1848) ; id. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 272 (1854) ;

Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 96 (1866); Loew, Berlin. ent. Zeit. xiii.

p- 6 (1869); Townsend, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 19

(1897) (Hadrus) ; Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. iii, p. 192 (1895) ;

id. Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. Suppl. p. 262 (1901). [? Hematopota

crassipes, Fabr,, Syst. Antl. p. 108 (1805); Wiedem., Dipt. Exot.

i. p. 97 (1821); id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 220 (1828); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 270 (1854) (Diabasis).|—New Granada,

Brazil, Guiana.

a0 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabanine

L. albitarsis, 9, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 36 (1850); Wulp, Tijd.

Ent. xxiv. p. 161 (1881). [Z. parva, 9, Williston, Kans. Univ.

Quart. iii. p. 192 (1895) ; id. Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. Suppl. p. 262

(1901).|—Buenos Ayres, Paraguay.

L. recta, 9, Loew, Berlin. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 6 (1869); Ost. Sack. Cat.

Dipt. N. Amer. p. 55 (1878); id. Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. p. 57

(1886). [Hadrus lepidotus, 3, Bellardi (nec Wiedem.), Ditt. Mess.

i. p. 75 (1850) ; Loew, /. c.|}—Central America.

1. Antenne ferruginous, black at the apex.

Forehead qwide.; i. su3 ae esa be Sithl. aes albitarsis, 2 , Maeq.

Antenne wholly ferruginous. Forehead

HOU SD WIAD so... jai on, 2 wih vinuie ee eg 2.

2. The space between the antenne and the

frontal callus is brownish .............. lepidota, ¢ 2, Wiedem.

The space between the antennz and the

frontal callus is yellowish.............. recta, 2, Loew.

Williston does not think that the distinction given by

Loew for L. recta, as above, is valid, and he reunites it to

L. lepidota.

Lepidoselaga lepidota, ? , Wiedem.

Two females from Para, 49. 1 (Bates Coll.) ; one female

from Honduras (Miller Coll.), 283; two females, voyage

H.M.S. ‘ Herald,’ Panama, 60. 45; one female from Con-

nany, Guiana, Oct. 23, 1895 (Goeldi), 96. 238 ; six females

from Montalegre, on 8.8. ‘ Faraday,’ 27. 1. 96 (Austen) ; one

female from W. end of Parana de Bugassu, 15. 1. 96

(Austen); one female from near Breves, 8.8. ‘ Faraday,’

14. 1. 96; one female from Brazil, 99.195 (Piffard) ; eleven

females from Brazil, 24.4. 1901 (Durham), 1901. 232; five

females from Tylor-Townsend Coll.; five females from below

Itacoatura, R. Amazons, 8.8. ‘Jerome’ (Tylor-Townsend

Coll.), purchased from E. Brunetti, 1903. 16.

There is a note attached to one of the specimens by Bates

as follows :—‘‘'The Mottica of the Indians; it is the scourge

of the Upper Amazon. H. Bates, 1859.”

This is the insect mentioned by Bates in his ‘ Naturalist

on the River Amazons,’ chap. vi. p. 681 :—“ The mouth of

the channel lies about twenty-five miles from Villa Nova;

the entrance is only about forty yards broad, but it expands

a short distance inland into a large sheet of water. We

suffered terribly from insect pests during the twenty-four

hours'we remained here. ... . In the daytime the Mottica,

a much larger and more formidable fly than the mosquito,

insisted upon levying his tax of blood. We had been

tormented by it for many days past, but this place seemed

tiatilil

of the Famtly 'Tabanidee. 353

to be its metropolis. The species has been described by

Perty, the author of the entomological portion of Spix and

Martius’s travels, under the name of Hadrus lepidotus. It is

a member of the Tabanidz family, and, indeed, is closely

related to the Hematopota pluvialis, a brown fly which

haunts the borders of woods in summer time in England.

The Mottica is of a bronzed black colour ; its proboscis is

formed of a bundle of horny lancets, which are shorter and

broader than is usually the case in the family to which it

belongs. Its puncture does not produce much pain, but it

makes such a large gash in the flesh that the blood trickles

forth in little streams. Many scores of them were flying

about the canoe all day, and sometimes eight or ten would

settle on one’s ankles at the same time. It is sluggish in

its motions, and may be easily killed with the fingers when

it settles.”

In chap. vii. p. 693, he mentions a sand-wasp, Monedula

signata, which provisions its cells with the Motuca :—

“The Monedula signata is a good friend to travellers in

those parts of the Amazons which are infested by the blood-

thirsty Mottca. I first noticed its habit of preying on this

fly one day when we landed to make our fire and dine on the

borders of the forest adjoining a sand-bank. The insect is

as large as a hornet and has a most waspish appearance.

I was rather startled when one out of the flock which was

hovering about us flew straight at my face; it had espied a

Mottca on my neck, and was thus pouncing upon it. It

seizes the fly not with its jaws, but with its fore and middle

feet, and carries it off tightly held to its breast. Wherever

the traveller lands on the Upper Amazons in the neighbour-

hood of a sand-bank he is sure to be attended by one or more

of these useful vermin-killers.”

Lepidoselaga recta, 2? , Loew.

One female (Tylor-Townsend Coll.).

One female from Panzos, Vera Paz (Biol. Centr.-Am. Coll.)

(Champion).

SexLasoma, Macquart.

Selasoma, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. (2) p. 187 (1888); Loew, Dipt. Siid-

afrik. p. 31 (1860).

This genus was formed by Macquart for one species from

S. America, and he suggested Tabanus cyancus, Wiedem.,

would belong to it, locality unknown,

354. Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninze

For remarks on the relationship of this genus to Lepido-

selaga see under the latter.

It is distinguished by its short, flat, metallic-coloured

abdomen, thickened fore tibiz, and simple third joint of

antenne.

S. tiiale, 3 2, Fabr. Syst. Antl. p. 102 (1805); Wiedem. Dipt. Exot. i.

p. 89 (1821); id. Auss. zweifl. Ins i. p. 164 (1828) ( Tabunus) ;

Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. (2) p. 187 (1838); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 273 (1854); Réder, Wien. ent. Zeit. xi. p. 237 (1892).

| Hadrus chalybeum, Perty, Del. Anim. Arctic. Brasil. p. 183,

pl. xxxvi. fig. 20 (1830). Hadrus cyaneum, Walker, List Dipt. i.

p- 208 (1848). ]—Brazil.

S. cyaneum, 9, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins, i. p. 152 (1828) (Tabanus) ;

Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. (2) p. 188 (1838); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 273 (1854).—Locality unknown.

The antenne and legs were both wanting when described

by the author; he speaks of it as being a steel-blue insect

with hyaline wings.

Selasoma tibiale, 9.

One male from Oajaca, Mexico, 58. 135; one female

from Mount Roraima, British Guiana, 3500 feet (Quelch),

99. 68; one female from Brazil, 45. 56, presented by

Mrs. T. P. G. Smith; two females from unknown localities.

UDENOCERA, gen. nov.

This genus is nearly related to the two South-American

genera Diachlorus, Ost. Sack., and Acanthocera, Macq., and

is formed for a species from Ceylon which bears a general

resemblance to the latter genus, but is distinguished from it

by the absence of a tooth on the third joint of the antenne,

which also divides it from Dichelacera, Macq. It is distin-

guished from Diachlorus by the iength of the first joint of

the antennz, which is nearly as long as the third joint, and

by the altogether longer slender antennz, the third joint

being cylindrical; the fore tibiz are neither curved nor

broader; these differences, together with the presence of a

tubercular projection situated more than halfway down the

face on which the antennz are placed, seem to justify the

formation of a new genus.

Generic characters —Antenne long, cylindrical, with no

tooth or projection on the third joint; the first joint is quite

two thirds the length of the third joint, the second more

than half as long as the first joint, the third joint has the

first division as long as the four last divisions together, the

of the Family Tabanide. 355 |

latter being of equal length, with the exception of the last

one, which is a little longer, ending in a blunt point; they

are situated on the lower edge of a protuberant tubercle

which reaches the eyes on each side and is itself placed more

than halfway down the face ; the forehead is long, gradually

narrowing to the vertex. The palpi are Tadbanus-like in

shape, ending in an acute point. The abdomen is long and

narrow, the same width throughout. The wings are longer

than the body and rather large. The legs are long and

slender.

Udenocera brunneus, 2, sp. 0.

Three females from Kandy, Ceylon (Yerbury). The type

is numbered 381. 5. 92, the others 18. 5. 92 and 30. 5. 92.

Brown. Face shining brown below the antenne, forming

a triangular convex tubercle, with the apex reaching the

proboscis, and longer than the cheeks ; on each side of the

face is a brown shining stripe bordering the eyes for a short

distance and then the facial tubercle to its apex ; the cheeks

are ashy grey, with long white hairs. The proboscis short,

the palpi nearly as long; the first joint short, the second

stout at its base, curved, ending in a point, yellow, with

black pubescence. ‘The first two joints of the antennz

yellow, with black pubescence, the third black ; the antennal

tubercle brown, shining, grey below; the forehead brown,

shining, convex in the middle, with a transverse groove near

the tubercle. Eyes bare, the facets of equal size; on the

posterior border the eyes project beyond the vertex of the

forehead. Thorax brownish, shining, with indistinct linear

yellow stripes on each side, yellow at the sides ; the breast

brown with black hairs, then grey with whitish hairs.

Scutellum yellow-brown at extreme base, with yellow

pubescence. Abdomen of a uniform brown, somewhat

shining, with brown pubescence, the underside yellowish at

the base. Legs pale yellow, with the femora, apices of

tibize, and apices of all the joints of the tarsi except the first

one brown; the last joint of the tarsi wholly brown, with

pulvilli and claws; the pubescence of the legs is yellow on

the yellow parts and black on the brown parts. Wings

hyaline, the veins yellowish brown, the fore border and the

apex brown; some light spaces are apparent in the brown of

the apex; the brown shading extends along tke posterior

border faintly into the fourth posterior cell; on one wing of

the type the apical brown is reduced to a shading of the

veins.

Length 11 mm.

56 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninez

There is an imperfect male specimen from Galagedara,

Ceylon, June 1897 (E. E. Green), 1903. 150, which appa-

rently belongs to this genus, but will form another species,

having a yellow abdomen; the antenne are placed on a

similar tubercle and seem of an identical shape, but the third

joint is wanting.

The specimen named by Walker Chrysops parallelus, and

referred by me doubtfully to Diachlorus [see Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7) ix. p. 372 (1902)], from Batjan Island

(Batchian) (Wallace Coll.), may possibly belong to this

genus; but the antenne are wanting, the formation of the

forehead, of the antennal tubercle and face, besides the shape

of the abdomen and legs, agrees with that of the species

described above.

Diacuiorvs, Osten Secken.

Diachlorus, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soe. ii. p. 475 (1876).

Diabasis, Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. 1. p. 207 (1834); id. Dipt. Exot. i.

p. 150 (1858) ; Loew, Dipt. Sudatrik. p. 81 (1860). (“4 Diabasis”

being already occupied in Coleoptera, the name was changed by

Osten Sacken.)

This genus was formed by Macquart for the exotie Tabani,

bicinctus, glaber, globicornis, Wiedem., and curvipes, Fabr.,

presenting as he thought an intermediate conformation

between Tabanus and Chrysops. The. described species are

all from 8. America, with the exception of D. ferrugatus

from N. America, D. scutellata from Central America, and

D. flavipennis from the Philippines. Loew distinguishes

it from Lepidoselaga and Selasoma by the absence of

metallic colouring or scales and from Tabanus by the curved

fore tibiz. Osten Sacken considers it is only distinguished

from Tabanus by the shortness of the face, the rather low

insertion of the antennz, and the rather broad fore tibiez,

the coloration of the eyes also differing from that of Tabanus,

at least in D. ferrugatus. The greater length of the first

joint of the antennz, the general appearance, more slender

build, and the markings of the wings seem to sufficiently

distinguish it from Tadanus, in addition to the curved dilated

fore tibiz, as also the absence of any tooth or real pro-

jection on the third joint of the antenne. In this respect

the species of this genus may be confused with the smaller

Tabani, in some of which the projection or angle of the third

joint is very slight, so that there is very little difference in

the shape of the third joint. Bigot thus confused specimens

of a North-American Tabanus and called it D. hematopotides.

The five species placed in this genus by Bigot all belong to

of the Family Tabanide. 357

other genera. His D. maroccanus, § (Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr.

v. p. 623, 1892), from Morocco, is a male species of Silvius,

but I am not able to identify it with any description of a

Silvius from the Palearctic Region, many of the males of the

described species being not yet known; the eyes are hairy in

this specimen, and the face and the second joint of the an-

tenn moderately pubescent: his D. barbatus, 3 (l.c. p. 622),

from Piedmont, is also a male species of St/vius with the

face and the first two jomts of the antenne densely pubes-

cent ; the eyes are bare: his D. hematopotides, 2 (1. c. p. 624),

from N. America, is a specimen of Tubanus fratellus, Will. :

his D. melas, ¢ (i. c. p. 625), from Sidney, is a specimen of

Apocampta subcanus, Wk. (see Ric. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7) vii. 1901, p. 287): his D. notatus, 2 (1. c. p. 622), from

California, 1s a species of Sidvius apparently identical with

Silvius quadrivittatus, ° , Say, Journ. Acad. Fhil. iii. p. 33

(1823) ; id. Compl. Wr. 11. p. 54 (1869); Wiedem., Auss.

zweifl. Ins. i. p. 200 (1828) (Chrysops) ; Osten Sacken, Cat.

Dipt. N. Amer. p. 226 (1878) ; Will. Trans. Kans. Acad.

Sci. x. p. 131 (1888).

Williston distinguishes his species S. pollinosus from Say’s

species by the absence of blackish stripes on the thorax ;

these are present in Bigot’s specimen. Williston suggests

that these two species may belong to the genus Nemorius.

Bigot’s specimen certainly bears a strong general resem-

blance to Chrysops (Nemorius) vitripennis, Mg., though the

first joint is considerably longer in C. vitripennis, as Williston

remarks.

The latter author describes a species as Dichelacera scutel-

lata from Brazil, but suggests it may belong to the genus

Diachlorus, though the fore tibive, not being curved, seem to

exclude it from this genus, and the absence of a tooth on

the third joint of the antennee from Dichelacera. If it

should be finally placed under Diachlorus, the name will have

to be changed, being already used for a species described by

Macquart.

Diachlorus varipes, Rondani, is said by the author to be

nearly related to D. atenia, Macq., which is a synonym of

D. ferrugata, ¥.

‘The species named by Walker Diachlorus varius, 3, belongs

to the Pangonine, having ocelli, and spurs on hind tibiz ;

the antennz being lost, it is impossible to identify it further,

but it probably belongs to the subgenus Diatomineura and

comes from Chili. In List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 269,

Walker notes that the fore tibiz are straight and slender,

thus differing from other species of the genus.

358 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabanine

The Diachlorus guttatulus described by Townsend in Trans.

Kansas Acad. Sci. xiil. p. 184 (1892), is referred by him to

the genus Tadanus in ‘ Psyche, vill. p. 147 (1897). With the

elimination of the Bigot and other species mentioned above,

the described species of Diachlorus are reduced to fourteen,

not including Williston’s doubtful species.

D. ferrugatus, 2 , Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 111 (1805) (Chrysops) ; Wiedem.,

Dipt. Exot. i. p. 94 (1821); id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 186 (1828)

(Tabanus) ; Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 191 (1848) ; id. ib. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p. 148 (1854) (Dichelacera) ; Ost. Sack, Mem. Boston Soe. ii. p. 396

(1876) ; id. Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. 1878, p. 55; id. Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Dipt. i. p. 57 (1886); Williston, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt. i. Suppl.

. 263 (1900) ; Hine, Ohio State Univ. Bull. (7) no. 19, p. 23 (1903).

Tabanus americanus, Pal. Beauv., Ins. Dipt. p. 223, pl. iii. fig. 6

(1805-1821). Diabasis atenia, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 152 (1838) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 271 (1854). Chrysops con-

vergens, Walker, 1. c. Chrysops approxinans, Walker, List Dipt. i.

p- 198 (1848). Tabanus Rondaniz, Bell., Litt. Messicana, i. p. 168,

pl. ii. fig. 11 (1859).]—North America,

D. curvipes, 2, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 107 (1805) (Hematopota); Wiedem.,

Dipt. Exot. i. p. 90 (1821); id. Auss, zweifl. Ins. i’ p. 176 (1828)

(Tabanus); Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 208 (1834) ; Walker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 271 (1854) (Diabasis). [Chrysops varipes,

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 289 (1854) ; Ric., Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 309 (1901). |—South America.

D. bicinctus, 2, Fabr., Syst. Anti. p. 102 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl.

Ins. i. p. 191 (1828) (ZLabanus); id. Dipt. Exot. i. p. 105 (1821)

(Chrysops) ; Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 207 (1854); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 270 (1854) (Deabasis).—Brazil.

D. podagricus, 29, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 108 (1805); Wiedem., Dipt.

Exot. i. p. 98 (1821) ; id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 219 (1828) ; Macq.,

Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 212 (1834) (Hematopota) ; Macq,, Dipt. Exot.

i. p. 151 (1838); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 269 (1854)

(Diabasis).—Brazil.

D. globicornis, 2, Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 96 (1821) ; id. Auss. zweifl.

Ins. i. p. 190 (1828) (Tabanus); Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 208

(1884); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 271 (1854) (Dzabasis).

—-Brazil.

D. glaber, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 192 (1828) (Tabanus) ;

Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 208 (1834) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 270 (1854) (Diabasis) —Brazil.

D. bivitiatus, 9, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 151 (1828) (Tabanus) ;

Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 212 (1884) (Hematopota) ; Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 270 (1854) (Drabasis). | Chrysops in-

crnatus, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 199 (1848) ; Ric., Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) viii. p. 809 (1901). |—Brazil.

D. scutellatus, 9, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 151, pl. xviii. fig. 2 (1838) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 269 (Deabasis).—Cayenne.

D. fuseipennis, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. p. 152 (1838); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 271 (1854) (Diabasis) —Brazil.

D. interruptus, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 152 (1888) ; Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 271 (1854) (Diabaszs).—Brazil.

D. diversipes, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 38, p. 18 (1846); Walker,

of the Family Tabanide. 359

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 270, pl. i. fig. 5 (1854) (Diadasis) ;

Wulp, Notes Leyden Museum, vii. p. 81 (1885).—Brazil.

D, flavipennis, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 35 (1850) ; Wulp, Cat.

Dipt. 8. Asia, p. 64 (1896) (Deabasis).—Philippines.

DP. es 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 386 (1850) (Diabaszs).—

razil.

D. varipes, Rondani, Studi Entom. di Baudi Truqui, i. p. 105 (1848)

(Diabasis).—Brazil.

The following table is drawn up for the species contained

in the British Museum collection :—

1. Abdomen black. Wings withadark band.. scutellatus, 9? , Macq.

Abdomen yellowish. Wings with the apex

SIDA? «098 ne ¢ accu) eee tem ail dake 2.

2. Abdomen with two black stripes.......... bivittatus, 2, Wiedem.

Abdomen with an indistinct yellow median

SELTUGyh says derma e ee ee eden, eta ew aaNeey ik 3.

3. Thorax yellow, with brown stripes. Wings

with yellow fore border and stigma....., curvipes, 2, Fabr.

Thorax not striped. Wings with brown fore

INGTGCE ONG SOME 6 ay sue ewes ee chen « Serrugatus, 2, Fabr.

Diachlorus ferrugatus, 2, F.

One female from Mexico.

Five females from Belize, Orange Walk, Brit. Honduras,

presented by the Colonial Secretary; one female from

Arroyos, Isidro (Townsend Coll.).

Type of C. convergens, 9, Wik., 284 (Miller Coll.).

Type of C. approximans, 2, Wik. (Doubleday), Florida.

One female from Panzos, Guatemala (Champion), Biol.

Centr.-Am. Coll.

ee,

Diachlorus curvipes, 2, Wiedem. t Am,

Type of Chrysops varipes, 2 , Walker, from Para (Saunders

Coll.), and another female from the same place (Bates Coll.) ;

one female from St. Paul’s (Bates Coll.), 59.74; one female

from Manaos, 12. 2. 96 (Austen) ; one female from Gurupa,

23. 1. 96 (Austen). In the Walker type the fore legs are

not so dark as is usual in this species, being a faint yellowish

brown. ‘This species is nearly allied to D. ferrugatus, but

may be distinguished by the brown stripes on the yellow-

haired thorax, consisting of a brown stripe on each side,

beginning on a level with the shoulders far from the fore

border of the thorax, continued to the posterior border, with

a branch diverging from it and running to the base of the

wing, which is yellow on the fore border, with the apex more

860 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninee

widely brown than in D. ferrugatus, but the stigma is

yellow, not brown, and the veins yellow; the legs are also

paler, the hase of the hind tarsi white besides those of the

middle tarsi, as stated by Wiedemann.

Diachlorus bivittatus, Wiedem.

This species is easily distinguished from D. ferrugatus, to

which it is very similar in general appearance and colouring,

by the dark stripes on the abdomen, and the dark brown of

the wing is not so extended at the apex.

Female type, Chrysops inornatus, Walker, from Brazil.

One female from Rio de Janeiro, 4. 7. 99 (Dr. Lutz),

presented by C. B. Rhind, Esq.

Diachlorus scutellatus, ? , Macq.

One female from British Guiana (Low), 1901.

The scutellum, described by Macquart as red or yellow, is

so densely covered with grey tomentum that it appears grey,

as does also the base of the thorax; there are traces of

yellow pubescence on the grey colour; otherwise this specimen

agrees with Macquart’s description.

Sripasoma, Schiner.

Stibasoma, Schiner, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, xvii. p. 310

(1867) ; id. Reise Novara, p. 95 (1866); Ost. Sacken, Biol. Centr.-

Am., Dipt. i. p. 57 (1886).

This genus is distinguished by the short, stout, strongly

arched abdomen and the dilated curved fore tibiz, which

serve to separate it from Tabanus ; the shape of the antenne,

with the third joint furnished with a tooth, and the absence

of metallic scales or colouring distinguish it from Selasoma

and Lepidoselaga. It was formed for Tabanus theotenia,

Wiedem., and all the species, except one from N. America,

belong to S. America.

The described species number six.

S. theotenia, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 186 (1828) ; Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 200 (1854) (Zabanus) ; Schiner, Reise

Novara, p. 94, pl. ii. fig: 6 (1866) ; Williston, Kans. Univ, Quart. iii.

p. 194 (1895).—Monte Video, Brazil.

S. fulvohirtum, 2, Wiedem. /. ¢. p. 155; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

. 150 (Tabanus); Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 94 (1866); Ost.

Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. p. 57 (1886). [Tabanus com-

pactum, 2, Walker, /. ¢. p. 222.}|—Brazil, Amazons.

S. tristis, 9, Wiedem., 1. ¢. p. 164; Walker, J. c. p. 200 (Zabanus) ;

Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 94 (1866),—Brazil.

of the Family Tabanide. 361

S. dives, 9, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 166 (1848) (Tabanus).—Amazons.

S. bicolor, 9, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. v. p. 636 (1892).—Brazil.

S. pachycephalum, 3, Bigot, J. c. p. 636.—Mexico,

1. Black species. Abdomen yellow at base. 2.

Black species, with the first two segments

Foulow atthe srdese.s svc vdns «0's porewsr bicolor, 2, Bigot.

sere with black abdomen, the posterior :

orders of segments white-haired ...... fulvohirtum, 2, Wiedem.

Species with red-brown abdomen, the pos-

terior borders of segments bright yellow-

RIMM CRe ile Dake petals chit isss.am Wale } secnth dives, 2, Walker.

2. Wings black, lighter at apex .......... theotenia, 2, Wiedem.

Wings yellow, smoky grey at apex...... tristis, 2, Wiedem.

Wings clear, with two brown bands .... pachycephalum, 3, Bigot.

Stibasoma dives, 9 , Walker.

Type 2, no locality given, and another female from

Amazons (Bates), 66. 53.

A large-bodied species, distinguished by the bright yellow

hairs on the hind borders of the segments. The type has

lost its head, but there is no doubt of the identity of the

other perfect specimen with it.

Face black, with black pubescence; the palpi and antennz

black, the latter with the long horn on the first ring of the

third joint, and the short four remaining rings ending in a

point ; forehead black, narrow. Thorax and scutellum brown,

with black pubescence on the dorsum and at the sides.

Abdomen reddish brown with ferruginous pubescence, the

hind border of each segment fringed with bright yellow hairs ;

underside of abdomen brown with the yellow bands distinct.

Legs black with black pubescence, which becomes fringe-like

on the fore and hind tibie. Wings grey, yellow at the base

and on the fore border, with yellow veins.

Length 18 mm.

Stibasoma fulvohirtum, ? , Wiedem.

Tabanus compactum, 2, Walker.

Type of 7. compactum, 9, Wlk., from Ega, Amazons

(Bates), 51. 43, and another female specimen from Panama

(Champion), Biol. Centr.-Am. Coll.

The remarks by Schiner and Osten Sacken amending the

original description certainly apply to the two specimens

mentioned above.

Stibasoma pachycephalum, 3, Bigot.

Two males (not females as stated by the author) from

Mexico.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 25

362 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninee

These probably belong to this genus and form a distinct

species; but the antenne being defective, it is impossible to

speak with certainty ; it is the only species of the genus as

yet described with brown markings on the wings.

Stibasoma bicolor, 2 , Bigot.

Two females from Brazil.

This is a small black species, the first two segments of the

abdomen yellow at the sides, the wings byaline tinged with

yellow at the base and on the fore border and with yellow

veins. The long tooth on the third joint of the antennz

reaches the second ring, which, together with the remaining

three, is small and short, the last one ending in a point.

AcantTHocera, Macquart.

Acanthocera, Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 209 (1834); Loew, Dipt.

Sudafrik. p. 31 (1860); Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 95 (1866).

This genus was not clearly defined by Macquart, who

founded it on Hematopota longicornis, Fabr., which Loew

states Macquart had never seen, and Schiner believes he had

never seen any species belonging to the genus; he did not

clearly distinguish it from Dichelacera, and actually rede-

scribed a specimen of Acanthocera longicornis, F., as Diche-

lacera longicornis. Schiner gives the shape of the antennz

as the chief characteristic, being Jong and slender, the first

joint nearly as long as the third, which is divided into nearly

equal divisions ; in Dichelacera the lengthened first joint is

always shorter than the third.

Loew considers the true characters of the genus are :—the

Jong, slender, nearly cylindrical body, the depressed head,

the face with tubercles, the lengthened first joint of the an-

tenn, the great length of the third joint, hairy to the point,

with a long tooth at its base, and the unusually great develop-

ment of the last four divisions.

The tooth of the third joint of antennze seems to vary

from the long one in A. longicornis to a small one in A. ez-

stincta and A. coarctata, if Wiedemann’s descriptions are

accurate. Schiner’s statement that the first joint is nearly

as long as the third will not hold good, at least in A. mar-

ginalis, W\k.; the first joimt is usually about twice the

length of the second, but Schiner gives it as four times as

long in his deseription of A. trigonifera.

The genus may be distinguished by the long, slender

antenne, the first joint long, which will distinguish it from

Dichelacera, but not so long as the third, which is furnished

of the Family Tabanide. 363

with a tooth ; the long slender abdomen with yellow bands

or spots, the wings marked with brown, and the whitish tibiz

or tarsi seem typical of the genus, at least for all the species

as yet described.

There are five species known, all from South America :—

A. longicornis, 2, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 871 (1794); id. Syst. Antl.

p. 103 (1805) (Tabanus) ; Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 98 (1821); id.

Auss, zweifl. Ins. i. p. 213 (1828) (Hematopota) ; id. Hist. Nat. Dipt.

i. p. 209 (1834) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 114, pl. xvi. fig. 2 (1838)

(Dichelacera); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 267 (1854).

| Hematopota triangularis, Wiedem., Zool. Mag. iti. p. 44 (1819). |—

Brazil.

A. exstincta, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 214 (1828); Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 268 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik.

p. 46 (1860).—Montevideo.

A. coarctata, 9, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 578 (1828); Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 295 (1854) (Hematopota) ; Bigot, Bull.

Soc. Zool. Fr. xvi. p. 74 (1890).—Brazil.

A, Hip a ae do, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 268 (1854).—

Brazil.

A, trigonifera, 9, Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 95 (1866).—South America.

1. Species with the tooth of the third joint of

the antenne stall...) 0 ese tae

Species with the tooth of the third joint of

thevantennce lone. ites adn ec ewe es -

2. Abdomen constricted at the base........ coarctata, 9, Wiedem.

Abdomen not so constricted ............ eustincta, 2, Wiedem.

3. Wings black-brown, a clear spot in the

middle, but no clear space between the

apex and the anal cell..............+- trigonifera, 2, Schiner,

Wings with brown markings, the space

between the apex and the analcellclear. 4.

4, Wings with a dark band across the middle. Jongicornis, 2, F.

Wings with no such dark band ........ marginalis, 6 2, Wk.

Acanthocera coarctata, 2? , Wiedem.

Probably belongs to this genus, as Wiedemann states it

belongs to the group comprising A. longicornis and A.exstincta,

the tooth of the third joint of antennz being more like that

of the last-named species, of which he suggests it might be

the other sex, yet he speaks of both the species as females

only.

Acanthocera marginalis, § 2, Walker.

One female type from Para, Brazil (Bates Coll.), 51. 147;

one male from River Amazons, Brazil (Bates Coll.), 66. 53;

one female from same locality (Saunders Coll.), 73. 34; one

female, Ega, River Amazons (Bates Coll.), 66. 53.

This species cannot be identical with A. exstincta, Wiedem.,

25*

364 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninez

as Loew suggests, the tooth on the third joint of the antennz

in this type being long, not very short as Wiedemann states

of A. exstincta; the brown apex of the anal cell is not

mentioned by him in his description, and not all the segments

of the abdomen are bordered with yellow in Walker’s type.

Brown species with golden-yellow stripes on the thorax

and bands on the abdomen, the wings almost wholly clear

with no dark band across the middle of the wing. [Face

brown, under the antenne shining brown, at the sides black

with whitish tomentum, the forehead brown, the frontal

callus above the antennee triangular with the point towards

the vertex, two grey stripes proceeding from the sides of the

triangle meet at itsapex. Antenne longer than the thorax ;

the first two joints yellow with black pubescence, the first

one long, the second barely half as long, cylindrical, the

third nearly three times as long as the first jomt, rufous at

its base, then brown, the same width throughout, except at

the extreme base where the tooth begins, where it is slightly

broader, becoming narrower at its apex; the long tooth

reaches the second ring, the last four rings being all of equal

length, but together longer than the basal one. Thorax

black-brown, two yellow stripes and a yellow spot at the side

formed of yellow pubescence; the breast the same colour

with a yellow stripe continued from the spot, with grey hairs

and tomentum ; scutellum yellow. Abdomen reddish brown,

in the other specimens blackish brown with yellow pubescent

bands on the posterior borders of the first two segments and

a white pubescent band on the third; the white band is

wanting in two of the specimens and is yellow in another ;

the pubescence on the dorsum black, some white hairs on the

anterior segments, the underside with two white bands. Legs

brown, the base of the anterior and posterior tibiz, the whole

of the middle tibiz, and the first tarsal joint of all white, in

some specimens the middle tibize are wholly brown or only

white at the base. Wings with the fore border to the apex,

the extreme base, and the apex of the anal cell brown.

Length 10 mm.

Acanthocera lonyicornis, ? , Fabr.

Two females from Brazil.

Acanthocera trigonifera, 9, Schiner, is described as a

magnificent new species, the first antennal joint being nearly

four times as long as the second, and the third distinctly

longer than the first, the tooth reaching to the middle of the

third joint,

of the Family Tabanide. 365

Dicueracera, Macquart.

Dichelacera, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 112 (1838); Rondani, Nuovi

Anon. Sci. Nat. Bologna, (3) ii. p. 192 (1850); id. Archiv, Canestr.

iii. p. 78 (1863); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 81 (1860); Schiner,

Reise Novara, p. 96 (1866).

This genus was formed by Macquart for the small group

divided off from Tabanus, represented by D. cervicornis,

damicornis, and T-nigrum, Wiedem., having a long tooth

at the base of the third joint of the antenne, all from

S. America. In spite of his remark that this character was

not distinctive of the genus, many South-American species

of Tabanus possessing it (see Dipt. Exot. i. p. 118), other

authors, especially Bigot and Walker, have indiscriminately

placed any Tabani from 8. America with the long tooth to

antenne in this genus, ignoring their dissimilarity in other

respects to D. cervicornis &c. and their general Tabanus-like

appearance. It would seem imperative to restrict to

this genus (at least for the present till the South-American

Tabani have been thoroughly worked out) the small group of

which D. cervicornis is the type; these are distinguished as

rather small flies of a long slender type, with a banded thorax

and abdomen, and brown markings on the wings, with a

slender third joint of the antenne furnished with a tooth,

and usually a rather lengthened first joint ; these character-

istics seem as yet all that divide them from Tadanus, though

their general appearance and shape will easily distinguish

them, as recognized by Loew.

Schiner distinguishes Dichelacera from Acanthocera by

the rather lengthened first joint of the antenne, which,

together with the slender shape, he considers is the only safe

distinction that divides it from Tabanus ; the first joint being

always shorter than the third, which is shaped and ringed as

in Tabanus, with a long tooth at the base, will further dis-

tinguish it from Acanthocera,

Restricting the genus as suggested above, all Bigot’s

species (with the exception of D. longirostris, which is a

species of Si/vius) should be relegated to Tabanus, and will

doubtless prove in many instances to besynonyms of previously

described species from S. America. Of Walker’s species,

D. bifacies, multifascia, and fasciata will belong to Dichela-

cera in sensu stricto, the latter being a synonym of D. cervi-

cornis ; the remainder of his species will probably prove to

belong to Tabanus. Of the Wiedemann species included in

Dichelacera, some seem to have been placed there by Walker

only, such as D. flava and D. capreolus, which may perhaps

366 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninz

more properly belong to Tabanus. D. alcicornis and D. Ja-

nuarii may belong to the group represented by D. cervicornis,

though the former is described as having stripes, not bands,

on the thorax. Of the species described and placed by

Macquart in his genus, I have seen only D. marginata, which

resembles D. cervicornis in colouring &c. D. unifasciata, he

states, is related to D. alcicornis, Wiedem., and D. immacu-

lata to D. flava, Wiedem.; D. binotata and D. longicornis

belong to the genus Acanthocera. D. rufa, he suggests, may

be a variety of D. Januarii, Wiedem., but Rondani renamed

it Tabanus brasiliensis. D. testacea and D. fuscipennis do

not seem to have the typical colouring and shape of the cervi-

cornis group. D. scapularis seems related, so far as the

markings of the wing are concerned, to D. marginata, and

from Bellardi’s figure appears likely to belong to the genus

in sensu stricto, though in colouring it is black.

Of Walkevr’s species, D. sparsa, repanda, pretereuns, trans-

posita, vacillans, and abiens will more properly belong to

Tabanus. D. fasciata and multifasciata prove to be synonyms

of D. cervicornis, D. hinnulus of D. marginata, and D. bifacies

alone seems a distinct species. D. nubipennis, Rondani, has

hairy eyes, apparently not usual in this genus, and from the

description I should doubt its being correctly placed in this

genus.

The following list includes the described species of Diche-

lacera, excluding those which appear more correctly to belong

to Tabanus ; one or two are inserted with a query as to which

genus they belong :—

D. cervicornis, 2, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 100 (1805) ; Wiedem., Dipt. Exot.

i. p. 79 (1821); id. Auss. zweifl. Ins, i. p. 157 (1828) ; Macq-, Hist.

Nat. Dipt. i. p. 197 (1834) (Tabanus); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 153 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise Novara, Dipt. p. 94 (1866) ;

Ost. Sack., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt. i. p. 58 (1856); Wéill., ibid.

Suppl. p. 263 (1900). [D. fasciata, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. i.

p. 68 (1848) ; Ost. Sack., Cat. N. Amer. Dipt. (1878) p. 55, note.

D. multifasciata, 2, Walker, J. c. p. 69.]—Central and S, America.

D. damicornis, Q, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 101 (1805); Wiedem., Dipt.

Exot. i. p. 87 (1821); id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 159 (1828) ; Maeq.,

Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 97 (1834) (Tabanus) ; id. Dipt. Exot. i. p. 112

(1838); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 151 (1854).—Brazil.

D. T-nigrum, 2 , Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 101 (1805) ; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl.

Ins. i. p. 160 (1821) (Zabanus) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 112 (1888) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, pp. 152, 825 (1854); Will., Kans.

Univ. Quart. iii. p. 193 (1895), under Tubanus T-nigrum.—s. America.

D. Januarti, 2, Wiedem., Zool. Mag. iil. p. 45 (1819); id. Dipt. Exot. i.

p. 94 (1828); id. Auss. zweifl. Ins, i. p. 162 (1828) (Tabanus) ;

Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 3, p. 10 (1848) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 158 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise Novara, Dipt. p. 95 (1866).

—Brazil and Rio Janeiro.

D, aleicornis, 9, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 158 (1828) ( Zabanus) ;

of the Family Tabanide. 367

Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 190 (1848); id. ib. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 154

(1854).—-Brazil.

? D. capreolus, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 162 (1828) (Tabanus) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 152 (1854).—Brazil.

? D. flava, 9, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 163 (1828) ( Tabanus) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 153 (1854).— Montevideo.

D. immaculata, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 115 (1838); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 153 (1854).—Brazil.

D. unifascrata, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 115 (1838); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 155 (1854).— Brazil.

? D. testacea, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 29, pl. iii. fig. 10 (1846) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 153 (1854).—Colombia.

D. rufa, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 2, p. 13 (1846); Walker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 150 (1854). [? Tabanus brasiliensis, Ron-

am, ae Ann. d. Sci. Nat. di Bologna, (3) ii. p. 192 (1850). ]—

razil,

? D. fuscipennis, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 2, p. 14 (1846); Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 150 (1854).—Brazil.

D. scapularis, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 2, p. 15 (1846) ; Bellardi,

Ditt. Messicana, i. p. 53, pl. ii. fig. 12 (1859); Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 149 (1854); Osten Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer.

p. 55 (1878) ; id. Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt i. p. 59 (1886).—Mexico.

D. marginata, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 2, p. 30 (1846); Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 152 (1854). [D. himnulus, Walker,

Newman, Zoologist, viii. Append. exxii. (1850); Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 153 (1854).]—Cayenne, Para.

D. bifacies, 2, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 191 (1848).—Brazil.

? D. nubipennis, Rondani, Ann. Soc. Nat. Modena, iii. p. 89 (1868).—

Mendoza, Argentine.

? D, scutellata (? Diachlorus), Williston, Kansas Univ. Quart. iii. p. 1938

(1895).—Brazil.

D. pulchra, $ 2, Williston, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. Suppl. p. 263,

pl. iv. figs. 22, 22 a (1900).—Mexico.

The following Walker species described under Dichelacera

are replaced in Tabanus for the present, though some of the

species are not so distinctively Tabanus-like in form and

appearance as those of Bigot :—

Tabanus sparsa, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. p. 71 (1846). A species with

brown spotted wings.— Brazil.

Tabanus pretereuns, 9, Walker, J.c. p. 70, pl. ii. fig. 6. With dark

brown wings.—South America.

Tabanus vacillans, 9, Walker, 1. c—Brazil.

Tabanus repanda, 2, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 190 (1848). With brown

spots on the wings.—Venezuela.

Tabanus abiens, 9, Walker, J. c. p. 191; O. S., Cat. Dipt. N. Amer,

p- 55 (1878). Has no large tooth, only a slight projection on the

third joint of the antenne. The type is a female, not a male as

stated by Walker.—W. Indies.

Tabanus transposita, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p, 151

(1854). Besides the type there are four other females presented by

‘Theobald (coll. Rosenberg) from Ecuador. This species is not of

the usual type of Tubanus, having a long slender abdomen.—The

type is from the West Coast of America,

The Bigot species described under Dichelacera but not

368 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninez

belonging to this genus are the following; they all have a

tooth on the third antennal joint :—

Tabanus pachypalpis, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 631 (1892).

A large species.—Mexico.

Tabanus japonicus, 2 , Bigot, 7. ec. A smaller species.—Japan.

Tabanus satanicus, 9, Bigot, 1. c. A species with a dark red scutellum

and brownish wings.—Brazil.

Tabanus castaneus, 2, Bigot, l.c. The antenne are broken off.—Brazil.

Tabanus marmoratus, 2 , Bigot, 2. c. p. 633. These seem identical with

T. albopictus.—Brazil.

Tabanus albopictus, 2, Bigot, 1.c. The wings have a brown band and a

square brown spot on the fork of the third vein.—Brazil.

Tabanus peruvianus, 9 , Bigot, l.c. The wings have an irregular band.

—Peru.

The species described by Bigot as Dichelacera longirostris,

?, is a species of Silvius not previously described under this

latter genus. I propose to redescribe it as

Silvius longirostris, 2.

Dichelacera longirostris, 2, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Entom. Fr. (3) vii. p. 128

(1859).

There are two females from Madagascar, either of which

may have been Bigot’s type. I have based my redescription

on the one marked 35.

This species will come under those with a long tooth-like

projection on the third joint of the antenne after S. pertusus,

Loew, in my table of species of Stlvius from the Ethiopian

Region (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1901, viii. p. 295), thus :-—

Brown. Legs dull yellow. Wings clear.

A brown species with clear wings and a rather long pro-

boscis.

Face greyish yellow, shining brown under the antennae,

some silvery hairs bordering the eyes. Palpi long, yellow,

with black pubescence ; the proboscis as long as the anterior

femora. Antenne yellow, the third joint redder, becoming

darker towards the apex; the first joint twice as long as

the second, both with black pubescence ; the tooth of the

third joint is long, reaching the first of the annulations,

curved, with fine hairs on its outer edge ; the last ring is the

longest of the four, ending in a point. Forehead reddish

brown, narrow, consisting of a raised ridge along the whole

length, the ocelli situated on it at the vertex. Thorax yel-

lowish with four brown stripes; the sides and breast greyish

with a few yellowish hairs ; the scutellum brown. Abdomen

brown, pale yellowish in the centre of the first segment and

along the anterior border of the second segment; this paler

colour appears on the other segments under the dark colour

on the anterior border ; the underside pale yellow, with some

of the Family Tabanide. 369

dark shading of the brown colour. Legs dull yellow, the

fore legs, all the femora, and the last four joints of the

tarsi browner. Wings hyaline with a brown stigma, veins

yellowish.

Length 10 mm.

Mr. Verrall has kindly presented these to the Natural

History Collection (British Museum).

The following table is drawn up for the six species repre-

sented in the British Museum Collection :-—

1. Wings hyaline, with two brown half-bands

united, or one brown band, and brown

shading in the anal cell ................ 2.

Wings yellowish, with the apex and the inner

GEOG’ BROW Solon Re ce at tes gets ane marginata, 9, Macq.

2. Abdomen yellowish, with only the apex

PEO WES Ve Sas oo weeite amie Wn ataceialnd T-nigrum, 2, F.

Abdomen yellowish or whitish, with brown

Jeo EER RRS ee ee eee 3

3. Legs black, the middle and fore tibize white. dumicornis, 9, F.

BBV OR OWA Osis c'diete criss wa ess oe ud as os 4.

4, The band of the wing as two half-bands.... cervicornis, 9, F.

The band of the wing as one, with a brown

stripe on the third longitudinal vein to

border ; tooth of antennz very small .... bifacies, 9, Walker.

The band of the wing as one, but no brown

stripe ; tooth of antennz not small ...... grandis, 2, sp. n.

Dichelacera cervicornis, 3 , Fabr.

One male from St. Paul’s, Amazons (Bates Coll.), 59. 74

(it was labelled D. brunivitta, evidently a MS. species of

Walker’s).

One female type of fasciata, WIk. (Saunders Coll.), 68. 4;

one female type of multifascia, Wlk., from Para (Saunders

Coll.), 68.45; three females from the Amazons (Bates Coll.),

66.53; one female from Brazil; one female from David,

Chiriqui, Panama (Champion), Biol. Centr.-Am, Coll.

This is a species that seems to vary in size and colouring,

as remarked by Osten Sacken in Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i.

p- 58, the colour varying from pale yellow to dark brown.

Walker’s D. multifascia is nothing but a large specimen of

D. cervicornis, measuring 11 mm., and, as surmised by

Osten Sacken, his D. fasciata is a specimen of this species.

Dichelacera damicoruis, 2 , Fabr.

Two females from Para (Saunders Coll.), 68. 4; one

female from Villa Nova, Amazons (Bates Coll.),55.75; one

female from Para (Bates Coll.), 66. 53.

This species is distinguished from D. cervicornis by the

yellow-brown shining tubercle on the face below the antenne,

and by the brown legs, with only the middle and anterior

70 Miss G. Ricardo on the Tabaninz

tibiee and the basal joint of the middle tarsi whitish. The

wings may be more accurately described as having the fore

border brown as far as the apex, and extending as a band

across the wing through the upper half of the discal cell to

the posterior border and anal cell, also prolonged on the

third longitudinal vein and for one third of the length of the

fifth longitudinal vein.

ish)

Dichelacera T-nigrum, ¢ , Fabr.

One female from Santarem (Bates Coll.), 53. 72, with a

label attached bearing the name ?@rifascia, evidently a MS.

name of Walker’s.

There is another female from the forest, Santarem, Lower

Amazons, 38.96 (Austen Coll.), 96. 229, answering to the

description of this species; but there are no brown spots on

the third segment of the abdomen, which is yellow with a

brown apex, and the thorax is more golden-haired than

brown-haired as Wiedemann states.

Dichelacera marginata, ° , Macq.

One female from Brazil (Bates Coll.), 49.2; one female

from Para (Wallace & Bates Coll.), 50. 2. These were

described by Walker as D. hinnulus; I cannot distinguish

which of the two is the type. One female from West Coast

of America, from Surveying voyages of H.M.SS. ‘ Herald’ and

‘Pandora,’ presented by Capt. Kellett and Lieut. Wood,

R.N., 50. 12. Two females from HKeuador, 1903. 74 (Rosen-

berg Coll.), presented by Mr. Theobald.

The species described by Walker is apparently identical

with D. marginata; the specimens from Ecuador are rather

larger and the abdomen darker coloured. Macquart’s type

came from Cayenne.

The wings, rather vaguely described by Macquart, are

hyaline, with the apex from just below the base of the fork

of the third vein brown, which colour also extends over the

apex of the discal cell and as far as the fifth posterior cell,

and on the posterior border the apical cell is filled out with

brown, but is yellow at its extreme base; the fore border

is yellowish and the veins reddish yellow. The third joint

of the antenne, wanting in Macquart’s type, is here yellowish

at the base, brown on the upper half, the tooth long, reaching

to the second ring; the last four rings are nearly all equal,

with long hairs on the sides.

Dichelacera bifacies, ? , Walker.

One female, type, from Para, presented by Mrs. T. P. G.

Smith, 45, 56.

of the Family 'Tabanide. a7

In the marking of the wings and the colouring of the

abdomen and thorax this species is typical of the genus in

sensu siricto, though the tooth of the third antennal joint

is unusually small, it might be almost described as a spine,

which is shorter than the basal portion of the antennz below

it, there are fine black bristles on its outer edge, and it ends

in a sharp point; the last four divisions of the joint are

together about the length of the first division, and are equal

in size, the last one ending in a point, being a little longer,

all bordered with fine black pubescence ; the first two joints

are yellow with black hairs, which are most conspicuous on the

upper corner of the second joint ; the third yellow, darker at

the tip. Face yellow, shining under the antenne ; the palpi

yellow, curved, with black pubescence; the frontal callus

brown, shining, oval, reaching the eyes, with its apex on the

anterior border towards the vertex. Thorax yellowish brown

with a brown band; the shoulders, anterior border, and the

part behind the brown band yellow-haired ; the scutellum

brown. ‘The first two segments of the abdomen yellow with

a brown median stripe; the third and fourth brown, each

with a golden-yellow-haired band on the posterior border,

equal in width to the brown part; the fifth with a narrow

border of yellow hairs; the sixth brown; the underside yellow,

brown at the sides and on the apex. Legs pale yellow, the

hind legs browner.

Length 8 mm.

Dichelacera grandis, 2 , sp. n.

Three females from Belize, Orange Walk, British Honduras,

Sept. 1899. Presented by the Colonial Secretary.

A large species distinguished from cervicornis by the shape

of the band of the wing.

Face yellow, with an obscure black spot under the antenne ;

the palpi yellow, long, curved, with black pubescence ; the

hairs under head scanty and yellow. Antenne reddish

yellow, the third joint black from the annulations, long, with

a long tooth ; the first joint twice as long as the second ; the

third stout, the tooth reaching the first annulation ; all the

annulations about equal in size. Forehead pule yellowish ;

the frontal callus dark brown, shining, almost square, a raised

line runs from it to the vertex, which is dusky in colour.

The thorax yellowish, golden-haired, with a brown band in

the centre; scutellum brown. Abdomen reddish brown, the

first segment paler with golden hairs, the anterior borders of

the other segments brown with reddish posterior borders

covered with fulvous hairs; underside yellowish, the apex

872 On the Tabanine of the Family Tabanide.

brown. Legs reddish yellow, the posterior tibize and tarsi

dark brown. Wings hyaline, the fore border brown, the band

beginning from near the apex, crosses the fork of the third

vein, and becoming narrower crosses the apex of the discal

cell and ends in the fifth posterior cell; the apex of the anal

cell and its interior border are brown.

Length 12 mm.

Ditytomyia, Bigot.

Ditylomyia, Bigot, Rey. et Mag. Zool. (2) xi. p. 305 (1859); id. Cat.

Orient. Dipt. (1891); Wulp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, p. 63 (1896).

This genus was formed for one species from Ceylon, which,

however, on examination, proves to be a specimen of Gas-

trovides, Saunders, a genus in the division Pangoninz: see

Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. pp. 289, 297 (1901).

(G. ater, 2, Saunders, l. c. pl. v. fig. 4; ¢, Saunders, J. c.

&c., should read thus, not as printed on page 298.)

Gastrowides ornata, 2 , Bigot.

Ditylomyia ornata, 2, Bigot.

The type, by the markings of the wings and the general

shape of the abdomen, bears a general resemblance to Gas-

troxides ater (Saunders), the only heretofore known species

of the genus. Bigot mentions the presence of ocelli, but did

not note the spines on the hind tibiz, these two characters

dividing the division Pangoninz from Tabaninz. The

anteunz have only five rings on the third joint, not eight or

nine as he supposes. Jn the shape of the head, the insertion

of the antenne, and the presence of the tubercles on the

forehead it resembles G. ater, but is larger and of different

colouring.

Black, with lighter hind borders to the segments of the

abdomen.

Face blackish, with grey tomentum, the tumid triangular

projection in the middle shining red-brown ; the palpi large,

flat, as long as the proboscis, dark brown with black hairs.

Forehead black, shining, with two prominent tubercles, one

situated near the antenne, the other about in the middle of

the forehead, neither reaching the sides ; vertex reddish; the

yellow ocelli are placed on a brownish, not very prominent

tubercle bordered with grey-which is continued along the

sides of the forehead. Antenne longer than the head, red-

brown, the long spine or tooth brighter red; the first joint

stout, long, the second only half as long, both with black

pubescence; the third joint twice as long as the first, its

first ring as long as the remaining four together, stout,

bearing the long spine at its base, the second ring is the

On some Coccidee in the British Museum. 373

smallest, the third and fourth about equal, the fifth as

Jong as the last two together. The hairs below the head are

blackish. Thorax reddish brown, with indistinct grey to-

mentum and two yellowish stripes ; the scutellum yellowish

red ; the breast reddish, with brown tomentum and black

pubescence. Abdomen black, long and pointed ; the second

segment widest, the first and third with yellow, the second and

fourth with grey hind borders, the remaining segments black

with some red on the sides; underside black. Legs reddish

brown with black pubescence, the fore femora stout. Wings

dark brown with clear base; a clear band in the middle

crossing the base of the discal cell and extending to the fifth

posterior cell, another on the apex crossing the fork of the

third longitudinal vein; there is also a clear space in the

anal cell, and the axillary part of the wing is clear.

Length 18 mm.

Through the kindness of Mr. Verrall this species is now

placed in the British Museum Collection with the species

for which the genus Gastroxides was formed.

L.— On some Coccidee in the Collection of the British

Museum. By E. Ernest GREEN, F.E.S.

In the comprehensive ‘Catalogue of the Coccide of the

World’ by Mrs. M. E. Fernald is a list of some sixty species

*‘ without description or not recognizable.”

Of these, the following five names are cited from the

Catalogue of the British Museum, Homoptera (1852), and

credited to Walker, whose descriptions were too often

inadequate for recognition :—

1469. Coccus caudatus. 1502. Lecantum australe.

1489. poterit. 1503. capense.

1492. sinensis,

I have been given an opportunity of examining the types

of these species contained in the British Museum collection,

with the following result :—

No. 1469. Coccus caudatus, Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., Hom.

p- 1085.

Represented in the National Collection by a single male,

which is an unmistakable Monophlebid. The antenne have

typical whorls of hair on the nodes. There are no fleshy

caudal processes. Walker speaks of abdominal bristles

about five times the length of the body; but any such ap-

pendages have now disappeared. The existing characters

suggest that the so-called bristles were probably in the form

374 Mr. E. E. Green on some

of tufts of glassy filaments, such as occur in the males of

Icerya, Callipappus, &e.

Walker’s published description is as follows :—

“Mas. Gracilis, nigra, albo lanuginosa: antenne fili-

formes, corpore duplo longiores: abdominis sete longissime :

pedes setost: alc cineree.”

“Male. Black, slender, with a thick white covering:

feelers filiform, bristly, about twice the length of the body:

bristles of the abdomen about five times the length of the

body: legs bristly : wings gray. Length of the body 3 lines:

of the wings 4 lines. Columbia. From Dr. Cuming’s

collection.”

No. 1489. Coccus poterii, Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., Hom.

p. 1082; Ray, Hist. Plant. i. p. 401; Kirby and Spence,

Intr. Ent. i. p. 318 (4th ed.).

Walker’s species is not now and never was represented in

the collection. So far as Walker is concerned, the appella-

tion is a “nomen nudum.” It would appear to have been

invented by that author to provide a name for the insect

alluded to (oc. cit.) by Kirby and Spence in the following

sentence:—“‘ A similar neglect has attended the Coccus

found on the roots of Potertum sanguisorbi.” Kirby himself

seems to have referred to the following note by Ray (loc.

cit.) :—

“ De Pimpinella sangutsorba. ... Hujus radicis adnascitur

guibusdam in locis yranum rubrum, quo utuntur tinctores ad

colores carmesinum, unde sunt qui pro cocco habent, et Coccum

radicum appellant.”

This reference suggests identity with Margarodes polonicus,

Linn. (the Chermes rudicum purpureus of Geoffroy), a species

said to produce a purple-red dye (v. Signoret, ‘ Essai sur les

Cochenilles,’ p. 417).

No. 1492. Coccus sinensis, Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., Hom.

p- 1085.

This is represented in the collection by a series of adult

females in fairly good preservation, a single mutilated male,

and a mass of prepared wax labelled “ Insect wax of China.”

I have no hesitation in identifying this material with

Ericerus pela (Chav.).

Walker’s diagnosis of Coccus sinensis, transcribed below,

does not agree with the characters of the female in any

particular, and has probably been drawn up from the male

larva or nymph. It reads as follows :—

“ Picea. Llliptica: dorsum lanugine alba dense vestitum :

pedes ferruginet.”

Coccidze in the British Museum. By fs

“Pitchy, elliptical, thickly covered above with woolly

matter: feelers submoniliform, slightly setaceous: the joints

successively increasing in length: legs ferruginous, hairy.

oes of body 2 lines. China. Presented by G. T. Lay,

sq.

No. 1502. Lecanium australe, Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., Hom.

p- 1079.

The type of this species has unfortunately been lost, and no

clue remains’ as to its identity. Walker’s diagnosis, here

appended, is quite inadequate :—-

“ Rufum, ellipticum, transverse rugosum.”

“ Red, elliptical, transversely rugose. Length of body

14 line. Van Diemen’s Land. Presented by the Rev. T.

Ewing.”

No. 1503. Lecanium capense, Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., Hom.

p. 1079.

The following diagnosis (loc. ct.) gives little assistance in

the identification of the species :—

““ Piceum, transversum, conchiforme, transverse striatum.”

“Conchiform, pitchy, a little broader than long, with

transverse striz, which are parallel to the broader side.

Breadth 1 line. Algoa Bay. Above 200 specimens on bark.

Presented by Dr. Pereira.”

Fortunately the Museum Collection contains ample material

from which I have been able to determine the insect as an

undescribed species of Aspidiotus and to append the annexed

formal description.

Aspidiotus (Aonidiella) capensis (Walk.).

Lecanium capense, Walker, Cat. Brit. Mus., Hom. p. 1079 (1852).

Female puparium subcircular or oval, moderately convex,

very dense and somewhat rough and corrugated. Colour

deep chocolate-brown, in some examples inclining to reddish.

Pellicles reddish, situate close to anterior margin, the second

often concealed. Ventral scale dense, whitish. Longer

diameter 2 to 2°50 mm.

Male puparium small, narrow, tapering slightly to poste-

rior extremity. Colour and texture as in female; posterior

extremity slightly paler. Length 1°25 mm.; breadth 0°50 mm.

Adult ¢.—Dried examples deep purple-brown. Broadly

oval. A conspicuous submarginal series of long stout hairs

on cephalothorax (fig. 1, p.376). Rudimentary antennz with

several stout curved bristles. A ventral series of from four to

six stout blunt spines on each side, each spine arising from a

376 Mr. E. E. Green on some 4

‘Fig. 2.

Aspidiotus capensis.

Fig. 1.—Early adult 2, ventral view.

Figs. 2, 3.—Ventral spines of adult 2.

Fig. 4.—Pygidium of adult 9.

Fig. 5.—Marginal squames.

Coccidee zn the British Museum. BY it)

conspicuous circular plate (figs. 2, 3), those on thoracic area

much smaller than the others. ‘These spines are easily

detachable and are often missing, especially in older examples,

when the circular base remains and has the appearance of a

large circular pore. Pygidium (fig. 4) normally with six

stout, prominent, bluntly rounded lobes. In some examples

the lobes are very irregularly developed, one or more being

often missing. Margin beyond the lobes strongly incrassate

and irregularly cristate. Paraphyses more or less obscured

by and merged in the thickened margin. Squames broad,

stout, truncate, almost as large as the lobes, not fimbriate,

apparently tubular, with a deep cleft on one side of the tube

(fig. 5). No circumgenital glands. Some minute circular

pores scattered irregularly over the surface of the pygidium.

Length 0°75 to 1:50 mm.

On undetermined plant. Algoa Bay. Collected by

Dr. Pereira.

Allied to Aspidiotus cladi’, Mask., which it resembles

closely in colour and texture of puparium and in nature of

pygidial squames, but from which it may be separated by the

much shorter paraphyses and more conspicuous lobes of the

pygidium. .

Lecanium (Paralecanium) expansum, var. metallicum, Green.

Lecanium expansum, Green, “ Catalogue of Coccide,” Ind. Mus. Notes,

vol, iv. no, 1 (1896) ; Coccide of Ceylon, part ili. p. 235 (1904),

Lecanium expansum, var. metallicum, Green, “On some Javanese

Coccide,”’? Ent. Month. Mag., Sept. 1904, p. 205.

The collection contains some beautiful examples of a

Lecanium from Singapore that, in favourable lights, displays

a wonderful iridescent golden film on the dorsum. Micro-

scopic examination proves the insect to be identical with

L. expansum, var. metallicum (loc. cit.), though these

specimens are even more iridescent than the typical examples

from Java. They were collected by Mr. H. N. Ridley, of

the Singapore Botanic Gardens, on Myristica (nutmeg).

I have also received on loan from Mr. R. Newstead, of

Chester, a single specimen of what is evidently the same

species and variety, though I have been unable to examine

it microscopically. This specimen is labelled ‘ On shrub in

Jungle, Malay Peninsular, Butsib Berar, 2500 ft. Coll.

Annandale, 28, VIII. 01.”

The dorsum in all the examples is distinctly marked with

polygonal plates, as in the type. In those from Singapore

the centre of each plate is bare of the golden film; but

in the single example from the Malay Peninsula only the

marginal series of plates shows this character, the discal plates

Ann, & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 26

378 Mr. K. Andersen on

being completely coated. Prepared specimens show the

stippled margin noted in typical examples of the variety.

All the specimens are broadly oval, narrowed at anterior

extremity. Length varying from 6 to 8°50 mm., and breadth

from 5 to 7 mm.

LI.—fFive new Rhinolophi from Africa.

By Knup ANDERSEN.

In working out a revision of the Ethiopian species of the

genus Lthinolophus I find the following new forms in the

collection of the British Museum to need description :—

Rhinolophus empusa, sp. n.

Short diagnosis.—Anterior upper and middle lower pre-

molars placed in the tooth-row. Sella wedge-shaped (deltoid).

Horseshoe as broad as muzzle. A conspicuous dark patch

under each eye. Forearm 48 mm.

Nose-leaves.—Horseshoe covering the muzzle laterally ;

a small tooth-like projection on each side of median notch ;

underlying leaf easily visible all round. Sella wedge-shaped ;

breadth at base about three fourths of vertical height ; lateral

margins plainly converging (with a scarcely perceptible

constriction in the middle) towards the summit, which is

subacutely pointed. Posterior connecting - process long,

pointed, slightly curved forwards, as an erect horn, about

five sixths the vertical height of the sella, thus projecting

far beyond the summit of the sella. Lateral margins of

lancet concave in the middle, tip behind constriction about

2:3 mm.

Ears.—Rather short, scarcely reaching tip of muzzle, when

pressed forwards along the sides of the head. ‘Tip obtusely

pointed. Outer margin concave below ihe tip. Notch on

outer margin shallow, almost rectangular. Extreme breadth

of ear somewhat greater than the distance from the notch to

the tip.

Wings-—Bth metacarpal longer than 4th. Ist joint of

Ath finger equal to three fifths the length of Ist joint of 3rd

finger. On the folded wing the tip of the 1st joint of the

5th finger reaches as far back as the posterior point of the

elbow; tip of 1st joint of the 3rd finger falling only a trifle

short of the same point. Plagiopatagium inserted at base of

metatarsus.

Tail.—Much longer than tibia, about the same length as

the combined 1st and 2nd joints of the 4th finger. Tip of

tail projecting 2 mm. beyond the membrane (a character

Five new Rhinolophi from Africa. 379

which, however, no doubt will prove to be subject to a

certain amount of individual variation). Hinder border of

interfemoral, between tips of calcars, almost square.

Colour (of spirit-specimen).—Light brown above, greyish

beneath. Sides of face yellowish white, with a strongly

marked dark brown patch under each eye. Membranes dark

brown; free margin of plagiopatagium very narrowly

bordered with whitish. Forearm, metacarpals, and finger-

joints yellowish.

Skull.—Kssential characters as in Rh. Blasii, but parietal

region of skull still more globular; frontal region con-

siderably less constricted. Hxtreme width of brain-case

slightly greater than zygomatic width. Median anterior

point of palatal bridge opposite front of m!; median posterior

point drawn out into a tooth-like projection. Upper margin

of mandible from condyle to base of coronoid process almost

straight. Coronoid process very small, projecting only a

trifle beyond the highest cusp of m,.

Dentition.—Small anterior upper premolar (p”) placed in

the tooth-row. Upper canine and posterior premolar (p*)

widely separated. Cusp of p* three fourths the height ot

the canine. Middle lower premolar (p3) extremely small,

but placed entirely in the tooth-row, separating p, and p, from

each other; p, one third the height of the canine. Cusp of

lower 7, not quite as high as the antero-exterior cusp of m,.

Type—? ad. Zomba, Nyasa, collected by Mr. A.

Whyte, Jan. 1893, presented by Sir Harry Johnston.

B.M. no. 93. 7. 9. 33.

Distribution.—Only one specimen, the type, examined.

Remarks.—This fine species stands quite alone among the

African Rhinolophi, being the only hitherto known species

with a wedge-tormed sella.) Its nearest ally is the South

European Lh. Blasi’. In~dentition AA. empusa occupies a

slightly more primitive position than RA, Blasiv: in the

former the lower ps is still entirely in the tooth-row, in the

latter it is just on the point of being driven out on the

exterior side of the tooth-row.

Measurements of the type.

Nose-leaves : mm.

Front of horseshoe to posterior point of lancet ..., 13:8

Extreme width of horseshoe ..........00.seeeees 9

Vertical height of sella .......cc ccc cee se neneees ol

Width of sellaat base. ... cece deleceneeceeeres 2:3

Ears:

Base of lower margin to tip .....seseeeeseerenes 15:2

Notch on outer margin to tip .......... fugue ch 11:8

Extreme: width |. esse. che ee LE Sede ee 13°2

880 Mr. K. Andersen on

Wings: mm.

Mpreatm |) ive nd leads ts deaieoiet- eee ee 2 eee 48

ord Jinger, .Metcarpal: ccs fan wh mois opyrgesee a seit 30°8

" 1b GORE x ‘acs w ops = ie cms Ais df tacos tele 15°7

3 2115 A (ea Re: Saari Gites AY IS. 24

Ath'finpger; meéiddarpal es Hv AG seh e sec. cba ae See 33°7

o4 bet Vout Sond. Fee eb. hee oietd's fo whe te 9

vig iC RT VE RR heey SP Sa re 15

Sth finger, metacarpal...) . + «.ug.0me de> See ed, eo 3

5 WSC (OURO. oS. ss aoe capene ee a sinysas otk 11

5 Hd qOINb.” 4... co cegteatiem eat: ot oe ee 12

Daaly from B18 Cees ops Loe A HILLS E Rae neeie toes 253

Hing fob (6.0: <5) 0s cuitiweed +: ov dae eden ae 98

Skull:

AUN UTOMLG TONES SATE owt cis he aes tee ee cer ote eae 19°8

Basal lengthy 7348.0 297001. SS PA es pe 15:2

Extreme width of brain-case ..........-....0000% 95

ZY SOUR WATE Gis aso oh heel hear 9

Maxillar width, across outer margin of m? ........ 6-1

Orbital constrictions 7)... oP 0 Mies nee oe ee 2°8

Palatal bridge... mecatis 2 bi)8 jeer Nee 26

Med. post. point of palate to front of premaxilla .. 6-2

5 3 ~ for,.magnum ........ 9

Mandible, condyle to front of incisors ................ 13:1

Teeth:

Front of upper canine to back of m? ............ 65

Front of lower canine to back of m, ........008. 68

Ehinolophus augur, sp. n.

Short diagnosis. Apparently allied to Rh. ferrum-equinum,

but readily distingtished by its much smaller ears and

shorter tail. Forearm 54-57 mm.

Nose-leaves.—Horseshoe not covering muzzle laterally.

Sella pandurate, as in Rh. ferrum-equinum, but decidedly

narrower. Posterior connecting-process triangular, obtusely

pointed, its upper margin straight, shorter than the vertical

height of sella. Lateral margins of lancet deeply emarginate.

Ears.—Not reaching tip of the muzzle, when laid forward.

Tip attenuated and acutely pointed. Outer margin strongly

concave below the tip of the ear. Greatest width of ear

equal to its length from notch on outer margin to tip.

Wings.—General characters as in Rh. ferrum-equinum,

but forearm on the average shorter, its maximum length

(57°2 mm. in a series of 15 specimens) being almost exactly

like mean measurements in Rh. ferrum-equinum (57 mm.,

31 specimens from Europe). 5th metacarpal slightly longer

than 4th. 2nd joint of 3rd finger almost twice the length of

2nd joint of 5th finger. In the folded wing, tip of 1st joint

of 3rd and 5th fingers opposite posterior point of elbow.

Plagiopatagium inserted at the tarsal joint.

Five new Rhinolophi from Africa. 381

Tail—Much shorter than in Rh. ferrum-equinum, its

length (31:3 mm. on average) being almost exactly the

same as the 2nd joint of 3rd finger (30°7 mm.); in fh.

ferrum-equinum much longer (36°7 against 29°5 mm.).

Hinder border of interfemoral, between tip of calcars, slightly

triangular.

Colour (16 skins).—General colour above “drab,” with a

tinge of fawn. Individual hairs “ ecru-drab” at base, drab

at tip. On the middle of the back an ill-defined (in some

individuals scarcely perceptible) horseshoe-shaped patch,

approaching ‘ wood-brown”; branches of this patch on the

shoulder-region, convexity backwards. Length of hairs on

middle of back about 7°5 mm. Underside bright ecru-drab,

more or less tinged with vinaceous buff on the breast and

sides of the body. ars (dried) transparent brown, mem-

branes dark brown. Adult individuals vary but very slightly

in colour, some being more greyish, others more fawn in

hue. Young specimens (5 skins) are much duller coloured ;

fur above greyish brown; horseshoe-patch on back indicated,

but rather indistinct; below bright grey, with a slight rosy

tinge.

Dentition.—Kssentially as in RA. ferrum-equinum. Upper

e and p* closely approximated, their cingula actually touching

each other or separated only by an almost hair-fine inter-

space. Upper p*® minute, blunt, placed in the outer angle

formed by ¢ and p*, hardly rising to the level of the cingulum

of the canine; this small tooth is present in all of the fourteen

skulls examined, but will no doubt be found wanting in very

old individuals with much-worn teeth (cf. RA. augur zambesi-

ensis). Upper p* as high as two thirds of the canine.

Lower 7, one third of py. Lower p;, when present, extremely

small, placed on the external side of the tooth-row, blunt, as

high as the cingulum of p43; in nine out of fourteen skulls

examined this tooth is wanting, and every trace of the alveole

has disappeared; in a tenth specimen (adult) the tooth is

wanting on both sides, but the left alveolus is still to be traced :

in the remaining four skulls p, is present on both sides ; three

of these latter are skulls of young bats, the fourth of an appa-

rently adult individual, though still with almost unworn teeth.

As proved by these facts, the presence or absence of ps

in this species varies individually, without any bearing on

differences in geographical distribution: of six specimens

from the same cave, taken by the same collector and in the

same season of the year, two have lost both the tooth and

every trace of the alveolus, while in four specimens it is

present on both sides ; evidently it is most often to be found

382 Mr. K. Andersen on

in young individuals, more rarely in full-grown, perhaps

never in very old. Lower py, a little higher than antero-

exterior cusp of m,.

Measurements.—Below under Rh. augur zambesiensis.

Lype.— $ ad. (skin). Kuruman, Bechuanaland, 4000 feet,

collected by Mr. R. B. Woosnam, "April 19th, 1 1904. BM.

no. 4.10.1. 1. Original no. 26. “Caught in an old mine ;

of fifteen taken there was only one female.”

Distribution.—Specimens have been examined from the

following localities :—Zuurbron, Wakkerstrom, 8. ‘Transvaal

(1 specimen in alcohol) ; De Kaap, 8. Transvaal (2, alcohol) ;

near Kriigersdorp, 8. Transvaal, 4900 feet (6 skins) ;

“Transvaal” (1, alcohol); Vredefort Road, N. Orange River

Colony (1, alcohol; 2 skins); Kuruman, Bechuanaland,

4000 feet (8 skins). It will probably be found generally

distributed over the whole of that part of South Africa

which is irrigated by the Orange River and its confluents

(“Orange River Area,” in the zoogeographical sense of that

term ).

ftemarks.—Vhe present species has been confused with

Lh. ferrum-equinum and Rh. capensis to such extent that it

will be difficult to disentangle its synonymy without examina-

tion of the specimens recorded in literature. 2h. capensis

differs mainly in the following points :—It is much smaller:

forearm 49°5 mm. (average of eleven specimens), against 56

in LA. augur; the ears much longer (20°5 mm. from base of

inner border) and broader (16°7 mm.) ; tip of the ear obtusely

pointed ; sella only very slightly narrowed in the middle, its

Jateral margins subparallel in their upper half; posterior

connecting-process shorter, its upper margin concave; all

metacarpals and finger-joints much shorter, therefore the wing

very much narrower in antero-posterior ’ direction ; even a

badly prepared skin of 2A. capensis, in which the shape of

the ears and nose-leaves is unrecognizable and the length of

the tail not to be relied upon, can always be at once distin-

guished from fh, augur by taking the measurement of the

2nd jot of the 3rd finger (22-26 mm., against 28°7-32

in Lh. augur); the tail remarkably short (20°8 mm.), only

about the same length as the tibia, far shorter than the 2nd

joint of 3rd finger, &e. The skull of Lh. capensis is slightly

smaller; the nasals more swollen; the auditory bull larger ;

the basioccipital therefore still narrower ; the tympanic ring

larger. As far as the available material goes, fh. capensis

seems to be restricted to the western part of the Cape Colony,

as far north as the mountains on which the coast-rivers

spring, eastwards to Winter-Bergen,

Five new Rhinolophi from Africa. 383

Rh. augur bears,.in fact, much more resemblance to

Eth. ferrum-equinum. The differences between the two

species have already been pointed out above. Whether,

however, this resemblance is indicative of true relationship,

or rather of convergence owing to similar habits and similar

effects of natural surroundings, is open to question. It is in

this connexion worth while mentioning that no doubt all the

previous records of the occurrence of Rh. ferrum-equinum in

Africa south of the Mediterranean subregion rest on con-

fusion with other species; that, consequently, the two species,

at the present time at least, are separated from each other by

almost the whole of the tropical region of Africa.

ERhinolophus augur zuluensis, subsp. n.

Short diagnosis LA small and darker-coloured race of

Rh. augur. Forearm 51:2-54°5 mm.)

Colour (8 skins).—F ur above approaching ‘ wood-brown.”

Horseshoe-patch on back nearest to “ russet.””?_ Beneath light

“drab,” tinged with pinkish buff on the sides of the body.

Measurements.—See table under Rh. augur zambesiensis.

Type-— @ ad. (skin). Jususic Valley, 20 miles N.W. of

Eshowe, Zululand, 1000 feet, collected by Mr. C. H. B.

Grant, Nov. 17th, 1903, presented by C. D. Rudd, Esq.

B.M. no. 4. 5. 1. 8. Original no. 602. ‘ Caught in old

gold-driving.”

Distribution. — Specimens examined: — King William’s

Town (1, in alcohol); Port Natal (1, alcohol) ; typical lo-

eality (8 skins). This race will probably be found generally

distributed over the whole of the Natalese Province, south-

wards to Winter-Bergen, northwards to about the latitude of

Delagoa Bay, westwards to the mountain-range in which

the coast-rivers rise.

Remarks.—The obvious difference in size and colour, com-

bined with the distinct geographical distribution, entitle this

form to subspecific rank. It cannot be confounded with

young individuals of the typical form: young th. augur are

greyish brown above, bright grey with a slight rosy tinge

beneath ; Rh. a. zuluensis, owing to a stronger development

of the darker-coloured tips of the hairs, next to wood-brown

above, light drab beneath.

Rhinolophus augur zambesiensis, subsp. n.

Short diagnosis.+4Very dark-coloured. In size somewhat

intermediate between Lh. augur and Lh. a. zuluensis.

Forearm 53'3-548 mm. \

384 Mr. K. Andersen on

Colour (1 skin).—In the two forms just described the more

or less distinct dark zone on the back takes the form of a

horseshoe-patch. In the present race this patch extends over

the whole of the back, giving the upperside of the animal an

almost uniform brown colour, approaching “ mummy-brown.”

Underside light “drab,” somewhat darker in shade than in

Rh. a. zuluensis. Ears and membranes (dried) black ; in

spirit-specimens the ears are “raw umber,” the wings

blackish brown.

Dentition—The only skull examined is of a very old

individual with much-worn teeth; both upper p? and lower

p3 are wanting, and no trace of their alveoliis to be seen. In

younger individuals the dentition will no doubt be found to

agree with that of the other races.

Type.— 8 ad. (skin). Fort Hill, N. Nyasa, about 9°40’ S.,

33° 20! E., collected by Mr. A. Whyte, July 1896, presented

by Sir Harry Johnston. B.M. no. 97.10.1.18. Original

no. 136.

Distribution —Specimens examined:—Mazoe, Mashona-

land, 17° 30’ S., 23° 30’ E. (3, in alcohol) ; Zomba, Nyasa,

15° 30’ S., 35° 30’ E. (1, alcohol); and the type-—From

these localities it may be supposed that the present form is

generally distributed over the whole of the area which is

irrigated by the Zambesi and its confluents.

Remarks.—As will be seen from the above, the three

forms of Rh. augur just described are characteristic of three

distinct zoogeographical districts of 8. Africa :—Rh. augur

of the Orange River District (in wider sense) ; RA. a. zulu-

ensis and zambesiensis of the areas from which I have derived

their names *.

ERhinolophus simulator, sp. n.

Short Hagiosic a Sail upper premolar separating the

canine and posterior premolar. In outer aspect somewhat

like a peculiarly small and long-tailed LA. capensis. Forearm

435-45 mm.

Nose-leaves.—Worseshoe as in Rh. capensis ; underlying

leaf distinct, under the margin of the horseshoe. Sella

longer (higher) and slightly broader than in RA, capensis ;

constriction below the middle very shallow ; lateral margins

subparallel in their upper half ; summit broadly rounded off ;

width at summit equal to half the vertical height of sella.

* I am very glad to see these facts in perfect accordance with the

zoogeographical subdivision of this part of 5. Africa as proposed, five

years ago, by Professor Matschie in his admirable book ‘ Die Megachir-

opteren des Berliner Museums fiir Naturkunde’ (Berlin, 1899, p. 40).

Five new Rhinolophi from Africa.

Measurements of Rh. augur and subspecies.

ensis.

| Woe } Average |

|'Type.| of | Type. Of x) |

J 5 spems.| 8 spcems. |

| | mm. | mm. || mm.} mm.

| Nose-leaves : | | !

Front of horseshoe to pos- |

terior point of lancet. . | 133 | 13:1

Extreme width of horse-| | I

SHOR. (suki Sista - pees a | 76

Ears : | |

Base of inner margin to tip. pe les} 13

Notch on outer margin to |

TP ASO ILLS ST. | 14-4 13°8

Extreme width ..........| 146 | 14:3

Wings : i |

PROMOR PY ay) .c4ast « pniaie alee 55'8 559 52 | 626

ord finger, metacarpal ....| 36 36°83 345 34:8

fe Pst oint ec vie’ 18:1 184 | 17:8 | 175

a 2nd joint...... 51 50°7 27 28°3

4th finger, metacarpal ....} 39 40-4 383 38

S Ist omit... 11-4 11:6 11:3 11:3

" Ind jornt. <2 seh" 19 18:9 17 17-4

5th finger, metacarpal ....| 41°5 41:3 394 | 39

FA Ist joint,...... 13:9 | 13:9 12°38; 13:1

* 2nd joint...... 155 15:7 14:1 14:7

el, ITOMIMBNUS |... kes wc os Ar 31:3 i 29

BN ryt a b's, Sato 5 anes an spate eae ee 23°6 22°3

Skull :

Extreme length ........ | 22°38 | 22:7 22:1 22°4

Basailenpth’s, . ecosivesry oa 183 184 | 178); 18

Extreme width of brain- | |

GER Verges. Pla. «0.0.5 102} 102 | 10 10:1

Zygomatic width ........ 1S Ta ae Be oY i i ia Bw

Width across outer margins !

DEMIS cw 2 Sav viggiie Mee 88 85 || 82 8:2

Orbital constriction ...... 29 Bhai Be 2°8

Palatal bridge ........... 2°2 2°2 2°2 2:2

Med. post. point of palate,

to front of premaxilla., 7:2 OL Wenz 7

Med. post. point of palate |

to for.magnum ....| 11:1 113 10:8 11

Mandible, condyle to front of

MERSORS: tt acu Pin mole ae 152 | 153 | 147] 15

Teeth : | |

Front of upper canine to | |

Wacky OL 20e accel diets 3 88.) 84. |). Bl 8:2

Front of lower canine to

Baede Of tai tecs's aac as 9:2 9 88 8-9

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 27

Rh, augur.

Rh. a. zulu-

Rh. a. zam-

besiensis.

Average |

Type. of

5 spems. |

mm. | mm.

13-4

8&3

18°6

132

145

53°3 | 54

52 546

18:1 18:1

28°38 | 29:2

387 | 391

LS} V2

19°8 19

39°7 | 40:1

148 | 135

16-2 | 15:9

AS 32°5

23°4

22:7

18:1

8:2

2:8

2°3

8 |

386 Mr. K. Andersen on

Posterior connecting-process very short, rounded off above,

scarcely projecting beyond the summit of sella (this kept in

vertical position). Margins of lancet abruptly narrowed ;

tip of lancet behind constriction with slightly converging

(nearly parallel) margins, about 2 mm. in length.

Ears.—Large ; reaching far beyond the tip of the muzzle,

when placed along the sides of the head. ‘Tip of ears

obtusely pointed, as in Rh. capensis. Outer margin strongly

concave below tip. Notch on outer margin shallow, obtuse.

Extreme width of ear somewhat greater than the distance

from notch to tip.

Wings.—General form as in RA, capensis, but all dimensions

markedly smaller. 4th metacarpal slightly longer than 5th.

In the folded wing the tip of the 1st joint of 4th finger

reaches very nearly the posterior point of the elbow; tip of

Ist joints of 3rd and 5th fingers slightly beyond. Plagio-

patagium inserted at basal joint.

Tail—Considerably longer than in Rh. capensis, uro-

patagium therefore much broader, Hinder margin of

uropatagium, between tips of calcars, square (concave in

th. capensis, on account of the shorter tail). Tip of tail

projecting about 1 mm.

Colour (1 skin).—Exactly as in RA. augur. Length of

hairs on middle of back about 8 mm. Young individuals

(1 skin) considerably duller than adult ones; details exactly

as in th, augur, juv.

Skull—Very different from that of Rh. capensis :—Much

smaller. Nasal swellings unusually prominent; nasal region

deeply hollowed out behind swellings; for both these reasons

the facial portion of the skull, from the swellings to crista

sagittalis, more concave than in RA. capensis. Palatal bridge

much broader: median anterior point opposite front of m’,

in Lh. capensis opposite middle of the same molar.

Dentition—W idely different from that of Rh. capensis :—

Distance between tips of upper canines 3°8 mm., in Rh,

capensis 5 mm. Upper canine and p* distinctly separated

from each other, also internally ; distance between tips of

these teeth 2:1 mm.; in RA. capensis, although the skull

is much larger, 1:9 mm. Upper p? placed in the tooth-row,

with a minute cusp distinctly projecting above the cingulum

of canine. Highest cusp of p* somewhat more than half the

height of canine. Inner lobes of molars less developed than

in Fh. capensis: m? as long as broad, in Rh. capensis

decidedly broader than long. Right ps extremely minute,

in the outer angle formed by the cingula of po and p,;

Five new Rhinolophi from Africa. 387

cingula of these latter in immediate contact internally ; left

ps; wanting, without any trace of the alveolus.

Type.— 3 ad. (in alcohol). Mazoe, Mashonaland, col-

lected by J. ff. Darling, Esgy. B.M. no. 2. 2. 7.10.

Distribution.— Besides the type specimen I have seen only

two skins, from the same locality and the same collector.

Remarks.—Owing to our still very defective knowledge of

the Ethiopian Rhinolophi, the true affinities of this interesting

species are somewhat obscure. I have compared it with

Lh. capensis, only because it, by quite superficial inspection,

could be taken for a curiously small and long-tailed form of

that species. The totally different skull and dentition prove

that it, in fact, has nothing to do with Lh. capenszs, but,

most probably, is to be regarded as an aberrant member of

the RA. Landeri group. It cannot be confounded with any

other species ; Rh. Landeri, lobatus, and Denti may, apart

from many other differences, at once be distinguished by

their very narrow sella.

ALleasurements.

dad.,

dad., typical

type. locality.

Nose-leayes: min. mm.

Front of horseshoe to posterior point of

TRAE E.. Wan Mada ta Meta e, tou tre whe Svs » bites, & 13°7

Extreme width of horseshoe ............ 83

Wii. of sella at Dase,. pf) ois a cmye pees 24

of x3 SEN LG sg ts oat) vacant cit aise ke 2:2

Ears:

Base of inner margin to tip..........+060 20

Notch on outer margin to tip ............ 13:2

Pcuremne: Wadthing «ns wate ou ered ado 14:5

Wings:

Ronen ee gia teads viet ata ase y <uy ee 45°5 45

AG: TMPer eMOtACATPAL «5 wie)6 aan 5% vols ancy as 30 30°8

3s Pen eu ag. ste a age here aie a 13°6 14:5

F PURGE eyo tare cert as heres, 5 af 22'9 22'8

athehinger, metacarpal i osc.. kk cokes 332 34

3 PREV OURES cow sc Rh oie the cet bleed ale 8&1 8

as SANE HOME) S/o ard faistast a ales eee «ose e 14:8 3

Sth finger, metacarpal ......0e.sseveeeee 82°2 33'S

- Rip OI ed na x uy isheaee cas 10°7 10°5

* BHO IGIBE es wa els 0 hae Temes 12°5 12

Mal EPI AUIS om wih anu agin « ois) 919% spree geheel 25'7

DEA ritateis ate vdd haty Mae ees 6 y's, vt Dalene eels 19:2

Skull:

SWEET. nuts te wl wre eh ale mye oa he oe 151

Extreme width of brain-case ............ an 9-1

Piya omaiae, WAG: ward'g cies slo dae tg cee ets ai 9

Maxillar width across outer marginsof m*,, ., 6:2

588 Bibliographical Notice.

dad.,

dad. typical

type. locality.

Skull (con.): mm, mm.

Orbital iconstriction= .3).) 5.60. 35 era eda as 24

Palatalrbridpen:sh atradsds ook Seas As ie 2:7

Med. post. point of palate to front of pre-

BETTE ig: 25h so ut PRU ied a Se Be 6

Med. post. point of palate to for. magnum.. .. O1

Mandible: condyle to front of incisors ........ dc 12:5

Teeth :

Front of upper canine to back of m? ...... 5 7

Front of lower canine to back of m, ...... 75

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Smithsonian Institution: United States National Museum. Spectal

Bulletin. American Hydroids—Part IL. The Sertularide. With

4i Plates. By Caartes CLrevetann Norrine, Professor of Zoology,

University of Iowa. Washington: Government Printing Office,

1904. Sm. fol. Pp. 151. Index, pp. 316-3_5.

Tue first volume of this work included the Plumularide, which had

been supposed to be a much larger family than the Sertularide, of

which latter family only about 20 American species had been

mentioned in any single work. But by bringing together the

scattered literature and by the description of upwards of 3) new

forms Prof. Nutting has been able to describe and in most cases to

figure as many as 130 species in the present work. Weare pleased

to see that he has been largely assisted by contributions of specimens

and literature by the authorities of the British Museum (for por-

tions of a number of Allman’s ‘Challenger’ types) and numerous

co-workers in Europe and America.

The work commences with an essay (with good text-illustrations)

on the Morphology of the Sertularide, which is considered to be

zoologically a lower family than the Plumularide, and which has

hitherto been somewhat neglected. The various classifications are

then discussed, and tables of genera and of the geographical distri-

bution of the species are given. Then follows the systematic

portion of the work, with full descriptions of the genera and

species, the latter being tabulated under each genus and afterwards

dealt with under the heads of Synonymy, Trophosome, Gonosome,

Distribution, and Remarks. The collection in which the. type is

contained is also frequently indicated. The work concludes with

an annotated Bibliography, a list of works to which reference is

made in the synonymy in the systematic part of this work, but

which have not been consulted by the author, and the explanation

of plates, preceding the plates themselves. It forms a handsome

volume, and appears to be an excellent piece of work.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 84. DECEMBER 1904.

LII.—Jurassic Brachiopoda. By 8.8. Buckman, F.G.S.

Ir is hoped that the following notes on certain genera and

species of Jurassic Brachiopoda may be of service in regard

to some technical points of nomenclature. Several of them

are the result of investigations undertaken to ascertain what

were the correct descriptions by which certain species in the

collection at the British Museum (Natural History) should

be classified. Such investigations are too often of a snowball

character—the revision of nomenclature in one case opening

a wider and wider field of inquiry.

Genus—OrTHOTOMA, Quenstedt, 1871.

As the genotype Quenstedt names Terebratula heyseana;

but what he figures under this name is not the same species as

that figured by Dunker. Therefore Terebratula heyseana,

Quenstedt (non Dunker), is properly the genotype of

Orthotoma, and what this is may be seen from Handbuch

Petref. 1851, pl. xxxvii. fig. 47, to which he refers,

The external characters of the genus Orthotoma are sharp

beak-ridges, small foramen, and a tendency to sulcate the

dorsal valve, while showing through the test should be the

mark of a short septum. The dorsal sulcus is not always

found in the later species, O. anglica; it is often seen in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 28

390 Mr.8. 8. Buckman on Jurassic Brachiopoda.

young examples, and is sometimes preserved in the adult,

but in many cases it has disappeared.

There are only a few species of the genus, and they may

be recorded in the following manner. The method employed

is a suggestion for a paleontological dictionary, to give in

the most concise form information concerning types. The

symbols employed are :-—

T.d. (Type-description): Reference to the first description of the

species, quoting the original name. Tf. (Type-figure): Reference

to figure of holotype, or what is now selected as holotype out of

cotypes. WV. (Name): Where the present specific designation was

given, in a case of renaming. T7'/. (Type-locality): The place

from which the holotype or the specimen figured as standard of

reference came, so that it may be known what are topotypes,

for they are of the greatest importance, next to types, for

specific determination. -H. Horizon, in author’s words—modern

interpretations or corrections in square brackets. 7. Hemera.

Coll. Collection in which the type specimen was recorded by the

author—its present resting-place if different, and known, to be

noted in square brackets,

Genus—OrTHOTOMA, Quenstedt, 1871.

Genotype, Terebratula heyseana, Quenstedt (non Dunker)= Orthotoma

Quenstedti, nom. Noy. q. Vv.

Ref. : Petref. Deutschl. ii. p. 315.

1. Orthotoma anglica (Oppel).

T.d. 1856. Oppel, Juraf. p. 425; Terebratula anglica.

Tf. 1854. Davidson, Ool. & Lias Brach. (Pal. Soc.) pl. A. fig. 10

(figs. 10-138).

T.l. Dundry [Somerset].

H. “Inferior Oolite” { Aalenian}.

n. [Murchisona. |

Coll. Bristol Museum.

Emend.: 8. Buckman, Dundry Hill, Q. J. G. 8. 1896, vol. lii. p. 702.

2. Orthotoma heyseana (Dunker).

T.d. 1847. Dunker & Meyer’s Palzont. Beitr. z. Naturg. i. p. 129;

Terebratula heyseana.

T.f. Tbid. pl. xviii. fig. 5.

7.1. Heinberg, near Gottingen.

H. “ With Terebr. [ Rhynch.] rimosa” [Pliensbachian].

Syn. Terebratula Bakerie, Davidson.

Remarks.—There are two specimens in the Mantell Col-

lection at the British Museum, no. 24188, which are

topotypes and perhaps metatypes. They have great likeness

to Terebratula aspasia, var. minor, Zittel (Glossothyris), but

they differ in regard to the beak; that possesses decided

ridges which are wholly wanting in the beak of 7. aspasia.

Mr. 8. 8. Buckman on Jurasste Brachiopoda. 391

The ridges suggest that J. heyseana is a long-looped form

and belongs to the Dallinine, so that Orthotoma heyseana

and Glossothyris minor, Zittel, are really homceomorphs.

The holotype of Terebratula Bakerte, Davidson, is in the

British Museum (Miss Baker Coll.), no. B. 15078, and has

the same beak-characters as 7. heyseana. In fact, it must,

I think, be regarded as a synonym, as Oppel pointed out

years ago*. But there-is only this one specimen in the

Museum, and I do not know another anywhere else. Its

record “ Inferior Oolite ” is evidently a mistake.

3. Orthotoma Quenstedii, nom. nov.

T.d. 1851. Handb. Petref. p. 471; Terebratula heyseana (non Dunker).

T.f. Ibid. pl. xxxvii. fig. 47.

T.l. Hinterweiler.

H, “Lias 6. Amaltheenthone ”’ [ Plienshachian].

n. (Margaritati. |

Notre.—Non 7. heyseana, Dunker. Quenstedt’s little circular shell

differs decidedly from Dunker’s transverse form.

4, Orthotoma reclusa (Quenstedt).

T.d. Eudes-Deslongchamps, Pal. frang., T. Jur. Brach. p. 118 (pars) ;

Terebratula (Waldhewmia) heyseana.

Tf. Ibid. pl. xxiv. fig. 1.

De Petrof Deutsch, ii. p. 313; Terebr. reclusa.

T.l. Alais (Gard).

H. “Vias moyen, Niveau de la 7. numismailis” { Pliensbachian]}.

n. [? Armati. |

5. Orthotoma toarciensis, nom. nov.

T.d. Pal. frang., Brach. Jur. p. 183; Terebratula (Waldheimia) Lycetti

(pars).

Tf. Ibid. pl. xlvii. figs. 5, 6.

T.l. Verrines, near Thouars (Deux Sévres).

H. “ Marnes & A. thouarsensis” [Toarcian].

n. [Striatult. ]

Coll, Kudes-Deslongchamps [ Prof. Bigot, Caen).

Norre.—Non 7. Lycetii, Day., 1851 = Ornithella Lycetti; non T. Lycetti,

Eud.-Desl. pl. xlvii. fig. 7=Ornithella Oppeli; non Waldheimia

Lycetti, Day., 1878=Pseudoglossothyris banburiensis, nom. nov.

q. v.

The species referred to above, between which and the

others there has been some confusion, mainly on amount of

homeeomorphy, are now given.

* Davidson himself notes the likeness, but says that Dunker’s name

was published in the same year (1851) as his own Appendix p. 17.

2O*

392 Mr. S. 8. Buckman on Jurassic Brachiopoda.

6. Ornithella Lycetti (Davidson).

T.d. Ool. & Lias Brach. (Pal. Soc.) vol. i. p. 44; Terebratula Lycette.

T.f. Ibid. pl. vii. fig. 17.

7.1. Barrington, near [minster [Somerset].

H. Upper Lias [Toarcian].

Coll. [? Moore and ? Bath Museum. }

Remarks.—I have examined the specimens in the British

Museum (Davidson Coll.), no. B. 6906, claimed to be the

figured types of Terebratula Lycetté; but I cannot admit this

claim except in the case of perhaps fig. 21. Davidson gives

the size of his example for fig. 17, which shows that this is

figured the natural size; none of B. 6906 are of these

dimensions. A label in Davidson’s handwriting accompanies

the specimens, saying “These are the types”; but I am

under the impression, from correspondence with him, that he

was wont to use the word “ type”? where we should now say

“topotype,”’ and there are instances in his collection which

fully support this view.

The British Museum specimens are all Terebratuloids ; they

have a circular foramen touching the umbo (rudimentary

deltidial plates in one case), no beak-ridges, and no sign of

septum. Davidson in regard to fig. 17, which must be taken as

the holotype, so clearly shows Dalliniform beak-characters *,

that we must accept them, and range J. Lycetti in the

Dallinine, especially as we know that there are such forms

with Dalliniform beak-characters in the Upper Lias.

Davidson’s figs. 20, 21 are obviously Terebratuloids.

7. Ornithella Oppel (S. Buckman),

T.d. 1896, 8. Buckman, Q. J. G.S. vol. lii. p. 702; Zetlleria Oppeli.

Tf. Fudes-Deslongchamps, Brach. Jur., Pal. frang. pl. xlvii. fig. 7.

T.l. Verrines, prés Thouars (Deux Sévres).

H, “ Niveau de 1’. opalinus” [ Aalenian }.

n. [Aalensis or opaliniformis or scisst? |

Coll. Sorbonne.

8. Pseudoglossothyris banburiensis, nom. nov.

T.d. Below.

Tf. Davidson, Trias. & Jur. Brach. (Pal. Soc.), Suppl. pl. xxiv. fig. 30.

(Waldheimia Lycetti.)

T.l. “ Bloxham, near Banbury.”

HT. “Upper Lias” [Toarcian].

n. [Faleiferi?)

Coll. Mr. James Griffin.

Description.—A. small circular Terebratuloid, its dorsal

* In the Jurassic genera Ornithella, Zeilleria, Cincta, Plesiothyris, the

peculiar beak-characters being found associated with a long loop and a

septum, the former may be taken as the outward index of the latter.

Mr. 8. S. Buckman on Jurassic Brachiopoda. 393

valve with a broad shallow suleus; the beak without definite

ridges ; the foramen round. .

Remarks.—Topotypes kindly given to me some years ago

by Mr. E. Walford, F'.G.8., show that this form is really a

Terebratuloid, and has not the septum nor the form of beak-

ridges and foramen characteristic of Jurassic Dallinine. It

is a homeomorph of Orthotoma toarciensis (= T. Lycett,

H.-Deslong.), which does show these features, and, moreover,

occurs nearly at the same horizon, so that mistake is easy.

The suleate dorsal valve suggests that the present species

is an early form of the genus Pseudoglossothyris, a genus

which is in character allied to the Nucleate, and is not one

of the Biplicate. Davidson’s figs. 20, 21 of pl. vii. vol. 1.,

cotypes of 7. Lyceti?, probably belong to the present species ;

at any rate they must be removed from Ornithella Lycettr

(Dav.).

Terebratula (Wuldheimia, Zeilleria) perforata, auct.

Certain species which have beea known by the trivial

name perforata, coupled with the generic names given above,

would perhaps be better assigned provisionally to Ornithella

than to Zedlleria. Probably they belong to neither genus,

but require a new designation; the same remark applies

to the species described above, assigned to Ornithella: this

point, however, cannot be settled till there be information

concerning internal details. At present, vice Wauldheimia

discarded through prior use, there are the generic names Orni-

thellaand Zeilleria tor these forms. They are not MJicrothyres,

and certainly not Orthotoma, nor Cincta.

Eudes-Deslongchamps used the name “ Lerebratula per-

Jorata, Piette,” although he admitted that the designation

T. perforata had already been applied to a Tertiary shell.

So Piette’s name must fall. The same author says that

he has refigured, in his pl. xi. fig. 1, Martin’s type of

TL. strangulata as T’. perforata. If so, Martin’s figure is

bad. But taking Eudes-Deslongchamps’s word for it, then

L. strangulata, Martin, is a much larger form than what is

known in England as 7. perforata.

But our Lower Lias shell had been named long before

Piette or Martin wrote; for itis the type of d’Orbigny’s

L. sarthacensis. Why this was overlooked by Davidson,

Deslongchamps, and others is probably because d’Orbigny

placed the species in his Toarcian, and also gave a reference

which caused confusion. He quoted 2’. ornithecephala, Sow.,

pl. ci. fig. 5, which in our Knglish work appears wrong,

394 Mr. 8.8. Buckman on Jurassic Brachiopoda.

But Mr. C. D. Sherborn, to whom I am indebted for much

bibliographic assistance, and whose invaluable help I gladly

acknowledge, solved the difficulty. He pointed out that

d’Orbigny was quoting from the French edition of Sowerby

(by Agassiz), wherein the figures of the plates were re-

numbered—often in misapprehension of Sowerby’s intention,

it may be noted. But pl. ci. fig. 5 of the French edition

equals pl. ci. fig. 4 of the original: it depicts the shell trom

the Lias of Pickeridge. That becomes the type of 7. sartha-

censis: it does not matter that d’?Orbigny assigned it to

another formation, or that he probably confounded with it

various other species.

R. Tate in ‘The Yorkshire Lias’ (Tate and Blake)

rightly stated the case about d’Orbigny’s T. sarthacensis, only

he did not explain that author’s quotation of fig. 5 instead of

fig. 4. So Davidson was still much puzzled (vdde remarks

Suppl. Jur. Brach., Pal. Soc. pp. 165, 166) and he retained

the name perforata. Tate again was quite right in his state-

ment that Davidson had figured the wrong fossil (namely

T. ornithocephala, Sow., fig. 4=T. sarthacensis, d’Orb.) as

Sowerby’s type of 7. obovata. For, spite of Davidson’s pro-

tests (Suppl. p. 166), his pl. v. fig. 16 shows that he has

done this.

Tate mentions 7. héspidula, Simpson, asa Middle Lias shell

very near to 7. perforata ; in fact, he classes it as such under

the name TZ. sarthacensis. But such Middle Lias shells as

I have seen like this are separable by a broader form and a

rather larger foramen.

Another perforata-like form occurs in the Middle Lias: it

was figured by Quenstedt as 7. numismalis ovalis. It is

distinguished by a larger foramen and by not showing a

squared front margin. ‘These are exactly the characters

which d’Orbigny quotes as distinguishing his 7. crithea

from J. sarthacensis, so that there is little doubt that

T. crithea is the designation for this Middle Lias shell.

True, d’Orbigny places it in Toarcian, but he cites many

other Middle Lias shells in that stage.

The species may now be catalogued as under :—

9. Ornithella crithea (d’Orbigny), 1850.

T.d. 1850, d’Orbigny, Prodrome, p. 258. no. 271; Terebratula crithea,

Tf. None.

7.1. Bruton.

H, “Toarcien,” but Rhynchonella tetraedia and Rh, thalia are quoted

from this same ‘ ‘l'oarcien ” [ Pliensbachian].

Remarks —We may take as 7’. of this shell Terebratula

Mr. 8. 8. Buckman on Jurassic Brachiopoda. 395

numismalis ovalis, Quenstedt, Handb. Petref. pl. xxxvii

fig. 27 (1852), from Lias y. Osterdingen.

10. Ornithella hispidula (Simpson), 1855.

T.d. Foss. Yorks. Lias. p. 132. no. 9.

Tf. None.

Tl. Whitby.

H, Middle Lias (armatus-zone, Tate).

n. [Armati.]

Take as 7\f. Tate and Blake’s ‘ Yorkshire Lias,’ pl. xv.

fig. 11, which is acknowledged to be Y. hispidula by Tate,

and is a topotype.

Remarks.—This form has a squared front margin at an

early age.

11. Ornithella sarthacensis (d’Orbigny), 1850.

T.d, None.

. 1850. d’Orbigny, Prodrome, p. 258. no. 270; Terebratula sartha-

censis.

Tf. 1815. Sowerby, Min. Conch. pl. ci. fig. 4; Terebr. ornithocephala

(pars).

T.l. Pickeridge [Taunton, Somerset].

H, “ Blue Lias (Marle) ” [Hettangian].

n. [Marmoree. |

Coll, Sowerby [British Museum].

Type refigured, Davidson, Brach. vol. i. pl. v. fig. 16, as

type of 7. obovata, by mistake.

T. psilonoti, Quenstedt, is a synonym.

12. Ornithella strangulata (Martin).

T.d. 1860. Mém. Soc. Géol. France, sér. 2, vol. vii. p. 90; Terebratula

strangulata.

Tf. Ibid. pl. vii. figs. 8, 10.

T.l. Semur.

H, “La lumachelle de Semur” [Hettangian].

Coll. Collenot.

T. marsuptalis, Zieten, is a synonym.

Certain species affected by the foregoing remarks may

now be noted.

13. Epicyrta gallica, nom. nov.

T.d, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Pal. frang., Ter. Jur. Brach. p. 180 (pars) ;

Terebratula ( Waldheimia) sarthacensis.

Tf. Ibid. pi. xxxi. fig. 3.

Tl. Bretteville-sur-Laize (Calvados).

Hi. Lias moyen [Pliensbachian }.

Coll, Eudes-Deslongchamps [ Prof, Bigot, Caen].

396 Mr. 8.8. Buckman on Jurassic Brachiopoda.

Remarks.—As Eudes-Deslongchamps’s forms of 7. sartha-

censis do not agree with the figure cited by d’Orbigny it is

necessary to rename. It seems to me that Deslongchamps

has included species of more than one genus in his 7. sartha-

censis, like as are his figures 3 and 4. But his fig. 3 is a

well-marked form showing, as he himself remarks, affinity

to 7. Eugenti: so I give a name to this form and suggest

that itis the ancestor of 7. Hugenii, which is the type of

the genus Epicyrta. ‘The incipient sulcation of the ventral

valve might easily pass by tachygenesis into the complete

sulcation characteristic of Lpicyrta Eugentt. Deslongchamps’s

fig. 4 appears to be more allied to the ¢ndentata series; and

it is not easy to imagine how fig. 4 could pass into L. Hugentt,

it seems to be too far developed in another direction.

14. Ornithella ornithocephala (J. Sowerby).

T.d. 1815. Min. Conch. vol. i. p. 227 (pars).

Tf. Ibid. pl. ci. fig. 1, which refers to the left-hand top figure only.

type refigured, Davidson, Brit. Jur. Brach., Suppl. pl. xxii.

TL; Chailey [Somerset, nr. Frome].

H. Cornbrash [Bathonian].

Coll, Sowerby [British Museum].

Remarks.—I have examined the three specimens in the

British Museum marked as Sowerby’s types and numbered

43,433. Fig. 1, depicted in the N.W. corner of Sowerby’s

late, must be taken as the type of Zerebratula ornithocephala.

‘he specimen marked “ fig. 2,” which denotes the example

depicted in two positions in the 8.W. and N.E. portions of

the plate, is a different shell. I feel doubtful if it is the figured

example, It is of a daik blue colour: it may be Cornbrash ;

but it is negligible. Fig. 4 is type of 7. sarthacensis, q. v.

Now the point is this: the fig. 1 of Sowerby’s plate is

not the same species as the Fullers’ Earth fossil which has

so long borne the appellation of Terebratula (or Waldheimia)

ornithocephala ; it differs particularly in its beak, and it isa

broader shell.

Here it may be remarked that d’Orbigny in his ‘ Prodrome,’ i,

p- 316, applied the name subtriquetra to Sowerby’s T. tri-

quetra, as this term was already occupied by Parkinson.

Sowerby’s shell has been regarded asa variety of the Fullers’

Earth TY. ornithocephala, but as that is a mistaken identi-

fication the name Ornithella subtriquetra (dOrbigny) will

take priority. However, on these Fullers’ Harth species

I hope to say something further at another opportunity.

On some Mammals from British New Guinea. 397

Summary.

Op Namgs. New Names.

Terebratula Bakerie, Dav. Orthotoma heyseana (Dunk.).

- crithea, d’ Ord. = Ornithella crithea (d’Ord.).

ms heyseana, Eud.-Desl. = Orthotoma reclusa (Quen.).

(pars).

s heyseana, Dunk. = -- heyseana (Dunk.).

ba if Quen. = 5 Quenstedti, nom. nov.

" hispidula, Simpson. = Ornithella hispidula (Stmps.).

_ Lycetti, Dav. (pars). = a Lycetti (Dav.).

= Be 3s i = Pseudoglossothyris banburiensis,

nom. nov.

- » Lud.-D, (pars). = Ornithella Oppeli (S. Buckm.).

. _ ee » = Orthotoma toarciensis, nom. nov.

es marsupialis, Zeten. = Ornithella strangulata (Mart.).

# numismalis ovalis, = » crithea (d’Ord.).

Quen.

3 obovata, Dav. (pars). = “ sarthacensis (d@’Orb.),

-~ ornithocephala, Sow. = £ BS 5

(pars).

5 perforata, auct. = » ” 9

3 psilonoti, Quen. = 5 ss +

= sarthacensis, Lud.-Desl.= Epicyrta gallica, nom. nov,

(pars).

3 sarthacensis, Tate = Ornithella hispidula (Stmps.).

(pars).

“ strangulata, Martin. i strangulata (Mart.).

triquetra, Sow.

9 < subtriquetra (d’ Oré.).

Waldheimia Lycetti, Dav. (pars).

Pseudoglossothyris banburiensis,

nom. NOV,

LIII.—On some Mammals from British New Guinea pre-

sented to the National Museum by Mr. C. A. W. Monckton,

with Descriptions of other Species from the same Region.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Tue British Museum owes to the kindness of Mr. C. A. W.

Monckton, Resident at Port Nelson, N.E. British New

Guinea, a small collection of mammals obtained by him at

about 8° 30/8. lat., 148° E. long., and these prove interesting

enough to deserve a list being published of them. In working

them out I have also examined and made notes on some

specimens sent by Mr. W. Stalker from the Gira district,

further to the north-west (lat. about 8° 20'S., long. 147°

30! E.), and have in addition described a fine Uromys obtained

many years ago by Mr. C. M. Woodford in the Solomon

Islands, and a Dasyure from the Aroa River collected by

Mr. Meek.

Unless otherwise stated, all the specimens mentioned

are Mr. Monckton’s.

398 Mr. O. Thomas on some

Emballonura nigrescens, Gray.

dé. 53; 9. 52. Gira River (W. Stalker).

The small size of these specimens confirms the recent

separation * of EH. n. solomonis from the typical form.

Mus ringens, Peters & Doria.

3. 0, 5.

“‘ Native name ‘ Kura” ””—C. A. W. M.

This is the Papuan representative of Mus terre-regine,

Alst., with which it may have to be united when enough

material exists to justify the expression of a definite opinion.

Both may be distinguished from their allies by the yellow

mottling of the tail.

\ 4 Mus mordaa, Sp. 2.

9. 16. 14th November,1903. Type.—B.M. no. 4 8.3.1.

‘¢ Native name ‘ Kaisi.’?”—C. A. W. M.

Closely allied to Mus pretor, 'Thos., of which it appears to

be the Papuan representative. Fur coarse, harsh, and spinous,

with many longer bristles intermixed. General colour above

of the same coarsely grizzled bistre-brown as in pretor,

becoming rather more tawny on the rump. Under surface

soiled clay-colour, the bases of the hairs dull slaty. Ears

short, uniformly dark brown. Upper surface of hands and

feet brown. ‘Tail coarsely scaled, 9-10 scales to the cm.;

dark brown throughout ; its numerous hairs rather over one

scale in length. Mamme 2—2=8.

Skull broad, rounded, smoother and less heavily ridged

than in pretor; supraorbital edges square, faintly beaded,

the beading forming a distinct postorbital projection. In

pretor the supraorbital ridges are evenly divergent, without

postorbital projections, and are more strongly developed on

the parietals. Palatal foramina parallel-sided, not or scarcely

more widely open in the middle than at the posterior end,

reaching back to the level of the front edge of m'. In preetor

the foramina are widely open at their middle, narrowing to

sharp points behind as well as in front. Incisors unusually

broad, smooth, and rounded in front, not specially deep antero-

posteriorly. Below they are equally thick and their roots are

carried up nearer to the coronoid notch than is the case in

M. pretor.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 190 mm.; tail 136; hind foot (s. u.) 32.

7 # Ann, & Mag. N. H. (7) xiv. p. 200 (1904).

~i a ea

Mammals from British New Guinea. "399

Skull: tip of nasals to front angle of interparietal 36°5,

greatest breadth 22; nasals 16 x 5°1; interorbital breadth 6;

palate length from henselion 19°8 ; diastema 10°5; palatine

foramina 7°6 x 3; length of upper molar series 7:2.

This species is no doubt very closely allied to M. pretor,

but differs by its peculiarly thick incisors and differently

shaped palatine foramina.) Besides the typical specimen

mentioned above, Mr. Monckton has sent an imperfect skull

showing similar characters, while Mr. Stalker obtained in the

Conflict Islands, off the 8.E. corner of New Guinea, an example

of what also appears to be the same species. Mus pretor is

found in the Solomon Islands and New Britain.

. Uromys Moncktoni, sp. n.

g.8. B.M. no. 4. 8. 3.4. Collected 12th September,

1903. Type.

‘l'wo young specimens.

lied to U. levipes, 'Thos., but with shorter feet and more

hairy tail.

General colour above of the same dark brown (Prout’s

brown) anteriorly as in U. levipes, and similarly passing into

russet on the rump. Under surface dull soiled pinkish buff,

the slaty bases of the hairs showing through ; lower part of

flanks more distinctly buffy, the line of demarcation not

sharply defined; no hairs on belly without slaty bases.

Head rather greyer than back. Ears small, rounded, naked.

Upper surface of head and feet dull creamy white; feet

decidedly shorter than in U. levipes. ‘Vail different from that

of any other Uromys by being to a certain extent hairy, each

scale having three or four hairs, as long as itself or rather

longer, projecting from its hinder edge; in other species if

any hairs are present they are rarely one third the length of

ascale; in colour the tail is dull brown, scarcely lighter

below.

Skull very much as in U. lev/pes, the palatal foramina and

tooth-row each slightly shorter than in that species.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body (in skin) 160 mm.; tail 127; hind foot

(s. u.) 30°5; ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 38°5; zygomatic breadth 18-2;

nasals 12°8 x 4°4 ; interorbital breadth 6°1 ; palate length 16°5;

diastema 10°1; palatal foramina 5x 2°6; length of upper

molar series 7.

‘This species is no doubt closely allied to U. levipes, but is

distinguishable by its buffy instead of clear greyish belly, and

400 Mr. O. Thomas on some

by the unusual number and length of the hairs on the tail.

Iiven then, however, as in other species of Uromys, this

organ appears to the naked eye to be practically hairless.

The corresponding species obtained by Mr. Stalker I have

provisionally referred to U. levipes, but as the skins have

been smoked, and the type was skinned out of spirit, this

determination may hereafter need revision.

N Uromys porculus, sp. n.

&. Aola, Guadalcanar, Solomon Is. Coll. C. M. Woodford.

B.M. no. 89. 4. 3. 8.

(A large species with a short tail.

Size about equalling that of the latge long-tailed U. sapientis,

Thos., while the length of the tail is as in the much smaller

U. Bruijnii, Pet., and its allies. Fur of medium length, the

ordinary hairs of the back about 12 mm. long, but intermixed

with them are a number of longer bristles attaining about

22mm. General colour above ‘ Prout’s brown,” becoming

umber on the rump. Head bistre-brown. ars very small,

scarcely projecting above the fur, and not reaching to the eye

when laid forward. Sides dark greyish brown, passing,

without lines of demarcation, into the soiled cream-buff of

the lower surface, where the slaty bases of the hairs dominate

the general colour ; a patch of clear cream-buff on the chest.

Arms and legs brownish grey ; hands and feet dull whitish ;

the feet very broad and heavy, with large rounded pads.

Tail short, thin, naked except at the extreme base, covered

with a fine mosaic of non-overlapping scales, which average

about 13-14 to the centimetre ; the extreme end comparatively

smooth; colour of tail black above and below.

Skull of about the length of that of U. sapientis, therefore

enormously larger than that of any of the short-tailed species.

But it is narrower and has a longer and less broadened

brain-case. Nasals broad anteriorly, abruptly narrowing

mesially. Interorbital region flat, sharply edged, with small

postorbital projections placed not on the ridges as is usual,

but below them, somewhat asin Hyomys Meek: *, Parietal

ridges not conspicuous. Anterior plate of zygoma-root

projected forwards. Palatine foramina of the usual small

size. Posterior edge of palate level with the middle of m’.

Bulle quite small.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen

before skinning) :—

Head and body 220 mm.; tail 130; hind foot (s. u.) 43 ;

ear 19.

* Figured P. Z, 8. 1903, ii. pl. xxiii.

Mammals from British New Guinea. 401

Skull: greatest length 51°5 ; basilar length 43:1; greatest

breadth 25°7; nasals 19°5x7; interorbital breadth 8:2 ;

interparietal 8x12; palate length 244; diastema 14;

palatal foramina 7:2 ; length of upper molar series 10:3.

Hab. and Type. As above.

This fine species appears to be a giant member of the

U. Bruijnii group, and to have no relationship to the long-

tailed forms which it approaches in size.

When JU. sapientis was described more emphasis should

have been laid on the unusual size of the bulls, which tar

exceed those of either the large U. macropus and its allies or

the small U. Bruijnii. In U. porculus they are of the usual

minute size.

Pogonomys Forbest, Thos.

dg. 14; 9. 13; and two young.

These are the first specimens of this interesting species

that we have received as skins, the previous ones having

been prepared from spirit-examples.

Petaurus breviceps papuanus, Thos.

Oe yo bli

ks Ne name ‘ Kaioyo.’ ”—C. A. W. M.

Dactylopsila trivirgata, Gray.

= he &

! Pseudochirus canescens gyrator, subsp. n.

3g. 46. Lindum Creek, Gira River District. Coll. W.

Stalker.

Size smaller than in the typical form from N.W. New

Guinea. Colour very much as in the figure of “ Phalangista

(Pseudochirus) Bernsteint” given by Peters and Doria *, the

general colour similarly greyish, the head, arms from elbows,

hands, and feet buffy. Under surface buff, the hairs with

scarcely a trace of slaty at their bases ; an indistinct patch

on the throat whiter. Frontal line black, sharply defined,

extending from in front of the anterior corners of the eyes

to between the ears, fading off on the nape and back into a

vague darker dorsal area rather more than an inch in breadth.

Back of ears and a patch below and behind their bases

blackish brown. ‘Tail broad proximally, evenly tapering,

brownish grey like the body for two thirds its length, then

* Ann. Mus. Genoy. xvi. pl. xii. (1880).

402 On some Mammals from British New Guinea.

darkening to blackish brown; below the middle line is

well-haired and bright orange on the basal half, becoming

whitish and thinner-haired on the third fourth of its length,

and quite naked for about 35 mm. at its tip. In the typical

form the tail is more thinly haired terminally, and the naked

part below measures 55 mm.

Skull as in true canescens, but smaller in all dimensions.

Measurements of the type, taken by Mr. Stalker in the

flesh :-—

Head and body 240 mm.; tail 175 ; hind foot (s. u.) 30;

ear 11.

Skull: basal length 43°3; greatest breadth 28; nasals

16x 6°2; palate length 245; length of palatal foramina 4;

front of incisors to back of last molar 24:5 ; combined length

of three anterior molariform teeth 8:2.

Type. Young adult male. Original no. 46. Killed 15th

January, 1904.

The only Phalanger of this group hitherto known in British

New Guinea was Ps. Forbesi, Thos., from which the present

animal differs by all the characters given in the ‘ Catalogue

of Marsupials’ as distinguishing it from Ps. canescens. As

compared with the latter, a native of the extreme north-west

of New Guinea, Mr. Stalker’s specimen is surprisingly

similar, considering the difference in locality, but is decidedly

smaller (skull 43 as against 50 mm. in basal length) and the

naked portion of the tail is shorter.

Owing to the faded state of the type of Ps. canescens in

the Paris Museum, which Mr. Gerrit Miller has been good

enough to re-examine for me, it is difficult to be sure that

Ps. Bernsteini is synonymous with Ps. canescens, as has been

supposed, but on geographical grounds their identity is

probable.

\ Dasyurus demonellus, sp. n.

Skull. Gira River (W. Stalker).

g. Avera, Aroa River, 8. Coast. 20th May, 1903. Coll.

A.S. Meek. B.M. no. 3.12.1.24. Type.

Allied to D. albopunctatus, Schil., but larger. )

ize intermediate between that of the very small species

D. albopunctatus and hallucatus and the common Australian

species D. Geoffroyi and viverrinus. Fur short, close, and

crisp, not woolly; hairs of back about 9 mm. in length.

General colour of head, fore-back, sides, and outer aspect of

limbs dark olivaceous tawny ; hind-back darker, nearly

black. White spots small, rarely exceeding 5 mm. in

diameter, fairly numerous, evenly scattered over the upper

Distribution of the Larve of Marine Animals. 403

surface, not present in front of the eyes, on the limbs, rump,

or tail, Under surface and inner aspect of limbs dull whitish,

not sharply defined, the greyish bases of the hairs showing

through ; throat more yellow; scrotum brown. Lars of fair

size, rounded, hairy, dark brown. Hands and feet dark

brown, rather darker than the olivaceous arms and legs;

hallux present ; sole-pads transversely striated. Tail evenly

well haired, blackish, a line along the middle of the lower

surface paler brown.

Skull thickly built, of normal proportions, not so short-

muzzled as is described in D. albopunctatus. Nasals

anteriorly slightly opened out and separated in the middle

line, their most anterior points lateral instead of mesial; poste-

rior expansion present as usual. Supraorbital edges rounded,

postorbital processes well developed. Palatal foramina short,

ending opposite the anterior part of the canines. Bulle high

and conical. Teeth as usual, the upper premolars oval in

section, without diastemata. Molars decidedly larger than

in D. albopunctatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) : —

Head and body 350 mm. ; tail 285; hind foot (s. u.) 53;

ear 30.

Skull: basal length 65°6; greatest breadth 42; nasals,

length 25, breadth anteriorly 6°5, at middle 5:5, posteriorly

10°5; interorbital breadth 15:8; intertemporal breadth 9°6;

palate length 36°5, breadth between outer corners of m® 23 ;

palatal foramen 4°2; combined length of three anterior

molariform teeth 13°6 ; breadth of last molar 5:6.

This Dasyure, the representative in British New, Guinea

of the D. albopunctatus of N.W. New Guinea, is readily

distinguishable from that animal by its much greater size, as

may be seen by a comparison of the dimensions here given

with those of D. albopunctatus published in the ‘ Catalogue

of Marsupials.’

Perameles Cockerelli, Rams.

i Ba OG:

LIV.—WNotes and Observations on the Distribution of the

Larve of Marine Animals *, By J. STANLEY GARDINER,

M.A.

In considering the distribution of larvze our object is to ascer-

tain how far the pelagic or planktonic larve of marine animals

* This paper was read at a meeting of the ‘Challenger’ Society in

June last, and is now published by request of several of its members,

404 Mr. J. 8. Gardiner on the Distribution

are of importance in distributing species and genera from shore

to shore, from one littoral zone to another. It may, perhaps,

clear the ground if Isuggest, in the first place, that we confine

our attention to such animals as belong to the benthos, the

sedentary, creeping, and burrowing fauna of the bottom. Here

we can deal for the most part with well-defined groups, all

of true benthos forms, any extensive wandering of the species

or genera of which must be due to the distribution of their

pelagic larvee, direct migration of the adults of littoral forms

across or beneath the deep-sea being quite exceptional.

It appears to me that it would be a profitable and perfectly

legitimate question to consider what would be the fauna of a

bank or the littoral zone of an island upheaved halfway

between Land’s End and Bermuda after 100 or 1000 years!

We should want to know accurately a great number of factors

to answer such a question. First, we make inquiry as to

what currents would lave our bank and what would be the

temperature of the water around it at each and every season

of the year. In the case cited, the only current of importance

would be the Gulf Stream, and it would be an easy matter to

ascertain or calculate the temperatures. We then carefully

examine the topography of the ocean-basin and the surrounding

coasts to see from whence it could with such currents become

populated. If our bank arises, as it would, from 2000 fathoms

and there are no shoals of less than 1000 or, possibly, 500

fathoms, our task would be simplified, and we would at once

commence an examination into the littoral fauna of the

Bermuda reefs and slopes. If, however, we found, as is

quite possible, ridges or isolated banks arising to a less

depth from the surface—I should suppose the vertical distri-

bution of the littoral fauna to continue down to about 250

fathoms, the approximate depth to which light in the tropics

appears to penetrate the sea-water—our task would be com-

plicated by an almost complete absence of knowledge of the

vertical range of most of the benthos animals; and in view

of its extraordinary range as found by the ‘ Siboga’ Expe-

dition it is a factor which could not be neglected by us.

The subject, however, of our main inquiry would be the

extent to which the benthos animals of Bermuda produce

definite pelagic larvee and the distances to which these could

be carried by the currents. In the course of centuries a few

of the animals would doubtless be conveyed over to our bank

by means of floating timber or pumice or the feet of birds,

much beloved of writers on distribution; but after full con-

sideration we would be inclined to reject these sources as of

small account. Our research, in truth, resolves itself into a

of the Larve of Marine Animals. 405

simple question, before which all others are of little moment :

How many days can the various larve of the benthos animals

live in the plankton ?

To this question we may seek an answer by two means.

First, we might take the faunas of a series of coral or recent

volcanic islands, and compare them with the faunas of the

nearest land-masses, or, better, of such land-masses as are

swept beforehand by the currents which reach their shores.

We may thus compare the littoral fauna of Bermuda with

that of the Tortugas or Bahamas, or even the West Indies

in general. We shall get certain positive results of

utility, but those really valuable for our purpose should be

negative. Certain littoral animals, and even groups of

animals, will not be found. We say that their larve have

not been able to live long enough to reach Bermuda! But

is the temperature suitable? Surely Bermuda is mainly

corallaginous, while the West Indies are largely volcanic,

and in any case the bottom deposits of the latter are rich in

silica! The West Indies are continental and have, as com-

pared with Bermuda, a far richer food-supply! In effect the

environment of the two localities is absolutely different, and

our inquiry at first sight seems futile.

Perhaps the case of Bermuda and the West Indies is an

extreme instance, where the conditions are widely diverse,

but yet in respect to any islands or groups of islands in the

Pacific the same arguments could be put forward, and in no

instance that I am at present aware of could be properly con-

futed as regards banks more than 100 miles apart. Let

not this, however, nor any other method of inquiry be

despised! It is capable of results of some considerable

value. Has our shore or that of Norway, of France, or of

Spain, any of the characteristic animals of the West-Indian

littoral fauna? In this instance a thousand conditions

perchance are different ; but why does the Indo-Pacific fauna

reach to the Sandwich group, the Marquesas, and the

Paumotus, and yet fetch no part of the American shore?

The method may, indeed, give us differential results as we

travel eastward in the Pacific Ocean or compare the faunas

of the Azores, the Canary or Cape Verd groups with those

of the nearest West-Indian banks. Some West-Indian

genera, families, and even groups, maybe, are absent from

the Western-Atlantic banks; other families are present, but

their genera are different; yet in others we may find the

same genera but the species are different; and, lastly, in

still others the species are identical.

The critics of our views on distribution will, perhaps, and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. xiv. 29

406 Mr. J. 8. Gardiner on the Distribution

do, use the argument that identical species in the above and

many other distant localities are cases of parallel or even

convergent evolution if they cannot raise ridges to span the

intervening gaps sufficient to permit of the migration over

of the species, so as to allow intercrossing to take ‘place. We

ourselves—I have done so—use that argument; but we ought

first to exhaust every possibility, in the absence of direct

observations of such evolution, to avoid getting into such a

strait. At most, by our faunas we get the possible range of

distribution of the larvee, but what we want in the first place

to know is their regular and average range. If we find

different species of the same genera or different varieties of

the same species of animals on the Ceylon and Maldive

slopes, we may infer that the larve of these genera and

species seldom interchange, and we may deduce from the

known currents of the region the length of time for which

the larvee can—or rather do—continue to live as such.

Although I consider that for the due progress of any science

we must have a certain amount of speculation, yet it seems to

me that this method is rather fatuous in the absence of any

direct evidence of the length of time to which any of the

larvee can live in the open ocean.

Our second method is the direct study of the length of life

of larve as such. In considering it I divide the larve for

convenience under three heads—the crustacean, the trocho-

sphere and its derivatives and allies, and the planula and its

allies. I deliberately omit certain larvee, partly because

they are unimportant, or I have not found any observations

to aid me, or they have not come under my notice in the

plankton with which I have had to deal. The most important

of those thus omitted is the ascidian tadpole, in respect of

which I have no direct observations, never having found it

more than twenty-four hours (measuring the current in time)

from land, though one is compelled to suppose from its

structure, so efficient for pelagic life, that it can be carried

for many days and considerable distances. In any case the

distribution of the Tunicata is so little known that it is of no

aid, but I have not heard of any occurrence that would give

it a life of more than five or six days. I mention it, however,

because it has saved me from one error, which I nearly

committed rather extensively, but which suggests a method

that may yet yield valuable results. Certain acinetid and

vorti¢ellid Protozoa commonly settle on tunicate and other

larve. ‘They branch dichotomously, and, according to some

observations of my own at Naples in 1895, they divide and

hence branch dichotomously each night, the observations

of the Larve of Marine Animals. 407

being continued to the seventh and eighth branchings, 128

and 256 heads, on the seventh and eighth successive nights.

Here we have an apparently ready means of determining the

age of the larve on which the Protozoa may be settled, but

one which fails absolutely, since I have, on some specimens

of the ascidian tadpole 20 hours old which Prof. Herdman

has been kind enough to allow me to examine, found colonies

of such animals with 8 and 16 heads, 3 and 4 branchings.

Crustacean larva may be soon disposed of. I have kept

zoceas unchanged for 12 days. I have found them and also

a few nauplii right to the west of Minikoi in the south-west

monsoon, not conceivably less than 25 to 30 days old, unless

there be shoals that we know not of or unless they belong to

adults which live below 1000 fathoms—an unlikely suppo-

sition. I have caught them on the east of Male in the

Maldives (lat. 4° 12! N.), and fancy from the currents that

they must have come rather from the Nicobars or the Hast

Indies than from Ceylon. We secured some to the south of

Funafuti, scarcely less than twenty days from the Phoenix

and Samoan groups, and my observations show that they

made nought of the journey of 250 to 300 miles from Fiji to

Rotuma, at least twelve days. Here is positive evidence

enough, and one is inclined to conclude that wherever any

bank may appear in the Indo-Pacific or Atlantic Oceans it

should be speedily provided with a fauna of such Crustacea as

possess free-swimming larvee of the zocean and more deve-

loped types *.

The trochosphere is in its typical forms the larva of the

Polycheta, the Hchiuroidea, and the Mollusca, modified but

yet quite distinct in the Echinoderms, Phoronis, and the

Enteropneusta, and also, though still more changed, of the

Nemerteans and the Sipunculoidea. In its Echinoderm and

Enteropneustan forms it differs for different species almost as

much as do the adults, and so, perhaps, any direct research

on the subject may be expected to yield in these groups the

most definite results. According to Mortensen, in his

“ Plankton-Expedition ” report, these (Hchinoderm) larve

would appear to be seldom tound in the high-sea plankton—

that of the open ocean. The inference would be that their

period of life is, under normal circumstances, only of a few

days’ duration. Asin the Sargasso Sea were found bipinnaria,

auricularia, and ophiopluteus larve at least 800 miles from

the nearest bank, and as it is in the highest degree improbable

* T have not found it possible to distinguish between the nauplius

larvee of pelagic and littoral forms. ;

408 Mr. J. S. Gardiner on the Distribution

that they belong to adults living in the deep sea, Mortensen’s

conclusion would point to there being a bank in the Sargasso

Sea or to the adults living in the floating weed. So certain,

too, are the students of the Enteropneusta of the limited

distribution of their larve: that, if there is one species of that

group in a locality, they unhesitatingly refer to it any

Tornaria that may be found in the same locality, even a

single specimen, and describe it as its larva.

At the present day the keeping and rearing for experi-

mental purposes of Echinoderm larve is a regular business

and one of which I had some experience in 1895-96. Now

those larvee which have been worked at do not feed for 3 to

4 days after they have definitely assumed the larval con-

dition, and they finally metamorphose after 20 to 40 days*.

Any deduction from these facts must be in absolute disagree-

ment with Mortensen’s results; but possibly in the sea the

period of Echinoderm larve before metamorphosing is quicker.

However, one must conclude that they may at times be drifted

for 20, 40, or some even 60 days at the mercy of the currents.

Nevertheless I only found in the localities cited above larva of

Echinoderms off Rotuma, 4 plutei, 1 bipinnaria, and 1 bra-

chiolaria, each from a different sample of plankton. I may

parenthetically remark that my observations at Naples

showed that the more food given to these and all larve the

quicker they grow and metamorphose, other conditions being

the same. All the Echinoderm larve float in the tanks near

the surface of the water so long as they are healthy and the

water be undisturbed, while the typical trochospheres sink

down to varying depths, some of the largest and really

healthiest ones almost lying on the bottom both by night

and day. ‘lo summarize and to conclude, it would appear to

me that no results in distribution can be expected, so far as

the Indo-Pacific is concerned, from Echinoderms — and

probably also from Enteropneusts—other than the Crinoids,

the motile condition of the larve of which would seem to be

scarcely longer than that of the planule to be mentioned

later.

The typical trochospheres, both Molluscan and Annelid,

are more difficult to keep in tanks than the Echinoderm larve.

* Mr. L. Doncaster has given me the following data :—

34 days. Strongylocentrotus XQ ....4. May 14. June 17.

2. , CRIN BO ae en wale ots June 23, July 25.

88 ,, Echinus? x Strongylocentrotus §. March 5. April 12.

ribet 8 Ms _ May 16. June 11.

Jd eS . June 14. July 11.

of the Larve of Marine Animals. 409

Generally my stock died off in 4 or 5 days, an occurrence

ascribed at the time to wrong and insufficient food, &e. Un-

fortunately I could not carry the experiments very far; but

the larvee of one molluscan, given to me by Signor Lo Bianco,

began to show decided changes to veligers after their third

night as trochospheres, 7. e. 70 to 80 hours; but this, I

fancy, is altogether exceptional. At the previously cited

localities I found no such larve (nor veligers), though they

were numerous and increasingly common as one beat up for

the last 150 miles from Rotuma to Fiji. I obtained, how-

ever, off Rotuma a number of specimens of what appeared to

be a Sipunculid larva, and which must have come from Fiji

or from deep-sea parentage.

I now come to the planula-group of larve, a group to which

the young of most Celenterates belong, as well as certain

sponges, Turbellaria, &c. My observations in the tropics

were carried out mainly in connexion with the distribution of

Ccelenterates, and particularly of corals. The difficulties on

account of size and delicacy are much greater when one sets

out to examine a group of larve such as these ; yet I con-

vinced myself that the nets &c. were suitable, and I found at

Minikoi practically no difference in depth either by night or

day. Actinian larve, according to my observations at the

latter locality, at Rotuma, and at Funafuti, live for seven or

eight days as such, but on the fifth day the planule of several

species of corals had settled in the jars kept for the purpose.

In none of the localities cited above from which I took

plankton did I find any planule, nor, indeed, did I obtain

any at a greater distance than 50 miles away from the nearest

reef. In fact, my observations lead me to conclude that in

no case could they be directly carried from Ceylon to the

Maldives, though it is conceivable that these larvaa might be

swept from reef to reef vi@ the various Laccadive banks, and

so reach that group.

I fear, however, that in the present state of our knowledge

any consideration of larval distribution is premature and must

be inconclusive. I start, perhaps, with a fallacy in assuming

that the deep-sea fauna on our ocean routes does not send up

larve to the surface-waters, though the general tendency of

its forms appears to me to be to give up larval development

or to reduce it as much as possible. I leave out of account

the effect on the different forms of the various predatory

animals of the plankton, well knowing that my limited

observations may be invalidated by the larve having been

preyed on by some particular form abundant at the time. I

know that my observations are not sufficiently numerous to

410 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies

be free from error, and, furthermore, I am quite aware that

one should consider species and genera rather than groups.

But yet I venture with due respect to direct attention to the

subject in the hope that zoologists who are dealing with plank-

ton will not confine their attention merely to the adult groups

of the same, but will, in addition, arrange for the examination

of the larvee therein in view of the distribution of the different

groups of littoral animals,

Considering each side of the question, remembering in

particular the faunas of oceanic banks, so far as we know

them, I venture to suggest that there are no banks to which

an abundant variety of Crustacean larve cannot pass, that

the maximum regular passage for Echinoderm (not Crinoid)

and Enteropneust larve is about twenty days, while for

Sipunculids, Aunelids, Mollusca, and Crinoidea it is pro-

gressively less, the series passing on to Miiller’s larva,

found in the Turbellaria, and ending with regular planule

not as a rule exceeding more than four or five days of oceanic

life, and probably in many forms averaging much less.

Take the Chagos Archipelago as a case in point. Crusta-

cean larva should reach it freely from the Seychelles or

Africa and Australia, and the Crustacean faunas of the three

localities should be approximately the same for all forms of

the group possessing larval development. Many of the

Echinoderms and Enteropneusta should be common to the

Seychelles and Western Australian, but the Chagos forms

might reasonably be expected to show some small variations

from their possibly parent stocks on either side. These

differences should be progressively more important in Sipun-

culids, Chetopods, and Echiuroids, while the corals and

Turbellaria should have no more resemblance to those of the

Australian than to those of the African shore, and should

for the most part, indeed, have begun to take on forms which

are distinct varieties or subspecies of those found in the

Seychelles.

Zoological Laboratory,

Cambridge.

LV.—The Butterflies of the Group Callidryades and their

Seasonal Phases. By ArtuurG. Butier, Ph.D., F.LS.,

F.Z.8., &c.

BETWEEN the years 1597 and 1899 I revised a number of

genera of Pieridine Butterflies in the pages of the ‘ Annals,’

and indicated their seasonal phases; but I unaccountably

of the Group Callidryades. 411

omitted to include the Callidryades. Perhaps, as the group

contained no undescribed species, I hardly felt justified in

occupying official time upon it whilst other groups urgently

needed attention. Now that I have time to spare, I think it

advisable to point out that many of the supposed species

recorded in my ‘ Monograph of Callidryas,’ published in 1873,

as well as one or two described subsequently, are unquestionably

only seasonal phases of other species.

I have been asked recently, as in the past I asked others,—

“‘ How do you know that these forms which you put together

are only phases of one species ?”

When we take up the study of any branch of natural

science we find that Nature works by rule. It is now known

definitely that among the Satyrine the wet phases are

ornamented with well-defined ocellated spots, which in the

dry phases are either greatly reduced in size (the pupils alone

being left in some cases) or are wanting altogether.

In some butterflies the wet phases have the apex of the

primaries produced into a long process, which is greatly

reduced or wanting in the dry phases. In many the under

surface of the wings in the wet phase has a defined pattern

in brilliant colours, whereas in the dry phase this surface is

blurred and so coloured as to resemble a decaying or withered

leaf.

In the Pierine all silver spots tend to disappear from the

under surface in the dry phase; as a rule, heavy borders or

conspicuous markings disappear or become less prominent ;

in many species pink or sandy colouring is seen on the

secondaries and the apical area of the primaries below. Ina

word, the butterfly is so coloured as to be least conspicuous

amongst its dry surroundings.

Enough species have been bred by experienced field-

entomologists to prove that these marked differences are

authentic ; therefore, whan we compare two forms from the

same locality which only differ precisely as the seasonal

phases of one species ought to differ, and particularly when

we find individuals of one of these forms which in some of

their characters show gradation towards the others, we are

fully justified in concluding that they are conspecific.

When a wet or a dry phase is not required for the

preservation of a species, it tends to disappear, so that the

insect eventually becomes monomorphic ; but in some cases all

the gradations between the extreme phases persist and the

species becomes polymorphic, as in Precis archesia, which

exhibits seven fairly defined gradations.

The typical Callidryades are now divided into six genera,

412 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Butterflies

though some of these, being founded upon secondary sexual

characters, would be regarded perhaps as subgenera. With

the exception of Rhabdodryas (subsequently characterized)

I indicated the structural distinctions in my ‘ Monograph of

Callidryas.’

CALLIDRYAS, Boisd.

The following species are evidently seasonal phases :—

Wet phase. Dry phase.

C. avellaneda, Herr.-Sch. C. solstitia, Butl.

In C. thalestris and C. philea the seasonal phases are ill-

defined ; in C. fornaa and editha we know only one phase.

C. senne, Linn. C. drya, Fabr.

In my Monograph these two phases are figured side by

side on pl. vi., so that the differences can be readily seen.

The species ranges over South and Central America and the

West Indies. Of the nearly related C. eubule, Linn., from

North America, the seasonal phases differ very slightly, if at

all, from each other.

By several entomologists OC. eubule has been confounded

with C. senne, but apart from its ill-defined summer and

winter phases, it is longer in wing and invariably sulphur-

yellow in both sexes. I should as soon think of uniting

C. thalestris and philea as C. senne and eubule.

ParuRA, Butler.

Wet phase. Intermediate phase. Dry phase.

P. rurina, Feld. P. intermedia, Butl. P. virgo, Butl.

In this species the phases are remarkably distinct, but in

the smaller P. bracteolata, Butl., neocypris, Hiibn., and

irrigata, Butl. (which are nearly related to each other), the

dry phase seems to be characterized only by the much reduced

markings on the under surface.

RHABDODRYAS, Salv. & Godm.

In the sole species (2. trite, Linn.) the black outer border

is obliterated in the dry phase, and the markings below are

all ill-defined or reduced in width.

Puasis, Hiibn.

In P. agarithe, Boisd., the phases are not well-defined, but

the dry phase has the under-surface markings reduced ; there

of the Group Callidryades. 413

seems also to be a tendency to reduction in size in both sexes

as well as of the black and orange markings on the upper

surface of the female.

Wet phase. Dry phase.

P. cipris, Cram. P. argante, Fabr.

In the dry phase the black border on the upper surface is

much reduced, often only indicated by dots in the male; the

silver spots disappear from the under surface of the male

and the pearly-purplish and bluish patches from the same

surface of the female.

In the insular P. vorata, Butl., there appears to be only

one phase.

ApHrissa, Butl.

Of A. nelets, Boisd., A. Wallacet, Feld., A. jada, Butl.,

A. orbis, Poey, A. hartonia, Butl.,and A. Godartiana, Swains.,

I know only one phase. A. hartonia and Godartiana are

insular forms somewhat nearly related, and will doubtless

be regarded as subspecies of one type by lepidopterists of

the present day; they are, however, absolutely constant to

locality, which is more than can be said of the myriad

individual sports and aberrations now being raised to equal

rank with insular forms by the advocates of trinomial

nomenclature.

Wet phase. Dry phase.

A. statira, Cram. A. fabia, Fabr.= Boisduvalii, Feld.

There are two very pretty intermediate males from Panama

in the British Museum collection.

A. jaresia, Butl., is evidently a highly coloured form of the

female (wet phase): an integrade from this to the normal

female is in the Museum collection.

CaTopsiLiA, Hiibn.

Wet phase. Dry phase.

C. pomona, Fabr. C. crocale, Cram.

C. phlegeus, Wall., and C. heera, Swinh., are intermediate

wet phases; and C. gugurtha, Cram., jugurthina, Godt., and

endeer, Boisd., intermediate dry phases. It is possible that

the numerous intergrades between the extreme phases of this

butterfly are due to the fact that evolution has, in this case,

not limited the phases to their proper seasons ; so that typical

C. pomona and crocale may be taken in copula.

C. flava, Butl., is a dry phase from the Celebes; the wet

phase resembles C. pomona, excepting that the discal markings

414 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new

on the upper surface of the female are continued across the

primaries.

Wet phase. Dry phase.

C. thaurama, Reak. C. Grandidieri, Mab.

These differ much as C. pomona does from C. crocale.

C. florella, Faby. C. pyrene, Swains.

C. aleurona, Butl., is a wet intermediate phase, and

C. hyblea, Boisd., dry intermediate: all four occur together

and interbreed at Aden.

C. pyranthe, Linn. C. thisorella, Boisd.

Oddly enough, C. chryseis, Drury, which is seen by the

under-surface characters to be a dry type, is distinctly larger

than C. pyranthe and quite as heavily bordered on the upper

surface; the size probably has a local significance (many

Chinese forms being large). Other intergrades between the

extreme wet and dry phases are C. alcyone, Cram., C. minna,

Herbst, and C. zlea, Fabr.

C. evangelina, Butl., is a representative of C. pyranthe,

occurring in Flores, Bali Island, and Sumatra; it is a very

round-winged species with a wet character of upper surface

but a distinctly dry under surface.

C. nephte, Fabr., is a wet phase with a very dry aspect of

upper surface; the dryest phase of it which I know is

C. gnoma, Fabr., but it is not very marked. It seems related

to C. lactea from Australia, of which I know only a dry

phase.

C. gorgophone, Boisd. C. hinda, Butl.

I have recognized only females of the dry phase, from

which I should judge that the males have a much closer

resemblance to those of typical C. gorgophone.

C. scylla, Fabr. C. etesia, Hewits.

I think this last doubtful; it is quite possible that it is

merely a variation with no seasonal significance.

LVI.—Description of a new Lizard from Western Australia.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

[Plate XT.]

Amphibolurus Webstert. (Pl. XI.)

Habit slender. Head moderately large, once and a half

as long as broad; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit,

Lizard from Western Australia. 415

with obtuse canthus rostralis; nostril nearer the eye than

the end of the snout, situated below the canthus rostralis ;

tympanum large, its vertical diameter two thirds the hori-

zontal diameter of the orbit; upper head-scales subequal,

strongly keeled, smallest on supraocular region; a series of

large, keeled, tubercular scales from the orbit to above the

tympanum. Skin of neck strongly plicate, the folds bearing

short erect spines. Gular scales much smaller than ventrals,

obtusely keeled. Body feebly depressed, covered with small,

uniform, sharply keeled scales, smallest on the sides; on the

back the keels directed obliquely towards the vertebral line,

which bears a low crest ; a well-developed nuchal crest ; a

fold aleng each side of the back; ventral scales sharply

keeled. Limbs and digits very long, the hind limb reaching

the tip of the snout; foot as long as the fore limb. An

uninterrupted series of 44 femoral and preanal pores, ex-

tending along nearly the whole length of the thighs and

forming an angle on the preanal region. ‘Tail slender,

slightly compressed, twice the length of head and body ;

caudal scales small, equal, strongly keeled. Reddish brown ;

the adult with dark vermiculations and fine longitudinal lines

on the sides, a very dark streak on each side of the back, and

black bars across the neck and anterior part of body.

mm.

SE ADFSMOTSE NN ain cavn,et sibs ajo ds oes ahha sce ae 550

EVGA Reenter Ris Chetean ans tre aint fencle nen 25

Wiidthoineddetn anaes. sclvie chemin es Uy;

ENO Vea ss fateh Apee oare waiae reg W ¥te Maley eit 90

Tore dhtcall ohevemNEaery HERRCRER NO OOo NOId CoC 41

EFEAATUCMTTIU So spcae tiem: cssstapar en raphy areves ave fot ste tats 90

AEH ly Sigg eset: fe pkter cmp R a eater can eee ita hai 235

Two specimens, a male and a young, formed part of a

collection of reptiles made by Mr. L. Clarke Webster in the

Coolgardie District,in the interior of West Australia (400 miles

inland of Perth). Mr. Webster’s collection contains besides

examples of some little-known species :—D/plodactylus ciliaris,

Tiliqua occipitalis, Lgernia striolata (var.), Egernia depressa,

Lygosoma prepeditum, and a second example of the death-

adder described by me a few years ago as Acanthophis pyrrhus.

This example agrees very closely with the type, from Station

Point, South Central Australia, and has 141 ventral shields

and 53 caudals, of which the last 26 are in pairs.

416 Mr. C. T. Regan on Two new Cyprinid Fishes.

LVII.—Deseriptions of Two new Cyprinid Fishes from |

Yunnan Fu. By C. Tate Reaan, B.A.

In a recent paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xi. 1904,

pp. 190-194) I described some fishes from the lake at

Yunnan Fu, collected by Mr. John Graham. The British

Museum has now received from him a second consignment

from the same locality, including examples of two species

which are described below as new to science.

Barilius Anderson.

Depth of body 42-44 in the length, length of head 4.

Snout as long or nearly as long as the eye, the diameter of

which is 4-43 in the length of head and equal to or a little

less than the interorbital width. Mouth small, oblique, the

maxillary not extending to below the eye; no_ barbels.

Scales 97-105 =", 3 or 4 between lateral line and root of

ventral. Dorsal ILI 7, its origin a little behind that of the

ventral and equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal.

Anal III 10. Pectoral extending 3 of the distance from its

base to origin of ventral. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle

twice as long as deep. Purplish above, silvery on the sides

and below.

T'wo specimens, 95 and 125 mm. in total length.

This species resembles B. polylepis, Regan, from the same

locality, but is distinguished by the smaller eye, more

numerous scales, and shorter anal fin. I have named it in

memory of the late Dr. John Anderson, to whom we are

principally indebted for our knowledge of the Reptiles and

Fishes of Yunnan.

Oreinus Graham.

Depth of body 43-5 in the length, length of head 4-41,

Diameter of eye 43-43 in the length of head, length of

snout 34-34, interorbital width 3-33. Margin of lower lip

concave ; barbels subequal, or the posterior the longer and

+ the length of head. About 98 scales in the lateral line,

23 between origin of dorsal and lateral line, 17 between

lateral line and root of ventral. Dorsal IV 8, its origin equi-

distant from tip of snout and base of caudal ; the compound

serrated ray rather slender and distinctly articulated, its

length equal to or a little greater than the distance from

anterior margin of eye to extremity of operculum ; upper

margin of the fin concave. Anal III 5, extending nearly to

~~ ——

On new Butterflies and Moths from the East. 417

the base of caudal when laid back. Pectoral extending $-3

he distance from its base to origin of ventral. Caudal

forked. Caudal peduncle 13-2 as long as deep. Purplish

above, silvery below.

Three specimens, 118-170 mm. in total length.

This species is especially distinguished by the rather long

barbels and the slender serrated dorsal ray.

LVIII.—On some new Buiterflies and Moths from the East.

By Colonel C. Swinuog, M.A., F.LS., &e.

Family Eupleide.

1. Betanga moluccana, nov.

3. Palpi, frons, and head deep black; palpi with a discon-

nected white stripe on each side and another behind the eyes ;

top of head with two white dots on each side: body and fore

wings dark brownish black: hind wings paler and paling

much towards outer margin, the lower portions being much

browner; both wings and body without any markings; the

costal portion of the hind wings pale and shining, but not

whitish, as is usual in the species of this genus. Underside

uniform blackish brown, the lower portion of fore wings

whitish ; spots white, tinged with blue, one at end of cell of

fore wings, another above it near the costa, a row of four spots

parallel with these, four submarginal dots rather far from the

margin; an elongated, rather large, pure white spot in the

middle of the wing between veins 2 and 3: hind wings with

a spot at the end of cell, a curved series of six spots round it,

one close to the costa a little to the outside of the curved

series, and a submarginal row of spots, the hinder ones re-

duced to mere dots on one wing and some of them obsolete on

the other; some white spots on the legs.

Expanse of wings 87% inches.

Obi, Moluccas.

Nearest to Duponchelit, Boisd., the sexual brand on the

upperside of the fore wings very much shorter and broader,

its upper side curved and its outer end acute; on the under-

side the central white spot on the fore wing is a great deal

shorter and more rounded. I have had this form in my

collection for a long time, and though it has been to Tring

and to the British Museum, and I have searched all the

literature I can find on the genus, I have not been able to find

that it has ever been described.

418 Col. C. Swinhoe on some new

Family Nymphalidae.

2. Acca obiana, nov.

3. Black; palpi white, with black tips; a very broad

median white band across both wings, from the middle of the

abdominal border of the hind wings, where it is narrowest

and rounded, to vein 4 on the fore wings, divided by the

veins, which are more or less blue, and with a narrow irre-

gular band of blue scales all round it; the inner margin of

the band is nearly straight, the outer margin outwardly

curved on the hind wings only; on the fore wings the veins

divide the band into three parts, the middle one the largest ;

two white subapical spots above the band; a row of submar-

ginal spots on both wings; all the spots ringed with blue,

the lowest (duplicate) submarginal spot on the fore wing and

all those on the hind wing entirely blue. Underside as

above, but without the blue, the submarginal spots larger and

pure white, and in addition there is a broad, somewhat wedge-

shaped, and curved white basal streak on each wing, and

three cell-spots and two beyond on the fore wings: body

below white ; legs white, with black streaks.

Expanse of wings 27%, inches.

Obi, Moluccas.

A Neptis belonging to the venilia group, but is a good

form, distinguishable by its broad white rounded band and

narrow blue border.

Family Hesperiida.

3. Tagiades bubasa, nov.

8. Palpi blackish brown above, white beneath; head,

body, and wings blackish brown ; spots white, one at upper

end of the cell and another at the lower end; a spot outside

the lower end and another immediately below it; five subapical

dots, as in stvoa; cilia brown: hind wings with the hinder third

pure white, with very faint indications of grey on the margin ;

the hinder half of cilia white, the upper half brown; two

indistinct black spots in the disk, the lower one touching the

white band. Underside: fore wings as above; four or five

extra spots, almost square, running up in the form of a

straight band from near the hinder angle; hind wings white,

with a broad brown costal band, containing on its inner

margin a black spot and another below it (in one example

this last spot is absent), and also a black lunular mark on the

Butterflies and Moths from the East. 419

outer margin one third from the anal angle: body and legs

white.

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Humboldt Bay, New Guinea. 2 ¢.

The white of the hind wings is much as in dea/bata,

Distant, which I have from Borneo, but it is much larger

and very different in the markings above and below.

4, Tagiades hovia, nov.

3. Palpi blackish brown, white beneath; head, body, and

wings blackish brown; spots white: fore wings with two

spots at the end of the cell and two beyond it, the two outer

the largest ; a whorl of five subapical dots, as usual: hind

wings with a white anal band, narrowing a little upwards

and extending for nearly half the length of the outer margin;

four black spots on the outer margin of the wing in the upper

half of the white band, and two larger black indistinct spots

above its upper end; abdominal marginal space whitish.

Underside: fore wings dark brown, the hinder margin

whitish ; spots and dots as above, the subapical whorl of

dots continued down the wing to near the hinder margin as a

macular submarginal band, gradually becoming larger hind-

wards: hind wings white, with a broad costal brown band,

its inner margin containing three large black spots, two

joined together touching the band near the outer margin, and

a marginal, more or less disconnected, thin, black band ex-

tending downwards to vein 1: body and legs white.

Expanse of wings 2), inches.

Shortland Islands. 2 @.

Allied to yapetus, Cram., which I have from Amboina,

but the white band of the hind wings is very much broader

and differently marked.

5. Tagiades sivoa, nov.

3+ Palpi blackish brown, white beneath ; head, body, and

fore wings blackish brown ; spots small and elongate, one at

end of cell, two above it, and one below cell in an inwardly

oblique line, one immediately above the last outwardly oblique,

two below costa near apex, two outside the lower one and

almost in a line with it towards the outer margin, and another

below the outer one; an almost obsolete whitish patch near

hinder angle ; cilia black: hind wings blackish brown, with

a broad white band from the centre of the outer margin to the

abdominal margin, where it widens, extends shortly upwards,

420 Col. GC. Swinhoe on some new

and broadly on to the anal angle, joining the pure white cilia,

which extends for two thirds upwards, the remaining third being

black. Underside as above, but the whitish patch near hinder

angle of the fore wings is larger and nearly pure white, and

indistinctly runs up the wing a short distance divided by the

veins ; on the hind wings the white space is larger, making,

in fact, the wings white, with a broad blackish-brown costal

and marginal continuous band, with its inner edge irregular

and somewhat macular ; in some examples the outer marginal

portion of the band is altogether macular: body and legs

white ; anal fourth of abdomen above white.

Expanse of wings 158-2 inches.

Humboldt Bay, New Guinea. 3 ¢.

Allied to J. presbyter, Butler, which I have from New

Britain and Humboldt Bay, and to trebellius, Hopffer, which

I have from Celebes ; but the form of the white patch is very

distinctive.

Family Lithosiide.

6. Lyclene peloa, nov.

3 3. Palpi, head, body, and fore wings ochreous yellow :

fore wings with a black line on the costa for one third from

base, an antemedial outwardly curved black line with some

black marks inside it; a discal, acutely dentated, black line

from costa near apex to middle of hinder margin; two black

dots below the costa just inside it and some black submar-

ginal spots: hind wings much paler, without any markings.

Underside with the costal third of fore wings broadly biack,

some black suffusion inside the wing; abdomen below with

the apical third black in the male; fore legs striped with

black.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 7%, 2 1 inch.

Padang, Sumatra, 1 ¢,2 2.

Family Deilemeride.

7. Deilemera eddela, nov.

3. First joint of palpi yellow, second and third black:

frons, head, and body yellow; a black spot on frons, one on

the head, one on each side of collar ; thorax with a spot on each

shoulder, a pair in front, and three on each side ; abdomen with

black segmental bands above and a row of black spots on each

side : fore wings pale chocolate-brown, veins, bands, and spots

white; a short basal square band; a broad short band with

Butterflies and Moths from the East. 421

irregular sides from the lower end of cell to the costa above ;

a subapical spot, another of same size near middle of outer

margin; a streak on the outer half of vein 2, the hinder

margin thinly white: hind wings white, with a broad, submar-

ginal, pale chocolate-brown band, which is connected with the

outer margin above the middle by a short similar band and does

not reach the abdominal margin, but is somewhat attenuated

hindwards and stops short at vein 1. Underside: body and

legs yellow; wings as above, except that on the hind wings

there is a long brown spot touching the upper part of the cell

near the middle and some yellowish suffusion towards the

anal angle.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Engano.

Belongs to the evergista group.

T'amily Lymantriide.

8. Iuproctis revera, nov.

3d ?. Antenne, frons, and head ochreous; thorax dark

brown ; abdomen black; a band of ochreous at the base of

the anal tuft in the female; male with the basal half of both

wings pale black, the outer half ochreous; the female with

both wings of a uniform pale dull black, except the apical

third of the costa of fore wings and the outer borders of both

wings, which are evenly ochreous. “Underside as above ; no

markings above or below.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 15, 2 155 inch.

Granville, New Guinea.

Allied to #, lodra, Moore, from Java, and of the same

shape in the female, but in that species the fore wings are

uniformly pale black, without any yellow marginal border,

and the outer half of the hind wings is ochreous. The type

of dodra (a female) is unique in the B. M.; I have two from

the same locality in my own collection; all three are iden-

tical: the male is unknown.

9. Leucoma semihyalina, nov.

3. Pure white, very sparsely clothed ; wings shining and

as hyaline as in JL. silhetica, Walker ; costa of fore wings

with a slight ochreous tinge; a black spot on the middle of

the discoidal veinlet ; otherwise both wings and boly above

and below are absolutely without markings ; antenne slightly

ochreous.

Expanse of wings 1;%5 inch.

Padang, Sumatra.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 30

422 Col. C. Swinhoe on some new

The origins of veins 4 and 5 of the fore wings are more

separated than is usual in the genus, and veins 6 and 7 of

the hind wings are on rather a long stalk; it otherwise

somewhat resembles L. si/hetica, but is smaller, has the apex

of fore wings blunter, and has a black cell-spot, which the

other species has not.

Family Thyridide.

10. Hypolamprus tessellata, nov.

3 3. Wings elongated ; fore wings narrow, apex acute,

semifalcate, outer margin excised from apex to vein 4, from

whence it is straight and very oblique, the hinder margin

being only two thirds the length of the costa; hind wings

with the apex very acute and produced to a point, outer

margin nearly straight.

Colour greyish white; a brown spot on the top of the

head; thorax suffused with brown, abdomen with pale brown

segmental lines: fore wings with the upper half suffused

with pale brown; a black spot at the lower end of cell,

joined by a line to a smaller spot at the upper end, the upper

half striated closely with brown marks, the lower half and

the whole of the hind wings tessellated with continuous

striations running parallel to each other from the abdominal

margin of the hind wings to the costa, continued on the fore

wings from the outer portion of the hinder margin to the

lower half of the outer margin, and running through these

tessellations are two parallel white lines, medial and discal

on the hind wings, submarginal and marginal on the fore

wings; a black spot at the end of the cell of hind wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 175, 2 1,55 inch.

Padang, Sumatra.

Family Quadrifide.

11. Spirama sumbana, nov.

do. Much like the common S, retorta, Linn., but the discal

line across the fore wings which limits the dark part of the

wing and cuives round the ocellus in reforta is much nearer

the middle of the wing and cuts through the outer ring of

the ocellus, and the scarlet crimson on the abdomen is much

more limited.

2. Very different fiom the female of retorta; the general

colour is purplish tinged, instead of ochreous; the outer black

ring of the ocellus touches the white ring; the discal white

Butterflies and Moths from the East. 423

band of the fore wings and its corresponding medial band

of the hind wings, together with the discal white band of those

wings, are all nearly straight, whereas in retorta the two

former are crenulated.

Expanse of wings 2;%; inches.

Waingapo, Sumba Island (Doherty).

12. Spirama kalaoensis, nov.

3. More or less like a male retorta, bat the transverse

lines are obsolete, the black ring of the ocellus is distorted

and not evenly curved, and there is no trace of white in it.

It is perhaps nearest to S. funesta, Butler, but that form is

easily distinguishable by its scarlet-crimson palpi and the

distinct row of submarginal black spots on the fore wings.

?. More or less of the pattern of retorta, but is a very

peculiarly variegated form: the type specimen looks bleached

in parts, but this is not the case; my two examples from the

mainland of Flores are identically the same: the black ring

of the ocellus is also much crenulated, and this does not seem

to be the case in any other form of this genus,

Expanse of wings 2,4, inches.

3 ¢, Kalao Island (types).

2 2, Flores.

13. Baniana pannicula, nov.

3. Palpi ochreous, brown at the sides; frons, head, and

collar ochreous; thorax and abdomen dark grey ; a black

stripe behind the collar and one on each side of the thorax:

fore wings ochreous, minutely irrorated with grey; a promi-

nent black spot at the end of the cell ; a large black square

patch in the disk, edged with white on its upper side, out-

wardly diffused into the broad blackish brown which occupies

the outer third of the wing, this brown palest near outer

margin and contains five pale dots in a submarginal row on

its upper half; another large black patch, nearly triangular,

with its lower part touching the hinder margin before the

middle and ending in a tuft of scales: hind wings pale

blackish brown, palest towards base.

Expanse of wings 15), inch.

Labuan, British N. Borneo.

Belongs to Hampson’s section II. A; differs from dntorta,

Swinh., which I have from Bombay, Karwar, and Burma,

chiefly in the prominent black cell-spot and the pale submar-

ginal dots of the fore wings, very like unipuncta, Hmpsn.,

trom Natal, but that also has no dots, ‘

424 On new Buiterflies and Moths from the East.

14. Ercheia abnormis, nov.

3. Palpi, head, and thorax dark chocolate-brown ; thorax

with a duplicate grey band down the middle; abdomen dark

grey, with indistinct darker grey segmental bands: fore

wings pale greyish chocolate-colour; orbicular a small black

dot inside a pale spot; reniform large, nearly oval, with an

indistinct mark in it; antemedial, medial, and discal lines

indistinct and incomplete, the last the clearest and lunular; ;

two dark shades below the costa, medial and discal; a broad

blackish band on the hinder margin, with its inner edge

curved and running halfway up the outer margin; a thin

white line on the edge and a short white streak beyond the

middle of the line: hind wings pale blackish on the basal

half, dark on the outer half ; whitish on the costal space ; a

medial white spot and a white spot near the middle of the

outer margin ; cilia black, with two white patches, one near

anal angle and the other beyond the middle. Underside

greyish ochreous ; a brown spot at end of cell of hind wings;

a thin brown band across both wings beyond the middle,

sinuous on the hind wings; a broad brown discal band and

some brown suffusion and irrorations between this and the

outer margins.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

There is an example of this form from Selangore in the

B. M. without name in Quadrifid drawer no. 103.

‘The fore wings are longer and narrower than is usual in

this genus.

15. Phyllodes enganensis, nov.

3 ¢. Allied to Verhuelliz, Voll., from Java, and floralis,

Butler, from Borneo; differs from both in the form of the

white patch on the hind wing, which is small and narrow,

like a long square, its upper and lower margins more or less

bluntly dentated, the crimson-red anal border extending from

the upper level "of the white patch nearly halfway ‘to the

middle of its lower side ; the red not running into the white

patch as it does in the other two forms, but quite distinct

from each other; the fore wings of the male, as is usual in

this group, are much paler than in the female, with the trans-

verse fascie more distinct.

Expanse of wings 63’5 inches.

Engano,1¢,6 ¢.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 425

LIX.—Rhynchotal Notes XXVIII. By W. L. Distanr.

Subfam. C'reaprym (continued from p. 336).

Division CICADARIA (ante, p. 329).

Since publishing my remarks on this division, a consider-

able quantity of fresh material has reached my hands, and to

make the Cicadaria intelligible the generic analysis must be

continued.

Stal (Cifv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1870, p. 714) proposed some

subgenera, but on characters which, I venture to think, are

insufficient and of a transient character. Thus his “ nodo

apicali scutelli,” which I take to be the cruciform elevation at

the base of the mesonotum, is described as typical of Chremesteca

in being ‘‘transverso, convexo.” But this, though charac-

teristic of the species he refers to, is not constant in the larger

generic purview to which I am inclined, and the same remarks

apply to the characters on which his subgenus Diceroprocta

is founded. Had Stal subsequently revised the whole tamily

with the skilled acumen displayed in his ‘ Knumeratio

Hemipterorum,’ there is a great probability that he would

have shared these views.

Synopsis of Genera.

I. Metasternum not or very slightly elevated, and not

provided with a posterior process.

A. Length of head more than half the breadth ofspace

between eyes; face usually very prominent.

a. Head including eyes considerably broader than

base of mesonotum.

6. Lateral margins of pronotum with a distinct

SMLETLOLMOD Sy. o.n skh. schon cseieietts ol oceans Macrotristria,

6b. Lateral margins of pronotum without an J

SHPEIOS HODOe sce hoes nee ce cs eee Rihana,

B, Length of head about half the breadth of space

between eyes, or sometimes very slightly longer ;

head moderately truncate in front of eyes, face

not prominent.

aa, Head, including eyes, about as wide, or very

little wider than base of mesonotum.

c. Eyes more or less oblique and porrect, longer

UL hata P03 a ae ee MORES, re elem rac tae Cieada.

ce. Eyes circular, as long as broad, moderately

PMRGEDOG CP WAEGIY: * s.c's+tnee sais a eget ne Antankaria.

aaa. Head, including eyes, little more than two

thirds the breadth of base of mesonotum .. Cacama.

C. Length of head not half the breadth of space

between eyes.

aaaa, Head, including eyes, very much broader than

base of mesonotum; space between eyes

426 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

almost equalling breadth at base of meso-

notum; in front of eyes obliquely inclined,

bitimet truneateases ae cle cr. Sere eee ele Oria.

TI. Metasternum elevated at middle and furnished with

a posterior process directed backward .......... Cryptotympana.

RIHANA, gen. nov.

Cicada, subgen. Chremistica, Stal (part.), Gsiv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 1870,

p. 714, note.

Cicada, subgen. Cicada, Stal (part.), loc. cit.

Cicada, subgen. Diceroprocta, Stal (part.), loc. eit.

Head distinctly longer than half the breadth between eyes,

and including eyes wider than base of mesonotum; face more

or less prominent, its lateral margins in line with lateral

margins of vertex ; eyes oblique, longer than broad; pro-

notum a little narrowed behind eyes, about or almost as long

as mesonotum in front of cruciform elevation; abdomen not,

or scarcely, longer than length between apex of face and base

of cruciform elevation; other characters generally as in

Cicada.

Type, R. ochracea, Walk. (Fidicina).

This genus includes a number of Oriental and American

species.

Rihana viryulata, sp. n.

Head black ; a spot at apex of face, an irregularly shaped

spot behind lateral margins of face, and a spot between ocelli

and eyes, all of which are ochraceous; pronotum brownish

ochraceous, anterior margin narrowly pale ochraceous, pos-

terior and lateral margins greenish; a central discal fascia

widened anteriorly and posteriorly, on each side of which is

a short, discal, longitudinal line, and the incisures, black ;

mesonotum black, two linear, obconical, discal lines on anterior

area, lateral margins, the cruciform elevation, and a° round

spot (containing a black centre) in front of each of its anterior

angles ochraceous ; abdomen piceous; face beneath with the

transverse ridges obscure castaneous ; sternum mostly ochra-

ceous; opercula pale dull ochraceous, their inner areas black ;

tegmina and wings hyaline; tegmina with the costal mem-

brane greenish ochraceous, the costal area fuscous, venation

mostly fuscous, the basal and longitudinal veins to the

apical areas somewhat broadly margined with fuscous ; claval

area to tegmina and abdominal area to wings pale brownish

ochraceous.

Length of head more than half the breadth of space between

eyes, its breadth including eyes broader than base of meso-

notum ; tympanal coverings about as long as broad; rostrum

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 427

reaching the posterior cox, its apex piceous ; opercula well

separated at their inner angles, their inner and outer margins

oblique, their posterior margins subtruncate and not quite

reaching base of abdomen.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 16 mm.; exp. tegm. 59 mm.

Hab. Mexico (Brit. Mus.).

This species is readily recognized by the marginal shadings

to the apical areas of the tegmina Ke.

Rihana Swalei, sp. n.

Head dark castaneous ; apical spot to face and a spot behind

its lateral margins, lateral margins of vertex, and a spot between

ocelli and eyes, all of them ochraceous ; pronotum castaneous,

anterior margin (narrowly) and lateral and posterior margins

ochraceous, a central discal fascia broadened anteriorly and

posteriorly (containing a central ochraceous line), on each side

of which is a short, discal, longitudinal line, and the incisures

dark castaneous ; mesonotum pale castaneous, with two central

obconical spots, on each side of which is a much longer sub-

angulated spot, black, narrowly margined with pale ochraceous;

cruciformelevation andthe tympanal coverings pale ochraceous;

Rihana Swalet, Dist. <¢.

abdomen castaneous ; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous,

a castaneous spot near intermediate and posterior coxe; face

beneath pale castaneous, space between face and eyes black,

containing a transverse ochraceous line ; tegmina and wings

hyaline, both ochraceous at base; tegmina with the costal

membrane and about basal half of venation stramineous or

pale greenish, costa] area and remaining venation fuscous,

transverse veins at bases of first to fifth and the seventh

apical area and the lower longitudinal margin to seventh

somewhat broadly infuscate ; apical area of basal cell fuscous.

Length of head more than half the breadth between eyes,

and (including eyes) broader than base of mesonotum ; tym-

428 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera,

panal coverings about as long as broad ; rostrum reaching the

posterior coxz, its apex piceous; opercula with their outer

margins nearly straight, their posterior margins strongly

oblique and rounded apically, reaching the third abdominal

segment, their inner angles not meeting.

Long., excl. tegm., § 9 19-20 mm. ; exp. tegm. 61-69 mm.

fTah. ? (Types, g 2, Brit. Mus.)

Two specimens, male and female, presented by Dr. Swale

to the British Museum, but without locality, constitute the

material on which this species is founded. The figure given

will, however, prevent confusion. It probably belongs to

Central America.

Genus CICADA (ante, p. 330).

Cicada, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 704 (1766).

Cicada, subgen. Chremistica, St3l (part.), Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870,

p- 714, note.

Cicada, subgen. Cicada, Stal (part.), loc. cit.

Cicada, subgen. Diceroprocta, Stak ( part.), loc, cit.

Type, C. plebeja, Scop.

Cicada graminea, sp. n.

_¢. Head and thorax above grassy green ; pronotum in-

clining to ochraceous, probably through discoloration ; head

with the basal lateral areas of face, a transverse fascia between

anterior margins of eyes, basal margin, and the area of the

ocelli purplish brown; mesonotum with two central lines

(united anteriorly and posteriorly) and the incisures purplish

brown ; mesonotum with two anterior, central, short, obeonical

spots, on each side of which is a much longer and more

elongate spot, a central, discal, lanceolate spot, and a spot in

front of each anterior angle of the cruciform elevation purplish

brown,outwardly margined with greenish ochraceous; abdomen

above somewhat thickly greyishly tomentose; body beneath

and legs more ochraceous than above, abdomen with some

central discal transverse and some sublateral much smaller

purplish-brown spots ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the costal

membrane and venation of basal area of tegmina greenish,

remaining venation fuscous ; venation of Wings greenish.

Head truneate in front, its length half the breadth between

eyes and (including eyes) as wide as base of mesonotum ;

anterior femora armed beneath with two strong spines; poste-

rior tibiz with three spines placed on each side on apical

halves ; rostrum not quite reaching posterior cox,

Long., excl. tegm., 26 mm.; exp. tegm. 85 mm.

flab, Queensland (F. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.),

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 499

ANTANKARIA, gen. nov.

Length of head about half the breadth between eyes and

(including eyes) as wide as base of mesonotum ; eyes circular,

globular, moderately directed upward; pronotum a little

narrowed behind eyes, about as long as mesonotum in front of

the cruciform elevation; abdomen longer than space between

apex of face and base of cruciform elevation ; rostrum reaching

posterior cox; anterior femora strongly toothed beneath ;

opercula in type not passing the base of metasternum ; teg-

mina and wings talc-like.

Type, A. madagascariensis, Dist. (Cicada).

CACAMA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) little more than two thirds the

breadth of base of mesonotum, anteriorly depressed, its length

only a little more than half the breadth between eyes; pro-

notum considerably shorter than mesonotum, its lateral

margins obliquely sinuate; mesonotum somewhat convexly

gibbous ; abdomen short, broad, convex above, its length

equal to the space between apex of head and base of cruciform

elevation, the lateral margins a little angulate at posterior

segmental angles; tympana completely covered, lateral

margins of the tympanal coverings subparallel to the abdo-

minal margins; rostrum reaching or passing the posterior

coxz ; metasternum very large; opercula about half the

length of abdomen above, broad, their apical margins con-

vexly rounded, their lateral margins almost straight ; tegmina

and wings (excepting base) hyaline, the first broad, their

greatest width a little less than half their length, apical areas

eight in number, the two lowermost small, subquadrangular.

Type, C. maura, Dist. (Proarna).

ORIA, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) very much wider than base of meso-

notum, its length not quite half the breadth between eyes,

lateral margins almost obliquely straight, very slightly

sinuate ; pronotum shorter than mesonotum, its lateial margins

moderately rounded, its posterior margin waved or broadly

sinuate ; abdomen narrowed posteriorly in both sexes; the

tympana covered, tympanal coverings in male about as long

as broad; rostrum extending about halfway between the

intermediate and posterior coxee and terminating in the

grooved anterior area of the metasternal process; opercula

430 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

small, scarcely extending beyond the basal segment of the

abdomen; tegmina and wings hyaline, a little opaque at

base.

Type, O. boliviana, Dist. (Cicada).

Cryptotympana varicolor, sp. n.

?. Body brownish ochraceous; pronotum with two in-

wardly curved obconical black spots and two more obsolete

black oblique spots on each lateral area between the incisures,

but not extending to the posterior margin; mesonotum with

a large pale greenish discal spot, its base truncate and resting

on the cruciform elevation, anteriorly divided into three

angular prolongations which about reach the anterior margin ;

lateral areas of the sternum somewhat pale greenish. Teg-

mina and wings hyaline, bases of both brownish ochraceous ;

the tegmina with the costal membrane and area, the basal

cell, the greater part of the venation, and the margins of the

transverse veins at bases of second and third apical areas

brownish ochraceous.

Length of head about half the width between eyes, and

including eyes considerably broader than base of mesonotum ;

rostrum passing the intermediate cox; body beneath finely

pilose; anterior femora armed with two long spines beneath.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 31 mm.; exp. tegm. 102 mm.

Hab. Sumbawa Island (Paris Mus.).

LX.—British Isopoda of the Families Mgide, Cirolanide,

Idoteide, and Arcturide. By Canon A. M. Norman,

MAS D.C.L., LED, RSet:

[Plates XII. & XM.)

THE purpose of this paper is to bring up our knowledge of

the Crustacea of the above-named families to the present

time. Most of the additions to our fauna are here first made

known. In Bate and Westwood’s ‘ Sessile-eyed Crustacea’

the numbers of species described were :—Aigide 5, Ciro-

lanidee 4, Idoteide 7, Arcturide 3 (of these, Arcturus

gracilis was the male of A. longicornis). The following notes

record—Adgide 10 (one of these, 4. rosacea, a doubtful

British species), Cirolanide 9, Idoteide 11, Arcturide 6.

Besides the British Isopods there have been added such

species as have been taken by dredging-expeditions of the

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 431

British Government in the Mediterranean and North Atlantic.

These non-British forms are indicated by the bracket, [,

which precedes the name.

In order to obviate frequent full references, the following

works and papers will be quoted as “ /. ¢.” :—

BatE and Westwoop. ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea’ [pp. 209-

400, which contain the species here referred to, were published in

1867).

Dotirus (A.). “Tes Idoteide des cétes de France,” Feuille des

jeunes Naturalistes, Feb. 1895 *.

Hansen (HM. J.). ‘ Cirolanide et familiz nonnulle propinque Musei

Hauniensis,’ 1890.

Harcer (Oscar). ‘ Report on the Marine Isopoda of New England

and adjacent Waters,” Rep. U.S. Commiss. Fish and Fisheries,

pt. vi., for 1878, published 1880,

Lirxen (C. H.). ‘“ Nogle Bemerkninger om de nordiske ga-arter

samt om /iva-slegtens rette Begreendsning,” Naturhist. Forening

Vidensk. Meddelelser, 1858, and Supplement, 1860 (separate

: copies).

Sars (G.0.). “ Prodromus descriptionis Crustaceorum et Pyenogo-

nidarum expeditione Norvegica anno 1875,” Archiv Math. og

Naturvid. 1876.

——. “Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer med forelabige Bemerkninger

over de nye eller mindre bekjendte Arter: I. Podophthalmata,

Cumacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda,” Christ. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl.

1882.

—. ‘Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, Crustacea,’ 1885.

——. ‘Account of the Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. ii. Isopoda (part

referred to published 1897).

Scui6pTE and Merxerr. ‘Symbol ad Monographiam Cymotho-

arum Crustaceorum Isopodum Familie: I. gid,’ 1879.

I have confined the references given at the head of the

species to such works and papers as contain the best illustra-

tions or descriptions of the species, or are in some other way

of value, and the localities given are restricted to those from

which I have personally identified the species ; but an excep-

tion is made in order to render what is due to those who have

been the first to add any new species to our fauna since the

publication of Bate and Westwood’s work.

Iam indebted to my friend Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing for

the use of the illustrations. ‘They were prepared at the time

when we jointly published a paper upon some Isopoda fT.

That paper was intended to be only the first part of a report

on the whole order ; but so many of the new forms which we

* A shorter paper with the same title was published in the same work

in November 1894.

+ Norman and Stebbing, “Crustacea Isopoda of the ‘ Lightning,’

‘Porcupine,’ and ‘ Valorous’ Expeditions: Part I. Apseudide, Tanaide,

and Anthuride,” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xii. 1886, p. 78.

432 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

had at our disposal were just at that time fully described and

beautifully illustrated in Professor Sars’s great work on the

Crustacea of the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, that

further publication of our papers was discontinued. As Aga

megalops, sp. n., was one of the forms then under our notice,

Mr. Stebbing’s name is associated with my own as author of

the species.

Fam. Egide.

Genus 1. AtGaA, Leach.

1. ga psora (Linn.).

1836-49. Alga emarginata (Leach), H. Milne-Edwards, Cuvier’s Régne |

Animal, Crustacés, pl. Ixvil. figs. 1-1 h.

1858. Aiya psora, Liitken, 7. ¢. p. 1.

1867. Alga psora, Bate & Westwood, J. ¢. vol. il. p. 285.

1879. Aga psora, Schiddte & Meinert, 1. ¢. p. 357, pl. viii. figs, 5, 6

(the young).

1890. Atya psora, H. J. Hansen, /. c. p. 294, pl. ix. figs. 4, 42.

1897. Aiga psora, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 59, pl. xxiv.

North of Scotland (A. Hancock); lat. 60° 14’ N., long.

4° 30’ W., 290 fathoms, and lat. 60° 6’, long. 5° 8’ N., 352

fathoms (‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stats. 78 and 82, both within

the British Area) ; Kors Fiord, near Bergen, 1878 (A. MZ. N.) :

all in Mus. Nor.

2. Afga ventrosa, M. Sars. (Pl. XII. figs. 5-8; Pl. XIII.

figs. 8, 9.)

1858. Afga ventrosa, M. Sars, “ Oversigt norske-arctiske Region fore-

kommende Krybsdyr,” Videns. Selskab. Forhandl. p. 35 (separate

copy).

1879, Alga ventrosa, Schiddte & Meinert, J. c. p. 875, pl. ix. figs. 7-10.

1885. Atgiochus Nordenskidldi, Bovallius, “ New Isopod from Swedish

Arctic Exped.,” Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. x. p. 5, pls. i. & ii.

(separate copy).

1886, Alga Liitkent, Bovallius, “ New or imperfectly known Isopoda,”

Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand]. vol. xi. p. 3, pl. i. figs. 1-10 (separate

SOE cle See

1886. Agiochus ventrosus, id. ibid. p. 8.

1897. AZga ventrosa, G. O. Sars, l. ¢. p. 64, pl. xxvi. fig. 9.

This species was added to the British fauna in 1869 by

the ‘Porcupine,’ Stats. 74, 75, 78, stations which are all to

the west of Shetland, in depths of 203-312 fathoms. Ihave

taken it in Norway in 250-300 fathoms in the Trondhjem and

Hardanger Fiords.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 433

3. Aga tridens, Leach.

1860. Aga tridens, Liitken, 1. c. p. 2 (separate copy).

1867. Aga tridens, Bate & Westwood, l. c. vol. il. p. 281.

1879. Atya tridens, Schiddte & Meinert, 1. c. p. 340, pl. vii. figs. 1, 2.

1895, Aya tridens, G. O. Sars, l. c. p. 60, pl. xxv. tig. 1.

Of Isle of Cumbrae, Firth of Clyde (D. Robertson, in

Mus. Nor.).

4, Alga Strémit, Liitken.

1834. Aga monophthalma, var., Johnston, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.

vol. vil. p. 253, fig. 43 e.

1843. Aigu bicarinata, H. Rathke (nec Leach), “ Beitrage zur Fauna

Norwegens,’” Acta Acad. Cees. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. vol. xx. p. 25,

pl. vi. figs. 1-18.

1858. Aiga Stromit, Liitken, U. ce. p. 4, pl. i. figs. 6-8.

1879. Aga Strémi, Schiddte & Meinert, J. c. p. 349, pl. vii. figs. 10-15.

1897. Aya Strému, G. O. Sars, . c. p. 60, pl. xxv. fiy. 2.

On fish taken off Whitburn, Co. Durham (A. Hancock, in

Mus. Nor.) ; a specimen taken lat. 60° 39’ N., long. 3° 9’ W.,

7, e. west of the Shetland Isles, in 203 fathoms (‘ Porcupine,’

1869, Stat. 74); a co-type specimen from Faroe Islands

given me by Dr. Liitken is also in my collection.

This is the British species which has been confused with

the next, under which see observations.

5. Atya rosacea, Risso.

1816. Aga rosacea, Risso, Hist. Crust. Nice, p. 140, pl. iii. fig. 9,

1818, Atya bicarinata, Leach, Diction. Sci. Nat. vol. xii. p. 349.

1886-49. Aga bicarinata, H. Milne-Edwards, Cuy, Rég. Anim.

pl. Ixvii. fig. 2.

1867, ga bicarinata, Bate & Westwood, 7. e. vol. ii. p. 278,

1879. Aga rosacea, Schiddte & Meinert, /. ¢. p. 354, pl. x. figs, 5-7.

The most marked distinction between this species and the

last consists in the size and position of the eyes, which in

AG. Strémii are very large and touch or all but meet each

other, while in 4. rosacea they are very small for the genus

and are widely separated. ya rosacea is a well-known

Mediterranean species, and further evidence is, I think,

required before it can be safely acknowledged as a inember

of our fauna. The type specimen of Leach, which is

figured by Bate and Westwood, was from an unknown

locality. Those authors undoubtedly confused two species,

since my Durham specimen, which was sent to them for their

use, was referred to Aga bicarinata, while it is undoubtedly

4, Strémit. Vhis throws doubt upon the other localities

which they give, though, of course, they may refer to Leach’s

434 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

species (see also Schidlte and Meinert for remarks on this

subject).

6. Aiga monophthalma, Johnston.

1834, A’ga monophthalma, Johnston, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vil.

p- 282, fig. 43, a, d.

1867. Asya monophthalma, Bate & Westwood, l, e. vol. ii. p. 286.

1879. Afga monophthalma, Schiddte & Meinert, /. c, p. 365.

1897. Afga monophthalma, G. O. Sars, J. ce. p. 62, pl. xxvi. fig. 1.

Mr. Thomas Edward sent me many years ago a specimen

to determine from the Moray Firth. I have taken it at

Shetland, and received from the late Mr. A. Hancock a fine

example procured by him from the fishing-boats at Whitburn,

Co. Durham. |

7. Avga crenulata, Liitken.

1858. diga crenulata, Liitken, J. ce. p. 6, fig. 4.

1879. Aya crenulata, Schiddte & Meinert, 7. ec. p. 343, pl. vii. figs. 6-9.

1897. dga crenulata, G. O. Sars, é. c. p. 61, pl. xxv. fig. 3

A specimen of this species was sent to me for determination

by Mr. J. Duncan Matthews. It had been taken in October

1886 from a large shark caught entangled in lines about

8 miles off Stonehaven, Scotland (see Mr. Matthews’s record

of it, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. 1887, p. 444).

A co-type specimen trom Greenland, given me by Dr. Liitken,

is in my collection.

[ ga Deshayesiana(H. Milne-Edwards). (PI. XIL. figs. 1-4;

Pl. XIII. figs. 10, 11.)

1840. Rocinela Deshayesiana, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust.

vol. ili. p. 243.

1866, Atga Deshayesiana, Heller, Carcinol. Beit. z. Fauna des adriat-

ischen Meeres, p. 22.

1879. Aliya Deshayesiana, Schiddte & Meinert, /. ¢. p. 360, pl. viii.

figs. 7-9.

1885, Aga Schioedteana, Bovallius, “New and imperfectly known

Tsopoda, I.,” K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. x. p. 5, pl. i. figs, 1-10,

A specimen of 4%, Deshayesiana was taken in the Mediter-

ranean by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, in Bona Bay, N. Africa, in

25-55 fathoms. Only three specimens were known _ to

Schiddte and Meinert.

[ga megalops, Norman and Stebbing, sp. n. (PI. XIII.

gs. 1-7.)

Kyes extremely large, united across the greater part of the

head, which they almost entirely occupy, so that very little

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 435

besides is to be seen, only a small triangular portion at the

back and a little piece at the rostrum (see fig. 2). More-

over, the eye so overhangs the front that this rostral portion

is hidden when the ga is viewed from above. The entire

surface of the body is closely microscopically punctated,

presenting under the microscope a shagreened appearance,

besides which there are scattered punctuations of much larger

size. The hind margins of the segments of the metasome

are beaded (as in 4/ga monophthalma) ; the terminal segment

is well rounded at the extremity, its margin serrated and

ciliated, its surface covered with minute spinules. The

superior antenne have the joints of the peduncle cylindrical.

The coxal plates of the first segment of the mesosome are

absent ; those of the three following segments are oblong in

form and abruptly truncated at their extremity ; those of the

following segments are more produced, their extremities

blunt ; nor are the epimera of the metasome sharply pointed.

The three anterior pairs of legs (see fig. 5) are almost entirely

devoid of spiny armature. ‘The inner uropods are very broad,

widely truncated distally, with the outer corner slightly

produced, and are without any emargination of the outer

side ; both pairs of uropoda are serrated.

Length 13 mm.

A single female taken by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, 8 miles

N.W. ot Cape Sagres, Portugal, in 45 fathoms.

Genus 2. Rooinena, Leach.

=Acherusia, Lucas.

1. Rocinela danmoniensis, Leach.

1851, A%ga rotundicauda, Lilljeborg, “‘ Norges Crustaceer,” Cifvers. K,

Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. p. 25.

1867. Rocinela danmoniensis, Bate & Westwood, /. c. vol. ii. p. 291.

1873. Atga nasuta, Norman, in Wyville Thomson's ‘Depths of the

Sea,’ p. 127, woodcut.

1879. pele danmomensis, Schiddte & Meinert, 2. ¢. p. 383, pl. xi.

figs. 1-16.

1890. Rocinela danmoniensis, H, J. Hansen, /. c. p. 298, pl. x. figs. 1-1 n,

1897. Rocinela danmoniensis, G. O. Sars, /. c. p. 65, pl. xxvii.

Lat. 60° 39’ N., long. 3° 9' W., 203 fathoms, and lat.

60° 45’ N., long. 3° 6’ W., 250 fathoms, 7. e. west of the

Shetland Isles (‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stats. 74, 75). I have

taken it on the West Norwegian coast in the Bergen and

Hardanger Fiords.

The next species is very closely allied to the present; the

chief point of difference is that in R. danmoniensis the eyes

436 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

are closer together and even touch each other, but that there

is considerable variation is evidenced even by Schiédte and

Meinert’s figures of the male and female.

2. Rocinela Dumerilii (Lucas).

1845. Acherusia Dumerilii, Lucas, Anim. Artic. d’Algérie, Crustacés,

p. 79, pl. vill. fig. 5 *.

1864. Acherusia complanata, Grube, Die Insel Lussin und ihre Meeres-

fauna, p. 76.

1866. Acherusia Dumerilit, Heller, Carcinol. Beit. z. Fauna des adriat-

ischen Meeres, p. 22.

1879. Rocinela Dumerilii, Schiddte & Meinert, 1. c. p. 391, pl. xii.

figs. 4-9,

Near the Eddystone Lighthouse (Plymouth Biol. Lab.

1899) ; Adriatic (feller, in Mus. Nor.); Naples (A. IZ. N.

1887). .

The Plymouth specimen is of full size, 27 mm. long, an

adult male. Schiddte and Meinert describe the ‘ frons”

thus :—“ Frons media excavata, bicarinata, ante tridens, dente

medio magno producto”; this relates to “ femina ovigera.”

Lucas in the generic description writes :— La téte est petite

et terminée, dans les males, par un front composé de trois

tubercules relevés, dont le médian est beaucoup plus pro-

noncé; dans les femelles, la téte est seulement trianguliforme” ;

and in the specific description ‘‘capite in medio fortiter

impresso.” Schiddte and Meinert say of Lucas’s female

“sine dubio femina ejus adulta non tuisset, quam ob rem

incertum heret; utrum virginem an marem adolescentem

delineaverit.”” They figure the female, and not the male, and

that figure of the female represents the front as ‘ tridens,”

while their “virgo” has “ Frons triangula, apice obtuso,

supra equato.” ‘These immature specimens of Locinela

Dumerilii may very easily be mistaken for A. danmoniensis.

The Plymouth adult male has the central area of the head

raised considerably above the level of the eyes; this raised

part is bounded by elevations which flank the eyes on each

side, but the central portion between three lateral elevations

is much depressed; in front the rostrum projects forwards

and is bent upwards, and on each side of this central point

are others of the same form and also bent upwards. This

exactly corresponds with the description of Lucas of the same

sex t. Bovallius (“New or imperfectly known Isopoda,”

K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vo]. xi. 1886, p. 9 (separate copy),

* Such is the reference to plate in the text, but my copy has only six

lates.

+ I fail to understand Schiédte and Meinert’s pl. xii. fig. 5, for there

the rostrum is represented as bent downwards.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 437

pl. 1. figs. 11-19) describes and figures what he calls “ the

adult male” of Rocinela Dumeriliz. It measured 20 mm.,

but the front of the head, instead of having the character

which has just been described, is simple, as in immature

specimens.

Genus 3. Syscenus, Harger.

= Harponyx, G. O. Sars.

Syscenus infelix, Harger.

1880. Syscenus infelix, Harger, 1. c. p. 387.

1882. Harponyx pranizoides, G. O. Sars, l. ce. p. 60, pl. ii. fig. 1 (the

young).

1883. Syscenus infelix, Harger, “ Rep. Dredging ‘Blake,’ 1880, Iso-

poda,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, vol. xi. p. 100, pl. iii. figs. 5, 5a,

pl. iv. figs. 38-3 A.

1885. Rocinela Lilljeborgii, Bovallius, ‘‘ New Isopod from the Coast of

Sweden,” K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. x. p. 1 (separate copy),

pls. i. & ii.

1897. Syscenus infelix, G, O. Sars, /. ec, p. 67, pl. xxviii.

A fine specimen of this species, measuring 36 mm. long,

dredged by Sir John Murray in the ‘Triton’ Expedition of

1882, is now before me. It was taken at Stat. 10, lat.

59° 40! N., long. 7° 21! W., in 516 fathoms. This station is

in the warm area south of the Wyville-Thomson ridge, and

within the British Area. Two other specimens of the species

were given me by the describer, Mr. Harger; they were

taken off Martha’s Vineyard, N.K. America, in 1882, in

640 fathoms.

Fam. Cirolanide.

Genus 1. Crronana, Leach,

1. Cirolana borealis, Lilljeborg.

1851. Cirolana borealis, Lilljeborg, “ Norges Crustaceer,” (ifvers. K.

Vet.-Akad. Handl. p. 23.

1867. Cirolana spinipes, Bate & Westwood, 7. ¢. vol. ii. p. 299.

1890. Cirolana borealis, H. J. Hansen, /. ¢. p. 321, pl. i. figs. 1-Lo.

1897. Cirolana borealis, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 70, pl. xxix.

Specimens are in my collection from the following

localities :—Shetland, Isle of Skye, Cumbrae, South Devon,

Guernsey ; and off West of Ireland (A. M. N.), many dredged

off S.W. of Ireland down to 808 fathoms (‘ Porcupine,’

1869) ; off Magaro, Norway (G. O. Sars); Fosse de Cap

Breton, Bay of Biscay (A. MZ. N.) ; off Cadiz, 386 fathoms,

and Adventure Bank, Mediterranean (‘ Porcupine,’ 1870) ;

Spain (Don Pedro Antiga) ; Adriatic (Professor Heller) .

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. dl

438 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

2. Ctrolana Cranchit, Leach.

1867. Cirolana Cranchii, Bate & Westwood, J. ¢. vol. ii. p. 296.

1890. Cirolana Cranchii, H. J. Hansen, J. ¢. p. 341, pl. iii. figs. 3-3 7,

This is also Neroctla Swainson, Leach, = Eurydice Swain-

sont, H. M.-Edw.

My specimens are from Torquay (Stebbing), Plymouth,

Polperro, and Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay (A. A. W.),

3. Cirolana Hansent, J. Bonnier.

1882. Eurydice polydendrica, Norman & Stebbing, MS. in Norman,

“ Explor. Faroe Channel, ‘ Knight Errant,’” Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb.

vol. xi. p. 47 (separate copy).

1886. “ Eurydice polydendrica, Norman & Stebbing,’ in ‘Museum

Normanianum, III. Crustacea, no. 428 (nomen nudum).

1896. Crrolana Hanseni, J. Bonnier, Résultes Scient. de la Campagne

du ‘ Caudan,’ p. 574, pl. xxxii. fig. 1.

This species was taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of

1869, N.W. of the Butt of Lewis on the “‘ Holtenza ground,”

Stat. 47, lat. 59° 34’ N., long. 7° 18’ W., 542 tathoms, and

near the same place by the ‘ Triton,’ 1882, Stat. 10, lat.

59° 40’, long. 7° 21’, in 516 fathoms, and ‘ Knight Errant,’

1880, Stat. 7, lat. 59° 58’, long. 7° 22' W., in 300 fathoms,

[ Cirolana ceca, A. Dollfus.

1902. Cirolana ceca, A. Dollfus, “ Note prélim. Cirolana de ‘1’Hiron-

delle et ‘ Princesse Alice,’” Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, p. 6.

A single specimen of Cvrolana ceca, Dollfus, which

curiously I had long had in my cabinet under the same name

as a new species, was taken by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat.

36, lat. 48° 50! N., 11° 9’ W., in 725 fathoms. ‘This station

is west of the mouth of the English Channel, and as it is

only about 35 miles south of the British Area, it will probably

be hereafter added to our fauna.

[ Cirolana neglecta, H. J. Hansen.

1890. Cirolana neglecta, H. J. Hansen, 1. c. p. 327, pl. i. figs. 3, 3a,

pl. ii. figs. 1-10.

T have this species of Hansen from Tangier Bay (‘ Porcu-

pine,’ 1870), Adriatic (Prof. Claus), and Cap Breton, Bay of

Biscay (A. MW. N.).

Genus 2. CONILERA, Leach.

Conilera cylindracea (Montagu).

1867. Conilera cylindracea, Bate & Westwood, l. c. vol. ii. p. 304.

1890. Conilera cylindracea, H. J. Hansen, 1. c. p. 358, pl. iv. figs. 5-5 e,

and pl. v. figs. 1-1 d.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 439

I have this species in my collection from the Minch, Skye,

Firth of Clyde, Plymouth, Polperro, Jersey (A. MM. W.). It

extends southwards to the Mediterranean, being recorded by

Hansen from Naples. I am not aware of any record of this

species having been found on the north-east coast of England

or east coast of Scotland, nor is it known in Denmark or

Norway. This seems remarkable, as the Isopod feeds on the

flesh of living as well as dead fish, and thus would have such

a ready means of being transported to great distances.

Genus 3. Hurypice, Leach.

1. Eurydice pulchra, Leech.

1867. Eurydice pulchra, Bate & Westwood, /. c. vol. ii. p. 310.

1890. Eurydice pulchra, H. J. Hansen, /. ec. p. 370, pl. vi. figs. 3-3 @.

1897. Eurydice pulchra, G. O. Sars, J. c. p. 73, pl. xxx. fig, 2.

It is also Slabberina agata, Van Ben., Slabberina agilis,

G. O. Sars, and Slabberina gracilis, Bovallius.

A very active swimmer, usually occurring near the shore

in sandy bays, but also in the open sea.

Specimens in my collection are from off the mouth of the

Tees (G. 8S. Brady), Banff (1. Edward), Arran, Firth of

Clyde (D. Robertson), Westport, Co. Mayo (A. . N.). I

have also taken it at Shetland and off the coasts of Northum-

berland and Durham.

2. Eurydice truncata (Norman).

1868. Cirolana truncata, Norman, “‘ Two Isopods, belonging to Genera

Cirolana and Anilocra, new to British Islands,” Ann, & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 421, pl. xxiii. figs. 12-15,

1895. Eurydice truncata. H. J. Hansen, Isopoden, Cumaceen, und

Stomatopoden der Plankton-Exped. p. 15, pl. i. figs, 5-5 h.

The type specimen was taken by me in 1867 in St. Magnus

Bay, Shetland. Other specimens in my collection are from

the ‘Knight Errant’ dredgings of 1880, Stat. 3, lat. 59° 28/N.,

long. 6° 33’ W., in 178 fathoms; from the slope of the

English Channel in 725 fathoms (‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 36)

off South Devon, and near the mouth of the English Channel

(Dr. Gough); Naples (A. M. N.). The specimen which

Dr. Hansen described was also taken at Naples.

3. Hurydice Grimaldit, Dollfus.

1888. Eurydice Grimaldi, Dollfus, Troisisme campagne de ‘1’ Hiron-

delle,’ 1887, Isopodes du littoral des Acores,” Bull, Soc. Zool. de

France, p. 6, with woodcut.

1890. Eurydice elegantula, H, J. Hansen, /. c, p. 364, pl. v. figs, 2-2 ¢.

31*

440 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

“ Tat. 58°-60° N., long. 5°-14° W.”’ (co-types of F. ele-

gantula from Copenhagen Museum) ; lat. 54° 28’ N., long.

11°44 W., which is ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 17 (Davison),

and ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, Stat. 29, off Cadiz, in 227 fathoms : all

in Mus. Nor.

4, Eurydice spinigera, H. J. Hansen.

1890. Eurydice spinigera, H. J. Hansen, J. c. p. 367, pl. v. figs. 4-4 ¢,

pl. vi. figs. 1-le.

Jersey (Sinel, in Mus. Nor.), Whitsand Bay, Plymouth,

1903 (A. WM. N.). Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing has previously

recorded the species as British, having taken it in the harbour

at Ilfracombe (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. 1895,

p. 24).

5, Eurydice inermis, H. J. Hansen.

1890. Eurydice inermis, H. J. Hansen, J. c. p. 366, pl. v. figs. 3-3 f.

A single specimen dredged by me in 1903 near the Eddy-

stone Lighthouse when in the Plymouth Biol. Lab. Steamer

(A.M. N.). The three type specimens in the Copenhagen

Museum on which the species was founded had been taken

off “‘ Cap Lizard.”

*..* Dr. Hansen has at the present time a paper of revision

of European Cirolanide in the hands of the Linnean Soc.

for publication. It will contain notes on some of the fore-

going species, and, moreover, descriptions of at least one new

Cirolana and one new Eurydice which have been procured so

near to the British coasts that they may reasonably be

expected hereafter to be added to our fauna.

Fam. Idoteide.

Professor Sars has substituted the spelling Jdothea for that

of Idotea which has hitherto been generally adopted. The

generic name is first found in the ‘ Index Alphabeticus’ of

J.C. Fabricius, 1796, p. 86, where he introduces among

the names of those genera which he had already published in

the ‘Entom. Syst.’ others which he intended afterwards to

describe in his supplement: these are mere “ nomina nuda”;

all that we find is “ Jdothea, 8.,” implying that the genus

will be described in the supplement. ‘The ‘ Supplementum

Entom. Syst.,’ 1798—published two years after the Index

just referred to,—contains at p. 302 the description of the

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 441

genus; and at the head of this description the name stands

Idotea, and that this was no accidental error is proved by the

same spelling being repeated in a footnote “ Jdotew.” But

in the ‘ Index Alphabeticus’ of that supplement, published

in the following year (1799), we find again the spelling

Idothea. Thus the Indexes give Jdothea, but the name with

the description is Zdotea. There seems therefore room for a

divergence of opinion as to which spelling should be more

properly employed. It appears to me right to retain the

spelling Jdotea—first, because this is the spelling which is

used, and intentionally used, with the description; secondly,

because it is the spelling which has been almost universally

employed for a hundred years; and, thirdly, because [dotea

is more euphonious than Jdothea. The name itself appears

to be a “nomen proprium”’ without any derivation.

Genus 1. Iporsa, J. C. Fabricius.

In my paper “ A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord”’ (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii. 1894, p. 279) I called

attention to several distinct varieties of what was there called

Idotea marina (=I. balthica). hese varieties have been

elevated by Sars to specific rank, and the Mediterranean form,

my “ var. d,” must equally with these be regarded as a species

and bear the name J. Basteri, Audouin. As long ago as

1777, Pennant regarded two forms on our coast as distinct

species and named them Oniscus marinus (=I. granulosa,

Rathke) and O. entomon (=I. balthica, Pallas).

1. Idotea balthica (Pallas).

This is Idotea tricuspidata, Desmarest and Bate and

Westwood, JI. tridendata, Rathke, and J. marina, Miers and

Norman (/.c.). On the N.E. American coast it has been

known as JZ. irrorata (Say), under which name I have speci-

mens from Vineyard Sound (Mr. Larger) and lat. 40° 06’ N.,

long. 68° 01’ W. (Smithsonian Institute). Professor Sars

considers the Oniscus marinus, Linné, to be what we have

known as Jera albifrons and not an Idotea, and has followed |

Fabricius in applying the specific name to the former

species.

I. balthica is the species figured by Bate and Westwood

under the name J. tricuspidata (vol. il. p. 379). It is found

all round our coasts.

2. Idotea granulosa, Rathke.

1843. Idotea granulosa, Rathke, Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens, p. 23.

442 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. —

1851. Idotea entomon, Dalyell (nec Linné), Powers of the Creator, &e.

vol, ii. pl. lxiii. fig. 9.

1897. Idothea granulosa, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 82, pl. xxxiv. fig. 1.

This form, hitherto confused with the last, has been found

by me at Hartley, Northumberland, and occurred among

some Crustacea taken at Berehaven, Ireland, and sent to me

by Professor Haddon for identification.

3. Idotea neglecta, G. O. Sars.

1895. Idotea marina, Dollfus, 1. ¢. p. 7, fig. 22.

1897. Idothea neglecta, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 84, pl. xxv. fig. 1.

I have for many years doubted whether this should be

regarded as a variety of J. balthica or a distinct species. The

following circumstance has satisfied me that Sars is right

in separating it:—J. balthica and the present form occur at

times in great profusion at Plymouth. At my request the

Director of the Marine Laboratory sent me a large bottle full

of specimens; there were many hundred specimens of each

form (J. balthica and I. neglecta) of all ages, and I was able

to separate the specimens of all ages without hesitation as to

a single example. I also have specimens from Shetland and

Falmouth, and found it in four localities on the Norwegian

coast, ranging from Bergen Fiord to Vads6, Finmark,

Dr. Thomas Scott has just recorded its occurrence in the

Moray Firth (‘Twenty-second Report Fishery Board for

Scotland,’ 1904, p. 257).

4. Idotea viridis, Slabber.

1778. Oniscus viridis, Slabber, Naturk. verlistigengen, p. 104, pl. xii.

figs. 4, 5.

1889. Idotea phosphorea, Hoek (nec Harger), Crustacea Neerlandica,

ii. (Tijds. Ned. Dierk. Ver. (2) Deel ii.) 1889, p. 7, pl. vii. figs. 2

& 27.

1895. Idotea salinarum, Dollfus, 7. ¢. p. 7, fig. 21.

1897, Idothea viridis, G. O. Sars, l. c. p. 88, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2.

This elongated and narrow species is essentially an inhabi-

tant of brackish water. My finest specimens are from Alde-

burgh, Suffolk, and I have received it from Mr. W. Bateson,

who took it at Southwold on the same coast. I have also

found it in Arnold’s Pond, Guernsey, and in the Fleet at

Weymouth.

5. Idotea pelagica, Leach.

1867. Idotea pelagica, Bate & Westwood, /. c. vol. ii. p, 384.

1895. Idotea pelagica, A. Dollfus, J. ¢. p. 8, fig. 23.

1897. Idothea pelagica, G. O. Sars, Uc. p. 81, pl. xxxiil.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 443

This appears to be scarce on our coasts. I have it only

from the south-west of Ireland; and some specimens given

me by Dr. Thos. Scott, which were found at Aberdeen.

6. Idotea metallica, Bosc.

1802. Idotea metallica, Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. ii. p. 179,

pl. xv. fir. 6.

1846, Idotea robusta, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk. ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 108,

Voyage en Scand. &c. pl. xxvi. fig. 3,

1880. Idothea robusta, Harger, Rep. U.S. Commiss, Fish and Fisheries,

p. 349, pl. vi. figs. 830-32.

1895. Idotea metallicu, Dollfus, 1. c. p. 8, fig. 24.

Among Crustacea from off S.W. Ireland which Professor

Haddon sent me to name some years ago was a single

specimen of this free-swimming plankton species. It is thus

added to the British fauna, It has a wide range over the

Atlantic, and occurs also in the Mediterranean Séa. Speci-

mens in my own collection are from Rhode Island and

Vineyard Sound (S. 7. Smith), lat. 55° 49’ N., lone. 16°

44’ W. (‘ Valorous,’ 1876); Mediterranean (‘ Porcupine,

1870).

7. Idotea emarginata, Fabricius.

1867. Idotea emarginata, Bate & Westwood, J. c. vol. ii. p. 286.

1895. Idotea emarginata, Dollfus, 1. c. p. 6, figs. 17, 18.

1897, Idothea emarginata, G. O. Sars. d.c. p. 85, pl. xxxv. fig. 2.

This occurs apparently all round our coasts. My own

examples are from Skye, Whitby, Plymouth, and Ardbear

Bay, Ireland; and I have taken it at other places—for

example, the coasts of Durham and Northumberland.

8. Idotea linearis (Pennant).

1846, Idothea sealineata, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk. ser. 2, vol. 11.

p. 88, Voyage en Scand. es xxvi. fig. 1. d L

1867. Idotea linearis, Bate & Westwood, /. c. vol. 11. p. 388,

1895. Idotea linearis, Dollfus; J. c. p. 6, fig. 16.

I have taken this species in the following localities :—

Durham coast, the Humber, Exmouth, Plymouth, Fal-

mouth, Guernsey, Jersey, and Cape Breton, Bay of Biscay ;

I have also specimens from the Roach River, Kssex

(Dr. Baird), and Valencia, Spain (Don Pedro Antiga).

Genus 2. ZENOBIANA, Stebbing, 1895.

= Zenobia, Risso.

The name Zenobia had been twice used before Risso

A44, Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

instituted his genus. Stebbing supplied Zenobiana (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. 1895, p. 24 *).

Zenobiana prismatica (Risso).

1826. Zenobia prismatica, Risso, Hist. Nat. de ’Europe Mérid. vol. v.

p. 110, pl. v. fig. 24.

— ? Idotea chelipes,O. G. Costa, Fauna del regno di Napoli, Idotea,

p. 2, pl. xi. fig. 2a, 6, ¢.

1867. Idotea parallela, Bate & Westwood, /.¢. vol. ii. p. 391.

1895. Idotea prismatica, Dollfus, J. ¢. p. 9, fig. 25.

I have procured this species at Falmouth and have received

it from Paignton (Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing), Jersey (Sinel),

and the Adriatic (Prof. Claus).

Genus 3. StenosomA, Leach.

1. Stenosoma lanciferum, Leach (MSS8.).

1867. Idotea appendiculata, Bate & Westwood (nec Risso), /. c. vol. 11.

p. 396,

1895. Stenosoma lancifer, Dollfus, Ll. e. p. 5, fig. 15.

Tide-marks, Exmouth (A. MZ. N.); Polperro, Cornwall

(Laughrin) ; Ilfracombe (Rev. T. R. &R. Stebbing): allin Mus.

Nor.

2. Stenosoma acuminatum, Leach.

1837. Idotea acuminata, Bate & Westwood, J. ¢. vol. ii. p. 394.

1895. Stenosoma acuminatum, Dollfus, 7. ¢. p. 5, fig. 14.

I have never seen this species. It is not Jdotea capito,

Rathke, which Bate and Westwood give as a synonym.

Stenosoma captto I have from the Adriatic (Prof. Heller).

Fam. Arcturide.

Genus 1. Arcturus, Latreille.

[Arcturus baffint (Sabine).

1824. Idotea baffini, Sabine, Appendix Parry’s Voyage, vol. iv. p. 50,

pl. i. figs. 4, 5, 6.

1840. Arcturus baffini, H. M.-Edwards, Nat. Hist. Crust. vol. iii.

p. 123, pl. xxxi. fig. 1.

1836-49, Arcturus baffini, H. M.-Edwards, Régne Animal d’aprés

Organ. Cuvier, Crustacés, pl. lxx. fig. 2

1876. Arcturus baffinit, Wyville Thomson, The Depths of the Sea,

nore

1885, Arcturus baffint, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 97, pl. ix. figs, 1-21.

* The genus occurs in the middle of a paragraph, which is searcely

fair to recorders. It is not therefore noticed in ‘ Zool. Record.’

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 445

This fine species would seem to be subject to an amount

of variation which is very unusual, or else there are several

closely allied forms. I prefer to regard these forms as

varieties. If hereafter writers are of a different opinion, the

names here employed can be raised to specific rank.

[Var. 1. typica.

It is this form which all the figures above referred to

illustrate. It is furnished with highly elevated, conical,

spiniformed processes, arranged in transverse pairs and

developed on all the segments of the body. The figure

in ‘The Depths of the Sea’ is excellent, and illustrates

the habit of the genus in carrying its young attached

to the antenne. The specimen which the figure referred

to illustrates was taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition,

1869, ‘Stat...59, Tat: 60° 21” N., long. 5°41" W., ‘im

580 fathoms—that is, in the cold area of the Faroe Channel.

My own collection contains specimens from Baffin’s Bay

(Albany Hancock) and Greenland (D’Arcy Thompson).

[ Var. 2. cntermedia.

In this variety the tubercles are greatly reduced in size

and elevation on the head and first four segments of

mesosome, but on the fifth and succeeding segments they

are as well represented as in the typical form. Baffin’s

Bay (Albany Hancock, in Mus. Nor.).

[Var. 3. tuberosus, G. O. Sars.

1876. Arcturus tuberosus, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 350.

1877. Arcturus baffini, var., Feiddent, Miers, “Report Crust. Arctic

Exped. 1875-1876,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 14,

pl. iii. fig. 1.

1885. Arcturus tuberosus, G. O. Sars, . e. p. 102, pl. ix. fig. 22.

‘‘ Without distinctly perceptible hairs and without dorsal

spines, but presenting an irregular rugged surtace” (G. O.

Sars). The type of Sars measured 35 mm., but I have seen

an example 60 mm. Greenland (DL? Arcy Thompson, in

Mus. Nor.).

[ Arcturus scabrosus, sp. n.

In general character as A. baffini, but somewhat more stoutly

built. Dorsal surface entirely devoid of spines or elevated

tubercles, but extremely rugged, covered with depressed

nodules; the entire surface, including the nodules, covered with

granules of considerable size. These granules not only cover

446 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

the entire dorsal surface, but are present also on the peduncles

of the antennules, the epimera of the last three segments,

and the legs. They are especially conspicuous upon the

metasome, where the individual granules, lying in one

direction (backwards), are more clearly separable than on

other parts of the body, and when viewed under the micro-

scope each is seen to bear a minute cilium. The epimera of

the last three segments are more widely rounded distally

than in var. tuberosus of the last species. The peduncles of

the antennules are not only covered with granules, but bear

setee which are more developed than is usual in forms of

A. bafint. Length 35 mm. This form is so markedly

distinct from A. baffint that it would certainly seem to be

a good species. I have seen several specimens which were

taken by Sir John Murray on H.M.S. ‘Triton’ in 1882.

It was dredged in the cold area of the Faroe Channel,

Stat. 4, lat. 60° 22’ N., long. 8° 21’ W., in 827 to 430 fathoms

(Mus. Nor.).

Arcturus hystrix, G. O. Sars.

1876. Arcturus hystrix, G. O. Sars, 1. ¢. p. 350.

1885. Arcturus hystrix, G. O. Sars, /. c. p. 104, pl. ix. figs. 23-26,

1901. Arcturus hystrix, Ohlin, “ Arctic Crustacea, Leptostraca,

Isopoda, Cumacea,” K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. xxvi. p. 30,

pl. ii. fig. 6 a, pl. ill. figs, 6 b-A.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 50, lat. 59° 54’ N., long. 7° 52’ W.,

355 fathoms, and Stat. 59, lat. 60° 21’ N., long. 5° 41’ W.,

580 fathoms. The first of these localities is just within the

British Area, the second is in the cold area of the Faroe

Channel.

Genus 2. ARCTURELLA, G. O. Sars.

1. Arcturella dilatata, G. O. Sars.

1882. Astacilla dilatata, G. O. Sars, l.c. p. 65, pl. i. fig. 38.

1897. Arctureila dilatata, G. O. Sars, l. ¢. p. 92, pl. xxxviii.

My late friend Dr. D. Robertson found this many years

ago, as recorded by him in his ‘Cat. Amphip. and Isop. of

the Clyde,’ pt. 2, p. 28, in 20 fathoms off Blackwaterfoot,

Isle of Arran, and kindly sent me specimens. Dr. Thomas

Scott has given me examples from off Fair Isle, that is

between Shetland and Orkney, and from the Copenhagen

Museum I have received Danish specimens.

2, Arcturella damnoniensis (Stebbing).

1874. Arcturus damnoniensis, Stebbing, “A new Species of Arcturus,”

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiii. pl. xv.

Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda. 447

This would seem to be a southern species. In my collec-

tion are co-types from Torbay (Stebbing), specimens collected

at Exmouth (C. Parker), and others taken by myself at

Ilfracombe, Plymouth, and Naples.

Genus 3. ASTACILLA, Cordiner, 1795.

= Leacia, Johnston, 1825.

1. Astacilla longicornis (Sowerby).

1867. Arcturus longicornis, Bate & Westwood, J. c. vol. ii. p. 365, 9.

1867. Arcturus gracilis (Goodsir), Bate & Westwood, J. ¢. vol. ii.

p. 373, ¢.

1897. Astacilla longicornis, G. O. Sars, 7, c. p. 88, pl. xxxvi.

Inhabiting all our coasts, Shetland, the Minch, Forth of

Clyde, Firth of Forth, Northumberland coast, South Devon,

Guernsey, Valentia, Ireland; also Trondhjem Fiord and

Tromso, Norway: all in Mus. Nor.

2. Astacilla intermedia (H. Goodsir).

1841. Leachia intermedia, H. D. 8. Goodsir, Edinb. New Phil. Journ.

vol, xxxi. p. 309, pl. vi. figs. 1-8.

1867. Arcturus intermedius, Bate & Westwood, /. ce. vol. ii. p. 371.

1869. Arcturus affinis, G. O. Sars, “ Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra

Lofoten,’ Christ. Viden. Selsk. Forhandl. p. 163.

1897, Astacilla affinis, G. O, Sars, 1. ce. p. 90, pl. xxxvii. fig. 2,

Notwithstanding some discrepancies in the description, I

think that there can be little doubt that Sars’s species, which

I obtained also in our seas and in Goodsir’s locality, is that

which was named by H. Goodsir. That author describes

and figures the last joint of the antenne “globose” or,

according to the figure, claviform ; this appearance may have

been caused by the olfactory filaments clinging to the joints

and appearing as part of it.

Examples in my collection are from the following sources:—

Firth of Forth, 2. e. Goodsir’s locality for his species (Dr.

Henderson) ; Durham coast (A. M. WV.); off S.W. Ireland,

100-200 fathoms (‘ Porcupine,’ 1869); off Fair Island,

between Orkney and Shetland (Dr. Thos. Scott) ; Norway

(co-types of A. affints from G. O. Sars); Tromsé (Schneider).

3. Astacilla Deshayesi (Lucas).

1849, Arcturus Deshayesw, Lucas, Anim. Artic. de l’Algérie, p. 59,

NE We teed.

1974. Arcturus gracilis, Stebbing (nec Goodsir), “ Sessile-eyed Crus-

tacea of Devon,” Trans. Devon. Assoc. Adyane. Science, p. 8, figs. 2-4

(separate copy).

1878. Arcturus linearis, Stebbing, “ Notes on Sessile-eyed Crustacea,”

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 36,

448 Canon A. M. Norman on British Isopoda.

This species was added to the British fauna by Mr.

Stebbing, who at first referred it to A. gracilis, but subse-

quently renamed it Arcturus linearis, but in Hist. Crust. 1898,

p: 871, drops A. linearis and uses A. Deshayesit. The female

is easily recognized by the single tubercle on the front half of

the fourth segment of the mesosome. In the male there is

oftena slight swelling of the integument in the same position,

but at other times the swelling is absent. Specimens in my

collection are from ‘Torbay (Stebbing, co-types of his species),

Salcombe, Devon, and Plymouth (A. U. WV.), west of

Gibraltar, and from the Adriatic (Prof. Claus).

[ Astacilla granulata, G. O. Sars.

1876. Leachia granulata, G. O. Sars, 7. ce. p. 351.

1878. Astacilla americana, Harger, Amer. Journ. Science & Arts,

ser. 3, vol. xv. p. 374.

1879. Astacilla granulata, Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. ii. p. 161.

1880. Astacilla granulata, Harger, /. c. p. 364, pls. vill., ix. figs. 48-52.

1885. Astacilla granulata, G. O. Sars, U. ec. p. 107, pl. ix. figs. 27-35.

This very pretty species, which looks as if it was clothed

with a garment thickly embroidered with pearls, was dredged

by the ‘ Lightning’ Exped. of 1868, Stat. 3, lat. 60° 31’ N.,

long. 9° 18’ W., in 229 fathoms ; and by the ‘ Porcupine’

in 1869, Stat. 59, lat. 60° 21’ N., long. 5° 41’ W., in 580

fathoms: both these stations are to the north of the British

Area.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLatTE XII.

Fig. 1. Alga Deshayesiana, H. Milne-Edwards.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Head seen from below.

Fig. 8. Ditto. Palp of mandible.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Outer uropod.

Fig. 5. Aga ventrosa, M. Sars.

Fig. 6. Ditto. Head seen from below.

Fig. 7. Ditto. Palp of mandible.

Fig. 8. Ditto. Telson and uropods.

Pruate XIII.

Fig. 1, Aiga megalops, Norman and Stebbing.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Head seen from below.

Fig. 8. Ditto. End of palp of mandible.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Maxillipeds.

Fig. 5. Ditto. First foot.

Fig. 6. Ditto. Last foot. |

Fig. 7. Ditto. Telson and uropods.

Fig. 8. Aiga ventrosa, M. Sars, First foot.

Fig. 9. Ditto. Last foot.

ig. 10. Atga Deshayesiana, H. Milne-Edwards. 'irst foot.

Fig. 11. Ditto. Last foot.

On British Land Tsopoda. 449

LXI.—British Land Isopoda.—Second Supplement.

By Canon A. M. NorMAN and Professor G. S. BRADY.

For former notices on the Land Isopoda, see Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iii. 1899, p. 70, and vol. xi. 1903,

p- 369.

Great success has attended Professor Brady’s hunts for

woodlice during the last few months in Westmorland and

Durham. He has added two species to our fauna, and met

with others previously known in our Islands only from a

single far removed locality.

Haplophthalmus danicus, Budde-Lund.

This interesting species, recorded in 1899 as occurring in

the garden of A. M. N. -at Berkhampsted, Herts, has just

been found by G.S. B. at Humbledon Hill, near Sunderland.

Haplophthalmus Menget, Zaddach.

This was added to our fauna last year, having been found

by A. M.N. in Co. Clare, Ireland. G.S. B. has this autumn

added it to the English fauna from Fulwell Quarry, near

Sunderland.

Trichoniscotdes albidus (Budde-Lund).

1879. Trichoniscus alhidus, Budde-Lund, “ Prospectus gen. et spec.

Crust. Isop. terrest.,” Naturhist. Tidssk. ser. 3, vol. xii. p. 469.

1885. Trichoniscus albidus, Budde-Land, Crust. Isop. terrest. p. 248.

1898. Trichoniscordes albidus, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, vol. ii.

Isopoda, p. 165, pl. Ixxill. fig. 2.

A Trichoniscus taken by G. 8S. B. at Carley Hill Quarry,

near Sunderland, has been compared with co-types of

Trichoniscus pygmeus, G. QO. Sars, and specimens of

Trichoniscoides albidus, for which we are also indebted to

our kind friend Professor Sars. In general appearance

these two species seem to greatly resemble each other, but

the Sunderland specimens agree with the latter in the

shorter and wider form of the maxilliped, in the blunt

stumpy spines of the last two joints of the peduncle of the

antennz, and in the more strongly tuberculated head and its

lateral lobes and of the body-segments generally. On the

other hand, the flagellum of the antenne is three-jointed,

and Sars represents it in this species as four-jointed, while

that of Trichoniscus pygmeus is three-jointed. On turning,

450 On British Land Isopoda.

however, to Budde-Lund we find the flagellum of his Tricho-

niscus albidus described as “ bi—-triarticulatum.” The species

was previously known only in Norway and Denmark, and is

an addition to our fauna.

Porcellio Rathket, Brandt.

1833. Porcellio Rathkei, Brandt, Conspectus Monogr. Crust. Isop.

terrest. p. 15.

1853. Porcellio trivittatus, Lereboullet, Mém. Crust. Fam. Cloportides,

p. 54, pl. i. figs. 13, 14, pl. ili. figs. 66-70.

1885, Porcellio Rathkei, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. terrest. p. 85.

1898. Porcellio Rathkei, G. O. Sars, Crust. of Norway, vol. ii. Isopoda,

p- 180, pl. lxxix. fig. 1.

A single adult specimen taken by G. 8S. B. at Humbledon

Hill, near Sunderland; new to the British fauna. P. Rathkei

has a range over the greater part of the northern portion of

the Continent of Europe, and is known as far east as Trans-

caucasia. It has been found also in N. America, near New

York and near Niagara.

Other synonyms of this species are P. ferrugineus, Brandt,

P. trilineatus, P. tetramerus and striatus, Schnitzer, P.

sylvestris, Schobl.

Armadillidium pulchellum (Zencker).

This Armadilidium, which was added to the British fauna

by Dr. Scharff, who found it at Sligo, has this year been

obtained by G. 8. B. at Arnside, Westmorland.

In the paper referred to at the commencement of these notes

as published in 1899, a list was given of all Land Isopoda

found in the northern countries of HKurope; the number

occurring in each country was as follows :—Norway, 17 ;

Sweden, 13; Denmark, 20; Holland, 11; Belgium, 17 ;

British Isles, 20. This last number has now been raised to

25. The only species which are found in the other northern

countries, but as yet are not known in ours, are T’richoniscus

pygmeus, G. O. Sars (Norway) ; Armadillidium pictum,

Brandt (Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and Belgium) ; Arma-

dillidium opacum, Koch (Denmark); and Armadillidium

sulcatum, M.-Edw. (Belgium).

Two of the British species, Armadillidium nasutum, Budde-

Lund, and A. depressum, Brandt, have not yet been met with

in any of the countries above mentioned.

From the species which have been found in the neighbour-

hood of Sunderland, as recorded in the foregoing notes, it

would seem as if the Magnesian Limestone of the district

was favourable to the life of Land Isopoda.

Mr. K. Andersen on African Rhinolophi. 451

LXII.—On von Heuglin’s, Riippell’s, and Sundevall’s Types of

African Rhinolophi. By Knup ANDERSEN.

Owine to the most obliging kindness of Professor Dr. Kurt

Lampert, Royal Natural History Cabinet, Stuttgart, Dr.

Fritz. Roemer, Museum Senckenberg, Frankfurt-a.-M., and

Professor Dr. Ejnar Léunberg, Riksmuseum, Stockholm, I

have had the opportunity of examining the types of von

Heuglin’s Rhinolophus macrocephalus, acrotis, and minimus, of

Riippell’s Rh. fumigatus, and of Sundevall’s Rh. auritus. In

returning my sincere thanks to the above-named Directors

and Keepers of Continental Museums I, in the following,

give a summary of the results at which I have arrived.

Rhinolophus fumigatus, macrocephalus, and Antinori.

Rh. fumigatus *.—There are two cotypes (mounted speci-

mens, adult individuals) preserved in the Frankfurt Museum,

labelled ‘ Schoa in Abyssinien ; Geschenk von Dr. Riippell,

1841; No. Il. F.7.a&0.” Besides these specimens I have had

for examination, through the generosity of Prof. Lénnberg,

a beautifully mounted topotype from the collection of

the Stockholm Museum t+. Peters ¢, who examined one of

the cotypes (no doubt that specimen which still, on the back

of the wooden block, bears the words ‘“‘ 29 Decbr. 1865,

Berlin,” written in pencil), found it exactly like RA. ferrum-

equinum but for two small points of difference: Rh. fumigatus

was stated to have the posterior connecting-process still

shorter and the base of the hairs of the underside dull brown

(‘dunkelbraun”’). Dobson § put the name down as a syno-

nym to Rh. ferrum-equinum.

Rh. macrocephalus ||.—T wo cotypes (in alcohol) preserved

in the Stuttgart Museum, labelled “ No. 1059; Abyssinien,

v. Heugln; 1863.” Dobson regarded this bat as “ asmall

form of Rh. ferrum-equinum with dark coloured fur.”

* Riippell, “‘ Beschreibung mehrerer neuer Saugethiere, in der zoolo-

gischen Sammlung der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft

befindlich,” Mus. Senck. iii. (1842) p. 182 (conf. also p. 155).

+ This is the specimen referred to by Sundevall as “ ab ipso Riippelio

missus” (Kel. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., new series, vol. ii. pt. 2, no. 10

(1858), p. 18). It is labelled “ Mam. Ex. no, 1594.”

{ Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1866, pp. 17-18; conf. also op. cit. 1871,

p- me ; and C. von der Decken, ‘ Reisen in Ost-Afrika,’ iii. 1 (1869), Taf. ii.

fig. 3.

”§ Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. (1878) p. 119.

|| Von Heuglin, ‘ Reise in Nordost-Afrika,’ ii. (1877) pp. 22-28.

4] Dobson, “ Report on Accessions to our Knowledge of the Chiroptera

during the past two years (1878-80),” Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1880, p. 10.

452 Mr. K. Andersen on African Rhinolophi.

Results.— Rh. fumigatus and Rh. macrocephalus are based

upon individuals of the same species: the types of both agree

exactly with each other to the smallest details ; but they are

certainly toto celo different from Rh. ferrum-equinum. They

are the same species as, later on, described by Dobson* under

the name Rh. Antinori. From Rh. ferrum-equinum they

differ principally in the following points :—(1) The horse-

shoe is very much broader, covering almost the whole of the

muzzle, and differently formed; (2) the sella is much

broader, only very slightly (scarcely perceptibly) constricted

below the middle, its lateral margins subparallel (in RA.

ferrum-equinum the sella is strongly pandurate); (3) the

front face and the lateral margins of the sella are densely

covered with long straight hairs, one of the most striking

peculiarities of ‘ Rh. Antinorii” and its nearest allies, the

large Rh. Hildebrandti and the West-African Rh. ethiops (in

Rh. ferrum-equinum the front face of the sella is perfectly

devoid of hairs); (4) the ears are very much broader,

scarcely attenuated below the tip, the tip itself blunt;

(5) there are important differences in the proportionate

length of the forearm, metacarpals, and phalanges as com-

pared with the corresponding bones of Rh. ferrum-equinum ;

(6) the tail (which is complete in all the specimens examined)

is extremely short, 21-26°8 mm., in Rh. ferrum-equinum (31

specimens from Europe) 84-40 mm.; (7) one of Riippell’s

cotypes is mounted with the mouth sufficiently open as to

give a view of the anterior portion of the tooth-rows: the

upper canine and p* are so closely approximated, their cingula

being in immediate connexion with each other, and the

distance between their tips exactly the same as in “ Rh. An-

tinorii,” that it may safely be said that there is no rudi-

mentary upper py’; when, however, the upper p” is wanting,

the same is the case with the lower p;, this latter being

invariably lost before the upper p*. As to the types of Rh.

macrocephalus, the one specimen is adult, with no trace of

the lower p; nor of the upper p*; the second specimen is a

young individual without the lower p;, but having on both

sides of the upper jaw a p* so exceedingly minute as only to

be perceptible under a strong lens, and situated not only

exterior to the tooth-row, but quite on the outer side of the

maxillary bone, above the adjacent teeth, thus proving (what,

indeed, might have been expected) that the tooth which is

constantly wanting in adult dividuals of this species may

* Dobson, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2*) ii. (1885) pp. 16-17,

Mr. K. Andersen on African Rhinolophi. 453

still, perhaps exceptionally only, be found in a very rudi-

mentary state in young ones.

: According to the above, the synonymy of the species under

| consideration is as follows :—

Rh. fumigatus, Riippell (1842), cotypes, in the Senckenberg Museum,

from Shoa.

= Rh. macrocephalus, v. Heuglin (1877), cotypes, in the Stuttgart

Museum, from Adowa, Abyssinia.

= Rh. Antinori’, Dobson (1885), type, in the Genoa Civic Museum,

from “ Daimbi, Shoa ” *.

Measurements of Rh. fumigatus, macrocephalus, and Antinorii.

Rh. fumigatus. Evite Rh, Antinorit.

Topo- Type. e a

Cotypes. type. Cotypes. (Mus. Gen.) Wome

(Mus. Senck.)) (Stock- | (Mus. Stuttg.) | 2%de Dob- (B M.)

holm.) son T. Ca

Ad. | Ad. | ¢o ad. | 9 imm.} 9 ad. Ad. J ad.

mm./} mm.;| mm. mm. | mm. min, mm.

BURCHTIA ha... 2)5 0s 1 as 54 54 52°5 52:7 P 52:1 528

ord finger, metacarpal ..| 38 38 37 38 37°8 39'6 36°6

» lst phalanx. .| 16 ¥z 158 Lior yke 16 161

3 2nd phalanx .| 31 32 rs 28 31 33 29°5

4th finger, metacarpal ..| 89°53 | 40 38 39 4] 381 382

i lst phalanx..| 9:5 | 10:5 9°8 9 10 10:2 10

» 2nd phalanx | 18 e 18°2 18 20-2 191 183

5th finger, metacarpal ..| 40-4 | 40°5 | 39 402 | 41°8 33°6 40

ei Ist phalanx. .| 12°5 | 12°3 12:5 12:1 13 12:7 12:1

: 2nd phalanx | 138 | 14:2 135 13°8 14:1 13°7 14:1

Tail, from anus{...... 23°6 | 21 23 268 | 25:5 24°1 25

|? * Probably Dembea, Abyssinia.

+, Rendered from “inches” into millimetres. Dobson’s method of

measuring the metacarpals was probably slightly different from my own ;

in his measurement of the 2nd phalanx of the 3rd finger is, perhaps, in-

| cluded the (so-called) 3rd phalanx. For comparison, I subjoin measure-

ments of a specimen of “ RA. Antinorit” in the British Museum.

t{ Allowing for a shrinkage of 1 or, at most, 2 mm. in Riippell’s

(mounted) types. The exact position of the hinder border of the anus

cannot be ascertained in these specimens.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiv. 32

454 Mr. K. Andersen on African Rhinolophi.

Rhinolophus acrotis and Rh. Andersoni.

Rh. acrotis *.—There is a type (¢ ad.) and a topotype t

(3 jun., both in alcohol) preserved in the Stuttgart Mu-

seum, labelled “ No. 986; Keren, v. Heuglin; 1862.”

Peters { put the name down, without: comment, as a synonym

to Rh. clivosus, Cretzsch.§ (type from Mohila, Arabia), stated

by him to occur both in Arabia and N.E. Africa. I find no

reference to this species in Dobson’s writings.

Results: —Rh, acrotis is decidedly the same species as

recently described by Oldfield Thomas || under the name

Rh. Andersoni. The types agree in all specific characters—

in the nose-leaves, the ears, the structure of the wings and

membranes, the tail, &c.; like Rh. Andersoni the type and

.topotype of Rh. acrotis lack every trace of the lower p; and

upper p*. There is, however, a certain difference in the

size. It may be due to the fact that the type (as well as the

other specimens in the British Museum) of Rh. Andersoni is

an immature individual. But the topotype of Rh. acrotis is

also a young animal, by no means more advanced in age than

the type of Rk. Andersoni, and nevertheless it is markedly

larger. When, furthermore, considering that Rh. acrotis

and Rh. Andersoni were procured in widely separated

localities—the former in Erytrea, the latter in the Eastern

Egyptian Desert,—I find it, at least provisionally, more advis-

able to keep them distinct as subspecies so long as it remains

unproved that the obvious difference in size falls within

the limits of individual variation. According to this, the

nomenclature of the forms in question would be :—

Rh. acrotis, v. Heuglin (1861), type, in the Stuttgart Museum, from

Keren, Exytrea, about 15° 45' , 38° 380’ E.

Rh. acrotis Ander soni, Thomas (1904), type, in the British Museum,

from the Eastern Egyptian Desert, about 22° N., 35° E,

* Von Heuglin, “ Beitriige zur Fauna der Siiugethiere N.O.-Afrika’s,”

N. Act. Ac. Cas, Leop. -Car. xxix. (1861) p. 10.

tT Itw ould certainly do no harm to seed both of these specimens as

“ cotypes” (as they were called in a letter kindly sent me by Prof. Lam-

pert), since they are the same species, taken by the same collector in

fre same locality: As, however, v. Heuglin, in the paper just referred to

(p. 4), mentions only the adult male, I have to acknowledge this fact and

restrict the term “type” to this specimen, calling the other a “ topo-

type.”

t Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, 1871, p. 311.

§ Cretzschmar, Riippell’s ‘ Atlas’ (1826), p. 47, Taf. xviii, Conf, also

Peters, MB. Ak. Berlin, 1866, p. 16; and C, von der Decken, ‘ Reisen in

Ost-Afrika,’ iii. 1 (1869), Taf. ii. fie. 2,

| Oldfield Thomas, Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) xiv., Aug, 1904, p. 156.

Mr. K. Andersen on African Rhinolophi. 455

Measurements of Rh. acrotis and Rh. a. Andersoni.

Rh, acrotis. | Rh. a. Andersoni.

| | Paratypes.

| (3 imm. spems,

Type. hee Type. skins. )

3 ad. 3 jun. 3 imm.

Min Max,

mm mm. mm mm. mm.

Barents 2.) sicicfs ais 8, 48:2 49:3 46:2 44:2 46'8

ord finger, metacarpal ..| 32°8 32'2 29°5 27 29:2

a Ist phalanx..| 16 16:4 14:3 13:8 14:8

» ¢ 2nd phalanx |. 24:7 “| 26 P23 21:8 23°1

4th finger, metacarpal ..| 35 34 31 29:7 31:2

% Ist phalanx,.} 9:8 10 8:9 8:8 91

; 2nd phalanx .| 16:7 157 =| 2145 13°5 155

5th finger, metacarpal ..| 352 348 313 30 32:2

re Ist phalanx..| 10-7 rit 9-9 9:8 10

" 2nd phalanx .| 15 145 132 12:2 15°8

| Tail, from anus........ | 328 | 31 | P 2 p

Rhinolophus minimus and Rh. hipposiderus.

Rh. minimus *.—The type, an immature but full-grown

male (in alcohol), preserved in the Stuttgart Museum, is

labelled “ No. 987; Keren, v. Heuglin; 1862.” It was

identified by Peters+ with Rh. hipposiderus, Dobson t¢

adopted this view.

Results —Rh. minimus is undoubtedly referable to Rh.

hipposiderus as a species. It has the decisive characters

of this latter, above all: (1) the comparatively well-

developed upper p*, placed entirely in the tooth-row;

(2) the long and very narrow sella, with the lateral margins

convergent towards the summit, the summit itself sharply

pointed; (3) the 5th metacarpal shorter than or, at most,

equal to the 4th. But it is decidedly smaller and, especially,

shorter-tailed. There is in the British Museum a speci-

men from Sennar (? ad., in alcohol, no. 47. 5. 27. 48)

exactly like the type of Rh. minimus. This form therefore,

probably, should be kept distinct as a small short-tailed race

of Rh. hipposiderus.

* Von Heuglin, op. eit. (1861) p. 6; conf. also p. 4.

+ Peters, MB. Akad, Berlin, 1871, p. 310.

{ Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus, (1878) p. 117.

25%

456 Mr. K. Andersen on African Rhinolophi.

Measurements of Rh. hipposiderus and Rh. h. minimus.

Rh. hipposiderus. Rh. h. minimus.

Schlangenbad. | Switzerland.| Hungary. | Sennar. ee aoe

, mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

MCOTERT AN) ise'jcak ~ s 40 4] 41:3 36:5 36°3

3rd metacarpal .... 25'8 265 26°7 24°7 24:1

4th metacarpal.... 28°7 29°4 298 272 26°3

5th metacarpal .... 28'2 28:6 29:'8 26°5 25°7

Tail, from anus .. 28°5 29°7 29°5 23'5 245

Rhinolophus auritus and Rh. capensis.

Rh. auritus *.—One type, a full-grown male (mounted),

preserved in the Stockholm Museum, labelled “ 3 perf.;

Knysna, 3. iv. 1854+; Victorin; Grill 1859; Mam. Ex.

no. 1907.” Peters {, who examined the type, which still

bears an additional label with his handwriting, regarded it

as “ein etwas jiingeres Thier” of Rh. capensis. Dobson §

has the name in his list of synonyms of Rh. capensis.

Results. — Rh. auritus is indistinguishable from RA.

capensis. The type may be called “ein etwas jiingeres

Thier,’ in so far as the teeth are still unworn, but the

epiphyses of the metacarpals and phalanges are not

‘separate. As the description drawn up by Sundevall on

closer study gives us a “key” to the riddle why that most

careful zoologist was led to regard Rh. auritus as a new

species, I think it of some interest to specialists to review

the points of difference enumerated by him. Rh. auritus is

stated to be :—(1) ‘“‘affinis RA. capensi; paullo minor:

cubitus 45 mm.” ; the forearm in the type specimen

measures (according to my method) 50 mm., in Rh. capensis

(11 specimens) it varies between 47°6 and 51°5 mm.:

* Sundeyall, in Victorin and Grill, ‘ Zoologiska anteckningar under en

resa i sédra delarne af Caplandet dren 1853-1855,” Kel. Sv. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. new ser. vol. ii. pt. 2, no. 10 (1858), p. 13.

+ Probably a slip of the pen for 2. vy. 1854, Only one specimen (the

present one) was brought home by Victorin.

t Peters, MB, Akad. Berlin, 1871, p. 311.

§ Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus, (1878) p. 121.

Mr. K. Andersen on Afr‘can Rhinolophi. 457

(2) “ color multo obscurior quam in sp. reliquis affinibus ” ;

the colour is as usual in Rh. capensis: (3) “ aures evidenter

majores quam in R. capensi, sed forma vix differunt ” ; the

size of the ears is the same as in Rh. capensis: (4) ‘ de-

scriptio prosthematis nasi Rh. euryalis Blasii, exacte in

sp. nostra quadrat,” whereas in Rh. capensis “ prosthema

nasi simillimum eodem in R. ferro equino”; but it is a

chief character of Rh. capensis that the sella is very much of

the same form as in Rh. euryale, widely different from that

of Rh. ferrum-equinum: (5) the 5th metacarpal is stated

to be of the same length as the 4th, whereas in Rh. capensis

compared with the 4th, is in Rh. capensis exactly as in the

type of Rh. auritus: (6) “dentes multo minores quam in

R. capensi et totum cranium paullo minus, gracilius ”; the

skull of the type is incomplete; the length of the upper

and lower tooth-rows and of the mandible exactly as in

Rh. capensis: (7) the upper p* is placed “ paullulum inter

dentes 2 proximos, non plane contiguos,” whereas in Rh.

capensis it is “omnino externus, dentibus 2 proximis

perfecte contiguis ” ; there is in RA. auritus a very narrow

interspace between the upper canine and p*, as in Rh,

capensis: (8) the lower ps is present in Rh. auritus, in

Rh. capensis “ plane deesse videtur” ; the presence or

absence of the p, varies in Rh. capensis according to the

age of the individual.

Although, as proved by the above, Rh. auritus is identical

with Rh. capensis, the eminent Swedish zoologist was, never-

theless, quite right in pointing out all the differences as just

enumerated. According to his own statement (oc. cit.)

Sundevall had, for comparison with his Rh. auritus, two

specimens of Rh. capensis. But these latter cannot have

been RA. capensis. All that he says about them (vide

supra) tends to prove, in my opinion to evidence, that they

were the species recently described by me as Rh. augur *,

If in every case where Sundevall writes Ah. capensis, I

substitute Rh. augur, the whole is perfectly correct. What,

however, raises this assumption almost to certaimty are

the statements quoted above under (3), (4), (5), (6), and

(7) ; they cannot possibly bear on Rh. capensis, but they

are admirable when taken as a description of Rh. augur.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1904, p. 380,

458 Mr. T. V. Hodgson on a new Pycnogonid

Measurements of Rh. auritus and Rh. capensis.

2. auritus.| Rh, capensis,

| (8 adult spems.,

Type 2 skulls.)

| 3d ad, ===

Min. Max.

| mm, mm mm

BlOPeH GMS Ae so cicadas Cale ad, Zouk ee 47:6 515

ord finger, metacarpal ............ 33°8 32:2 35

Re Tat aban phe «pcos 15 14:2 16:6

| * 2nd Pialene 5. evans 24 23'3 26

4th finger, metacarpal............ 85°7 13) 38

is iat phulenss. Papa 9°5 8:2 97

* And phalanx «.\...c 40. Sy 15 | 15 16

5th finger, metacarpal............% 35'3 34 38 |

s ist plalaix” Saf. = <t 10:9 10:7 12

a Snel Phere 4k ccne 18 12 14

Pall irom anus. s frei. « Mareese 20°5 20 23

Mandible iis, .i= ithorany ks eae e 13:8 13:7 13:9

Front of upper ¢ to back of m> .... fier | 73 CL

», lowere to back of m, .... 8-2 8:2 8:3

LXIIT.— On a new Pycnogonid from the South Polar Regions.

By T. V. Hopason, Biologist to the National Antarctic

Expedition.

[Plate XIV.]

Durine@ her stay in winter-quarters in McMurdo Bay the

‘ Discovery ” secured among the biological collections a very

Jarge number of Pycnogonids, the species as well as indi-

viduals being abundant. Among them is a species which

possesses a pair of ambulatory appendages more than the

number hitherto allotted to the group, and on that account

it has been suggested to me by the Director of the Natural

History Museum to publish at once a description of this

interesting species.

It appears to be fairly common, a single individual being

frequently captured either with the D net * or the tangles

* The D net is a light trawl, of which the iron frame is shaped like

the letter D, hence the name; both from its lightness and its shape it

proved particularly useful for work under the ice,

rom the South Polar Regions. 459

attached to the traps; occasionally two or even three speci-

mens were taken at a haul, but this was unusual. It was

first found in water of about 12 fathoms depth, and subse-

quent experience extended this to 125 fathoms. At depths

greater than 25 fathoms only stationary traps could be used,

but, as far as could be observed, the general nature of the

bottom was essentially the same as in shallower water, though

more uniform in character. It consisted of the same basaltic

rubble as on shore, varying from a coarse sand or fine gravel

to stones of variable size, interspersed at intervals with boul-

ders, some of which were comparatively large. This mixture

was very irregular close in shore, where details could be

distinctly seen through the clear water. In depths of less

than 25 fathoms the predominant feature of the fauna con-

sisted of sponges (Monaxonida), and it was here that the

bulk of the collections was made. In depths of over

100 fathoms, Polyzoa were most abundant. ‘Taking into

consideration the methods employed, this Pycnogonid seemed

to be equally common in both localities.

A new genus has been proposed for the reception of this

species, but from the description given it will be seen that

the only feature of importance which separates it from the

genus Nymphon is the presence of a fifth pair of legs, a

character which separates it from all Pycnogonids hitherto

known.

PENTANYMPHON, gen. nov.

Body smooth, very slender, with lateral processes widely

separated. Five pairs of ambulatory appendages.

Mandibles well developed, 2-jointed, chelate.

Palps 5-jointed.

Ovigerous legs 10-jointed, terminating in a claw, the last

four joints with a single row of denticulate spines.

Pentanymphon antarcticum, sp.n. (Pl. XIV.)

Mandibles: chele long and slender, curved at tips, with

short, stout, uniform and close-set teeth.

Palps: terminal joint longer than the preceding, which

is in turn half the length of the third.

Ovigerous legs: terminal claw dentate; denticulate

spines with seven pairs of lateral teeth, the frst being very

small.

Ambulatory legs with a well-developed claw and two

auxiliaries ; sete arranged in four rows on the last three

joints.

460 Mr. T. V. Hodgson on a new Pycnogonid

The above characters are probably quite sufficient for

identification, and a more detailed description may now be

given.

The body, including the proboscis, is quite smooth and

averages between 7 and 10 millimetresin length. Anteriorly

it is curved downwards so that the proboscis is inclined at a

moderate angle. It is slender, and the lateral processes are

long, the segmentation being distinct and immediately behind

them. The ocular peduncle is short and is situated just in

front of the first pair of lateral processes. Four eyes can be

distinguished, but the state of their development is a variable

feature.

The abdomen is small, ovoid, and directed obliquely

upwards.

The proboscis is perfectly smooth, cylindrical, with a very

slight swelling along the middle of its length; the extremity

is rounded.

The mandibles arise above and slightly in front of the

proboscis on an enlargement of the cephalon, which is here

rather more than twice its diameter posteriorly. A distinct

projection of the cephalon forms a base for these appendages,

which are 2-jomted. The scape is longer than the chela

and it is also longer than the proboscis. It is smooth, there

being only a very few sete scattered along its length and a

whorl of them at its distal extremity. ‘he chela is rather

smaller than the scape, with fine sete scattered all over the

proximal half. The fingers occupy nearly half the length of

the joint ; they are slender and much curved near the tip so

as to cross when closed. ‘The inner border of both fingers

is furnished with a row of fairly stout teeth of nearly

uniform size.

The palps arise below and somewhat behind the mandibles,

more strictly at the side and base of the proboscis. They

are 5-jointed, the second joint being considerably the longest,

the fourth is half the length of the third, and the fifth is

longer than the fourth. The first joint is very small and

devoid of setze ; the second, with the succeeding one, bears a

few sete sparsely distributed along its entire length, the

setee being most plentiful at the distal extremity, where they

form an imperfect whorl round the joint. The fourth joint

is half the length of the third and is more abundantly

supplied with sets especially about the outer side, a few

being scattered elsewhere. The fifth joint is longer than

the preceding, rounded at the distal extremity, and more

richly supplied with sete: these are stouter than on the

other joints, but have essentially the same arrangement ;

From the South Polar Regions. 461

they also appear to be liable to injury and may be much

broken.

The ovigerous legs, which are present in both sexes, arise

on very short processes from the lower side of the cephalic

segment immediately in front of the first pair of lateral

processes. They are 10-jointed and armed with a dentate

claw. ‘The first joint is quite small and about three times

the length on one side that it is on the other. The two

following joints are subequal in size and devoid of sete; the

proximal one is stout, the distal one more slender, somewhat

curved, and its distal termination very oblique. The fourth

joint is nearly four times as long as the preceding one,

slightly curved and stouter at its distal end, which bears a

few setee; two or three more are to be found on the outer

margin of the joint, while on the inner margin a small

protuberance occurs at about a quarter of its length. The

fifth joint is conspicuously the longest and its diameter

increases towards the distal extremity; it 1s sparsely setose

along the greater part of its length. The sixth joint is

rather more than half the length of its predecessor, setose

along the inner margin, and with somewhat stouter sete

distally. Of the four terminal joints the proximal is the

longest and the remainder are subequal in length, but

progressively more slender. They only bear an occasional

seta and a single series of denticulate spines. The last three

joints bear a pair of long sete at the distal extremity, and the

spines consist of a slender shaft with a swollen base. Near

the base is a pair of small teeth, then follow two pairs of

comparatively long slender ones; the remaining four pairs

are more delicate and blade-like. The terminal claw is

Claw and denticulate spines of ovigerous leg, x 180.

provided with about nine slender teeth (see figure). These

teeth as well as the denticulate spines seem to be particu-

larly liable to injury, as they are more or less broken in many

specimens,

462 Mr, T. V. Hodgson en a new Pycnogonid.

With regard to the ambulatory appendages, all the five

are practically of the same size and proportions, while the

character and arrangement of the sete are identical.

Of the three coxe the first and third are subequal in

length, the third being, if anything, slightly the longer.

The second coxa is slightly longer than the other two

together, and all of them bear minute sete,

The femur is a comparatively stout joint, slightly curved,

sparingly supplied with short setee and a few very long ones.

One or two of the latter occur along the shaft and a few at

the distal extremity. The first tibia is slightly longer than

the femur, setose along its entire length; small sete are

most numerous, and the longer ones are scattered irregularly

among them. The second tibia is considerably the longest

joint of the entire appendage and setose, like the preceding

joints, along its proximal half; then the sete become delicate

spines rather than true sete and are arranged in four distinct

rows. The lateral rows are, of course, the most prominent,

and the sete on the inner side of the joint are most numerous

and regular. Some half-dozen spines fringe the distal inner

margin.

Of the two remaining joints, the tarsus and the propos,

the former is the longer, but in other respects they are

alike. Both bear four rows of sete, those on the inner

margin being regular and by far the most numerous, besides

having the nature of spines rather than true sete. The

terminal claw is long and provided with two auxiliaries of

about a quarter the size.

Altogether 28 specimens of this interesting species were

taken, but many of them are in a more or less mutilated

condition. Five of them are females whose limbs are dis-

tended with ova. Two males are carrying eggs, and those

on another are just hatched. The egg-masses are ovoid in

shape and somewhat irregular ; this is possibly owing to the

freezing they underwent between the surface of the ice and

the collecting-pots. The eggs are very small and numerous.

I understand that Mr. W. 8. Bruce, of the NScottish

Antarctic Expedition, has taken several specimens of a

ten-legged Pycnogonid from the Weddell Sea, which may

prove to be identical with this species.

I am indebted to the Council of the Marine Biological

Association for accommodation at their Plymouth Laboratory,

and to my friend Mrs, L. E. Sexton for the drawings,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Pentanymphon antarcticum, female, enlarged six times.

463

INDEX to VOL. XIV.

ACANTHOCERA, observations on

species of, 362.

Se critetines: new species of, 171.

Acca, new species of, 418.

Acherusa, new species of, 249,

Acmea, new species of, 4.

Acmeodera, new species of, 261.

Acomys, new species of, 103,

Acreea, new species of, 225.

Acrosemia, new species of, 177.

Actinotrocha, on the origin and fate

of the body-cavities and the ne-

hridia of the, 69.

ean new species of, 434. é

Alcock, Major A., on a new species

of apodous amphibian from India,

267.

Alestes, new species of, 155.

Amastra, new species of, 159.

Ammodillus, characters of the new

enus, 102.

Meegtenscds, characters of the new

venus, 220,

Amphibian, on a new species of

apodous, 267,

Beipteb horas, new species of, 414.

Amphilius, new species of, 17.

Anatina, new species of, 8.

Andersen, K., on new Rhinolophi

from Africa, 378; on von Heuglin’s,

Riippell’s, and Sundevall’s types

of African Rhinolophi, 451.

Andrena, new species of, 26.

Angamiana, new species of, 299.

Animals, on the distribution of the

larvee of marine, 403.

Annona, new species of, 62.

Antankaria, characters of the new

genus, 429.

Anthoglossa, new species of, 203,

Apantesis, new species of, 166,

Arzeosoma, new species of, 82.

Arcturus, new species of, 445.

Argyropelecus hemigymnus, note on

the larvee of, 38.

Arhopala, new species of, 233.

Arnulphus, characters of the new

genus, 220.

Arrow, G. J., on the coleopterous

group Heptaphyllini, 30.

Arunta, characters of the new

genus, 302.

Asthenosoma ijimai, note on, 87.

Atys, new species of, 6.

Austen, HE. Iv., a revised synopsis of

the tsetse-flies, 151.

Azochis, new species of, 186,

Beeosomus, characters of the new

genus, 118,

Baldwin, W., on a new species of

Euscorpius from the Upper Carbon-

iferous rocks of Lancashire, 79.

Baniana, new species of, 423,

Barbus, new species of, 16.

euteenia and B. holoteenia, defi-

nition of the new specific names,

218.

Barilius, new species of, 416.

Bate, Miss D. M, A., on the ossifer-

ous cave-deposits of Cyprus, 162;

on the remains of Elephascypriotes

from a cave-deposit in Cyprus,

163.

Betanga, new species of, 417,

Bethune-Baker, G. T., on new Rho-

palocera from Sierra Leone, 222 ;

on three new species of Arhopala,

233.

Birds, new, 283.

Books, new:—Newstead’s Mono-

graph of the Coccide of the British

Isles, 78; Hutton’s Index Faunse

464

Nove Zealandiz, 160; Dresser’s

Manual of Palzearctic Birds, pt. i1.,

161; Tutt’s Natural History of

the British Lepidoptera, vol. iv.,

241; The Fauna of British India,

Rhynchota, vol. ii., 242; Fasciculi

Malayensis : Zoology, pt. ii., 304;

Trouessart’s Catalozus Mamma-

lium, 5'° suppl. fase. i., 304; Inter-

national Catalogue of Scientific

Literature: R. Bacteriology, 305 ;

Gerard’s The Old Riddle and the

Newest Answer, 506; Leiberg,

Rixon, and Dodwell’s Forest Con-

ditions in the San Francisco Moun-

tains Forest Reserve, Arizona,

307 ; Plummer’s Forest Conditions

in the Black Mesa Forest Reserve,

Arizona, 307 ; Ransome’s Geology

and Ore-deposits of the Bisbee

Quadrangle, Arizona, 303; Nut-

ting’s American Hydroids, pt. it.,

388.

Boulenger, G. A., on two new ela-

pine snakes from the Congo, 14;

on new W.-African freshwater

fishes, 16; on Hinulia pardalis,

80; on the sand-viper of Rou-

mania, 134; on a new Cyprino-

dontid fish from Egypt, 185; on a

new species of Alestes from Natal,

155; on Barbus eutznia and

B. holotenia, 218; on a new

lizard from Western Australia,

414.

Boulengerina, new species of, 14.

Brachiopoda, on the Jurassic, 589.

Brady, Prof. G. S., on British Land

Isopoda, 449.

Broun, Capt. T., on new genera and

species ot New Zealand Coleoptera,

41, 105; on a new coleopterous

insect from Bounty Island, 275.

Buckman, 8. 8., on the Jurassic

Brachiopoda, 3889.

Buprestidz, observations on the, 245,

344.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on the butterflies

of the group Callidryades, 410.

Byrne, L. W., on the fishes taken by

the ‘ Oceana,’ 37.

Cacama, characters

genus, 429,

Ceeciliide, remarks on the, 267.

Callidryades, on the seasonal phases

of the group, 410,

of the new

INDEX,

Callithrix penicillata, new subspecies

of, 188.

Calman, Dr. W. T., on Munidopsis

polymorpha, 2153.

Calveria gracilis, note on, 89.

Capulus, new species of, 1.

Casandria, new species of, 170.

Castalia, new species of, 252.

Catoptes, new species of, 108.

Caularis, new species of, 169.

Cave-deposits of Cyprus, on the,

162.

Cecyropa, new species of, 105.

Chalicodoma, new species of, 205,

Chapman, F., on the mineralogical

structure of the porcellanous Fora-

minifera, 310.

Chasmatoptera, new species of, 60,

Cherostus, new species of, 31.

Chiloglanis, new species of, 18.

Chiton, new species of, 7.

Chrysaspis, new species of, 344.

Chrysochroa, new species of, 266.

Cicada, new species of, 330, 428.

Cicadaria, synopsis of the genera of,

329, 425.

Clypeorhynchus, new species of,

117.

Coccidee in the British Museum, on,

373.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and

records of bees, 21; on new and

little-known bees in the British

Museum, 203; on the Halictine

bees of the Australian region,

208.

Coleoptera, new, 30, 41, 105, 137,

245, 273, 344.

Cowles, Dr. R. P., on the origin and

fate of the body-cavities and the

nephridia of the Actinotrocha,

69. ;

Craspedia, new species of, 179.

Crisius, new species of, 123.

Crocidura, new species of, 237.

Crustacea, new, 67, 484, 459.

Cryptotympana, new species of, 331,

430.

Ctenoplectra, new species of, 204.

Curimus, new species of, 49.

Cyclochilaria, synopsis of the genera

of, 302.

Cylichna, new species of, 6.

Dasyurus, new species of, 402.

Deilemera, new species of, 420,

Demiochroa, new species of, 265,

INDEX.

Desmia, new species of, 184.

Deudorix, new species of, 231.

Diachlorus, observations on the genus,

356,

Diceratucha, characters of the new

genus, 133.

Dichelacera, observations on the

genus, 365; new species of, 371.

Dipodillus, new species of, 158.

Diptera, new, 3854.

Distant, W. L., Rhynchotal notes, 61,

219, 293, 329, 425.

Doryodes, new species of, 174.

Draconetta, on the affinities of the

genus,/30.

Duomitus, new species of, 180.

Echinothurids from Japan and the

Indian Ocean, on, 81.

Elapechis, new species of, 15,

Elephas cypriotes, on the remains of,

from a cave-deposit in Cyprus,

163.

Emballonura nigrescens, new sub-

species of, 200.

Enicosoma, characters of the new

genus, 149.

Epicyrta gallica, definition of the

new specific name, 395.

Fpitola, new species of, 227,

Epitolina, new species of, 227.

Equus quagga, remarks on the sub-

species of, 313.

Ercheia, new species of, 424.

Euchloris, new species of, 178.

Euglossa cordata, new variety of, 24.

EKulype, new species of, 134.

Euplectus, new species of, 48.

Euplexia, new species of, 167.

Euproctis, new species of, 131, 421.

Eupsorus, characters of the new

genus, 45.

Euptera, new species of, 225.

Eutidium, new species of, 188.

Eutrichocera, characters of the new

genus, 182.

Euzopherodes, new species of, 181,

Exomalopsis, new species of, 21,

Fagitana, new species of, 168.

Felis pardus, new subspecies of, 94.

Wiedii, new subspecies of, 192.

Fishes, new, 16, 128, 130, 135, 155,

416 ; on the, taken by the ‘Oceana,’

37.

Foraminifera, on the mineralogical

structure of the porcellanous, 310.

Funisciurus, new species of, 201.

465

Gardiner, J. S., on the distribution

of the larva of marine animals,

403.

Gastroxides ornata, note on, 372.

Gennzeus, new species of, 283.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 79, 242, 3809.

Gerbillus, new species of, 101.

Glossina tachinoides, note on, 151.

Gonoropterus, characters of the new

genus, 122.

Green, E. E., on Coccide in the

British Museum, 373.

Gwinnell, W. F., on a Plesiosaurus-

skeleton from the White Lias of

Westbury-on-Severn, 244,

Halictus, synopsis of the genus, 211.

Halisidota, new species of, 166.

Hampson, Sir G. F., on the Lepido-

ptera-Phaleenz of the Bahamas,

165.

Haplochilus, new species of, 19, 136.

Hectzeus, characters of the new genus,

124,

Helogale, new species of, 95,

Henicopsaltria, new species of, 303.

Heptaphyllini, note on the group,

Herculais, J. K. d’, on the Limacodid

lepidoptera and their dipterous

parasites, 310.

Herpele, new species of, 271.

Herpestes ochraceus, new subspecies

of, 96.

Heteroptera, new, 61, 219.

Hinulia pardalis, note on, 80.

Hippoglossus vulgaris, note on the

larva of, 40.

Hister, new species of, 146.

Histeride, new, 137.

Hodgson, T. V., on a new Pyenogonid

from the South Polar regions, 458,

Holognathidz, definition of the new

family, 67.

Holognathus, characters of the new

genus, 67.

Hololepta, new species of, 138.

Holt, E. W. L., on the fishes taken

by the ‘Oceana,’ 37.

Homoptera, new, 293, 329, 425.

Hymenoptera, new, 21, 203, 208.

Hyperzeschra, new species of, 132.

Hypolamprus, new species of, 422.

Hypolyczena, new species of, 232.

Idotea, notes on species of, 441.

Inophleeus, new species of, 111.

466

Ioba, characters of the new genus,

295.

Tolaus, new species of, 232.

Isopoda, on the British, 430, 449.

Kane, W. F. de V., on Niphargus

Kochianus in an Trish Lake and

N. subterraneus in Kent, 274.

Kerivoula, new species of, 199.

Kirby, W. F., on a new species of

Nemopteride, 59.

Koma, characters of the new genus,

296.

Kongota, characters of the new

genus, 298.

Laccotrephes, new species of, 64..

Larve of marine animals, on the

distribution of the, 403,

Leioproctus, new species of, 203.

Lepidoptera, new, 131, 165, 222, 233,

Al7 ; on the Limacodid, and their

dipterous parasites, 310,

Lepidoptera-Phalzenz of the Baha-

mas, on the, 165,

Lepidoselaga lepidota, note on, 352.

Leucoma, new species of, 421.

Lewis, G., on new species of Hister-

idee, 137.

Lioderma, new species of, 139,

Lippomanus, characters of the new

genus, 221.

Liptena, new species of, 225.

Lycaon pictus, new subspecies of,

98.

Lyclene, new species of, 420.

Lygropia, new species of, 186,

Macaria, new species of, 176.

Macrolister, characters of the new

genus, 145.

Macrotera, new species of, 205.

Macrotristria, new species of, 329.

Mammals, new, 33, 94, 155, 188,

196, 236, 378, 397.

Marine animals, on the distribution

of the larvee of, 403.

Mecodema, new species of, 41.

Melecta interrupta, new varieties of,

23.

Melissodes, new species of, 21.

Merocausta, new species of, 176.

Mesoscolytus, characters of the new

genus, 125,

Micropentila, new species of, 226,

Mictis, new species of, 61.

Midas, new species of, 189.

Mitophyllus, new species of, 50,

Mollusea, new, 1, 159.

IN DEX,

Mononyx, new species of, 63.

Mortensen, Dr. Th., on some Echino-

thurids from Japan and the Indian

Ocean, 81.

Muansa, characters of the new genus,

295.

Munidopsis polymorpha, note on,

213

Munza, characters of the new genus,

Mus, new species of, 398.

Mycernus, characters of the new

genus, 52.

Myrina, new species of, 11.

Nacoleia, new species of, 184.

Nerophis zequoreus, note on, 39.

Nesaca, new species of, 180.

Neuroptera, new, 59.

Newton, R. B., on the tertiary fossils

of Somaliland, 309.

Niphargus Kochianus, on the oceur-

rence of, in an Irish Lake, and of

N. subterraneus in Kent, 274.

Niponius, new species of, 137.

Nodaria, new species of, 173.

Nomada, new species of, 28.

Norman, Canon A. M., on the

British Isopoda of the families

fEgide, Cirolanide, Idoteide, and

Arcturidze, 430; on British Land

Isopoda, 449.

Nyctimene, new species of, 196.

Oates, HE. W., on some new species

of silver-pheasants from Burma,

283.

Omalodes, new species of, 144.

Oreinus, new species of, 416.

Oreocharis, new species of, 120.

Oria, characters of the new genus,

429,

Ornithella, notes on species of, 392.

Orthotoma, notes on species of, 390.

Ostorodias, characters of the new

genus, 219.

Pachycreerus cylindricus, description

of, 148.

Pachylister, characters of the new

genus, 145,

Pachylomalus, new species of, 147.

Pachyprypnus, new species of, 117.

Paracarnus, new species of, 62.

Paracastalia, new species of, 249,

Paraphylax, new species of, 57.

Parasphecodes, synopsis of the genus,

209 ; new species of, 210.

Parevaspis basalis, note on, 207.

INDEX.

Patreus, characters of the new genus,

47.

Pecten, new species of, 13.

Pentanymphon, characters of the

new genus, 459,

Pentarthrum, new species of, 123.

Pericoptus, new species of, 55.

Petalichthys, characters of the new

‘genus, 129.

Philacta, new species of, 119,

Phormosoma, new species of, 90.

Phrygionis, new species of, 176,

Phyllodes, new species of, 424.

Physopelta, new species of, 61.

Pipistrellus, new species of, 157,

198.

Placodes, new species of, 142.

Plesius, notes on species of, 140,

Platylister, new species of, 142.

Platyomida, new species of, 107.

Platypleura, new species of, 332.

Platysoma, new species of, 143.

Pocock, R. I, on the Cape Colony

quaggas, 315.

Polycesta, new species of, 256,

Polyneuraria, synopsis of the genera

of the, 294.

Pparchus, characters of the new

genus, 114.

Probolosternus, new species of, 148,

Procatopus, characters of the new

genus, 20,

Prodontria, characters of the new

genus, 55.

Proechimys, new species of, 195.

Psammobia, new species of, 10.

Pseuderesia, new species of, 224,

Pseudochirus canescens, new sub-

species of, 401.

Pseudopanurgus, new species of,

Ptychocynodon, characters of the

new genus, 290.

Pycna, new species of, 335.

Pycnogonid, on a new, from the

South Polar regions, 458.

Pyrausta, new species of, 187.

Quaggas, on the Cape Colony, 313.

Ranatra, new subspecies of, 64.

Regan, C. T., on three new fishes

from S. Africa, 128; on the affini-

ties of the genus Draconetta, 130;

on two new Cyprinid fishes, 416.

Reptiles, new, 14, 154, 267, 290, 414 ;

on footprints of small fossil, from

the Karroo rocks, 287,

467

Reptilian tooth, on a new type of,

290.

Rhinolophus, new species of, 156,

378; on the African species of,

451.

Rhipidomys, new species of, 34, 193.

Rbynchotal notes, 61, 219, 293, 329.

Rhypistena, new species of, 58.

Ricardo, Miss G., on the Tabaninss

in the British Museum Collection,

349.

Rihana, characters of the new genus,

426.

Rocinela Dumerilii, note on, 436.

Sadaka, characters of the new genus,

296.

Saprinus, new species of, 150.

Saropoda, new species of, 204.

Scaphander, new species of, 5.

Scirpophaga, new species of, 181.

Sciurus, new species of, 33.

Scopelodes, new species of, 132.

Scyllium, new species of, 128.

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on footprints of

small fossil reptiles from the

Karroo rocks, 287; on a new

type of reptilian tooth from the

upper Karroo beds, 290; on a

pneumatic type of vertebra from

the lower Karroo*rocks, 336.

Semceopus, new species of, 179,

Sesellius, characters of the new

genus, 221].

Silver-pheasants from Burma, new,

283.

Smith, E. A., on mollusea from the

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian

Sea, 1.

Somatidia, new species of, 127.

Spirama, new species of, 422.

Steraspis, new species of, 348.

Sternocera, new species of, 247.

Stibasoma, observations on species

of, 360,

Sutcliffe, W.H., on a new species

of Eoscorpius from the Upper

Carboniferous rocks of Lancashire,

79.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Indo-

Australian and African heterocera,

131; on new butterflies and moths

from the East, 417.

Sykes, E. R., on a new species of

Amastra from the Hawaiian Is-

lands, 159.

Sylvilagus, new species of, 36,

468

Synhalonia, new subspecies of, 25.

Syrphetodes, new species of, 56.

Systropus, on a parasitic species of,

310.

Tabanine, on the smaller genera of

the, 349.

Tacuaria, synopsis of the genera of,

300.

Tagiades, new species of, 418,

Tamboeria Maraisi, on, 336.

Teinotarsus, new species of, 145,

Terebratula perforata, observations

on, 393.

Tetraschistis, new species of, 183.

Thanatopsyche, new species of,

180.

Thermesia, new species of, 170.

Thomas, O., on new Sciurus, Sylvi-

lagus, and Caluromys frgm Vene-

zuela, 33; on a colfection of

mammals from Somaliland, 943.

on small mammals from Egypt,

155; on new mammals from

Brazil and Ecuador, 188; on new

bats and rodents from West

Africa &¢c., 196; on shrews from

British East Africa, 236; on

mammals from British New

Guinea, 397.

Thomosis, characters of the new

genus, 273.

Thomson, G. M., on a new family of

Crustacea Isopoda, 66.

INDEX.

Thopharia, synopsis of the genera of,

301.

Tigones, new species of, 107.

Tocris, characters of the new genus,

115.

Tosena, new species of, 301.

Trichosternus, new species of, 44.

Trigla, new species of, 128.

Tsetse-flies, synopsis of the, 151.

Tuerta, new species of, 166,

Udenocera, characters of the new

genus, 354,

Ugada, characters of the new genus,

299, 336.

Umjaba, characters of the new genus,

298.

Uromys, new species of, 202, 399.

Vaughan, A., on the paleontological

sequence in the carboniferous

limestone of the Bristol area, 242.

Vertebra, on a pneumatic type of,

from Cape Colony, 336.

Vesicomya, new species of, 9.

Vipera ammodytes, new variety of,

134

Waterhouse, C. O., on coleoptera of

the family Buprestidze, 245, 344.

Xerus rutilus, new subspecies of,

100,

Xylocopa, new species of, 29.

Xylophaga, new species of, 7.

Yanga, characters of the new genus,

297.

END OF THE FOURTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

eld Diy 7A. LS

* TOT ATV Noa) eas mo boy so-w049trp MELEE OOD I wtih pts

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Fast: S72 Vol: XG SR i.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Bist. S27. Vol. XLV. Pl, TH,

ag. Nat. Hist. 8.7. Vol. XIV. Pl. LV.

Ann. §°M

o See AE ee y - Bove 23 pe i

ee eee a, oie <a ee So

cet ese SO%F a OF OSE 24S!’

ous

Se o'saoeaseeoctoagnduecae a

a ee sates ON I Ce Re eye as ePFecec0e ea

esfeoa ve faa ca

eS SHR0 88 oS cl Cee US 6 «ace a Ga

s Secs Saoscoscescasecossusass

-14.ASTHENOSOMA IJIMAI.F

és.18,10,12

Fig

tensen del,

Th.Mor

Figs.156-17.PHORMOSOMA

Ana.& Mag. Nat. Hist. S.7 Vel XIV. PL.V.

pee

sa aoaoocso &

RE. Mintern hth.

4-9,11,18-20.ARAIOSOMA OWSTENI.

RTICILLATUM.

Arav.& Mag. Neat, Hist. S.7 Vet XIV. PUN.

a a i

ie =) retest gr

ker ere ea eo e oc oO gpeaese aoa eon ceo esse eo SOF SFO

Sec aeeeceo eo eo Sess 9 ce oe

—— x=

=k BeerecceFf®ee2coeea 22 S2c0eee 0°

Hee c oo oo ---S

err eee se erases Oe

2 26 % 205995 Sos

Ss pth Si ice rman

E.Mintern lith.

-9,11,18-20.ARAi0SOMA OWSTEN|L.

és. 4

14. ASTHENOSOMA IJIMAI. fi

+3,10,1%

Th. Mortensen del,

Figs.15-17 -PHORMOSOMA VERTICILLATUM.

CG Lewis Ann. & Mag. Nat. fist. S. 7 Vol XIV PL.W.

H. Knight ad nat. ith ‘ West, Newman imp.

Histeride.

Anw.& Mag. Nat. Hist.§.7.Vol XIV, Pl.VIL.

XA,

dx:

Miutern Bros imp.

howdhary del.

R Mintern lith.

HERPELE FULLERI.

Ann.& Mag.Not Hest. S.7.Vob XIV. PCV.

100 Ppp [2

A Aye

“s ha M

Mintern Bros. ith.

ALL poy 27¥

‘dust soug uge jury

KT Id AIX 7A LS 72H

(auroy gorda - youn : wbhbunh ennby)

“voowno S.SduYvVMaa

gaye Sage sp nay

HL weary: p

( Aou ‘dsqns aperuny Dbhbonb smmby)

‘yoowno S.1THINVG

ae ts “ygTT weezy f

YUM AN IAL 'S 9 PIN Soy wp ayy

salle pees ye ‘THALSEAM SNUNTIOPIHANV oe eee

TX 1d AR ILS 7H Py Gay 7 uy

Anw.& Mag. Net. Hist. 8.7 Vol. XIV.PUXIL,

DMantern Bros bth.

‘ies Stebbing del.

Anmn.é& Mag. Nat. Hest.S'.7 Vol XIV. PU. XI.

T.B.LR. Stebbing del. Mintern Bros.lith.

ae Eee

ae ae ee | eee

“NNOILOUVINY NOHAINANVINGd

“WAIL Somg ude Parl : eh! <n “yeu peep WoxpxXes AA

Seis

AIA AIX PALS 9 PEN PON MR EE

Woke Le, SEVENTH SERIES. No. 79.

————— : | a

| |

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, |

INCLUDING |

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. |

No. LXXIX,

JULY 1904.

‘| - CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., |

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., |

| AND f 1

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

| .

| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATU BY.”

{

WITH ONE PLATE,

Illustrative of Mr. G. M. Thomson’s Paper on a

Crustacea Isopoda.

| LONDON: Be

| TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE? sitag

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére,~

Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin; and Asher, Beriin.

Sfpa i i ee ee sae

Medium 8vo.

THE :

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Councit.

By THEODORE COOKE, C.L.E.,

M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &e.

VORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA.

Vol. I., Part 1—RANUNCULACEZ to RUTACER. Price 8s.

Part [11.—_SIMARUBACEZ to LEGUMINOSZ (Papilionacez). Price 9s.

Part I11.—_CHSALPINEA to RUBIACEZA. Price 10s. l

Vol. II., Part I1.—COMPOSITE to BORAGINACEZR. Price 9s.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. |

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, |

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. :

Edited by W. T. Branrorp. |

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous illustrations,

MAMMALIA (for sets only). Price £1.

By W. T. BLANFORD, FBS.

FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each.

By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D.

BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. IL, 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S.

Vols. III. and IV. Price 15s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA (for sets only). Price £1. |

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. |

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each. |

By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. |

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. Price £1. _

With 4 coloured plates. |

Vol. II. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1,

With 1 coloured plate.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.

ARACHNIDA. Price 10s. |

By R. I. POCOOK,

RHYNCHOTA.—Vols. I. and II. Price £1 each.

By W. L. DISTANT.

Taxxor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Vol. 14. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 80.

w _ THE ANNALS a

“MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, |

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘*

i +m 1904

NALS rbbhGnad eres W

WITH FIVE P

Ellustrative of Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Paper on some Othurids from Japan.

and the Indian Ocean, and Mr. G. Lewis’s on new Species of Histertde.

LONDON:

kPAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:

Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

- | |

| | |

\Y \ iy _ f z [ks = y ¥ I

NV OAe a

Sy % Sage RN hen Sain ws Ash — 5 ily

Ae sey hy, SS ek we =e

: SiGe i |

CONDUCTED BY

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. DUCAN E GODMAN. —

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY. ee

Aves. Vol. }. By 0. Satvrn and F. D, Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. M Ext, is

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II, (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi.-lx., Temporary | Title- % an

page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-510, pls. 1xi—Ixxix.) a

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. Il. By F.0O. PickaRD CAMBRIDGE. bi a 1 ent

586, pls. il.) oe)

Chnapeds, and Diplopoda. By R. I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-56, ple icv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. Il. part 1 (PsriarHipm &e.). By D. async ki ion

MartHews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-688, pls. i.-xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyNcHopHoRA), By D. Snare. (Pp. ats

168, pls. ivi.)

Coleoptera, Vol. IV. part 4 (RuyNcHOPHORA, continued). By G. aD: jes

OuamPIOn. (Pp. 1-376, pls. i—xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHoPHORA, continued). By D. Saanr | :

and W. F. H. BLanprorp. (Pp. 1-248, pls. i—vii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. Fownrr.

(Pp. 1-84, pls. i.-ix.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowxsr. (Pp. 1-316,

pls. i.—xxi.) cae!

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. Cockrre.u.

(Pp. 1-33.)

Neuroptera: Ephemeride. By A.E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Neuroptera: Odonata. By P. P. Catverr. (Pp. 17-144, in li-v.)

Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morse. (Pp. Ta, pl. i.)

The Price of each Zoological Partis 21s.

SUBJECTS COMPLETED.

ARCH AOLOGY.

By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. viii & 69, pls. exix. Vol. IL pp. iv rh bike

47, pls. xevili. Vol. III. pp. iv & 50, pls. Ixxxii, Vol. IV. pp. iv & bat ig

pls. Xcili.) by

By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions, Pp. x xii

& 150.)

BOTANY.

Complete in Five Vols. Vols. I-IV. (Text), V. (Plates).

London : Published for the Editor by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

Second edition, Vols. I. & II. Royal 8vo, price 12s. net, each.

CATALOGUE

OF THE

PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Ne 14. SEVENTH SERIES. \o.81. a

TG IE, SEMIS te EVO Zo nid SR SEES EN Se eA hier VL OMNI IS

ft Dw Eh ANNALS — cel

| " |

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anno GEOLOGY.

cite sien SOT = No. LXXX1.

SEPT. 1904.

CONDUCTED BY

| ALBERT C. L. G@. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,

| WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-R.S., F.LS., F. G.S.,

WILLIAM FRANCIS, BEES:

Y BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE es

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S “ M4a@aZink

~ Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Pini aia Kent, & Co. fossceanlere Paris:

Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

BIOLOGIA CE bes) “

Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-51.

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. Il. (Pp. 1-598, pls. XXXVI, -lx, Toe

page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-510, pls. 1xi—Ixxix.)

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. II. By F. O. Prokarp Camaros, Bp.

536, pls. iL.)

Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R. I. Pococx. Pp. ra Pp.

Coleoptera. Vol. Il. part 1 (PsrLapHipa &e.). By D. Sma

Mattuews, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-688, pls. i.-xix.) ee:

Coleoptera. Vol. LV. part 5 MEuewenoseendy By D, Suarp

168, pls. i.—vi.) ogee ey

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 4 (RuyNcnornora, continued).

CHAMPION. (Pp. 1-376, pls. i.—xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RuyNcHopHora, continued). By D. ides

and W. ¥. H. Branprorp, (Pp. 1-248, pls. i—vii.)

_. Rhynchota Fiomoptera. Vol. 1. By W.L. Distant and Wi w. Fe FOWLER.

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. By W. W. ‘Fownnr., (Pp. 1-316,

pls. i.—xxi.) ie te cine

: Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. IL part 2) Bye Lag ne Cockmner L.

(Pp. 1-88.)

Neuroptera: Lphemer ida. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. W168; pl. he a

Neuroptera: Odonata. By P.P.Catvert. (Pp. 17-144, pls. i.-v.)

Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Brunner and A. P. Morse. (Pp. 1-104 oe ¥

The Price of each Zoological Partis pF

SUBJECTS COMPLETED.

ARCH HOLOGY. Ae

By A. P. Maupsray. (Vol. I. pp. viii & 69, pls. exix. Vol. ae ay c

47, pls. xevili. Vol. III. pp. iv & 50, pls. Ixxxii, Vol. Iv. BBE iv « 38,

pls. xciii. Hi

& 180.) ie

ANY.

Complete in Five Vols. Vols, I-IV. (Text), V: (Plates)

London: Published for the Editor by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Stet,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dunau & Co., Soho Pr fe We

CATALOGUE

OF THE

PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE EAMATONY

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS oF ENGLAN D.

Tavion and FRANCTS. Red Lion Grit Fleet Street, E.0.

By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. : b

Vol.14. = SEVENTH SERIES. No. 82.

ge THE ANNALS |

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, —

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No, LXXXII,

OCT. 1904.

CONDUCTED BY {|

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S. egy

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH _ RIN

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES,

Mlustrative of Dr. A. Alcock’s Paper on a new Apodous Amphibian from India, |

and Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane’s on Niphargus Kochianus and N. subterraneus.

| j

LONDON: | }

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. | ie

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:

) Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin, |

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. —

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Cowneit,

Edited by W. T. Brayrorp. teas

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous illustrations, att

MAMMALIA (for sets only). Price £1.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each.

_ By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D.

BIRDS.—Vol. L., £1: Vol. IL, 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8.

Vols. III. and IV. Price 15s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA (for sets only). Price £1.

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each.

By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I, Wasps and Bees. Price £1.

With 4 coloured plates. Bey te

Vol. II, Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1.

With 1 coloured plate.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.

ARACHNIDA. Price 10s.

NN R. I. POCOCK.

RHYNCHOTA.—Vols. I. and II. Price £1 each.

By W. L. DISTANT.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Medium 8vo.

THE

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

By THEODORE COOKE, C.1.E.,

M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &c.

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR —

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. :

Vol. I., Part I—RANUNCULACEAR to RUTACER. Price 8s. :

Part IL—SIMARUBACEE to LEGUMINOSE (Papilionacez). Price 9s.

Part I11—CHSALPINEE to RUBIACEH. Price 10s.

Vol. IL, Part 1.—COMPOSITA to BORAGINACEZE. Price 9s.

TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, EC.

Vol, 14. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 83.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No, LXXXTIL

NOY. 1904.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”’

WITH TWO PLATES. {° 5‘

Illustrative of Mr. R. I. Pocock’s Paper on the Cape Colony Quaggas.

LONDON:

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH. INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. |

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State Sor India in | Council

Edited by W. T. BraNrorD. CA as ey

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous iustre ions,

“MAMMALIA (‘or sets only). | Price £1. ey fs

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RS. HY Ps

See ee ea EEC TC SRE EE LT ae i: v4 vs 4 4 4

FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each. BA i)

By FRANCIS DAY, C. I, E., _ LL. De eee

-BIRDS.—Vol. L,, £1: ‘Vol. IL, 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8.

Vols. III. and IV. Price 15s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

‘iy ce Anyone Tage ap eeae ee ST

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA (for sets only). Price £1.

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

ER od ea CARAS SE a 5) GN

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each.

By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.

AARNE VER SA ASEM Stee El

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. Prive £1.

With 4 coloured plates.

Vol. II. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price él.

- With 1 coloured plate.

By Lieut.-Col. 0. T. BINGHAM, F.Z Bis;

Se tener eer a RED ae

ARACHNIDA. Price 10s.

By R. I. POCOCK. :

RHYNCHOTA.—Vols. I. and II. “Price i each

By W. L. DISTANT. te

NS ee ee

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

‘ oe 4 * ; é

Tee 8yo. Pde

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBA

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India i in Council

By THEODORE COOKE, C.1. Byatt |

M.A., M.AI., LL.D, F.LS8., F.Z.8., Ge.

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COL LEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA ae DIRECT‘

_ OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA.

Fe egg gh 9 a ca el

Vol. I., Part L—RANUNCULACEZ to RUTACEZ. Bie 8s.

Part IL. __SIMARUBACEZ to LEGUMINOSZ (Papilionacew). Price:

Part 1II.—_CHSALPINEE to RUBIACEZR. Price 10s.

Vol, I1., Part 1—COMPOSITZ to BORAGINACER. Price 9s.

Tavror and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet. Street, E.C.

‘ol, 14. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 84

“THE ANNALS.

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING |

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No, LXXXIV.

DEC, 1904,

CONDUCTED BY wt ie ei ,

ALBERT: Ce Li: G. GUNTHER, MA; MiB, Pu.D., RS:

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., sie BA F.G.8.,

— AND % pane 19 ra

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S. fo OS

BRING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH FOUR PLATES.

\lustrative of MroG. ‘A, Boulenger’s Paper on a new Lizard from Western

| Australia, Caaon A. M. Norman’s on British Isopoda, and Mr. T. V. Hodgson’s

[ona new Pycnogonid from the South Polar Regions.

| oh Uke eda? OEIN''s

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:

: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

sa ——— ¥e

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. |

Edited by F. DUCANEGODMAN. <=

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. —®

ZOOLOGY. *

Arachnida Araneidea and Opiliones. Vol. II. By F. 0. Prexkep

CaMBRIDGE. (Pp. 1-560, pls. i—lii.) th

Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-56, pls. iy.)

Coleoptera.. Vol. Il. part 1 (PsruapHipm &c.). By D. Suarp, A.

Matruews, and G. Lewis, (Pp. 1-688, pls. i.-xix.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncHorHora). By D. Swarr. (Pp. 1-

168, pls. i.—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 4 (RuyNcHOPHORA, continued). By G. C.

CHAMPION. (Pp. 1-440, pls. i—xxi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. 1V. part 6 (RayncHoPHOR|, continued). By D. Saarp

and W. ¥. H. BLanpForp. (Pp. 1-280, pls. i—viu.)

Rhynchota Homoptera, Vol. I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. Fowrrr.

(Pp. 1-124, pls. i—xii.) ;

Rhynchota Homoptera, Vol. II. By W. W. Fowter. (Pp. 1-316,

ls. i.-xxi.) :

‘i Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. CockrrELt.

Pp. 1-33.)

Hauneptsha Ephemeride. By A.E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Neuroptera: Odonata. By P. P. Catvert. (Pp. 17-144, pls. ii.-v.)

Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morse. (Pp. 1-104, pl. i.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Oo., Soho Sq., W

Royal 4to, with two-page facsimile Plate, price 2s. 6d. net.

EXAMINATION OF AN

Oly Manuscript

Preserved in the Library of the Duke of Northumberland at Alnwick,

and sometimes called

The Northumberland Manuscript.

By T. Le MARCHANT DOUSE, B.A.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, F.C.

Second edition, Vols. 1. & II. Royal 8vo, price 12s. net, each.

CATALOGUE

OF THE

PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

By t ah

uh iy me

d 1 eek eae

Baye y As

ie ae

A My He Nay mM

Se) A aa ah

fi nase VW

edhe

rithebe mae!

See rye nb mins

he et alae

lana bet

Sis sheneres

eran vere yore

eenetont

tip tipe weeite

; bine bene Dyaee a

nebenenwnene ss

usb degen te HEE RY

pene

ir ie Oe Per see

pine 2 4 hep ty

”

aye roree ye naneyt

eiidtaed

papenyety:

Pegeya ptet oth

sveretene hy

ee a behadl

hespaerey prey per nt

se tehene: ape geet rye ster

si by phe lel rnale Ei

4 4

; Aah asane

+) DOE SPE TYE

Shee peel trepere. +

pro peneny) DRb

penppiupt sent he zene

r Se pees.

ones) Oseb teem Diet

ep hgh epn bp rinyhh

1B nverypy nee

ynee

bitte Ld

‘44 Pprenenee rene

pl vas le) pay

. fnenadert:

PT dal

oho dati bipet mile tat rh

ie) Fier Leporenri el sere

ighigdy fi eee

ot spite

ye haga, boty

rwiatr er pier cyte

Funan pie ot eet

2 tine

aber eee!

Cyl epee

Po apenernnne Py mt *

HEWES

epee) Pm OP

RET Tt dakadd

eet emppertst

‘neha

tatreye

Biers ne ryan tien

any Rew eee

rita)

ator pate apn ye

ret enon

sripee lieth 31 eM eAP i Pye ey Rt

q pepintie curds tit ye nby

yore y EDN Reta 6 peer by | Mae

eererersr

4 ten be boae pape yeyetinr niet

Penny

ni ent

pneistaisirs eth

embry

ineh ape ey et

Meepr

wine)

Asner gare

bevel?

ney

Pippiter

baad

vein EERE Rm

siete be

fers et

tpt beet babe

Wiad ata

yptietpbya yes pe metbel?

1 yey ret ibat

\ Syipbahpr eo sipehrie®

Wren

Bi rape yen

Seep arbegeael *up>9F

tea : ayn

Hh el denphepelee

: fenrb eye

Pe brprins iro peh hein!)

Sheet toe bee Ler

Lets Set es asl os

Herre y)

Lite ayrtin

wi bleteme pe onl ee

Viped 41!

he) rhirDBDbLie he!

be epee rs

5 ol a ete

Breen hrs

pet anripeepeerael

pei take aha haad tat

Esa dee:

PID R Dea net

rs 146

peneresret arn 2

betel >

ok hey bee pel pene neh tee

eit weae Ut beled

Prep eter

renery depen

pene bepiyey

Hyp hy wii

; ‘3 ‘yeh barbie ne hed

tithe

nee? ,

ne jreurnenreeh Haat

Nerrne retire]

cheep ipsetys Seer aio

fyesoneen tre rictok yas Sid pipisteiebegers t}

eee preheat baw) eerRewre! ry

Mie eereavrrg Ss ae 5 SUN Ot

FP eke! mem

r asec rtas

Teh wlpheet biel peat

ve nehepmpe. feapng hohe

HS bee nehyes tie} el ONrt=

Aybaeset een need e

spienr ee *

Hipa oh lyeel he phin pbwey epee. =) FY

ed fn ,

Pepe Deh hae

pple Dede inp

ne \; (

] erro me ere ho

grr it eee oT

OP Ue Peer ene»

BL dha added haa

NE event y

Yippee iptrst y

sie pede len

Pied) Hire a wep ele

sh uepee triepebesr nhl rei aired ir ae

fs nbpeieiee Hit HPIeRRLNE LSE he bey Py

Lepr be ae HiPllh re ebs amipR HELL But

PRL heir

pes Ub ene dey

bees tterurye

ne Heore ruts

sipeaehe det 4

> ee it

spreceet a" tie

aa oleae

My lstaegse

preted prt

WAP Hbt rlote

Hepihprybpet mitt

pee yg aN ond

pe aes buh eeh gy

D Meyelrye

idee

sree LPT

LAP hee Meine

«bye envi NRL FU

Vein Db ara

7 ;

piPhibesbeepeye

Aya ittte an

Peed ieey. det

relic atten eo ‘we

ote P 3 ¢ viPviLemi reir ite 4 t

Deoeoe eye aeakt

Moiye Peco:

Hiepbebnteiboe) Burne Hint

nti

pelea

Phe? aes

Weieeedharlnarc eyes

baie) Pointe (

thay

iad

iyeiie bi

Fyepeeyel bie

Phapbsre

1,0 ote

piper stot be Put hey

Ogi tira

Othe rch ue

Plage yee Rue

lel ate Raa

“

yet

rateen tite

Feet

SEN rr

att at ab veces!

PERS FF

tate ats

HAH

tread.

Wh sale bit ee

ye PUD UWP n

dite

tet Monet

oF DP

telteat ane

Ded

fecha

AAS SAVY

eoretatat

weno aterer

pare?! outs

DPV gPUERP IPE SS

Hite ray

Pieebat supers s\ errant

Henhe

sepeiree he

borat ors

fee Urge es temere®

Vevopenni’) | piAviche

Shel itretobemeret wep’

Power hai lereeiut t

eri bomt p Dv ate?

Sate oat |

Oct ae

Mity> ihtesta"

by opener

sate haeee

Me Riri

Pet Toth are

uted tital gt yout Hehe Pui By yt bay

atiaalaa

Cae

APurnaky Aye tat Rede

Fister eeu

Ae S OMA UP

cari ah

Rive Lage ed o4 Pb nm

Torkb eee peiuiea tae

bmn PMPAb ae Pomme #0 LEE Lebel Py

TICs TULUM LAL ae

ye yeineehew vein

TD Phriet Gags ot abr ee

LAA | al PiePmouty tar dear

tice! sree 6. Vaid

if iad

44 ae BPE Lark

Teloktutarnenttieee des tam

PE st

(ah es, Addl

emir eri vivwnnnieass iat

Suess

Led eet art in aeey:

Pit

epee a hae

Wt hha ad SAB

veer

renee ae

ramen testa HC?

. ;

4 tte ahh @ ri srrinr ate its

eh Pte

beh ha Pavey iey Fe

Popabueaeiglre

A baptl

bh 4s Ack ia day

Py eA eee

ndasiaarerapneety base tigtatir nt)

poe pete g

”

pefphai ses?

\eighesee

+ iP iu

wiotprh

iain

Lt aseee?

ae eure 4

age tae kt

baie pike ate

ayy

, Keys c

Pitresivicy ss

* eer Raniett

HEBEL PAPA ETP DPIDLOBE JPL!

Babi seep revel Reh, sat

gh Aiciry Ores ee nh uhh ms

er Naan

beni ttn ate

pb pe tert be

rery

eeeey

Spojsye pe

edd shen bt

ARIS ee an

ppearnd er) rest vee ue

he, Rebar

Hit ee

eed tee OP RN ab L eee a's

smeneye , i

MAA bd : fal hl ct cueed

Mitre oi?) He pose ae

( yea bet

Mbt bel it

rathtgeaeot Aun’ pant

aN Bikitiene

ey Sararest

rere

brent

Thebipeev ube NDE

ih?

te byereee

Piulusatseseaa blvd

Mire tin

1uph tet

Heeeobeege ah

at a DPD |

Gr Oat Re or

ater e

iba laePey

Rata

rey Lae

- were

bib babperseee

PPL erent e

ep a ieee,

ee aatal

Leerteravert? , .

NETS a a 1 §P 6 * ath

TTT ham

peiepen en iee mi he

TEE SMe at uP ff ae Yale alts Steg fetes

f ih Angee hr bumyere ul aryl oF aie

on slot ghia bab enko rire rye

Het? / bes Fechibut epee brueueab!

Mian AJ pte be rhe

Meine ushoaeeey 4

We behete tle es

payy ens

eubse ih te

ati:

peer rihy?

wept Oe het? rer

poreh aoe ors am F

Giiicu

prerinat

We pene ashe aete Hh ,

Appesiioeb sans PEPE rE Ae rRepeb my BP

Bb ie peabes ttre es ess yslitt nis

een thy aon rene ee?

RIL Malia ot AA

aad

pet

ye by ees

eh rey em!

1a eat

OT id

freurie res

pect pers pe atta arueveyr ety

iat mbashs ot/-eeery ne ew Lat ti beewr

SO abb ay Sabie oh pm ade wee ROB RP rhet ee

berserecdrese sete tei tris 4

ee Tl id akon ob iurdaeeune Wand ah rs

Geel tyehe a kene dpe PRP Ae é

ewe eta lane elet pe gempete

ey tumerelet wenely

iit imer

eriereunrerts i toni

Lisbon or ha Lp bind ave oe ‘

pet aeryry Ry pegene

veruente’,

pery wane ass

er set

Nets ee

pts ob

Phony ot egos

be, te Saetcolmemmee S

prone

revi

, AT +

wp lieaeal de

eae 7

Sai ena

it ®t peta!

r i theese

fepreeh ever or

Mod ahs Ue

teensy ieee

ere Trad tf

pe powepehies be wa pe

plete tre

epee pen eye eetl ed

the biah ene

peg an Ma

TE ia adit adaierd

fre etree fy

tie eee

”